UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-K
[ X ]
|
ANNUAL
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
For
the Year Ended December 31, 2008
[ ]
|
TRANSITION
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
Commission
file number
0-27782
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State
or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
|
|
11-3297463
(I.R.S.
employer identification number)
|
209
Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, NY
(
Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
11211
(Zip
Code)
|
Registrant’s
telephone number, including area code: (718) 782-6200
Securities
Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities
Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share
(Title of
Class)
Preferred
Stock Purchase Rights
(Title of
Class)
Indicate by check mark if the
registrant is a well-known seasonal issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the
Securities Act.YES
NO
X
Indicate by check mark if the
registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Act.YES
NO
X
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.YES
X
NO
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of
delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of
this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act).
LARGE
ACCELERATED FILER
ACCELERATED
FILER
X
NON-ACCELERATED
FILER ___ SMALLER REPORTING COMPANY
____
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act): ___
Yes
X
No
The aggregate market value of the
voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008 was
approximately
$447.0
million based upon the $16.51 closing price on the NASDAQ National Market for a
share of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2008.
As
of March 13, 2009, there were 34,179,900 shares of the registrant’s common
stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions
of the definitive Proxy Statement to be distributed on behalf of the Board of
Directors of Registrant in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to
be held on May 21, 2009 and any adjournment thereof, and are incorporated by
reference in Part III.
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
PART
I
|
|
Item
1. Business
|
|
General
|
F-3
|
Market Area and
Competition
|
F-4
|
Lending
Activities
|
F-5
|
Asset Quality
|
F-11
|
Allowance for Loan
Losses
|
F-15
|
Investment
Activities
|
F-17
|
Sources of
Funds
|
F-22
|
Subsidiary
Activities
|
F-24
|
Personnel
|
F-25
|
Federal, State and Local
Taxation
|
F-25
|
Federal Taxation
|
F-25
|
State and Local
Taxation
|
F-26
|
Regulation
|
F-26
|
General
|
F-26
|
Regulation of Federal Savings
Associations
|
F-27
|
Regulation of Holding
Company
|
F-36
|
Federal Securities
Laws
|
F-36
|
Item
1A. Risk Factors
|
F-36
|
Item
1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
|
F-39
|
Item
2. Properties
|
F-39
|
Item
3. Legal Proceedings
|
F-39
|
Item
4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
F-39
|
PART
II
|
|
Item
5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and
Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
|
F-40
|
Item
6. Selected Financial Data
|
F-42
|
Item
7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations
|
F-43
|
Item
7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk
|
F-62
|
Item
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
F-67
|
Item
9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
F-67
|
Item
9A. Controls and Procedures
|
F-67
|
Item
9B. Other Information
|
F-67
|
PART
III
|
|
Item
10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
F-68
|
Item
11. Executive Compensation
|
F-69
|
Item
12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
|
|
and Related Stockholder
Matters
|
F-69
|
Item
13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
|
F-70
|
Item
14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
|
F-70
|
PART
IV
|
|
Item
15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
|
F-70
|
Signatures
|
F-70
|
This Annual Report on Form 10-K
contains a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These
statements may be identified by use of words such as "anticipate," "believe,"
"could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "seek," "may," "outlook," "plan,"
"potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would" and similar terms
and phrases, including references to assumptions.
Forward-looking statements are based
upon various assumptions and analyses made by the Company (as defined
subsequently herein) in light of management’s experience and its perception of
historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well
as other factors it believes appropriate under the circumstances. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks,
uncertainties and other factors (many of which are beyond the Company’s control)
that could cause actual conditions or results to differ materially from those
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include,
without limitation, the following:
·
|
the
timing and occurrence or non-occurrence of events may be subject to
circumstances beyond the Company’s
control;
|
·
|
there
may be increases in competitive pressure among financial institutions or
from non-financial institutions;
|
·
|
changes
in the interest rate environment may reduce interest
margins;
|
·
|
changes
in deposit flows, loan demand or real estate values may adversely affect
the business of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (the
“Bank”);
|
·
|
changes
in accounting principles, policies or guidelines may cause the Company’s
financial condition to be perceived
differently;
|
·
|
changes
in corporate and/or individual income tax laws may adversely affect the
Company's business or financial
condition;
|
·
|
general
economic conditions, either nationally or locally in some or all areas in
which the Company conducts business, or conditions in the securities
markets or the banking industry may be less favorable than the Company
currently anticipates;
|
·
|
legislation
or regulatory changes may adversely affect the Company’s
business;
|
·
|
technological
changes may be more difficult or expensive than the
Company anticipates;
|
·
|
success
or consummation of new business initiatives may be more difficult or
expensive than the Company anticipates;
or
|
·
|
litigation
or other matters before regulatory agencies, whether currently existing or
commencing in the future, may delay the occurrence or non-occurrence of
events longer than the Company
anticipates.
|
The Company has no obligation to
update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after
the date of this document.
PART
I
Item
1.
Business
General
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. (the
“Holding Company,” and together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the
“Company”) is a Delaware corporation and parent company of the Bank, a
federally-chartered stock savings bank. The Bank maintains its
headquarters in the Williamsburg section of the borough of Brooklyn, New York
and operates twenty-three full-service retail banking offices located in the New
York City ("NYC") boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx, and in Nassau
County, New York.
The Bank’s principal business has
been, and continues to be, gathering deposits from customers within its market
area, and investing them primarily in multifamily residential mortgage loans,
commercial real estate loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans,
construction and land acquisition loans, consumer loans, mortgage-backed
securities (“MBS”), obligations of the U.S. Government and Government Sponsored
Entities ("GSEs"), and corporate debt and equity securities. The Bank’s revenues
are derived principally from interest on its loan and securities portfolios and
other short-term investments. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits;
loan amortization, prepayments and maturities; MBS amortization, prepayments and
maturities; investment securities maturities and sales; advances from the
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”); securities sold under agreement
to repurchase (“REPOS”); and the sale of real estate loans to the secondary
market.
The primary business of the Holding
Company is the operation of its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Holding
Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company, which, under existing
law, is generally not restricted as to the types of business activities in which
it may engage, provided that the Bank remains a qualified thrift lender
(“QTL”). Pursuant to regulations of its primary regulator, the Office
of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), the Bank qualifies as a QTL if its ratio of
qualified thrift investments to portfolio assets (“QTL Ratio”) was 65% or more,
on a monthly average basis, in nine of the previous twelve months. At
December 31, 2008, the Bank’s QTL Ratio was 69.2%
,
and the
Bank maintained more than 65% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift
investments throughout the year ended December 31, 2008.
The Holding Company neither owns nor
leases any property but instead uses the premises and equipment of the
Bank. The Holding Company does not employ any persons other than
certain officers of the Bank, who receive no additional compensation as officers
of the Holding Company. The Holding Company utilizes the support
staff of the Bank from time to time, as required. Additional
employees may be hired as deemed appropriate by Holding Company
management.
The Company’s website address is
www.dime.com
.
The Company makes available free of charge through its website, by clicking the
Investor Relations tab and selecting "SEC Filings," its Annual and Transition
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form
8-K, and amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after
such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Market
Area and Competition
The Bank has historically operated as
a community-oriented financial institution providing financial services and
loans primarily for multifamily housing within its market areas. The
Bank maintains its headquarters in the Williamsburg section of the borough of
Brooklyn, New York, and operates twenty-three full-service retail banking
offices located in the NYC boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx, and in
Nassau County, New York. The Bank gathers deposits primarily from the
communities and neighborhoods in close proximity to its branches. The
Bank’s primary lending area is the NYC metropolitan area, although its overall
lending area is larger, extending approximately 150 miles in each direction from
its corporate headquarters in Brooklyn. The majority of the Bank’s
mortgage loans are secured by properties located in its primary lending area,
and approximately 75% of these loans were secured by real estate located in the
NYC boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens and Manhattan on December 31,
2008.
The NYC
banking environment is extremely competitive. The Bank’s competition
for loans exists principally from other savings banks, commercial banks,
mortgage banks and insurance companies. The Bank has faced sustained competition
for the origination of multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans,
which together comprised 94% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31,
2008. Management anticipates that the current level of competition
for multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans will continue for
the foreseeable future, which may inhibit the Bank’s ability to maintain its
current level and pricing of such loans.
The Bank
gathers deposits in direct competition with other savings banks, commercial
banks and brokerage firms, many among the largest in the nation. It
must additionally compete for deposit monies with the stock market and mutual
funds, especially during periods of strong performance in the equity
markets. Over the previous decade, consolidation in the financial
services industry, coupled with the emergence of Internet banking, has
dramatically altered the deposit gathering landscape. Facing
increasingly larger and more efficient competitors, the Bank’s strategy to
attract depositors has increasingly utilized targeted marketing and delivery of
technology-enhanced, customer-friendly banking services while controlling
operating expenses.
Banking
competition occurs within an economic and financial marketplace that is largely
beyond the control of any individual financial institution. The
interest rates paid to depositors and charged to borrowers, while affected by
marketplace competition, are generally a function of broader-based macroeconomic
and financial factors, including the level of U.S. Gross Domestic Product, the
supply of, and demand for, loanable funds, and the impact of global trade and
international financial markets. Within this environment, the Federal
Open Market Committee ("FOMC") monetary policy and governance of short-term
rates also significantly influence the interest rates paid and charged by
financial institutions.
The
Bank’s success is additionally impacted by the overall condition of the economy,
particularly in the NYC metropolitan area. As home to several
national companies in the financial and business services industries, and as a
popular destination for domestic and international travelers, the NYC economy is
particularly sensitive to the health of both the national and global
economies. Both the NYC and global economies were greatly challenged
during the year ended December 31, 2008, and remain so
currently. Although the significant proportion of Bank loans secured
by rent-regulated multifamily residential dwellings, as well as management's
measured growth business strategy, have provided the Bank's some insulation from
these economic downturns, sustained recessionary conditions would be expected to
adversely impact the performance of the Bank's assets and deposit customer
relationships.
Lending
Activities
Loan Portfolio
Composition.
At December 31, 2008, the Bank’s loan portfolio
totaled $3.29 billion, consisting primarily of mortgage loans
secured by multifamily residential apartment buildings, including buildings
organized under a cooperative form of ownership (“Underlying Cooperatives”);
commercial properties; real estate construction and land acquisition; and one-
to four-family residences and cooperative apartments. Within the loan
portfolio, $2.24 billion, or 68.2%, were classified as multifamily residential
loans; $848.2 million, or 25.8%, were classified as commercial real estate
loans; $130.7 million, or 4.0%, were classified as one- to four-family
residential, including condominium or cooperative apartments; $742,000, or
0.02%, were loans to finance multifamily residential and one- to four-family
residential properties with full or partial credit guarantees provided by either
the Federal Housing Administration (‘’FHA’’) or the Veterans Administration
(‘’VA’’); and $53.0 million, or 1.6%, were loans to finance real estate
construction and land acquisition within the NYC metropolitan
area. Of the total mortgage loan portfolio outstanding on December
31, 2008, $2.77 billion, or 84.3%, were adjustable-rate loans (‘’ARMs’’) and
$514.8 million, or 15.7%, were fixed-rate loans. Of the Bank’s
multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, over 80%
were
ARMs at December 31, 2008, the majority of which were contracted to reprice no
later than 7 years from their origination date and carried a total amortization
period of no longer than 30 years. At December 31, 2008, the Bank’s
loan portfolio additionally included $2.2 million in consumer loans, composed of
passbook loans, consumer installment loans, overdraft loans and mortgagor
advances.
As of
December 31, 2008, $2.65 billion, or 80.5% of the loan portfolio, was scheduled
to mature or reprice within five years.
The Bank
does not originate or purchase loans, either whole loans or collateral
underlying MBS, that would be considered subprime loans (
i.e.,
mortgage loans advanced
to borrowers who do not qualify for market interest rates because of problems
with their income or credit history).
The types
of loans the Bank may originate are subject to federal laws and
regulations (See "Item 1. Business - Regulation –
Regulation of Federal Savings Associations").
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had $49.9 million of loan commitments that were
accepted by the borrowers. All of these commitments are expected to
close during the year ending December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2007,
the Bank had $102.4 million of loan commitments that were accepted by the
borrower. All of these commitments closed during 2008.
The Bank
was servicing whole loans or loan participations totaling $659.4 million at
December 31, 2008 that it originated and sold to other financial
institutions. The majority of this balance represented whole loans
that were sold to, and are currently serviced for the Federal National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA").
The following table sets forth the
composition of the Bank’s real estate and other loan portfolios (including loans
held for sale) in dollar amounts and percentages at the dates
indicated:
|
At
December 31,
|
|
2008
|
Percent
of Total
|
2007
|
Percent
of Total
|
2006
|
Percent
of Total
|
2005
|
Percent
of Total
|
2004
|
Percent
of Total
|
|
Dollars
in Thousands
|
Real
Estate loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multifamily
residential
|
$2,241,800
|
68.18%
|
$1,948,765
|
67.78%
|
$1,855,080
|
68.64%
|
$1,872,163
|
71.69%
|
$1,917,447
|
76.63%
|
Commercial
real estate
|
848,208
|
25.80
|
728,129
|
25.32
|
666,927
|
24.68
|
576,561
|
22.08
|
424,060
|
16.95
|
One-
to four-family
|
130,663
|
3.97
|
139,541
|
4.85
|
146,613
|
5.42
|
135,622
|
5.19
|
126,225
|
5.04
|
Cooperative
apartment units
|
11,632
|
0.35
|
6,172
|
0.21
|
7,224
|
0.27
|
10,115
|
0.39
|
11,853
|
0.47
|
FHA/VA
insured
|
742
|
0.02
|
1,029
|
0.04
|
1,236
|
0.05
|
2,694
|
0.10
|
4,209
|
0.17
|
Construction
and land acquisition
|
52,982
|
1.61
|
49,387
|
1.72
|
23,340
|
0.86
|
12,098
|
0.46
|
15,558
|
0.62
|
Total
mortgage loans
|
3,286,027
|
99.93
|
2,873,023
|
99.92
|
2,700,420
|
99.92
|
2,609,253
|
99.91
|
2,499,352
|
99.88
|
Other
loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Student
loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
$61
|
-
|
Depositor
loans
|
$1,059
|
0.03
|
$1,122
|
0.04
|
$1,172
|
0.04
|
$1,160
|
0.04
|
1,318
|
0.06
|
Consumer
installment and other
|
1,132
|
0.04
|
1,047
|
0.04
|
1,033
|
0.04
|
1,181
|
0.05
|
1,537
|
0.06
|
Total
other loans
|
2,191
|
0.07
|
2,169
|
0.08
|
2,205
|
0.08
|
2,341
|
0.09
|
2,916
|
0.12
|
Gross
loans
|
3,288,218
|
100.00%
|
2,875,192
|
100.00%
|
2,702,625
|
100.00%
|
2,611,594
|
100.00%
|
2,502,268
|
100.00%
|
Net
unearned costs (fees)
|
3,287
|
|
1,833
|
|
1,048
|
|
501
|
|
(463)
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
(17,454)
|
|
(15,387)
|
|
(15,514)
|
|
(15,785)
|
|
(15,543)
|
|
Loans,
net
|
$3,274,051
|
|
$2,861,638
|
|
$2,688,159
|
|
$2,596,310
|
|
$2,486,262
|
|
Loans
serviced for others:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-
to four-family and
cooperative
apartment
|
$19,181
|
|
$21,515
|
|
$24,395
|
|
$26,881
|
|
$29,524
|
|
Multifamily
residential
|
640,200
|
|
541,868
|
|
494,770
|
|
386,781
|
|
295,800
|
|
Total
loans serviced for others
|
$659,381
|
|
$563,383
|
|
$519,165
|
|
$413,662
|
|
$325,324
|
|
Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales
and Servicing.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, total
loan originations were $1.09 billion. The Bank originates both ARMs
and fixed-rate loans, depending upon customer demand and market rates of
interest. ARMs were approximately 96% of total loan originations
during the period. The majority of both ARM and fixed-rate
originations were multifamily residential and commercial real estate
loans. Multifamily residential real estate loans are either retained
in the Bank's portfolio or sold in the secondary market to FNMA, and
occasionally to other third-party financial institutions. One- to
four-family adjustable rate and fixed-rate mortgage loans with maturities up to
15 years are generally retained for the Bank’s portfolio. Generally,
the Bank sells its newly originated one- to four-family fixed-rate mortgage
loans with maturities greater than fifteen years in the secondary
market.
From December 2002 through December
31, 2008, the Bank sold multifamily residential loans to FNMA pursuant to a
multifamily seller/servicing agreement entered into in December
2002. The Bank sold $27.5 million, $71.4 million and $144.7 million
of such loans to FNMA during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The Bank additionally sold one- to four- family loans
totaling $8.2 million and participation interests in multifamily loans totaling
$114.6 million to third party financial institutions during the year ended
December 31, 2008. The Bank sold a $6.1 million participation
interest in one multifamily loan to a third party financial institution during
the year ended December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had
an executed loan commitment to originate two loans totaling $3.4 million that
were intended for sale to FNMA. The Bank's contract for sale of new
multifamily loans to FNMA expired on December 31, 2008.
The Bank currently has no arrangement
pursuant to which it sells commercial real estate loans to the secondary
market. During the year ended December 31, 2008, sales of fixed-rate
one- to four-family mortgage loans totaled $8.8 million, of which $580,000 were
sold to FNMA. The Bank also has an origination assistance
agreement with an independent lending institution, PHH Mortgage ("PHH") whereby
PHH processes and underwrites fixed-rate one- to four-family loans, the Bank
funds the loans at origination and elects to either portfolio the loan or sell
it to PHH. PHH retains full servicing of all loans, regardless of the
Bank's ownership election. One to four-family loans sold to PHH
totaled $8.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.
The Bank generally retains the
servicing rights in connection with loans it sells in the secondary
market. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank was servicing $659.4
million of loans for non-related institutions. The Bank generally
receives a loan servicing fee equal to 0.25% of the outstanding principal
balance on all loans sold to FNMA other than multifamily residential
loans. The loan servicing fees on multifamily residential loans sold
to FNMA vary as they are derived based upon the difference between the actual
origination rate and contractual pass-through rate of the loans sold at the time
of sale. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had recorded mortgage
servicing rights ("MSR") of $2.8 million associated with the sale of one- to
four-family and multifamily residential loans to FNMA and other third party
institutions.
The following table sets forth the
Bank's loan originations (including loans held for sale), sales, purchases and
principal repayments for the periods indicated:
|
For
the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
|
Dollars
in Thousands
|
Gross
loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
At
beginning of period
|
$2,875,192
|
$2,702,625
|
$2,611,594
|
$2,502,268
|
$2,194,157
|
Real
estate loans originated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multifamily
residential
|
786,918
|
391,882
|
388,102
|
312,026
|
774,832
|
Commercial
real estate
|
226,605
|
124,262
|
133,099
|
203,841
|
187,655
|
One-
to four-family (1)
|
36,962
|
27,425
|
19,070
|
41,143
|
36,363
|
Cooperative
apartment units
|
7,178
|
-
|
210
|
465
|
1,048
|
Equity
lines of credit
|
10,843
|
5,777
|
7,977
|
6,405
|
6,488
|
Construction
and land acquisition
|
18,215
|
25,180
|
14,768
|
10,331
|
6,844
|
Total
mortgage loans originated
|
1,086,721
|
574,526
|
563,226
|
574,211
|
1,013,230
|
Other
loans originated
|
2,640
|
1,772
|
1,688
|
1,859
|
3,166
|
Total
loans originated
|
1,089,361
|
576,298
|
564,914
|
576,070
|
1,016,396
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
repayments
|
523,788
|
326,103
|
328,453
|
358,255
|
557,134
|
Loans
sold
|
150,983
|
77,628
|
145,430
|
108,489
|
151,151
|
Loans
transferred to other real estate owned
|
1,564
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Gross
loans at end of period
|
$3,288,218
|
2,875,192
|
$2,702,625
|
$2,611,594
|
$2,502,268
|
(1) Includes
Home Equity and Home Improvement Loans.
Loan Maturity and
Repricing.
The following table shows the earlier of the
maturity or repricing period of the Bank's loan portfolio (including loans held
for sale) at December 31, 2008. ARMs are shown as due in the period
during which their interest rates are next scheduled to adjust. The table does
not include prepayments or scheduled principal
amortization. Scheduled loan repricing and estimated prepayment and
amortization information is presented on an aggregate basis in "Item
7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk –
Interest Sensitivity Gap."
|
At
December 31, 2008
|
|
Real
Estate Loans
|
|
|
|
|
Multifamily
Residential
|
Commercial
Real
Estate
|
One-
to Four-
Family
|
Cooperative
Apartment
|
FHA/VA
Insured
|
Construction
and Land Acquisition
|
|
Other
Loans
|
Total
Loans
|
|
(Dollars
In Thousands)
|
Amount
due to Mature or Reprice During the Year Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2009
|
$198,949
|
$43,831
|
$27,005
|
$3,598
|
-
|
$52,982
|
|
$2,191
|
$328,556
|
December
31, 2010
|
348,482
|
96,227
|
13,692
|
26
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
458,427
|
December
31, 2011
|
383,698
|
175,141
|
12,562
|
6,554
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
577,955
|
December
31, 2012
|
282,437
|
142,525
|
20,952
|
37
|
$176
|
-
|
|
-
|
446,127
|
December
31, 2013
|
633,045
|
184,163
|
18,861
|
247
|
566
|
-
|
|
-
|
836,882
|
Sub-total
|
1,846,611
|
641,887
|
93,072
|
10,462
|
742
|
52,982
|
|
2,191
|
2,647,947
|
December
31, 2014 through
December
31, 2018
|
352,650
|
158,589
|
20,765
|
595
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
532,599
|
December
31, 2019 and beyond
|
42,539
|
47,732
|
16,543
|
858
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
107,672
|
Total
|
$2,241,800
|
$848,208
|
$130,380
|
$11,915
|
$742
|
$52,982
|
|
$2,191
|
$3,288,218
|
The following table sets forth the
outstanding principal balance in each loan category (including loans held for
sale) at December 31, 2008 that is due to mature or reprice after December 31,
2009, and whether such loans have fixed or adjustable interest
rates:
|
Due
after December 31, 2009
|
|
Fixed
|
Adjustable
|
Total
|
|
(Dollars in
Thousands
)
|
Mortgage
loans:
|
|
|
|
Multifamily
residential
|
$323,028
|
$1,719,823
|
2,042,851
|
Commercial
real estate
|
129,625
|
674,752
|
804,377
|
One-
to four-family
|
43,573
|
59,802
|
103,375
|
Cooperative
apartment
|
1,813
|
6,504
|
8,317
|
FHA/VA
insured
|
742
|
-
|
742
|
Construction
and land acquisition
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Other
loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
loans
|
$498,781
|
$2,460,881
|
$2,959,662
|
Multifamily Residential Lending and
Commercial Real Estate Lending.
The majority of the Bank's lending
activities consist of originating adjustable-rate and fixed-rate multifamily
residential (
i.e
.,
buildings possessing a minimum of five residential units) and commercial real
estate loans. The properties securing these loans are generally located in the
Bank's primary lending area. At December 31, 2008, $2.24 billion, or 68.2% of
the Bank's gross loan portfolio, were multifamily residential loans. Of the
multifamily residential loans, $2.13 billion, or 95.2%, were secured by
apartment buildings and $107.4 million, or 4.8%, were secured by Underlying
Cooperatives. The Bank also had $848.2 million of commercial real estate loans
in its portfolio at December 31, 2008, representing 25.8% of its total loan
portfolio.
The Bank originated multifamily
residential and commercial real estate loans totaling $1.01 billion during the
year ended December 31, 2008 and $516.1 million during the year ended December
31, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had commitments accepted by borrowers
to originate $46.8 million of multifamily residential and commercial real estate
loans, compared to $96.3 million outstanding at December 31, 2007.
At December 31, 2008, multifamily
residential and commercial real estate loans originated by the Bank were secured
by three distinct property types: (1) fully residential apartment buildings; (2)
"mixed-use" properties featuring a combination of residential and commercial
units within the same building; and (3) fully commercial buildings. The
underwriting procedures for each of these property types were substantially
similar. Loans secured by fully residential apartment buildings were classified
by the Bank as multifamily residential loans in all instances. Loans secured by
fully commercial real estate were classified as commercial real estate loans in
all instances. Loans secured by mixed-use properties were classified as either
multifamily residential or commercial real estate loans based upon the
percentage of the property's rental income received from its residential
compared to its commercial tenants. If 50% or more of the rental income was
received from residential tenants, the full balance of the loan was classified
as multifamily residential. If less than 50% of the rental income was received
from residential tenants, the full balance of the loan was classified as
commercial real estate. At December 31, 2008, mixed use properties classified as
multifamily residential or commercial real estate loans totaled
$1.08 billion.
Multifamily residential and
commercial real estate loans in the Bank's portfolio generally range in amount
from $250,000 to $4.0 million, and, at December 31, 2008, had an average loan
size of approximately $1.5 million. Multifamily residential loans in this range
are generally secured by buildings that possess between 5 and 100 apartments. As
of December 31, 2008, the Bank had a total of $2.13 billion of multifamily
residential loans in its portfolio secured by buildings with under 100 units,
representing approximately 65% of its real estate loan portfolio.
Multifamily residential loans are
generally viewed as exposing the Bank to a greater risk of loss than one- to
four-family residential loans and typically involve higher individual loan
principal amounts. Repayment of multifamily residential loans is
dependent, in significant part, on cash flow from the collateral property
sufficient to satisfy operating expenses and debt service. Economic events and
government regulations, such as rent control and rent stabilization laws, which
are outside the control of the borrower or the Bank, could impair the future
cash flow of such properties. As a result, rental income might not rise
sufficiently over time to satisfy increases in the loan rate at repricing or in
overhead expenses (
e.g.
, utilities, taxes, and
insurance).
The
underwriting standards for multifamily residential and commercial real estate
loans generally require: (1) a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% based upon an
appraisal performed by an independent, state licensed appraiser, and (2)
sufficient cash flow from the underlying property to adequately service the
debt, represented by a minimum debt service ratio of 115%. The average
loan-to-value and debt service ratios were 59% and 150%, respectively, on all
multifamily and commercial real estate loans originated during the year ended
December 31, 2008. The Bank additionally requires all multifamily and commercial
real estate borrowers to represent that they are unaware of any environmental
concerns related to the collateral. The Bank further considers the borrower's
experience in owning or managing similar properties, the value of the collateral
based upon the income approach, and the Bank's lending experience with the
borrower. When originating multifamily residential and commercial
real estate loans, the Bank utilizes rent or lease income and the borrower's
credit history and business experience (See "Item 1. Business - Lending
Activities - Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting" for a discussion of the
Bank's underwriting procedures utilized in originating multifamily residential
and commercial real estate loans).
It is the
Bank's policy to require appropriate insurance protection, including title and
hazard insurance, on all real estate mortgage loans at closing. Borrowers
generally are required to advance funds for certain expenses such as real estate
taxes, hazard insurance and flood insurance.
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had 447 multifamily residential and commercial real
estate loans in portfolio with principal balances greater than $2.0 million,
totaling $1.84 billion. Within this total were nineteen loans
totaling $271.0 million with outstanding balances greater than $10.0
million. These 447 loans, while underwritten to the same standards as
all other multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans, tend to
expose the Bank to a higher degree of risk due to the potential impact of losses
from any one loan relative to the size of the Bank's capital
position.
The
typical multifamily residential and commercial real estate ARM carries a final
maturity of 10 or 12 years, and an amortization period not exceeding 30 years.
These loans generally have an interest rate that adjusts once after the fifth or
seventh year, indexed to the 5-year FHLBNY advance rate plus a spread typically
approximating 225 basis points, but generally may not adjust below the initial
interest rate of the loan. Prepayment fees are assessed throughout the majority
of the life of the loans. The Bank also offers fixed-rate, self-amortizing,
multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans with maturities of up
to fifteen years.
Commercial
real estate loans are generally viewed as exposing the Bank to a greater risk of
loss than both one- to four-family and multifamily residential mortgage loans.
Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are often dependent
upon successful operation or management of the collateral properties, repayment
of such loans are generally subject to a greater extent to prevailing conditions
in the real estate market or the economy. Further, the collateral securing such
loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, or fluctuate in
value based upon the success of the business. This increased risk is
partially compensated for in the following manners: (i) the Bank requires, in
addition to the security interest in the commercial real estate, a security
interest in the personal property associated with the collateral and standby
assignments of rents and leases from the borrower; and (ii) at December 31,
2008, approximately $360.1 million of the Bank's commercial real estate loans
were secured by mixed used properties that had some portion of residential units
associated with the collateral property.
The Bank's three largest multifamily
residential loans at December 31, 2008 were a $31.4 million loan originated in
September 2008 secured by seventeen mixed use buildings located in Manhattan,
New York, containing, in aggregate, 401 residential units and 11 commercial
units; a $23.5 million loan originated in March 2004 secured by an eight-story,
mixed-use
building
located in Flushing, New York, containing 137 residential units and 4 commercial
units; and a $16.9 million loan originated in December 2004 secured by a mixed
use building located in Manhattan, New York that contains 67 residential units
and twelve commercial units.
The Bank's two largest commercial
real estate loans at December 31, 2008 were a $15.2 million loan originated in
May 2005 secured by a three-story building located in Manhattan, New York
containing 10 retail stores; and a $13.5 million loan originated in February
2007 secured by a professional office building with 12 office rental units
located in White Plains, New York. The Bank also owned two commercial
real estate loans with an outstanding principal balance of $12.5 million each at
December 31, 2008, both of which were originated during 2008 and are located in
Manhattan, New York. One of the loans is secured by an office
building containing twenty-seven office rental units while the other loan is
secured by a mixed use building with fourteen commercial units and nine
apartments.
The Bank's largest aggregate amount
of loans to one borrower was $41.0 million at December 31, 2008, compared to a
regulatory limit of $45.5 million. The individual loans made to the
largest individual borrower were secured by four buildings located in Manhattan,
New York, containing 104 residential units and one commercial unit.
Small Mixed-Use Lending (Small
Investment Property Loans).
In 2003, the Bank began
originating small investment property loans. Small investment property
loans are typically sourced through brokers. Generally, small investment
properties include owner and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential,
multifamily, or mixed-use properties under $1.0 million in value. In
the majority of cases, the appraised value of small investment properties is
based upon a "comparable sales" methodology rather than the income approach
methodology used in underwriting commercial real estate loans. Small
investment property loans are required to be personally guaranteed by the
borrowers. The appraisal methodology chosen can vary depending upon the
attributes of the underlying collateral and/or the availability of comparable
sales data. In cases where the comparable sales method of appraisal is
used, loans can have debt service coverage ratios below 100%. In such
cases, the Bank looks to the borrower’s financial capacity to service the
debt. Small investment property loans typically carry higher rates of
interest in order to compensate the Bank for the assumed increased risk of
default. Because these loans are required to be personally guaranteed, the Bank
relies heavily on both the financial and credit information of borrowers in its’
underwriting. Small commercial real estate loans can be underwritten to a
maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80%. In the minority of cases where the
income approach to appraised value is used, loans can be underwritten to a
minimum debt service ratio of 110%. At December 31, 2008, the Bank held
$80.7 million of loans in portfolio classified as small investment property
loans, or approximately 2.5% of the gross loan portfolio, with a weighted
average FICO score of 711 and a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of
64%.
One- to Four-Family Residential and
Cooperative Apartment Lending.
The Bank offers
residential first and second mortgage loans secured primarily by owner-occupied,
one- to four-family residences, including condominium and cooperative
apartments. The majority of one- to four-family residential loans in
the Bank's loan portfolio were obtained through the Bank's acquisitions of
Financial Federal Savings Bank in 1999 and Pioneer Savings Bank, F.S.B. in
1996. The Bank originated $37.0 million of one- to four-family
mortgages during the year ended December 31, 2008, including home equity and
home improvement loans. At December 31, 2008, $130.7 million, or
4.0%, of the Bank's loans consisted of one- to four-family residential and
cooperative apartment loans. The Bank is a participating
seller/servicer with FNMA and generally underwrites its one- to four-family
residential mortgage loans to conform with FNMA standards.
Although the collateral securing
cooperative apartment loans is composed of shares in a cooperative corporation
(
i.e.
, a corporation
whose primary asset is the underlying building) and a proprietary lease in the
borrower's apartment, cooperative apartment loans are treated as one- to
four-family loans. The Bank's portfolio of cooperative apartment
loans was $11.6 million, or 0.4% of total loans, as of December 31,
2008. Originations of cooperative unit loans totaled $7.2 million
during the year ended December 31, 2008.
For all one- to four-family loans
originated by the Bank, upon receipt of a completed loan application from a
prospective borrower: (1) a credit report is reviewed; (2) income, assets,
indebtedness and certain other information are reviewed; (3) if necessary,
additional financial information is required of the borrower; and (4) an
appraisal of the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan is obtained
from an independent appraiser approved by the Board of
Directors. Loans underwritten by PHH additionally utilize these
underwriting criteria (with the exception that the appraisals are completed by a
rotating appraisal group certified by PHH). One to four-family loans
sold to PHH totaled $8.2 million during the year ended December 31,
2008.
The Bank generally sells its newly
originated conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans with
maturities in excess of 15 years. During the year ended December 31,
2008, the Bank sold one- to four-family mortgage loans totaling $8.8 million to
non-affiliates, of which $8.2 were sold to PHH, and $580,000 were sold to FNMA
with servicing retained by
the
Bank. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank's portfolio of one- to
four-family fixed-rate mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $19.2
million.
Home Equity and Home Improvement
Loans
. Home equity loans and home improvement loans, the
majority of which are included in one- to four-family loans, are originated to a
maximum of $500,000. At the time of origination, the combined balance
of the first mortgage and home equity or home improvement loan may not exceed
75% of the appraised value of the collateral property at origination of the home
equity or home improvement loan. On home equity and home improvement
loans, the borrower pays an initial interest rate equal to the prime interest
rate at the time of origination. After six months, the interest rate
adjusts and ranges from the prime interest rate to 100 basis points above the
prime interest rate in effect at the time. The interest rate on the
loan can never fall below the rate at origination The combined outstanding
balance of the Bank's home equity and home improvement loans was $31.3 million
at December 31, 2008.
Equity Lines of Credit on
Multifamily Residential and Commercial Real Estate
Loans.
Equity credit lines are available on multifamily
residential and commercial real estate loans. These loans are
underwritten in the same manner as first mortgage loans on these properties,
except that the combined loan-to-value ratio of the first mortgage and the
equity line may be as high as 80% and the minimum debt service coverage ratio is
115%. On multifamily residential and commercial real estate equity
lines of credit, the borrower pays an interest rate generally ranging from 100
to 200 basis points above the prime rate, based upon the loan-to-value ratio of
the combined first mortgage and equity line at the time of origination of the
equity line of credit. The outstanding balance of these equity loans
(which are included in the $31.3 million of total outstanding home equity and
home improvement loans discussed in the previous paragraph) was $14.2 million at
December 31, 2008, on outstanding total lines of $43.3 million.
Construction Lending.
The
Bank participates in various real estate construction loans. All of
these construction projects are located in the NYC metropolitan area, and in
most instances, involve multifamily residential properties that are underwritten
to support the permanent debt with rental units. Although it has
assumed up to 90% participation on some construction loan commitments, the Bank
generally does not act as primary underwriting agent for any of these
loans. The Bank does, however, carefully review the underwriting of
these construction loans, and regularly inspects the construction progress and
engineering reports prior to advancing funds. During the year ended
December 31, 2008, the Bank funded $18.2 million of construction
loans. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had $13.4 million in unfunded
construction loan commitments.
Land Acquisition
Loans.
The Bank, in rare instances, funds the purchase of land
by a borrower for either rehabilitation or development. These loans
require that the loan to value ratio not exceed 70% at origination, and require
a separate construction or permanent loan to be negotiated by the borrower for
any future development activity. Land acquisition loans totaled $7.7
million at December 31, 2008.
Loan Approval Authority and
Underwriting.
The Board of Directors of the Bank
establishes lending authorities for individual officers related to the various
types of loan products offered by the Bank. In addition, the Bank
maintains a Loan Operating Committee entrusted with loan approval
authority. The Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Chief Lending Officer are members of the
Loan Operating Committee. The Loan Operating Committee has authority
to approve portfolio loan originations in amounts up to $3.0 million and loans
originated and sold to PHH in amounts up to $4.0 million (although loans in
excess of $1.5 million are not currently offered by the Bank through the PHH
program). Both the Loan Operating Committee and the Bank's Board of
Directors must approve all portfolio loan originations exceeding $3.0
million. All loans approved by the Loan Operating Committee are
presented to the Bank's Board of Directors for its review.
Regulatory restrictions imposed on
the Bank's lending activities limit the amount of credit that may be extended to
any one borrower to 15% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. A single
borrower may exceed the initial 15% limit, up to a final limit of 25%, if he or
she secures the full amount of the outstanding loan balance in excess of the
initial 15% limit with collateral in the form of readily marketable securities
that have a reliable and continuously available price quotation. The
Bank's highest individual borrower fell significantly below this limitation at
December 31, 2008. (See "Item 1. Business - Regulation -
Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - Loans to One
Borrower'').
Asset
Quality
General
At both December 31, 2008 and December
31, 2007, the Company had neither whole loans nor collateral underlying MBS that
would be considered subprime loans,
i.e.
, mortgage loans advanced
to borrowers who do not qualify for market interest rates because of problems
with their income or credit history. (See "Item I – Business –
Lending Activities" for a
further
discussion of the Bank's underwriting standards).
Monitoring and Collection of
Delinquent Loans
Management of the Bank reviews
delinquent loans on a monthly basis and reports to its Board of Directors
regarding the status of all non-performing and otherwise delinquent loans in the
Bank's portfolio.
The
Bank's loan servicing policies and procedures require that an automated late
notice be sent to a delinquent borrower as soon as possible after a payment is
ten days late, in the case of a multifamily residential or commercial real
estate loan, or fifteen days late in connection with a one- to four-family or
consumer loan. A second letter is sent to the borrower if payment has
not been received within 30 days of the due date. Thereafter,
periodic letters are mailed and phone calls are placed to the borrower until
payment is received. When contact is made with the borrower at any
time prior to foreclosure, the Bank will attempt to obtain the full payment due
or negotiate a repayment schedule with the borrower to avoid
foreclosure.
Accrual of interest is generally
discontinued on loans that have missed three consecutive monthly payments, at
which time the Bank does not recognize the interest from the third month and
evaluates whether the accrual of interest associated with the first two missed
payments should be reversed. Payments on nonaccrual loans are
generally applied to principal. Management may elect to continue the
accrual of interest when a loan is in the process of collection and the
estimated fair value of the collateral is sufficient to satisfy the outstanding
principal balance (including any outstanding advances related to the loan) and
accrued interest. Loans are returned to accrual status once the doubt concerning
collectibility has been removed and the borrower has demonstrated performance in
accordance with the loan terms and conditions for a period of at least six
months.
Generally,
the Bank initiates foreclosure proceedings when a loan enters non-accrual
status. After initiating foreclosure proceedings, the Bank procures
current appraisal information in order to prepare an estimate of the fair value
of the underlying collateral. If a foreclosure action is instituted
and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the
foreclosure action is completed, the property securing the loan is generally
sold. It is the Bank's general policy to dispose of OREO properties
as quickly and prudently as possible in consideration of market conditions, the
physical condition of the property and any other mitigating
circumstances.
Non-accrual
loans
Within the Bank's portfolio,
non-accrual loans totaled $7.4 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively. During the year ended December 31,
2008, twelve loans totaling $7.0 million were added to non-accrual
status. Partially offsetting this increase were three loans totaling
$1.6 million that were transferred to other real estate owned ("OREO") and two
non-accrual loans totaling $876,000 that were satisfied during the
period. The difficulties experienced in both the national real estate
and financial services marketplaces combined to adversely impact the
metropolitan NYC area multifamily and commercial real estate markets during
2008.
Impaired
Loans
Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") 114, "Accounting By Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," as
amended by SFAS 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income
Recognition and Disclosures an amendment of FASB Statement No. 114" ("Amended
SFAS 114"), provides guidelines for determining and measuring impairment in
loans. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that all
contractual amounts due will not be collected in accordance with the terms of
the loan. A loan is not deemed to be impaired, even during a period of delayed
payment by the borrower, if the Bank ultimately expects to collect all amounts
due, including interest accrued at the contractual rate. Generally,
the Bank considers non-accrual and troubled-debt restructured multifamily
residential and commercial real estate loans, along with non-accrual one- to
four-family loans exceeding $625,500, to be impaired. Non-accrual one-to
four-family loans of $625,500 or less, as well as all consumer loans, are
considered homogeneous loan pools and are not required to be evaluated
individually for impairment. Impairment is measured by the amount
that the carrying balance of the loan, including all accrued interest, exceeds
the estimate of the fair value of the collateral. A specific reserve
is established on all impaired loans to the extent of impairment and comprises a
portion of the allowance for loan losses. The recorded investment in loans
deemed impaired was approximately $8.9 million, consisting of fifteen loans, at
December 31, 2008, compared to $2.8 million, consisting of six loans, at
December 31, 2007, and $3.5 million, consisting of six loans, at December 31,
2006. During the year ended December 31, 2008, fourteen impaired
loans totaling $8.5 million were added to impaired status, while five loans
totaling $2.4 million were removed from impaired status. Of the $8.5
million added during the year, $2.1 million represented problematic loans that
remained on accrual status at December 31, 2008. The combination of
their problem payment history and concerns over their realizable disposal value
in the event of foreclosure, resulted in their
being
deemed impaired at December 31, 2008, with a specific reserve being allocated to
them within the allowance for loan losses. Of the $2.4 million
removed from impaired status, $1.6 million represented transfers to OREO and
$876,000 represented satisfactions. During the year ended December
31, 2007, three impaired loans totaling $2.0 million were removed from impaired
status while three loans totaling $1.2 million were added to impaired
status. Since much of the activity occurred during the final six
months of 2007, while the period-end balance of impaired loans declined from
December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007, the average balance was higher during
the year ended December 31, 2007, as $3.5 million of impaired loans added during
the year ended December 31, 2006 had a greater impact on the average balance of
impaired loans during 2007 than 2006. At December 31, 2008 and 2007,
reserves totaling $1.1 million and $348,000, respectively, were allocated within
the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans. At December 31,
2008, impaired loans exceeded non-accrual loans by $1.5 million due to the $2.1
million of impaired loans that remained on accrual status at December 31, 2008,
which were partially offset by $597,000 of one- to four-family and consumer
loans, which, while on non-accrual status, were not deemed impaired since they
had individual outstanding balances of $625,500 or less.
Troubled-Debt
Restructurings
Under accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), the Bank is required to
account for certain loan modifications or restructurings as ''troubled-debt
restructurings.'' In general, the modification or restructuring of a loan
constitutes a troubled-debt restructuring if the Bank, for economic or legal
reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, grants a concession to
the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Current OTS
regulations require that troubled-debt restructurings remain classified as such
until either the loan is repaid or returns to its original terms. The
Bank had no loans classified as troubled-debt restructurings at December 31,
2008 and 2007.
OREO
Property acquired by the Bank as
a result of a foreclosure on a mortgage loan or deed in lieu of foreclosure is
classified as OREO and recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the
related loan or the fair value of the property on the date of acquisition, with
any resulting write down charged to the allowance for loan losses and any
disposition expenses charged to the valuation allowance for possible losses on
OREO. The Bank obtains a current appraisal on OREO property as soon as
practicable after it takes possession and will generally reassess the value of
OREO at least annually thereafter. At December 31, 2008, the Bank
owned one OREO property with a recorded balance of $300,000. At
December 31, 2007, the Bank owned no OREO properties with a recorded
balance.
The
following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans, OREO, and
troubled-debt restructurings at the dates indicated:
|
At
December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
One-
to four-family
|
$566
|
$11
|
$60
|
$317
|
$475
|
Multifamily
residential
|
776
|
2,236
|
1,655
|
384
|
830
|
Commercial
real estate
|
3,439
|
577
|
1,859
|
|
|
Mixed
Use
|
2,590
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Cooperative
apartment
|
26
|
27
|
26
|
229
|
-
|
Other
|
5
|
5
|
6
|
28
|
154
|
Total
non-accrual loans
|
7,402
|
2,856
|
3,606
|
958
|
1,459
|
OREO
|
300
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
non-performing assets
|
7,702
|
2,856
|
3,606
|
958
|
1,459
|
Troubled-debt
restructurings
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
non-performing assets and
troubled-debt
restructurings
|
$7,702
|
$2,856
|
$3,606
|
$958
|
$1,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impaired
loans
|
$8,900
|
$2,814
|
$3,514
|
$384
|
$830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-accrual loans to total loans
|
0.22%
|
0.10%
|
0.13%
|
0.04%
|
0.06%
|
Total non-accrual loans and troubled-debt
restructurings
to total loans
|
0.22
|
0.10
|
0.13
|
0.04
|
0.06
|
Total
non-performing assets to total assets
|
0.19
|
0.08
|
0.11
|
0.03
|
0.04
|
Total
non-performing assets and troubled-
debt
restructurings to total assets
|
0.19
|
0.08
|
0.11
|
0.03
|
0.04
|
On
January 30, 2009, the Bank re-acquired four loans with an aggregate carrying
balance of $5.8 million (net of aggregate specific reserves of $3.0 million
recognized on these loans). This $5.8 million carrying balance
is expected to be reflected as non-accrual loans / non-performing assets at
March 31, 2009. (See "Item 1 – Business - Reserve Liability on the
Recourse Exposure on Multifamily Loans Serviced for FNMA") for a further
discussion of this re-acquisition.
Loans Delinquent 60 to 89
Days
The Bank had a total of 10 real estate
and consumer loans, totaling $4.8 million, delinquent 60-89 days (two
consecutive missed payments) at December 31, 2008, compared to 7 such delinquent
loans, totaling $1.9 million, at December 31, 2007. The
majority of the dollar amount of both non-accrual loans and loans delinquent
60-89 days were real estate loans. The growth in the dollar amount
delinquent 60-89 days from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 resulted
primarily from a net increase of $3.1 million of 60 to 89 day delinquent real
estate loans during the period. The 60-89 day delinquency levels
fluctuate monthly, and are generally considered a less accurate indicator of
credit quality trends than non-accrual loans. However, given the
considerable challenges facing the NYC area multifamily and commercial real
estate markets at December 31, 2008, it is reasonable to expect that these
delinquencies will remain above their December 31, 2007 level for the
foreseeable future.
Classified
Assets
OTS regulations and Bank policy
require that loans and other assets possessing certain negative characteristics
be classified as ''Substandard,'' ''Doubtful'' or ''Loss'' assets. An asset is
considered ''Substandard'' if it is inadequately protected by the current net
worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any.
''Substandard'' assets have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses and are
characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain ''some
loss'' if deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as ''Doubtful'' have
all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified ''Substandard'' with the
added characteristic that the weaknesses present make ''collection or
liquidation in full,'' on the basis of current existing facts, conditions, and
values, ''highly questionable and improbable.'' Assets classified as ''Loss''
are those considered ''uncollectible'' and of such little value that their
continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is
not warranted. Assets which do not expose the Bank to risk sufficient
to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess
potential weaknesses that deserve management's attention, are designated
''Special Mention.''
The Bank's Loan Loss Reserve
Committee, subject to approval of the Bank's Board of Directors, establishes
policies relating to the internal classification of loans. The Bank
believes that its classification policies are consistent with regulatory
requirements. All non-accrual and impaired loans and OREO are considered
classified assets. In addition, the Bank maintains a "watch list," comprised of
loans that, while performing, are characterized by weaknesses requiring special
attention from management and are considered to be potential problem
loans. This list can include loans that have either been classified
as Substandard or Special Mention in previous years but have remained current
for at least 6 months, loans that have experienced irregular payment histories,
or troubled-debt restructurings to the extent that they do fall into either of
the previous groups.
The Loan Loss Reserve Committee
reviews all loans in the Bank's portfolio quarterly, with particular emphasis on
problem loans, in order to determine whether any loans require reclassification
in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines. The Loan Loss
Reserve Committee reports its conclusions to the Bank's Board of Directors on a
quarterly basis.
At December 31, 2008, the Bank's
watch list was comprised of 11 loans totaling $2.7 million that remained on
accrual status, compared to 7 such loans totaling $1.8 million at December 31,
2007. The increase resulted from the addition of seven loans totaling
$1.9 million to the watch list during 2008, which were partially offset by two
loans totaling $1.1 million that entered non accrual status during the
period.
At both December 31, 2008 and 2007,
the Bank had no loans classified as either Doubtful or Loss. At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had 27 loans totaling $2.7 million designated
Special Mention, compared to 31 loans totaling $1.2 million at December 31,
2007, reflecting the increase in the watch list loan balance during the year
ended December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had $7.3
million of assets classified as Substandard, compared to $3.7 million at
December 31, 2007.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, no
Company-held investment securities, MBS or other assets were classified as
Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful. GAAP rules that require the
immediate recognition of unrealized losses on these assets that are deemed
other-than temporary enerally prevent them from satisfying the criteria of a
classified asset under OTS regulations and Bank policy.
The following table sets forth the
Bank's aggregate carrying value of assets classified as either Substandard or
Special Mention at December 31, 2008:
|
Special Mention
|
|
Substandard
|
|
Number
|
Amount
|
|
Number
|
Amount
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Mortgage
Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multifamily
residential
|
3
|
$1,550
|
|
2
|
$1,553
|
One-
to four-family
|
1
|
57
|
|
6
|
1,473
|
Cooperative
apartment
|
4
|
153
|
|
1
|
26
|
Commercial
real estate
|
3
|
920
|
|
5
|
3,955
|
Total
Mortgage Loans
|
11
|
2,680
|
|
14
|
$7,007
|
Other
loans
|
16
|
8
|
|
9
|
5
|
OREO
|
-
|
-
|
|
1
|
300
|
Total
|
27
|
$2,688
|
|
24
|
$7,312
|
Problem Loans Serviced for
Other Financial Institutions That are Subject to Recourse
Exposure
The Bank
services a pool of multifamily loans sold to FNMA with an outstanding principal
balance of $519.8 million at December 31, 2008. This pool of loans
was subject to a recourse exposure totaling $21.9 million at December 31,
2008. Within this pool of loans, the Bank had not received a payment
from the borrower in excess of 90 days on loans totaling $23.7 million at
December 31, 2008, and has identified another $3.6 million of other problem
loans. Under the terms of the servicing agreement with FNMA, the Bank
is obligated to fund FNMA all monthly principal and interest payments under the
original terms of the loans until the earlier of the following events: (1) the
loans have been fully satisfied or enter OREO status; or (2) the recourse
exposure is fully exhausted.
Allowance
for Loan Losses
GAAP requires the Bank to maintain an
appropriate allowance for loan losses. The Loan Loss Reserve
Committee is charged with, among other functions, responsibility for monitoring
the appropriateness of the loan loss reserve. The Loan Loss Reserve Committee's
findings, along with recommendations for changes to loan loss reserve
provisions, if any, are reported directly to the Bank's senior management and
Board of Directors. The following table sets forth activity in the
Bank's allowance for loan losses at or for the dates indicated:
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Total
loans outstanding at end of period
(1)
|
$3,291,505
|
$2,877,025
|
$2,703,673
|
$2,612,095
|
$2,501,805
|
Average
total loans outstanding
(1)
|
$3,090,032
|
$2,777,220
|
$2,651,601
|
$2,535,574
|
$2,397,187
|
Allowance
for loan losses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
$15,387
|
$15,514
|
$15,785
|
$15,543
|
$15,018
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
2,006
|
240
|
240
|
340
|
280
|
Charge-offs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multifamily
residential
|
(501)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Commercial
real estate
|
(85)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
One-
to four-family
|
-
|
-
|
(2)
|
-
|
(3)
|
FHA/VA
insured
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Cooperative
apartment
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Other
|
(26)
|
(28)
|
(48)
|
(76)
|
(155)
|
Total
charge-offs
|
(612)
|
(28)
|
(50)
|
(76)
|
(158)
|
Recoveries
|
29
|
19
|
23
|
31
|
25
|
Reserve
for loan commitments
transferred
(to) from other liabilities
|
644
|
(358)
|
(484)
|
(53)
|
378
|
Balance
at end of period
|
$17,454
|
$15,387
|
$15,514
|
$15,785
|
$15,543
|
Allowance
for loan losses to
total
loans at end of period
|
0.53%
|
0.53%
|
0.57%
|
0.60%
|
0.62%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to total
non-performing
loans at end of period
|
235.80
|
538.76
|
430.23
|
1,647.70
|
1,065.32
|
Allowance
for loan losses to total non-performing
loans
and troubled-debt
restructurings at end of period
|
235.80
|
538.76
|
430.23
|
1,647.70
|
1,065.32
|
Ratio
of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
during
the period
|
0.02%
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
Total
loans represent gross loans, net of deferred loan fees and
discounts.
|
Based upon its evaluation of the
loan portfolio, management believes that the Bank maintained its allowance for
loan losses at a level appropriate to absorb losses inherent within the Bank's
loan portfolio as of the balance sheet dates. Factors considered in
determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses include the
Bank's past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio,
existing adverse situations which may affect a borrower's ability to repay,
estimated value of underlying collateral and current economic conditions in the
Bank's lending area. Although management uses available information to estimate
losses on loans, future additions to, or reductions in, the allowance may be
necessary based on changes in economic conditions beyond management's control.
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their
examination processes, periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses.
Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to, or reductions in,
the allowance based upon judgments different from those of
management.
The allowance for loan losses was
$17.5 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $15.4 million at December 31,
2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank recorded a provision of
$2.0 million to the allowance for loan losses. In addition at
December 31, 2008, the Bank re-designated $644,000 of its reserves on loan
origination commitments to its allowance for loan losses due to a decrease in
loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2008. The Bank also
recorded net charge-offs of $583,000 during the year ended December 31,
2008. The Bank did not make any changes to the major assumptions
underlying the determination of its allowance for loan losses during the year
ended December 31, 2008. Both the provision and the increase in the
allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily
reflected the following items: 1) the significant growth in the Bank's loan
portfolio that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2008; and 2) the
increase in non-accrual and other problem loans from December 31, 2007 to
December 31, 2008, coupled with deteriorating conditions in the Bank's local
real estate marketplace that resulted in a higher level of estimated loan loss
reserves on these non-accrual and other problem loans.
The deterioration in the overall
real estate market in the NYC metropolitan area that occurred late in 2008,
particularly in relation to commercial and office building properties, may
result in higher expected loss allocations being applied on all loans in the
determination of the allowance for loan losses during the year ending December
31, 2009 than were applied at December 31, 2008.
The
following table sets forth the Bank's allowance for loan losses allocated by
loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the
dates indicated:
|
At
December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
|
Allocated
Amount
|
Percent
of
Loans
in
Each Category to Total Loans(1)
|
Allocated
Amount
|
Percent
of
Loans
in
Each Category to Total Loans(1)
|
Allocated
Amount
|
Percent
of
Loans
in
Each Category to Total Loans(1)
|
Allocated
Amount
|
Percent
of
Loans
in
Each Category to Total Loans(1)
|
Allocated
Amount
|
Percent
of
Loans
in
Each Category to Total Loans(1)
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Impaired
loans
|
$1,056
|
0.27%
|
$348
|
0.10%
|
$351
|
0.13%
|
$38
|
0.01%
|
$83
|
0.04%
|
Multifamily
residential
|
10,583
|
68.08
|
9,381
|
67.72
|
8,948
|
68.62
|
10,137
|
71.75
|
11,753
|
76.72
|
Commercial
real estate
|
4,695
|
25.65
|
4,449
|
25.31
|
5,208
|
24.61
|
4,759
|
22.10
|
3,161
|
16.98
|
One-to
four- family
|
306
|
3.97
|
347
|
4.86
|
496
|
5.43
|
496
|
5.20
|
436
|
5.05
|
Cooperative
apartment
|
95
|
0.35
|
33
|
0.21
|
45
|
0.27
|
59
|
0.39
|
65
|
0.47
|
Construction
and
land
acquisition
|
680
|
1.61
|
764
|
1.72
|
392
|
0.86
|
196
|
0.46
|
-
|
0.62
|
Other
|
39
|
0.07
|
65
|
0.08
|
74
|
0.08
|
100
|
0.09
|
45
|
0.12
|
Total
|
$17,454
|
100.00%
|
$15,387
|
100.00%
|
$15,514
|
100.00%
|
$15,785
|
100.00%
|
$15,543
|
100.00%
|
(1)
|
Total
loans represent gross loans less FHA and VA guaranteed
loans.
|
Reserve
Liability on the Recourse Exposure on Multifamily Loans Serviced for
FNMA
The Bank
has a recourse exposure associated with multifamily loans that it sold to FNMA
between December 2002 and December 31, 2008, and maintains a related reserve
liability. The reserve liability reflects the estimate of future losses that are
deemed probable to occur on this loan pool at each period end. In
determining the estimate of probable future losses, the Bank utilizes a
methodology similar to the calculation of its allowance for loan
losses. For all performing loans within the FNMA serviced pool, the
reserve recognized is the present value of the estimated future losses
calculated based upon the historical loss experience for comparable multifamily
loans owned by the Bank. For problem loans within the pool, the
estimated future losses are determined in a manner consistent with impaired or
classified loans within the Bank's loan portfolio.
The
following is a summary of the aggregate balance of multifamily loans serviced
for FNMA, the period-end balance of total recourse exposure associated with
these loans, and activity related to the reserve liability:
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Outstanding
balance of multifamily loans serviced for FNMA at period
end
|
$519,831
|
$535,793
|
$494,770
|
$386,781
|
$295,800
|
Total
recourse exposure at end of period
|
21,865
|
20,409
|
18,495
|
15,564
|
12,754
|
Reserve
Liability on the Recourse Exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
$2,436
|
$2,223
|
$1,771
|
$1,543
|
$761
|
Additions
for loans sold during the period
1
|
101
|
213
|
452
|
228
|
782
|
Provision
for losses on problem loans
1
|
3,946
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Charge-offs
|
(910)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Balance
at period end
|
$5,573
|
$2,436
|
$2,223
|
$1,771
|
$1,543
|
1
Amount
recognized as a portion of mortgage banking income during the
period.
Absent
extenuating circumstances, the $910,000 of charge-offs recognized in 2008, and
the full reserve liability balance of $5.6 million at December 31, 2008, would
have represented likely future loss claims, and upon ultimate settlement of the
loans, the Bank would have sought to reduce the $21.9 million total recourse
exposure. However, of the $5.6 million reserve liability that existed
at December 31, 2008, $1.4 million related to a loan that the Bank was required
to repurchase under the terms of its seller/servicer agreement with FNMA at the
initial purchase price. This loan also accounted for $146,000 of the
$910,000 in charge-offs recognized during 2008. The re-acquisition of
this loan was completed on January 30, 2009, and the Bank understands that no
losses associated with this loan shall reduce the $21.9 million total recourse
exposure.
In
addition, on January 30, 2009, the Bank re-acquired three other problem loans
from FNMA (all associated with one common borrower), on which aggregate
charge-offs of $701,000 were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008,
and on which a specific reserve of $1.6 million was included in the $5.6 million
reserve liability at December 31, 2008. Under the terms of the
re-acquisition agreement, upon ultimate resolution of these loans, 50% of their
aggregate losses will reduce the $21.9 million total recourse
exposure. In exchange for this concession, the Bank received the
potential right to reduce the $21.9 total recourse exposure commencing on
January 1, 2015.
Subsequent
to the re-acquisition of these four loans, the reserve liability on the recourse
exposure had a balance approximating $2.6 million.
Reserve
for Loan Commitments
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank maintained a reserve of $572,000 associated with
loan commitments accepted by the borrower at December 31, 2008. This
reserve is determined based upon the historical loss experience of similar loans
owned by the Bank at each period end. Any increases in this reserve
are achieved via a transfer of reserves from the Bank's allowance for loan
losses, with any subsequent resulting shortfall in the allowance for loan losses
satisfied through the quarterly provision for loan losses. Any
decreases in the loan commitment reserve are recognized as a transfer of reserve
balances back to the allowance for loans losses at each period end.
Investment
Activities
Investment Strategies of the Holding
Company.
At December 31, 2008, the Holding Company's principal
asset was its $349.7 million investment in the Bank's common
stock. Other Holding Company investments are intended primarily to
provide future liquidity which may be utilized for general business
activities. These may include, but are not limited to: (1) purchases
of the Holding Company's common stock into treasury; (2) repayment of principal
and interest on the Holding Company's $25.0 million subordinated note obligation
and $72.2 million trust preferred securities borrowing; (3) subject to
applicable dividend restriction limitations, the payment of dividends on the
Holding Company's common stock; and/or (4) investments in the equity securities
of other financial institutions and other investments not permitted to the
Bank. The Holding Company's investment policy calls for investments
in relatively short-term, liquid securities similar to those permitted by the
securities investment policy of the Bank. The Holding Company cannot
assure that it will engage in any of these activities in the
future.
Investment Policy of the
Bank.
The investment policy of the Bank, which is
adopted by its Board of Directors, is designed to help achieve the Bank's
overall asset/liability management objectives while complying with applicable
OTS regulations. Generally, when selecting investments for the Bank's
portfolio, the policy calls for management to emphasize principal preservation,
liquidity, diversification, short maturities and/or repricing terms, and a
favorable return on investment. The policy permits investments in various types
of liquid
assets,
including obligations of the U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, investment
grade corporate debt, various types of MBS, commercial paper, certificates of
deposit ("CDs") and overnight federal funds sold to financial
institutions. The Bank's Board of Directors periodically approves all
financial institutions to which the Bank sells federal funds.
Investment strategies are implemented
by the Asset and Liability Management Committee ("ALCO"), which is comprised of
the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Treasurer and other
senior officers. The strategies take into account the overall
composition of the Bank's balance sheet, including loans and deposits, and are
intended to protect and enhance the Bank's earnings and market value, and
effectively manage both interest rate risk and liquidity. The
strategies are reviewed monthly by the ALCO and reported regularly to the Board
of Directors.
The Holding Company or the Bank may,
with respective Board approval, engage in hedging transactions utilizing
derivative instruments. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, neither the Holding Company nor the Bank held any derivative instruments
or embedded derivative instruments that required bifurcation.
MBS.
MBS provide
the portfolio with investments offering desirable repricing, cash flow and
credit quality characteristics. MBS yield less than the loans that underlie the
securities as a result of the cost of payment guarantees and credit enhancements
which reduce credit risk to the investor. Although MBS guaranteed by
federally sponsored agencies carry a reduced credit risk compared to whole
loans, such securities remain subject to the risk that fluctuating interest
rates, along with other factors such as the geographic distribution of the
underlying mortgage loans, may alter the prepayment rate of such loans and thus
affect both the prepayment speed and value of such securities. MBS,
however, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may readily be used
to collateralize borrowings. The MBS portfolio also provides the
Holding Company and the Bank with important interest rate risk management
features, as the entire portfolio provides monthly cash flow for re-investment
at current market interest rates. At December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, all MBS owned by the Company possessed the highest possible
investment credit rating.
The Company's consolidated investment
in MBS totaled $301.4 million, or 7.4% of total assets, at
December 31, 2008, the majority of which was owned by the
Bank. The majority of the MBS portfolio was comprised of pass-through
securities guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"),
Government National Mortgage Agency ("GNMA") or FNMA. These
securities approximated 68% of the total MBS portfolio at December 31,
2008. At December 31, 2008, this portion of the portfolio was
comprised of $117.5 million of FHLMC or FNMA securities that are fixed for a
period of five, seven or ten years and then reset annually
thereafter, $88.2 million of seasoned fixed-rate FNMA pass-through
securities with an average estimated duration of less than 3.0 years, $1.0
million of GNMA ARM pass-through securities with a weighted average term to next
rate adjustment of less than one year, and a $1.4 million FNMA 18-year balloon
MBS.
At December 31, 2008, included in the
MBS portfolio were $93.2 million in Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs")
and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits ("REMICs") owned by the
Bank. All of the CMOs and REMICs were U.S agency guaranteed
obligations, with the exception of three CMOs that were issued by highly rated
private financial institutions. All of the non-agency guaranteed
obligations were rated in the highest ratings category by at least one
nationally recognized rating agency at the time of purchase. None of
the CMOs and REMICs had stripped principal and interest components and all
occupied priority tranches within their respective issues. As of
December 31, 2008, the aggregate fair value of the agency guaranteed CMOs and
REMICs approximated their cost basis. The three private financial
institution issued CMOs had an aggregate cost basis of $8.4 million and an
aggregate unrealized loss of $539,000 at December 31, 2008.
The MBS portfolio included one
pass-through security issued by a private financial institution with a cost
basis of $4.5 million and a fair value of $4.2 million at December 31,
2008. This security possessed the highest possible credit rating at
December 31, 2008, and continues to perform in accordance with its contractual
terms. The credit rating of this security was downgraded subsequent
to December 31, 2008. Despite this downgrade, the security continues
to perform in accordance with its contractual terms, and is expected to return
all contractual principal and interest.
GAAP requires that investments in
equity securities have readily determinable fair values and investments in debt
securities be classified in one of the following three categories and accounted
for accordingly: trading securities, securities available-for-sale or
securities held-to-maturity. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank
owned any securities classified as trading securities during the twelve months
ended December 31, 2008, nor do they presently anticipate establishing
a trading portfolio. Unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities are reported as a separate component of
stockholders' equity referred to as accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of
deferred taxes. At December 31, 2008, the Holding Company and the
Bank owned, on a combined basis, $318.0 million of securities classified as
available-for-sale, which represented 7.8% of total assets. Based upon the size
of the available-for-sale portfolio, future variations in the market value of
the available-for-sale portfolio could result in fluctuations in the Company's
consolidated stockholders' equity.
The Company typically classifies MBS
as available-for-sale, in recognition of the greater prepayment uncertainty
associated with these securities, and carries them at fair market
value. The fair value of MBS available-for-sale was $1.6 million
above their amortized cost at December 31, 2008.
The following table sets forth
activity in the MBS portfolio for the periods indicated:
|
For
the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|
Dollars
in Thousands
|
Amortized
cost at beginning of period
|
$164,503
|
$160,096
|
$199,931
|
(Sales)
Purchases, net
|
183,849
|
37,992
|
-
|
Principal
repayments
|
(48,155)
|
(33,329)
|
(39,420)
|
Premium
amortization, net
|
(469)
|
(256)
|
(415)
|
Amortized
cost at end of period
|
$299,728
|
$164,503
|
$160,096
|
Corporate Debt
Obligations.
Both the Holding Company and the Bank may invest
in investment-grade debt obligations of various corporations. The
Bank's investment policy limits new investments in corporate debt obligations to
companies rated single ''A'' or better by one of the nationally recognized
rating agencies, and limits investments in any one corporate entity to the
lesser of 1% of total assets or 15% of the Bank's stockholders'
equity.
At December 31, 2008, the Company's
investment in corporate debt obligations was comprised solely of eight
securities that were secured by the preferred debt obligations of a pool of U.S.
banks (with a small portion secured by debt obligations of insurance
companies). These pooled trust preferred securities had an aggregate
cost basis of $16.6 million and a recorded balance of $10.9
million. On September 1, 2008, the Bank transferred these eight
securities from its available-for-sale portfolio to its held-to-maturity
portfolio. Based upon the lack of an orderly market for these
securities, management determined that a formal election to hold these
securities to maturity was consistent with its initial investment
decision. On the date of transfer, the unrealized loss of $8.4
million that existed on these securities continued to be recognized as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within the Company's
consolidated stockholders' equity (net of the deferred tax benefit), and was
expected to be amortized over the remaining average life of the securities,
which approximated 25.7 years on a weighted average basis. During the
period September 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, amortization of this
unrealized loss totaled $134,000, and $2.6 million was reversed related to two
securities (discussed in the following paragraph) for which an other-than
temporary impairment charge was recognized during the period. At
December 31, 2008, the remaining unrealized loss will be amortized during the
remaining contractual life of these securities, which have contractual
maturities ranging from April 3, 2032 through September 22, 2037.
During the year ended December 31,
2008, the Company recorded a pre-tax other-than temporary impairment charge of
$3.2 million related to two of these pooled trust preferred
securities. As of December 31, 2008, these securities were performing
in accordance with their contractual terms and had paid all contractual cash
flows since the Bank’s initial investment. In management’s judgment, however,
the credit quality of the collateral pool underlying the two securities had
deteriorated to the point that full recovery of the Bank’s initial investment
was considered uncertain. Consequently, an other-than temporary impairment
charge was deemed warranted as of December 31, 2008. This pre-tax
other-than temporary impairment charge was reflected in the Company's
consolidated results of operations.
Subsequent to the recognition of the
impairment on the two securities, the total remaining cost basis of the
Company's investment in pooled trust preferred debt obligations of banks or
insurance companies totaled $16.6 million at December 31, 2008. There
was no orderly market for pooled trust preferred securities at December 31,
2008. As a result, the fair value of the eight securities was
estimated utilizing a cash flow valuation methodology, and was determined to be
$7.5 million below the $16.6 million aggregate cost basis. Despite
the significant decline in the market value of these securities, management
believes that the $10.8 million of unrealized losses on the pooled trust
preferred securities at December 31, 2008 were temporary, and that the full
value of these investments will be realized once the market dislocations have
been removed or as the securities continue to satisfy their contractual payments
of principal and interest. In making this determination, management
considered the following:
In addition to satisfying all
contractual payments since inception, each of the securities that possessed an
unrealized loss at December 31, 2008 demonstrated the following beneficial
credit characteristics:
·
|
All
securities have maintained an investment grade rating since inception from
at least one rating agency
|
·
|
Each
security has a diverse pool of underlying
issuers
|
·
|
None
of the securities have exposure to real estate investment trust issued
debt (which has experienced high default
rates)
|
·
|
Each
security features either a mandatory auction or a de-leveraging mechanism
that could result in principal repayments to the Bank prior to the stated
maturity of the security
|
·
|
Each
security is characterized by some level of
over-collateralization
|
Based upon an internal review of the
collateral backing these securities, which accounted for current and prospective
deferrals, each of the securities can reasonably be expected to continue making
contractual payments.
Municipal Agencies.
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had an investment in municipal agency obligations
totaling $10.1 million, all of which were acquired during 2007. At
December 31, 2008, the aggregate market value of these securities exceeded their
amortized cost basis by $202,000, and the securities possessed a weighted
average tax-adjusted yield approximating 5.6%. In February 2009, the
Company sold its entire portfolio of municipal agency obligations, recognizing a
pre-tax net gain of $431,000 on the sale.
Equity
Investments.
The Company's consolidated investment in equity
securities totaled $5.4 million at December 31, 2008, comprised of various
equity mutual fund investments. At December 31, 2008, the aggregate
fair value of these mutual fund investments was $2.6 million below their cost
basis. Three of these mutual funds, which totaled $2.1 million of the
$2.6 million aggregate equity investment unrealized loss at December 31, 2008,
were in a continuous unrealized loss position for a period in excess of twelve
months as of December 31, 2008. Two of these three mutual funds
were comprised solely of U.S. equities and carried a high correlation to the
performance of the Standard and Poors 500 Equity Index. The third
mutual fund was comprised of international equities and bears a high correlation
to the performance of the MSCI Equity index. Each of these mutual funds have
regularly demonstrated the ability to recover to their cost basis during periods
in which the correlating equity market indeces performed favorably. Management
performed an historical analysis of the average period for which a declining (or
"bear") market has continued for both the Standard and Poors 500 and MSCI Equity
indeces. Based upon this analysis, management believes that each of
these securities were not other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008,
as the correlating indeces to be reasonably expected to recover within
a period permitting the unrealized losses could be deemed temporary
(less than two years based upon historical experience). The Company has the
intent and ability to hold the securities until recovery.
The following table sets forth the
amortized cost and fair value of the total portfolio of investment securities
and MBS at the dates indicated:
|
At
December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Fair
Value
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Fair
Value
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Fair
Value
|
MBS:
|
Dollars
in Thousands
|
FHLMC
pass through certificates
|
144,688
|
146,358
|
31,174
|
31,611
|
-
|
-
|
FNMA
pass through certificates
|
55,526
|
56,569
|
12,677
|
12,646
|
9,862
|
9,488
|
GNMA
pass through certificates
|
1,057
|
1,041
|
1,266
|
1,279
|
1,773
|
1,792
|
Private
issuer MBS
|
4,474
|
4,138
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Agency
issued CMOs and REMICs
|
85,631
|
85,432
|
107,725
|
105,716
|
133,404
|
128,520
|
Private
issuer CMOs and REMICs
|
8,352
|
7,813
|
11,661
|
11,512
|
15,057
|
14,637
|
Total
MBS
|
299,728
|
301,351
|
164,503
|
162,764
|
160,096
|
154,437
|
Investment
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
Treasury and agency
|
1,035
|
1,036
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Municipal
agencies
|
9,931
|
10,133
|
10,031
|
10,108
|
235
|
235
|
Corporate
debt obligations and mutual funds
|
24,618
|
14,515
|
24,750
|
24,067
|
29,503
|
29,548
|
Total
investment securities
|
35,584
|
25,684
|
34,781
|
34,175
|
29,738
|
29,783
|
Net
unrealized loss (1)
|
(798)
|
-
|
(2,345)
|
-
|
(5,614)
|
-
|
Total
securities, net
|
$334,514
|
$327,035
|
$196,939
|
$196,939
|
$184,220
|
$184,220
|
(1)
|
The
net unrealized loss relates to available-for-sale securities in accordance
with SFAS 115, "Accounting for Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."
("SFAS 115"). The net unrealized loss is presented in order to
reconcile the amortized cost of the available-for-sale securities
portfolio to the recorded value reflected in the Company's Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition.
|
The following table sets forth the
amortized cost and fair value of the total portfolio of investment securities
and MBS, by accounting classification and type of security, at the dates
indicated:
|
At
December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Fair
Value
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Fair
Value
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Fair
Value
|
Held-to-Maturity:
|
Dollars
in Thousands
|
Pooled
trust preferred securities
|
$16,561
|
$9,082
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Municipal
agency
|
-
|
-
|
80
|
80
|
235
|
235
|
Total
Held-to-Maturity
|
$16,561
|
$9,082
|
$80
|
$80
|
$235
|
$235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-Sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MBS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agency
issued MBS
|
$201,271
|
$203,968
|
$45,117
|
$45,536
|
$11,635
|
$11,280
|
Private
issuer MBS
|
4,474
|
4,138
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Agency
issued CMOs and REMICs
|
85,631
|
85,432
|
107,725
|
105,716
|
133,404
|
128,520
|
Private
issuer CMOs and REMICs
|
8,352
|
7,813
|
11,661
|
11,512
|
15,057
|
14,637
|
Total
MBS available-for-sale
|
299,728
|
301,351
|
164,503
|
162,764
|
160,096
|
154,437
|
Investment
securities
|
19,023
|
16,602
|
34,701
|
34,095
|
29,503
|
29,548
|
Net
unrealized loss (1)
|
(798)
|
-
|
(2,345)
|
-
|
(5,614)
|
-
|
Total
Available-for-Sale
|
$317,953
|
$317,953
|
$196,859
|
$196,859
|
$183,985
|
$183,985
|
Total
securities, net
|
$334,514
|
$327,035
|
$196,939
|
$196,939
|
$184,220
|
$184,220
|
(1)
|
The
net unrealized loss relates to available-for-sale securities in accordance
with SFAS 115. The net unrealized loss is presented in order to reconcile
the amortized cost of the available-for-sale securities portfolio to the
recorded value reflected in the Company's Consolidated Statements of
Condition.
|
The
following table presents the amortized cost, fair value and weighted average
yield of available-for-sale investment securities and MBS (exclusive of equity
investments) at December 31, 2008, categorized by remaining period to
contractual maturity. With respect to MBS, the entire carrying amount of each
security at December 31, 2008 is reflected in the maturity period that includes
the final security payment date and, accordingly, no effect has been given to
periodic repayments or possible prepayments. The investment policies
of both the Holding Company and the Bank call for the purchase of only priority
tranches when investing in MBS. As a result, the weighted average
duration of the Company's MBS approximated 2.7 years as of December 31, 2008
when giving consideration to anticipated repayments or possible prepayments,
which is significantly less than their calculated average maturity in the table
below. Other than obligations of federal agencies and GSEs, neither
the Holding Company nor the Bank had a combined investment in securities issued
by any one entity in excess of the lesser of 1% of total assets or 15% of the
Bank's equity at December 31, 2008.
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Fair
Value
|
Weighted
Ave
rage
Tax EquivalentYield
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
MBS:
|
|
|
|
Due
within 1 year
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Due
after 1 year but within 5 years
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Due
after 5 years but within 10 years
|
$112,448
|
$112,789
|
4.17%
|
Due
after ten years
|
187,280
|
188,562
|
4.90
|
Total
|
299,728
|
301,351
|
4.63
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal
agency:
|
|
|
|
Due
within 1 year
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Due
after 1 year but within 5 years
|
348
|
361
|
5.72
|
Due
after 5 years but within 10 years
|
9,583
|
9,772
|
5.62
|
Due
after ten years
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
9,931
|
10,133
|
5.62
|
|
|
|
|
Agency
obligations:
|
|
|
|
Due
within 1 year
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Due
after 1 year but within 5 years
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Due
after 5 years but within 10 years
|
1,035
|
1,036
|
1.75
|
Due
after ten years
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
1,035
|
1,036
|
1.75
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
|
|
Due
within 1 year
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Due
after 1 year but within 5 years
|
348
|
351
|
5.72
|
Due
after 5 years but within 10 years
|
123,066
|
123,597
|
4.26
|
Due
after ten years
|
187,280
|
188,562
|
4.90
|
Total
|
$310,694
|
$312,520
|
4.65%
|
Sources
of Funds
General.
The
Bank's primary sources of funding for its lending and investment activities
include deposits, repayments of loans and MBS, investment security
maturities and redemptions, FHLBNY advances and borrowings in the form of REPOS
entered into with various financial institutions, including the
FHLBNY. From December 2002 through December 31, 2008, the Bank also
sold selected multifamily residential and mixed-use loans (or participations in
such loans) to either FNMA or third party financial institutions, and all
long-term, one- to four-family residential real estate loans directly to FNMA or
PHH. The Company may additionally issue debt under appropriate
circumstances.
Deposits.
The
Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts possessing a range of interest rates
and terms. At December 31, 2008, the Bank offered, and presently
offers, savings, money market, interest bearing and non-interest bearing
checking accounts, and CDs. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by
general economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, and
competition from other financial institutions and investment products.
Traditionally, the Bank has relied upon direct marketing, customer service,
convenience and long-standing relationships with customers to generate
deposits. The communities in which the Bank maintains branch offices
have historically provided nearly all of its deposits. At December 31, 2008, the
Bank had deposit liabilities of $2.26 billion, up $80.1 million from December
31, 2007 (See "Part II - Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital
Resources"). Within total deposits at December 31, 2008, $410.7
million, or 18.2%, consisted of CDs with a minimum denomination of one-hundred
thousand dollars. Individual Retirement Accounts totaled $131.5
million, or 5.8% of total deposits on that date.
The Bank is authorized to accept
brokered CDs up to an aggregate limit of $120.0 million. At December
31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank had no brokered CDs.
The
following table presents the deposit activity of the Bank for the periods
indicated:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Deposits
|
$3,158,031
|
$3,098,739
|
$1,826,641
|
Withdrawals
|
3,137,956
|
3,003,034
|
1,789,552
|
Deposits
greater than Withdrawals
|
$20,075
|
$95,705
|
$37,089
|
Interest
credited
|
59,978
|
75,761
|
56,671
|
Total
increase in deposits
|
$80,053
|
$171,466
|
$93,760
|
At December 31, 2008, the Bank had
$410.7 million in CDs with a minimum denomination of one-hundred thousand
dollars as follows:
Maturity
Period
|
Amount
|
Weighted
Average Rate
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Within
three months
|
$79,692
|
3.37%
|
After
three but within six months
|
96,310
|
3.79
|
After
six but within twelve months
|
181,777
|
3.94
|
After
12 months
|
52,932
|
3.94
|
Total
|
$410,711
|
3.79%
|
The following table sets forth the
distribution of the Bank's deposit accounts and the related weighted average
interest rates at the dates indicated:
|
At
December 31, 2008
|
|
At
December 31, 2007
|
|
At
December 31, 2006
|
|
Amount
|
Percent
of
Total Deposits
|
Weighted
Average Rate
|
|
Amount
|
Percent
of Total Deposits
|
Weighted
Average Rate
|
|
Amount
|
Percent
of Total Deposits
|
Weighted
Average Rate
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Savings
accounts
|
$270,321
|
11.96%
|
0.57%
|
|
$274,067
|
12.57%
|
0.55%
|
|
$298,522
|
14.86%
|
0.59%
|
Certificates
of deposit
|
1,153,166
|
51.02
|
3.69
|
|
1,077,087
|
49.41
|
4.61
|
|
1,064,669
|
53.01
|
4.76
|
Money
market accounts
|
633,167
|
28.02
|
2.63
|
|
678,759
|
31.14
|
4.04
|
|
514,607
|
25.62
|
3.56
|
Interest
bearing c
hecking
accounts
|
112,687
|
4.99
|
2.10
|
|
58,414
|
2.68
|
2.28
|
|
35,519
|
1.77
|
1.08
|
Non-interest
bearing
checking
accounts
|
90,710
|
4.01
|
-
|
|
91,671
|
4.20
|
0.15
|
|
95,215
|
4.74
|
-
|
Totals
|
$2,260,051
|
100.00%
|
2.79%
|
|
$2,179,998
|
100.00%
|
3.67%
|
|
$2,008,532
|
100.00%
|
3.54%
|
The following table presents, by
interest rate ranges, the dollar amount of CDs outstanding at the dates
indicated and the period to maturity of the CDs outstanding at December 31,
2008:
|
Period
to Maturity at December 31, 2008
|
Interest
Rate Range
|
One
Year or Less
|
Over
One Year to Three Years
|
Over
Three Years to Five Years
|
Over
Five Years
|
|
Total
at
December
31,
2008
|
Total
at
December
31,
2007
|
Total
at
December
31,
2006
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
2.00%
and below
|
$40,814
|
$112
|
$4
|
-
|
|
$40,930
|
$21,824
|
$69,396
|
2.01%
to 3.00%
|
230,151
|
6,919
|
-
|
-
|
|
237,070
|
21,927
|
77,401
|
3.01%
to 4.00%
|
391,944
|
100,849
|
11,602
|
-
|
|
504,395
|
230,593
|
63,645
|
4.01%
to 5.00%
|
308,016
|
13,417
|
32,819
|
-
|
|
354,252
|
509,360
|
142,657
|
5.01%
and above
|
15,301
|
1,138
|
80
|
-
|
|
16,519
|
293,383
|
711,570
|
Total
|
$986,226
|
$122,435
|
$44,505
|
$-
|
|
$1,153,166
|
$1,077,087
|
$1,064,669
|
Borrowings.
The
Bank has been a member and shareholder of the FHLBNY since 1980. One of the
privileges offered to FHLBNY shareholders is the ability to secure advances from
the FHLBNY under various lending programs at competitive interest
rates. The Bank's borrowing line equaled $1.42 billion at December
31, 2008.
The
Bank had FHLBNY advances totaling $1.02 billion and $706.5 million at
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the
Bank maintained sufficient collateral, as defined by the FHLBNY (principally in
the form of real estate loans), to secure such
advances.
REPOS totaled $230.0 million and $155.1
million, respectively, at December 31, 2008 and 2007. REPOS involve
the delivery of securities to broker-dealers as collateral for borrowing
transactions. The securities remain registered in the name of the Bank, and are
returned upon the maturities of the agreements. Funds to repay the Bank's REPOS
at maturity are provided primarily by cash received from the maturing
securities.
Presented below is information
concerning REPOS and FHLBNY advances for the periods presented:
REPOS:
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Balance
outstanding at end of period
|
$230,000
|
$155,080
|
$120,235
|
Average
interest cost at end of period
|
4.32%
|
4.53%
|
3.54%
|
Average
balance outstanding during the period
|
$227,764
|
$132,685
|
$134,541
|
Average
interest cost during the period
|
3.80%
|
4.11%
|
1.95%(1)
|
Carrying
value of underlying collateral at end of period
|
$251,744
|
$163,116
|
$126,830
|
Estimated
fair value of underlying collateral
|
$251,744
|
$163,116
|
$126,830
|
Maximum
balance outstanding at month end during period
|
$265,000
|
$155,160
|
$205,455
|
(1)
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company prepaid certain REPOS,
resulting in a reduction of $2,176 in interest expense. Excluding
this reduction, the average cost of REPOS would have been 3.56% during the year
ended December 31, 2006.
FHLBNY
Advances:
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Balance
outstanding at end of period
|
$1,019,675
|
$706,500
|
$571,500
|
Average
interest cost at end of period
|
3.85%
|
4.07%
|
4.37%
|
Weighted
average balance outstanding during the period
|
$877,651
|
$520,972
|
$565,612
|
Average
interest cost during the period
|
4.00%
|
4.30%
|
4.69%(1)
|
Maximum
balance outstanding at month end during period
|
$1,066,675
|
$706,500
|
$596,500
|
(1)
Amounts include the effects of prepayment expenses paid on FHLBNY
advances. Excluding prepayment expenses of $1.4 million, the average
interest cost on FHLBNY advances was 4.45% during the year ended December 31,
2006. The Bank did not prepay any FHLBNY advances during the years
ended December 31, 2008 or 2007.
During the year ended December 31,
2006, the Company engaged in two separate borrowing restructuring
transactions. In the initial transaction, the Company restructured
$145.0 million of its borrowings in order to lower their average
cost. Since portions of the original borrowings were satisfied at a
discount, the Company recorded a non-recurring reduction of $43,200 in interest
expense related to the prepayment.
In
the second transaction, the Company restructured $170.0 million of wholesale
borrowings. Under this restructuring, $120.0 million of REPOS and
$50.0 million in FHLBNY advances were prepaid and replaced. The
prepaid borrowings had a weighted average interest rate of 4.53%, and were
replaced with a combination of REPOS and FHLBNY advances having an initial
weighted average interest rate of 3.79%. The replacement FHLBNY advances have a
4.4% fixed rate of interest, a final maturity of ten years and are callable by
the FHLBNY after an initial period (the "Lockout Period") of one, two or three
years. The replacement REPOS have a ten-year maturity and a Lockout
Period of either one or two years. During the Lockout Period, the
REPOS are variable rate (indexed to 3-month LIBOR), and have embedded interest
rate caps and floors that ensure their reset interest rate will not exceed their
initial interest rate. After the Lockout Period, if not called by the
lender, the REPOS convert to an average fixed rate of 4.90%. The
Company recorded a non-recurring reduction of $764,000 in interest expense
related to the prepayment.
Subsidiary
Activities
In addition to the Bank, the Holding
Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries consist of eight wholly-owned
corporations, two of which are directly owned by the Holding Company and six of
which are directly owned by the Bank. Havemeyer Equities Inc., a corporation
formerly owned by the Bank, was dissolved in 2007. The following
table presents an overview of the Holding Company's subsidiaries, other than the
Bank, as of December 31, 2008:
Subsidiary
|
Year/
State of Incorporation
|
Primary Business Activities
|
Direct
Subsidiaries of the Holding Company:
|
|
|
842
Manhattan Avenue Corp.
|
1995/
New York
|
Management
and ownership of real estate. Currently
inactive
|
Dime
Community Capital Trust I
|
2004/
Delaware
|
Statutory
Trust (1)
|
Direct
Subsidiaries of the Bank:
|
|
|
Boulevard
Funding Corp.
|
1981
/ New York
|
Management
and ownership of real estate
|
Havemeyer
Investments, Inc.
|
1997
/ New York
|
Sale
of non-FDIC insured investment products
|
DSBW
Preferred Funding Corp.
|
1998
/ Delaware
|
Real
Estate Investment Trust investing in multifamily
residential
and commercial real
estate loans
|
DSBW
Residential Preferred Funding Corp.
|
1998
/ Delaware
|
Real
Estate Investment Trust investing in one- to
four-family
real estate loans
|
Dime
Reinvestment Corporation
|
2004
/ Delaware
|
Community
Development Entity. Currently inactive.
|
195
Havemeyer Corp.
|
2008
/ New York
|
Management
and ownership of real estate
|
|
(1) Dime
Community Capital Trust I was established for the exclusive purpose of
issuing and selling $72.2 million of capital securities and using the
proceeds to acquire $72.2 million of junior subordinated debt securities
issued by the Holding Company. The junior subordinated debt securities
(referred to later in this Annual Report as "trust preferred securities
payable," bear an interest rate of 7.0%, mature on April 14, 2034 and are
the sole assets of Dime Community Capital Trust I. In
accordance with revised interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable
Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51," Dime Community
Capital Trust I is not consolidated with the Holding Company for financial
reporting purposes.
|
Personnel
As of December 31, 2008, the Company
had 363 full-time employees and 90 part-time employees. The employees
are not represented by a collective bargaining unit, and the Holding Company and
all of its subsidiaries consider their relationships with their employees to be
good.
Federal,
State and Local Taxation
Federal
Taxation
The following is a general description
of material tax matters and does not purport to be a comprehensive review of the
tax rules applicable to the Company.
General
. The
Company was last audited by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for its taxable
year ended December 31, 1988. For federal income tax purposes, the
Company files a consolidated income tax return on a December 31st fiscal year
basis using the accrual method of accounting and is subject to federal income
taxation in the same manner as other corporations with some exceptions,
including particularly the Bank's tax reserve for bad debts, discussed
below.
Tax Bad Debt
Reserves
. The Bank, as a "large bank" under IRS
classifications (
i.e.
,
one with assets having an adjusted basis in excess of $500 million), is: (i)
unable to make additions to its tax bad debt reserve, (ii) permitted to deduct
bad debts only as they occur, and (iii) required to recapture (
i.e.
, take into income) over
a multi-year period a portion of the balance of its tax bad debt reserves as of
June 30, 1997. At the time of enactment of the recapture requirement,
the Bank had already provided a deferred income tax liability for the bad debt
reserve for financial reporting purposes. There was thus no adverse
impact to the Bank's financial condition or results of operations as a result of
the legislation.
Distributions.
Non-dividend
distributions to shareholders of the Bank are considered distributions from the
Bank's "base year tax bad debt reserve" (
i.e.
, its reserve as of
December 31, 1987, to the extent thereof), and then from its supplemental
reserve for losses on loans. Non-dividend distributions include
distributions: (i) in excess of the Bank's current and accumulated earnings and
profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes; (ii) for redemption of
stock; and (iii) for partial or complete liquidation.
An amount based on the total
non-dividend distributions paid will be included in the Bank's taxable income in
the year of distribution. The amount of additional taxable income
created
from a non-dividend distribution is the amount that, when reduced by the amount
of the tax attributable to this income, is equal to the amount of the
distribution. Thus, assuming a 35% federal corporate income tax rate,
approximately one and one-half times the amount of such distribution (but not in
excess of the amount of the above-mentioned reserves) would be includable in
income for federal income tax purposes. (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation -
Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - Limitation on Capital
Distributions," for a discussion of limits on the payment of dividends by the
Bank). The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a
recapture of any portion of its base year tax bad debt
reserves. Dividends paid out of current or accumulated earnings and
profits will not be included in the Bank's income.
Corporate Alternative Minimum
Tax
. The Bank's current federal rate is 35% of taxable
income. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
imposes a tax on alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%.
AMTI is adjusted by determining the tax treatment of certain items in a manner
that negates the deferral or deduction of income resulting from the customary
tax treatment of those items. Thus, the Bank's AMTI is increased by 75% of the
amount by which the Bank's adjusted current earnings exceed its AMTI (determined
without regard to this adjustment and prior to reduction for net operating
losses).
State
and Local Taxation
State of New York.
The
Company is subject to New York State ("NYS") franchise tax based on one of
several alternative methods, whichever results in the greatest
tax. These methods are as follows: 1) entire net income, which is
federal taxable income with adjustments; 2) 1% of assets; or 3) the alternative
minimum tax of 3% (after the exclusion of certain preferential
items).
For NYS tax purposes, as long as the
Bank continues to satisfy certain definitional tests relating to its assets and
the nature of its business, it will be permitted deductions, within specified
formula limits, for additions to its tax bad debt reserves for purposes of
computing its entire net income.
The Bank is permitted a deduction
with respect to "qualifying loans," which are generally loans secured by certain
interests in real property. The deduction may be computed using an
amount based on the Bank's actual loss experience (the "Experience Method") or
32% of the Bank's entire net income, computed without regard to this deduction
and reduced by the amount of any permitted addition to the Bank's reserve for
non-qualifying loans. The Bank's deduction with respect to
non-qualifying loans must be computed pursuant to the Experience
Method. The Bank reviews the most appropriate method of calculating
the deduction attributable to an addition to the tax bad debt reserves each
year.
The portion of the NYS tax bad debt
reserve in excess of a reserve amount computed pursuant to the Experience Method
is subject to recapture upon a non-dividend distribution in a manner similar to
the recapture of the federal tax bad debt reserves for such distributions. The
tax bad debt reserve is additionally subject to recapture in the event that the
Bank fails either to satisfy a thrift definitional test relating to the
composition of its assets or to maintain a thrift charter.
In general, the Holding Company is not
required to pay NYS tax on dividends and interest received from the
Bank.
The statutory NYS tax rate for the year
ended December 31, 2008 approximated 8.63% of taxable income. This
rate included a metropolitan commuter transportation district
surcharge.
City of New
York
. The Holding Company and the Bank are both subject to a
NYC banking corporation tax based on one of several methods, whichever results
in the greatest tax. These methods are as follows: 1) entire
net income allocated to NYC, which is federal taxable income with adjustments;
2) 1% of assets; or 3) the alternative minimum tax of 3% (after the exclusion of
certain preferential items).
NYC generally conforms its tax law to
NYS tax law in the determination of taxable income (including the laws relating
to tax bad debt reserves). NYC tax law, however, does not allow a
deduction for the carryover of a net operating loss of a banking
company.
State of Delaware
. As a
Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, the Holding Company is
exempt from Delaware corporate income tax, however, is required to file an
annual report and pay an annual franchise tax to the State of
Delaware.
Regulation
General
The Bank
is subject to extensive regulation, examination, and supervision by the OTS, as
its chartering agency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"),
as its deposit insurer. The Bank's deposit accounts are insured up to
applicable limits by the FDIC under the Deposit Insurance Fund
("DIF"). The Bank must file reports with the OTS concerning its
activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approval prior to
entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of,
other depository institutions. The OTS conducts periodic examinations to assess
the Bank's safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory
requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive
framework of activities in which a savings association may engage and is
intended primarily for the protection of the DIF and depositors. As a
publicly-held unitary savings and loan holding company, the Holding Company is
required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and
regulations of, both the SEC, under the federal securities laws, and the
OTS.
The OTS and the FDIC have significant
discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and
examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of
assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory
purposes. Any change in such policies, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the
United States Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations
of the Company.
The following discussion is intended
to be a summary of the material statutes and regulations applicable to savings
associations and savings and loan holding companies, and does not purport to be
a comprehensive description of all such statutes and regulations.
Regulation
of Federal Savings Associations
Business
Activities.
The Bank derives its lending and investment
powers from the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended (''HOLA''), and the
regulations of the OTS enacted thereunder. Pursuant thereto, the Bank may invest
in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial
and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities, and certain other assets.
The Bank may also establish service corporations that may engage in activities
not otherwise permissible for the Bank, including certain real estate equity
investments and securities and insurance brokerage activities. The investment
powers are subject to various limitations, including a: (i) prohibition against
the acquisition of any corporate debt security not rated in one of the four
highest rating categories; (ii) limit of 400% of capital on the aggregate amount
of loans secured by non-residential real property; (iii) limit of 20% of assets
on commercial loans, with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10% of
assets being limited to small business loans; (iv) limit of 35% of assets on the
aggregate amount of consumer loans and commercial paper and corporate debt
securities; (v) limit of 5% of assets on non-conforming loans (
i.e.
, loans in excess of
specified amounts); and (vi) limit of the greater of 5% of assets or capital on
certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing property which is,
or is expected to become, residential.
Emergency
Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”)
The U.S.
and global economies are experiencing significantly reduced activity as a result
of, among other factors, disruptions in the financial system during the past
year as well as a various other recessionary conditions. Reflecting concern
about the stability of the financial markets, many lenders and institutional
investors have reduced, and in some cases ceased to provide, funding to
borrowers, including other financial institutions. The availability of credit,
confidence in the financial sector, and level of volatility in the financial
markets have been significantly adversely affected as a result.
In
response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial
markets, the EESA was enacted on October 3, 2008. Pursuant to the EESA, the U.S.
Department of Treasury ("Treasury") was granted the authority to, among others,
establish the Troubled Asset Relief Program ("TARP") to purchase up to $700
billion of certain troubled assets, including mortgages, MBS and certain other
financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing
and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.
In the
case of a publicly-traded financial institution that sells troubled assets into
the TARP, the Treasury must receive a warrant giving the Treasury the right to
receive nonvoting common stock or preferred stock in such financial institution,
or voting stock with respect to which the Treasury agrees not to exercise voting
power, subject to certain de minimis exceptions. Further, all
financial institutions that sell troubled assets to the TARP and satisfy certain
conditions will also be subject to certain executive compensation restrictions,
which differ depending on how the troubled assets are acquired under the
TARP.
In
addition to establishing the TARP, the EESA also requires that the Secretary of
the Treasury establish a program that will guarantee the principal of, and
interest on, troubled assets originated or issued prior to March 14, 2008 in
order to help restore liquidity and stability to the financial
system. The Secretary of the Treasury will establish premiums for
financial
institutions that participate in this program and may provide for variations in
such rates in accordance with the credit risk associated with the particular
troubled asset being guaranteed.
Troubled
Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the “TARP Capital Purchase
Program”)
Under the
TARP, on October 14, 2008, the Treasury announced the TARP Capital Purchase
Program to strengthen the capital and liquidity positions of viable institutions
and encourage banks and thrifts to increase lending to creditworthy borrowers.
Under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, qualifying financial institutions are
able to sell senior preferred shares to the Treasury, which will qualify as Tier
1 capital for regulatory capital purposes. The minimum amount of preferred
shares that may be issued is equal to 1% of the institution’s risk-weighted
assets, and the maximum is the lesser of $25 billion or 3% of the institution's
risk-weighted assets. The Treasury would also receive warrants to purchase
common stock of the participating institution with an aggregate market price
equal to 15% of the senior preferred investment. In addition, qualifying
financial institutions would also be required to adopt the Treasury’s standards
for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which
the Treasury holds equity issued under the program.
On January 5, 2009, after receiving
approval of its application from the Treasury, the Company announced that it had
decided to forego participation in the TARP Capital Purchase
Program. The Company conducted extensive financial analysis, and
concluded that the benefits of the TARP Capital Purchase Program to the Company
and its shareholders were mitigated by several factors, including the Company's
strong capital levels and historically prudent investment and underwriting
practices, and the potential dilution to both earnings and book value that
participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program would have created over the
next three to five years.
Temporary
Liquidity Guarantee Program
On
November 21, 2008, the FDIC adopted the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program
(“TLGP”) pursuant to its authority to prevent “systematic risk” in the U.S
banking system. The TLGP was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008 as an
initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial
sector. Under the TLGP, the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the
earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt
issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008 and before
June 30, 2009 under the Debt Guarantee Program ("DGP") and (ii) fully insure
non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts held at participating
FDIC-insured institutions, through December 31, 2009 under the Transaction
Account Guarantee Program ("TAGP"). The Company elected not to
participate in the TLGP.
Eligible
institutions were covered under the TLGP at no cost for the first 30
days. Institutions that did not desire to continue to participate in
one or both parts of the TLGP were required to notify the FDIC of their election
to opt out on or before December 5, 2008. Institutions that did not
opt out are subject to a fee of 50 to 100 basis points per annum based on the
length of maturity of senior unsecured debt issued under the
DGP. Under the TAGP, a 10 basis point surcharge will be added to the
institution’s current insurance assessment, quarterly, for balances in
non-interest bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit
insurance limit of $250,000. The TLGP was scheduled to expire in June
of 2009, however, on February 10, 2009 the FDIC announced its intention to
extend the TLGP through October 2009 for an additional premium.
On
January 16, 2009, in an effort to further strengthen the financial system and
U.S economy, the FDIC announced that it will soon propose rule changes to the
TLGP to extend the maturity of the guarantee from three to up to 10 years where
the debt is supported by collateral and the issuance supports new consumer
lending. Until the details of this extended program are finalized and
published, management cannot determine to what extent, if any, the Company would
participate in this program. The Company did not elect to participate
in the TLGP.
It is presently unclear what impact
the EESA, the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the TLGP, other previously
announced liquidity and funding initiatives of the Federal Reserve and other
agencies, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future will
have on the financial markets and the other difficulties described above,
including the current extreme levels of volatility and limited credit
availability, or on the U.S. banking and financial industries and the broader
U.S. and global economies. Further negative effects could have an adverse impact
on the Company and its business.
Interagency Guidance on
Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks
. On October 4, 2006, the
OTS and other federal bank regulatory authorities published the Interagency
Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks (the “Nontraditional Mortgage
Product Guidance”). The Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance describes sound
practices for managing risk, as well as marketing, originating and servicing
nontraditional mortgage products, which include, among other things, interest
only loans. The Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance sets forth supervisory
expectations with respect to loan terms and underwriting standards, portfolio
and risk management practices and consumer protection. For example, the
Nontraditional Mortgage Product Guidance indicates that originating interest
only loans with reduced documentation is considered a layering of risk and that
institutions
are
expected to demonstrate mitigating factors to support their underwriting
decision and the borrower’s repayment capacity. Specifically, the Nontraditional
Mortgage Product Guidance indicates that a lender may accept a borrower’s
statement as to the borrower’s income without obtaining verification only if
there are mitigating factors that clearly minimize the need for direct
verification of repayment capacity and that, for many borrowers, institutions
should be able to readily document income.
Statement on Subprime Lending.
On June 29, 2007, the OTS and other federal bank regulatory agencies
issued a final Statement on Subprime Mortgage Lending (the “Subprime Mortgage
Statement”) to address the growing concerns facing the subprime mortgage market,
particularly with respect to rapidly rising subprime default rates that may
indicate borrowers do not have the ability to repay adjustable-rate subprime
loans originated by financial institutions. In particular, the
agencies express concern in the Subprime Mortgage Statement that current
underwriting practices do not take into account that many subprime borrowers are
not prepared for "payment shock" and that current subprime lending practices
compound the risk for financial institutions. The Subprime Mortgage
Statement describes the prudent safety and soundness and consumer protection
standards that financial institutions should follow to ensure borrowers obtain
loans that they can afford to repay. These standards include a fully
indexed, fully amortized qualification for borrowers and cautions on
risk-layering features, including expectation that stated income and reduced
documentation should be accepted only if there are documented mitigating factors
that clearly minimize the need for verification of a borrower's repayment
capacity. Consumer protection standards include clear and balanced
product disclosures to customers and limits on prepayment penalties that allow
for a reasonable period of time, typically at least 60 days, for borrowers to
refinance prior to the expiration of the initial fixed interest rate period
without penalty. The Subprime Mortgage Statement also reinforces the
April 17, 2007 Interagency Statement on Working with Mortgage Borrowers, in
which the federal bank regulatory agencies encouraged institutions to work
constructively with residential borrowers who are financially unable or
reasonably expected to be unable to meet their contractual payment obligations
on their home loans.
The Company has never originated
subprime loans. The Company has evaluated the Nontraditional Mortgage Product
Guidance and the Subprime Mortgage Statement and determined its risk management
practices, underwriting guidelines and consumer protection standards to be in
compliance.
Loans to One
Borrower.
Under HOLA, savings associations are generally
subject to limits on loans to one borrower identical to those imposed on
national banks. Generally, pursuant to these limits, a savings association may
not advance a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in
excess of 15% of the association's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.
Additional amounts may be advanced, not in excess of 10% of unimpaired capital
and unimpaired surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are fully secured
by readily-marketable collateral. Such collateral is defined to include certain
debt and equity securities and bullion, but generally does not include real
estate. At December 31, 2008, the Bank's limit on loans to one
borrower was $45.5 million. The Bank's largest aggregate amount of
loans to one borrower on that date was $41.0 million and the second largest
borrower had an aggregate loan balance of $37.4 million.
QTL Test
. HOLA
requires savings associations to satisfy a QTL test. A savings
association may satisfy the QTL test by maintaining at least 65% of its
''portfolio assets'' in certain ''qualified thrift investments'' during at least
nine months of the most recent twelve-month period. ''Portfolio assets'' means,
in general, an association's total assets less the sum of: (i) specified liquid
assets up to 20% of total assets, (ii) certain intangibles, including goodwill,
credit card relationships and purchased MSR, and (iii) the value of property
used to conduct the association's business. ''Qualified thrift investments''
include various types of loans made for residential and housing purposes;
investments related to such purposes, including certain mortgage-backed and
related securities; and small business, education, and credit card
loans. A savings association may additionally satisfy the QTL test by
qualifying as a "domestic building and loan association" as defined in the
Code. At December 31, 2008, the Bank maintained 69.2% of its
portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments. The Bank also satisfied the
QTL test in each month during 2008, and, therefore, was a QTL.
A savings association that fails the
QTL test must either operate under certain restrictions on its activities or
convert to a bank charter. The initial restrictions include prohibitions against
(i) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank, (ii)
paying dividends not permissible under national bank regulations, and (iii)
establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national
bank in the association's home state. In addition, within one year of the date a
savings association ceases to satisfy the QTL test, any company controlling the
association must register under, and become subject to the requirements of, the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHCA"). A savings
association that has failed the QTL test may requalify under the QTL test and be
relieved of the limitations; however, it may do so only once. If the
savings association does not requalify under the QTL test within three years
after failing the QTL test, it will be required to terminate any activity, and
dispose of any investment, not permissible for a national bank.
Capital
Requirements.
OTS regulations require savings associations to
satisfy three minimum capital standards: (i) a tangible capital ratio of 1.5%;
(ii) a risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and (iii) a leverage capital
ratio. For depository institutions that have been assigned the
highest composite rating of 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating
System, the minimum required leverage capital ratio is 3%. For any
other depository institution, the minimum required leverage capital ratio is 4%,
unless a higher leverage capital ratio is warranted by the particular
circumstances or risk profile of the depository institution. In
assessing an institution's capital adequacy, the OTS takes into consideration
not only these numeric factors but qualitative factors as well, and possesses
the authority to establish increased capital requirements for individual
institutions when necessary.
The Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act ("FDICIA") requires that the OTS and other federal
banking agencies revise their risk-based capital standards, with appropriate
transition rules, to ensure that they take into account interest rate risk
("IRR"), concentration of risk and the risks of non-traditional
activities. Current OTS regulations do not include a specific IRR
component of the risk-based capital requirement; however, the OTS monitors the
IRR of individual institutions through a variety of methods, including an
analysis of the change in net portfolio value ("NPV"). NPV is the
difference between the present value of the expected future cash flows of the
Bank’s assets and liabilities, plus the value of net expected cash flows from
either loan origination commitments or purchases of securities and, therefore,
hypothetically represents the value of an institution's net
worth. The OTS has also used the NPV analysis as part of its
evaluation of certain applications or notices submitted by thrift
institutions. In addition, OTS Thrift Bulletin 13a provides guidance
on the management of IRR and the responsibility of boards of directors in that
area. The OTS, through its general oversight of the safety and
soundness of savings associations, retains the right to impose minimum capital
requirements on individual institutions to the extent they are not in compliance
with certain written OTS guidelines regarding NPV analysis. The OTS
has not imposed any such requirements on the Bank.
The table below presents the Bank's
regulatory capital compared to OTS regulatory capital requirements:
|
As
of December 31, 2008
|
|
Actual
|
Minimum
Capital Requirement
|
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Tangible
|
$304,455
|
7.63%
|
$59,873
|
1.5%
|
Leverage
Capital
|
304,455
|
7.63
|
159,662
|
4.0
|
Total
Risk-based capital
|
303,033
|
11.43
|
212,140
|
8.0
|
The following is a reconciliation of
GAAP capital to regulatory capital for the Bank:
|
At
December 31, 2008
|
|
Tangible
Capital
|
Leverage
Capital
|
Total
Risk-Based Capital
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
GAAP
capital
|
$350,715
|
$350,715
|
$350,715
|
Non-allowable
assets:
|
|
|
|
MSR
|
(281)
|
(281)
|
(281)
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
9,659
|
9,659
|
9,659
|
Goodwill
|
(55,638)
|
(55,638)
|
(55,638)
|
Tier
1 risk-based capital
|
304,455
|
304,455
|
304,455
|
Adjustment
for recourse provision on loans sold
|
-
|
-
|
(18,876)
|
General
valuation allowance
|
-
|
-
|
17,454
|
Total
(Tier 2) risk based capital
|
304,455
|
304,455
|
303,033
|
Minimum
capital requirement
|
59,873
|
159,662
|
212,140
|
Regulatory
capital excess
|
$244,582
|
$144,793
|
$90,893
|
Limitation on Capital
Distributions.
OTS regulations impose limitations upon
capital distributions by savings associations, such as cash dividends, payments
to purchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders of another
institution in a cash-out merger, and other distributions charged against
capital.
As the subsidiary of a savings and
loan holding company, the Bank is required to file a notice with the OTS at
least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the
total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital
distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year
plus the retained net income for the
preceding
two years, the Bank must file an application for OTS approval of a proposed
capital distribution. In addition, the OTS can prohibit a proposed
capital distribution otherwise permissible under the regulation if it determines
that the association is in need of greater than customary supervision or that a
proposed distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Further,
under OTS prompt corrective action regulations, the Bank would be prohibited
from making a capital distribution if, after the distribution, the Bank would
fail to satisfy its minimum capital requirements, as described
above (See ''Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal
Savings Associations - Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action''). In
addition, pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), an insured
depository institution such as the Bank is prohibited from making capital
distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such
distribution, the institution would become "undercapitalized" as defined in the
FDIA.
Liquidity.
Pursuant
to OTS regulations
,
the
Bank is required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound
operation (See "Part II - Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources"
for further discussion). At December 31, 2008, the Bank's liquid
assets approximated 14.12% of total assets.
Assessments.
Savings
associations are required by OTS regulation to pay semi-annual assessments to
the OTS to fund its operations. The regulations base the assessment
for individual savings associations, other than those with total assets never
exceeding $100.0 million, on three components: the size of the association (on
which the basic assessment is based); the association's supervisory condition,
which results in percentage increases for any savings institution with a
composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness
examination; and the complexity of the association's operations, which results
in percentage increases for a savings association that managed over $1 billion
in trust assets, serviced loans for other institutions aggregating more than $1
billion, or had certain off-balance sheet assets aggregating more than $1
billion. Savings and loan holding companies are also required to pay
semi-annual assessments to the OTS. For the year ended December 31,
2008, assessments paid for the Bank and Holding Company totaled
$622,000.
Branching.
Subject
to certain limitations, HOLA and OTS regulations permit federally chartered
savings associations to establish branches in any state of the United States.
The authority to establish such a branch is available: (i) in states that
expressly authorize branches of savings associations located in another state,
and (ii) to an association that either satisfies the QTL test or qualifies as a
''domestic building and loan association'' under the Code, which imposes
qualification requirements similar to those for a QTL under HOLA (See "Item 1 –
Business - Regulation - Regulation of Federal Savings Associations - QTL
Test''). HOLA and OTS regulations preempt any state law purporting to
regulate branching by federal savings associations.
Community
Reinvestment.
Under the Community Reinvestment Act
("CRA"), as implemented by OTS regulations, a savings association possesses a
continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound
operation, to help satisfy the credit needs of its entire community, including
low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific
lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an
institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services it
believes are most appropriate to its particular community. The CRA requires the
OTS, in connection with its examination of a savings association, to assess the
association's record of satisfying the credit needs of its community and
consider such record in its evaluation of certain applications by the
association. The assessment is composed of three tests: (i) a lending
test, to evaluate the institution's record of making loans in its service areas;
(ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institution's record of investing in
community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low
or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to
evaluate the institution's delivery of services through its branches, automated
teller machines and other offices. The CRA also requires all
institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Bank received
an "Outstanding" CRA rating in its most recent
examination. Regulations additionally require that the Bank
publicly disclose certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the
CRA. The Bank has no such agreements.
Transactions with Related
Parties.
The Bank's authority to engage in transactions
with its ''affiliates'' is limited by OTS regulations, Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g)
and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act (''FRA''), Regulation W issued by the
Federal Reserve Board ("FRB"), as well as additional limitations adopted by the
Director of the OTS. OTS regulations regarding transactions with
affiliates conform to Regulation W. These provisions, among other
matters, prohibit, limit or place restrictions upon a savings institution
extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, its affiliates,
which, for the Bank, would include the Holding Company, principal shareholders,
directors and executive officers.
OTS
regulations include additional restrictions on savings associations under
Section 11 of HOLA, including provisions prohibiting a savings association from:
(i) advancing a loan to an affiliate engaged in non-bank holding company
activities; and (ii) purchasing or investing in securities issued by an
affiliate that is not a subsidiary. OTS regulations also include
certain exemptions from these prohibitions. The FRB and the OTS
require each depository institution that is subject to Sections 23A and 23B to
implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W and the
OTS regulations regarding transactions with affiliates.
Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley") prohibits the extension of personal loans to
directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in
Sarbanes-Oxley). The prohibition, however, does not apply to any loan
by an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, if the loan is subject
to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the FRA, as implemented
by Regulation O (12 CFR 215).
The Bank's authority to extend credit
to its directors, executive officers, and shareholders owning 10% or more of the
Holding Company's outstanding common stock, as well as to entities controlled by
such persons, is additionally governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and
22(h) of the FRA and Regulation O of the FRB enacted thereunder. Among other
matters, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders: (i) be
made on terms substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting
procedures not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions
with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of
repayment or present other unfavorable features; and (ii) not exceed certain
amount limitations individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in
part, on the amount of the association's capital. Regulation O additionally
requires that extensions of credit in excess of certain limits be approved in
advance by the association's board of directors. The Holding
Company and Bank both presently prohibit loans to Directors and executive
management.
Enforcement.
Under
FDICIA, the OTS possesses primary enforcement responsibility over
federally-chartered savings associations and has the authority to bring
enforcement action against all ''institution-affiliated parties,'' including any
controlling stockholder or any shareholder, attorney, appraiser or accountant
who knowingly or recklessly participates in any violation of applicable law or
regulation, breach of fiduciary duty or certain other wrongful actions that
cause, or are likely to cause, more than minimal loss or other significant
adverse effect on an insured savings association. Civil penalties cover a wide
series of violations and actions and range from $5,000 for each day during which
violations of law, regulations, orders, and certain written agreements and
conditions continue, up to $1 million per day if the person obtained a
substantial pecuniary gain as a result of such violation or knowingly or
recklessly caused a substantial loss to the institution. Criminal penalties for
certain financial institution crimes include fines of up to $1 million and
imprisonment for up to 30 years. In addition, regulators possess substantial
discretion to take enforcement action against an institution that fails to
comply with regulatory structure, particularly with respect to capital
requirements. Possible enforcement actions range from the imposition of a
capital plan and capital directive to receivership, conservatorship, or the
termination of deposit insurance. Under FDICIA, the FDIC has the authority to
recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with
respect to a particular savings association. If action is not taken by the
Director, the FDIC possesses authority to take such action under certain
circumstances.
Standards for Safety and
Soundness.
Pursuant to FDICIA, as amended by the Riegle
Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, the OTS, together
with the other federal bank regulatory agencies, has adopted guidelines
prescribing safety and soundness standards relating to internal controls and
information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit
underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings
and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among
other features, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the
risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit
excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe
compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or
disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee,
director or principal shareholder. In addition, the OTS has adopted
regulations pursuant to FDICIA that authorize, but do not require, the OTS to
order an institution that has been given notice by the OTS that it is not
satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance
plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable
compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted
compliance plan, the OTS must issue an order directing action to correct the
deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which
an undercapitalized association is subject under the ''prompt corrective
action'' provisions of FDICIA (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation
of Savings Associations – Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action"). If
an institution fails to comply with such an order, the OTS may seek enforcement
in judicial proceedings and the imposition of civil money
penalties.
Real Estate Lending
Standards.
The OTS and the other federal banking
agencies have adopted regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit
that are (i) secured by real estate, or (ii) made for the purpose of financing
the construction of improvements on real estate. The regulations
require each savings association to establish and maintain written internal real
estate lending standards that are consistent with safe and sound banking
practices and appropriate to the size of the association and the nature and
scope of its real estate lending activities. The standards must additionally
conform to accompanying OTS guidelines, which include loan-to-value ratios for
the different types of real estate loans. Associations are permitted to make a
limited amount of loans that do not conform to the loan-to-value limitations
provided such exceptions are reviewed and justified appropriately. The
guidelines additionally contain a number of lending situations in which
exceptions to the loan-to-value standards are permitted.
In 2006, the OTS adopted guidance
entitled "Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate (CRE) Lending, Sound Risk
Management Practices" (the "CRE Guidance"), to address concentrations of
commercial real estate loans in savings associations. The CRE
Guidance reinforces and enhances the OTS existing regulations and guidelines for
real estate lending
and loan
portfolio management, but does not establish specific commercial real estate
lending limits. Rather, the CRE Guidance seeks to promote sound risk
management practices that will enable savings associations to continue to pursue
commercial real estate lending in a safe and sound manner. The CRE
Guidance applies to savings associations with an accumulation of credit
concentration exposures and asks that the associations quantify the additional
risk such exposures may pose. Such quantification should include the
stratification of the commercial real estate portfolio by, among other
qualities, property type, geographic market, tenant concentrations, tenant
industries, developer concentrations and risk rating. In addition, an
institution should perform periodic market analyses for the various property
types and geographic markets represented in its portfolio. Further,
an institution with commercial real estate concentration risk should also
perform portfolio level stress tests or sensitivity analysis to quantify the
impact of changing economic conditions on asset quality, earnings and
capital. The Bank commenced implementation of the requirements and
suggestions set forth in the CRE Guidance during 2007 and 2008, and will expand
this process in 2009.
Prompt Corrective Regulatory
Action.
Under the OTS prompt corrective action
regulations, the OTS is required to take certain, and authorized to take other,
supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings associations. For this
purpose, a savings association is placed in one of five categories based on its
capital: "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized,"
"significantly undercapitalized," and "critically undercapitalized." Generally,
a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date
an association receives notice that it is "undercapitalized," "significantly
undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized," and the plan must be
guaranteed by any parent holding company. In addition, the
institution becomes subject to various mandatory supervisory actions, including
restrictions on growth of assets and other forms of
expansion. Generally, under the OTS regulations, a federally
chartered savings association is treated as well capitalized if its total
risk-based capital ratio is 10% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
is 6% or greater, its leverage ratio is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to
any order or directive by the OTS to meet a specific capital
level. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank satisfied all criteria
necessary to be categorized "well capitalized" under the prompt
corrective action regulatory framework.
When appropriate, the OTS can require
corrective action by a savings association holding company under the ''prompt
corrective action'' provisions of FDICIA.
Insurance of Deposit
Accounts.
Traditionally, the FDIC provided insurance of up to
$100,000 per depositor.
On October 3, 2008, the
FDIC announced a temporary increase in deposit insurance from $100,000 to
$250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009, in response to the problems
affecting the banking system and financial markets.
Savings associations are required to
pay a deposit insurance premium. The amount of the premium is
determined based upon a risk-based assessment system, which was amended
effective January 1, 2007. During the years ended December 31, 2006
and 2005, the Bank was not required to pay any assessments on its deposits under
the previously existing FDIC policies. Under the amended
system, the FDIC assigns an institution to one of four risk
categories entitled Risk Category I, II, III and IV, with Risk Category I
considered most favorable and Risk Category IV considered least
favorable. Risk Category I contains all well capitalized institutions
with capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings, and liquidity
component ratings ("CAMEL Component Ratings") of either 1 or 2. Risk
Category II contains all institutions that are adequately capitalized and
possess CAMEL Component Ratings of either 1, 2 or 3. Risk Category
III contains either undercapitalized institutions that have CAMEL Composite
Ratings of 1, 2 or 3 or adequately capitalized institutions that have CAMEL
Composite Ratings of 4 or 5. Risk Category IV contains all
institutions that are undercapitalized and have a CAMEL Composite Ratings of 4
or 5. The Bank currently falls within Risk Category
I. Base assessment rates for institutions within Risk Category I
range from 2 to 4 basis points, depending upon a combination of the
institution's CAMEL Component Ratings and financial ratios. The base
assessment rates are fixed at 7 basis points, 25 basis points and 40 basis
points for institutions within Risk Categories II, III and IV,
respectively. The FDIC has the flexibility to adjust rates, without
further notice-and-comment rulemaking, provided that no such adjustment can be
greater than 3 basis points from one quarter to the next, adjustments cannot
result in rates more than 3 basis points above or below the base rates and rates
cannot be negative. Effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC set the assessment rates
at 3 basis points above the base rates. Assessment rates, therefore, currently
range from 5 to 43 basis points of deposits. The assessment rate for
the Bank's deposits approximated 5 basis points.
In November 2006, the FDIC notified
the Bank that it was granted a credit of $1.6 million to apply against its
insurance premiums commencing in 2007. This credit resulted from
final implementation of a provision of the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act
of 2005 that compensated financial institutions such as the Bank that were
required to pay insurance premiums prior to 1996 while other financial
institutions that had units that operated under industrial loan company and
thrift charters were not. This credit was used to offset 100% of the 2007
deposit insurance assessment. The $466,000 remaining credit was
utilized to offset a portion of the deposit insurance assessments in
2008. Total FDIC deposit insurance costs recognized by the Bank in
excess of the credit were $643,000 during the year ended December 31,
2008.
The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of
1996 amended the FDIA to recapitalize the SAIF (which was merged with the BIF
into the newly-formed DIF on March 31, 2006) and expand the assessment base for
the payments of Financing Corporation ("FICO") bonds. FICO bonds were
sold by the federal government in order to finance the recapitalization of the
SAIF and BIF insurance funds that was necessitated following payments from the
funds to compensate depositors of federally-insured depository institutions that
experienced bankruptcy and dissolution during the 1980's and
1990's. The assessment rate is adjusted quarterly and was 0.0114% of
total deposits of the Bank for the fourth quarter of 2007 and the first quarter
of 2008. The Bank's total expense in 2008 for the FICO bonds
assessment was $257,000.
The FDIC
established 1.25% of estimated insured deposits as the designated reserve ratio
of the DIF. The FDIC is authorized to change the assessment rates as
necessary, subject to the previously discussed limitations, to maintain the
required reserve ratio of 1.25%. As a result of the recent failures
of a number of banks and thrifts, there has been a significant increase in the
loss provisions of the DIF of the FDIC. This has resulted in a
decline in the DIF reserve ratio. Because the DIF reserve ratio
declined below 1.15% and is expected to remain below 1.15%, the FDIC was
required to establish a restoration plan in October, 2008 to restore the reserve
ratio to 1.15% within five years., which term has now been extended to 7 years
pursuant to a final rule adopted by the FDIC on February 27, 2009. In
order to restore the reserve ratio to 1.15%, the FDIC adopted a final rule in
October, 2008 that increased risk-based assessment rates uniformly by 7 basis
points (annualized) for the first quarter of 2009. In addition, on
February 27, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule further modifying the
risk-based assessment system and setting initial base assessment rates beginning
April 1, 2009, at 12 to 45 basis points depending on an institution’s risk
category, with adjustments resulting in increased assessment rates generally for
institutions with a significant reliance on secured liabilities and brokered
deposits. The Bank estimates that its total assessments will range
between 15 and 17 basis points during the year ending December 31,
2009.
On February 27, 2009, the FDIC also
adopted an interim rule imposing a 20 basis point emergency special assessment
on the industry on June 30, 2009, to be collected on September 30,
2009. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an
emergency special assessment of up to 10 basis points after June 30, 2009, if
necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit
insurance.
Based
upon the Bank's deposit insured balances at December 31, 2008, the adopted
increases in assessments will result in pre-tax assessment expense of
approximately $3.5 million to $4.0 million during 2009, and the 20 basis point
proposed special assessment would result in aggregate additional pre-tax expense
of approximately $4.5 million.
Privacy and Security
Protection.
The OTS has adopted regulations implementing the
privacy protection provisions of The Gramm- Leach-Bliley Act of 1999
("Gramm-Leach"). The regulations require financial institutions to
adopt procedures to protect customers and their "non-public personal
information." The regulations require the Bank to disclose its
privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares "non-public personal
information," to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship
and annually thereafter. In addition, the Bank is required to provide
its customers the ability to "opt-out" of the sharing of their personal
information with unaffiliated third parties, if the sharing of such information
does not satisfy any of the permitted exceptions. The Bank's existing
privacy protection policy complies with the regulations.
The Bank is additionally subject to
regulatory guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer
information. The guidelines describe the federal banking agencies'
expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information
security program, including administrative, technical and physical safeguards
appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and
scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines
are intended to insure the security and confidentiality of customer records and
information, and protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security
or integrity of such records and unauthorized access to or use of such records
or information that could result in substantial customer harm or
inconvenience.
Gramm-Leach additionally permits each
state to enact legislation that is more protective of consumers' personal
information. Currently, there are a number of privacy bills pending
in the New York legislature. Management of the Company cannot predict
the impact, if any, of these bills if enacted.
Internet
Banking.
Technological developments are dramatically altering
the methods by which most companies, including financial institutions, conduct
their business. The growth of the Internet is prompting banks to
reconsider business strategies and adopt alternative distribution and marketing
systems. The federal banking regulatory agencies have conducted
seminars and published materials targeted at various aspects of Internet banking
and have indicated their intention to re-evaluate their regulations to ensure
they encourage bank efficiency and competitiveness consistent with safe and
sound banking practices. The Company cannot assure that federal bank
regulatory agencies will not adopt new regulations that will materially affect
or restrict the Bank's Internet operations.
Insurance
Activities.
As a federal savings association, the Bank is
generally permitted to engage in certain insurance activities through
subsidiaries. OTS regulations prohibit depository institutions from
conditioning the extension of credit to individuals upon either the purchase of
an insurance product or annuity or an agreement by the consumer not to purchase
an insurance product or annuity from an entity not affiliated with the
depository institution. The regulations additionally require prior
disclosure of this prohibition if such products are offered to credit
applicants.
Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB")
System.
The Bank is a member of the FHLBNY, which is one
of the twelve regional FHLB's composing the FHLB System. Each FHLB provides a
central credit facility primarily for its member institutions. Any advances from
the FHLBNY must be secured by specified types of collateral, and long-term
advances may be obtained only for the purpose of providing funds for residential
housing finance. The Bank, as a member of the FHLBNY, is currently
required to acquire and hold shares of FHLBNY Class B stock. The
Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share and is redeemable upon five
years notice, subject to certain conditions. The Class B stock has
two subclasses, one for membership stock purchase requirements and the other for
activity-based stock purchase requirements. The minimum stock
investment requirement in the FHLBNY Class B stock is the sum of the membership
stock purchase requirement, determined on an annual basis at the end of each
calendar year, and the activity-based stock purchase requirement, determined on
a daily basis. For the Bank, the membership stock purchase
requirement is 0.2% of "mortgage-related assets," as defined by the FHLBNY,
which consist primarily of residential mortgage loans and MBS held by the
Bank. The activity-based stock purchase requirement for the Bank is
equal to the sum of: (i) 4.5% of outstanding borrowings from the FHLBNY; (ii)
4.5% of the outstanding principal balance of the "acquired member assets," as
defined by the FHLBNY, and delivery commitments for acquired member assets;
(iii) a specified dollar amount related to certain off-balance sheet items,
which for the Bank is zero; and (iv) a specific percentage range from 0% to 5%
of the carrying value on the FHLBNY's balance sheet of derivative contracts
between the FHLBNY and its members, which is also zero for the
Bank. The Bank was in compliance with these requirements with an
investment in FHLBNY Class B stock of $55.6 million at December 31,
2008. The FHLBNY can adjust the specific percentages and dollar
amount periodically within the ranges established by the FHLBNY capital
plan.
Federal Reserve
System.
The Bank is subject to provisions of the FRA and
FRB regulations pursuant to which savings associations are required to maintain
non-interest-earning cash reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily
NOW and regular checking accounts). FRB regulations generally require
that reserves be maintained in the amount of 3% of the aggregate of transaction
accounts in excess of $10.3 million through $44.4 million (subject to adjustment
by the FRB) plus a reserve of 10% (subject to adjustment by the FRB between 8%
and 14%) against the portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $44.4
million. The initial $10.3 million of otherwise reservable balances
are currently exempt from the reserve requirements, however, the exemption is
adjusted by the FRB at the end of each year. The Bank is in
compliance with the foregoing reserve requirements.
Because required reserves must be
maintained in the form of either vault cash, a non-interest-bearing account at a
Federal Reserve Bank, or a pass-through account as defined by the FRB, the
effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank's interest-earning
assets. The balances maintained to satisfy the FRB reserve requirements may be
used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OTS.
Pursuant to the EESA, the FRB
announced on October 6, 2008, that the Federal Reserve Banks will begin to pay
interest on depository institutions’ required and excess reserve
balances. Paying interest on required reserve balances should
essentially eliminate the opportunity cost of holding required reserves,
promoting efficiency in the banking sector. The interest rate paid on
required reserve balances is currently the average target federal funds rate
over the reserve maintenance period. The rate on excess balances will be set
equal to the lowest FOMC target rate in effect during the reserve maintenance
period. The payment of interest on excess reserves will permit the
Federal Reserve to expand its balance sheet as necessary to provide the
liquidity necessary to support financial stability.
Depository institutions are
additionally authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve ''discount window,''
however, FRB regulations require such institutions to hold reserves in the form
of vault cash or deposits with Federal Reserve Banks in order to
borrow.
Anti-Money Laundering and Customer
Identification.
The Company is subject to OTS
regulations implementing the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing
Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001
("PATRIOT Act"). The PATRIOT Act provides the federal government with
powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures,
expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened
anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank
Secrecy Act, Title III of the PATRIOT Act enacted measures intended to encourage
information sharing among bank regulatory and law enforcement
agencies. In addition, certain provisions of Title III and the
related OTS regulations impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of
financial institutions, including banks and
thrifts. Title
III imposes the following requirements, among others, with respect to financial
institutions: (i) establishment of anti-money laundering programs; (ii)
establishment of procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers
opening new accounts, including verifying their identity within a reasonable
period of time; (iii) establishment of enhanced due diligence policies,
procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering; and (iv)
prohibition on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance
with recordkeeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign
banks.
In addition, bank regulators are
directed to consider a holding company's effectiveness in preventing money
laundering when ruling on FRA and Bank Merger Act applications.
Regulation
of Holding Company
The Holding Company is a
non-diversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of
HOLA. As such, it is required to register with the OTS and is subject to OTS
regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition,
the OTS has enforcement authority over the Holding Company's non-savings
association subsidiaries. Among other effects, this authority permits
the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious
risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a subsidiary savings
association.
HOLA prohibits a savings association
holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries,
from acquiring another savings association or holding company thereof, without
prior written approval of the OTS; acquiring or retaining, with certain
exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings association, non-subsidiary
holding company, or non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than
those permitted by HOLA; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository
institution that is not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating an application by a
holding company to acquire a savings association, the OTS must consider the
financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and
savings association involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the
insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community, and competitive
factors.
Gramm-Leach additionally restricts
the powers of new unitary savings and loan association holding
companies. A unitary savings and loan holding company that is
"grandfathered,"
i.e.
,
became a unitary savings and loan holding company pursuant to an application
filed with the OTS prior to May 4, 1999, such as the Holding Company, retains
the authority it possessed under the law in existence as of May 4,
1999. All other savings and loan holding companies are limited to
financially related activities permissible for bank holding companies, as
defined under Gramm-Leach. Gramm-Leach also prohibits non-financial
companies from acquiring grandfathered savings and loan association holding
companies.
Upon any non-supervisory acquisition
by the Holding Company of another savings association or a savings bank that
satisfies the QTL test and is deemed to be a savings association by the OTS and
that will be held as a separate subsidiary, the Holding Company will become a
multiple savings association holding company and will be subject to limitations
on the types of business activities in which it may engage. HOLA
currently limits the activities of a multiple savings association holding
company and its non-insured association subsidiaries primarily to activities
permissible under Section 4(c)(8) of the BHCA, subject to prior approval of the
OTS, and to other activities authorized by OTS regulation. Effective
in April 2008, however, all savings and loan association holding companies
became permitted, with the prior approval of the OTS, to engage in all
activities in which bank holding companies may engage under any regulation the
FRB has promulgated under Section 4(c) of the BHCA.
The OTS is prohibited from approving
any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings association holding
company controlling savings associations in more than one state, subject to two
exceptions: an acquisition of a savings association in another state (i) in a
supervisory transaction, or (ii) pursuant to authority under the laws of the
state of the association to be acquired that specifically permit such
acquisitions. The conditions imposed upon interstate acquisitions by
those states that have enacted authorizing legislation vary.
The Bank must file a notice with the
OTS prior to the payment of any dividends or other capital distributions to the
Holding Company (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation - Regulation of
Federal Savings Associations - Limitation on Capital
Distributions'').
Federal
Securities Laws
The Holding Company's common stock is
registered with the SEC under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. It
is subject to the periodic reporting, proxy solicitation, insider trading
restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.
Item
1A. Risk Factors
The
Bank’s focus on multifamily and commercial real estate lending may subject it to
greater risk of an adverse impact on operations from a decline in the
economy.
The majority of loans in the Bank’s
portfolio are secured by multifamily residential property. Multifamily loans
have traditionally been viewed as exposing lenders to a greater risk of loss
than one- to four-family residential loans, due to the following
concerns: 1) They typically involve higher loan principal amounts and
thus expose the Bank to a greater potential impact of losses from any one loan
or concentration of loans to one borrower relative to the size of the Bank’s
capital position; 2) their borrowers often own several properties, and often a
borrower experiencing financial difficulties in connection with one income
producing property may default on all of his or her outstanding loans, even if
the properties securing the other loans are generating positive cash
flow. See "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
Market Risk" for a further discussion.
As part of the Company’s strategic
plan, it increased its emphasis on commercial real estate loans from 2002
through 2007. Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally larger and
involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family and multifamily
residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real
estate are often dependent upon successful operation or management of the
collateral properties, repayment of such loans is generally subject to a greater
extent to prevailing conditions in the real estate market or the economy.
Further, the collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be
difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the
business.
Multifamily and commercial real
estate loans additionally involve a greater risk than one- to four- family
residential mortgage loans because economic and real estate conditions, and
government regulations such as rent control and rent stabilization laws, which
are outside the control of the borrower or the Bank, could impair the value of
the security for the loan or the future cash flow of such properties. As a
result, rental income might not rise sufficiently over time to satisfy increases
in the loan rate at repricing or increases in overhead expenses (
i.e.
, utilities, taxes,
etc.). Impaired loans are thus difficult to identify before they become
problematic. In addition, if the cash flow from a collateral property is reduced
(
e.g.
, if leases are
not obtained or renewed), the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value
of the security for the loan may be impaired.
Dependence
on economic and real estate conditions and geographic concentration in market
area.
The Bank gathers deposits primarily
from the communities and neighborhoods in close proximity to its branches. The
Bank lends primarily in the NYC metropolitan area, although its overall lending
area is much larger, and extends approximately 150 miles in each direction from
its corporate headquarters in Brooklyn. The majority of the Bank’s mortgage
loans are secured by properties located in its primary lending area,
approximately 75% of which are located in the NYC boroughs of Brooklyn, Queens
and Manhattan. As a result of this geographic concentration, the
Bank’s results of operations depend largely upon economic conditions in this
area. A deterioration in economic conditions in the NYC metropolitan area could
have a material adverse impact upon the quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio and
the demand for its products and services, and, accordingly, on the Company’s
results of operations, cash flows, business, financial condition and
prospects.
Conditions in the real estate markets
in which the collateral for the Bank’s mortgage loans are located strongly
influence the level of the Bank’s non-performing loans and the value of its
collateral. Real estate values are affected by, among other items, fluctuations
in general or local economic conditions, supply and demand, changes in
governmental rules or policies, the availability of loans to potential
purchasers and acts of nature. Declines in real estate markets have in the past,
and may in the future, negatively impact the Company’s results of operations,
cash flows, business, financial condition and prospects.
The Bank’s allowance for loan losses
is maintained at a level considered adequate by management to absorb losses
inherent in its loan portfolio. The amount of inherent loan losses which could
be ultimately realized is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and
other conditions, including changes in interest rates, that could be beyond the
Bank’s control. Such losses could exceed current estimates. Although management
believes that the Bank’s allowance for loan losses is adequate, there can be no
assurance that the allowance will be sufficient to satisfy actual loan losses
should such losses be realized.
Increases
in interest rates may reduce the Company’s profitability.
The Bank’s primary source of income
is its net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income
earned on its interest earning assets and the interest expense incurred on its
interest bearing liabilities. The one-year interest rate sensitivity gap is the
difference between interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing within
one year and interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing within
one year, expressed as a percentage of total assets. In a rising interest rate
environment, an institution with a negative gap would generally be expected,
absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in its
cost of liabilities relative to its yield on assets, and thus decrease its net
interest income.
Based upon historical experience, if
interest rates were to rise, the Bank would expect the demand for multifamily
loans to decline. Decreased loan origination volume would likely negatively
impact the Bank's interest income. In addition, if interest rates were to rise
rapidly and result in an economic decline, the Bank would expect its level of
non-performing loans to increase. Such an increase in non-performing loans may
result in an increase to the allowance for loan losses and possible increased
charge-offs, which would negatively impact the Company's net
income.
Further,
the actual amount of time before mortgage loans and MBS are repaid can be
significantly impacted by changes in mortgage redemption rates and market
interest rates. Mortgage prepayment, satisfaction and refinancing rates will
vary due to several factors, including the regional economy in the area where
the underlying mortgages were originated, seasonal factors, and other
demographic variables. However, the most significant factors affecting
prepayment, satisfaction and refinancing rates are prevailing interest rates,
related mortgage refinancing opportunities and competition. The level
of mortgage and MBS prepayment, satisfaction and refinancing activity impacts
the Company's earnings due to its effect on fee income earned on prepayment and
refinancing activities, along with liquidity levels the Company will experience
to fund new investments or ongoing operations.
As a federally-chartered savings
bank, the Bank is required to monitor changes in its NPV, which is the
difference between the estimated market value of its assets and liabilities. In
addition, the Bank monitors its NPV ratio, which is the NPV divided by the
estimated market value of total assets. The NPV ratio can be viewed as a
corollary to the Bank’s capital ratios. To monitor its overall sensitivity to
changes in interest rates, the Bank simulates the effect of instantaneous
changes in interest rates of up to 200 basis points on its assets and
liabilities. Interest rates do and will continue to fluctuate, and the Bank
cannot predict future FOMC actions or other factors that will cause interest
rates to vary.
Risks
related to changes in laws, government regulation and monetary
policy.
The Holding Company and the Bank are
subject to extensive supervision, regulation and examination by the OTS, as the
Bank's chartering agency, and the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. Such regulation
limits the manner in which the Holding Company and the Bank conduct business,
undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. This regulation
is designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and the
Bank’s depositors, and not to benefit the Bank or its creditors. The regulatory
structure also provides the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in
connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination
policies, including policies with respect to capital levels, the classification
of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory
purposes. For further information regarding the laws and regulations
that affect the Holding Company and the Bank, see "Item 1. Business - Regulation
- Regulation of Federal Savings Associations," and "Item 1. Business -
Regulation - Regulation of Holding Company."
Financial institution regulation has
been the subject of significant legislation in recent years, and may be the
subject of further significant legislation in the future, none of which is
within the control of the Holding Company or the Bank. Significant new laws or
changes in, or repeals of, existing laws may cause the Company's results of
operations to differ materially. Further, federal monetary policy, particularly
as implemented through the OTS, significantly affects credit conditions for the
Company, primarily through open market operations in United States government
securities, the discount rate for bank borrowings and reserve requirements for
liquid assets. A material change in any of these conditions would have a
material impact on the Bank, and therefore, on the Company’s results of
operations.
Competition
from other financial institutions in originating loans and attracting deposits
may adversely affect profitability.
The Bank's retail banking and a
significant portion of its lending business are concentrated in the NYC
metropolitan area. The NYC banking environment is extremely competitive. The
Bank’s competition for loans exists principally from savings banks, commercial
banks, mortgage banks and insurance companies. The Bank has faced sustained
competition for the origination of multifamily residential and commercial real
estate loans. Management anticipates that the current level of competition for
multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans will continue for the
foreseeable future, and this competition may inhibit the Bank’s ability to
maintain its current level and pricing of such loans.
The Bank gathers deposits in direct
competition with commercial banks, savings banks and brokerage firms, many among
the largest in the nation. In addition, it must also compete for deposit monies
against the stock markets and mutual funds, especially during periods of strong
performance in the equity markets. Over the previous decade, consolidation in
the financial services industry, coupled with the emergence of Internet banking,
has altered the deposit gathering landscape and may increase competitive
pressures on the Bank.
The
impact of recently enacted and proposed legislation and government programs to
stabilize the financial markets cannot be predicted at this time.
On October 3, 2008, President Bush
signed the EESA into law in response to the problems affecting the banking
system and financial markets. Pursuant to the EESA, Treasury was granted the
authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of troubled assets
(including mortgages, MBS and certain other financial instruments) from
financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to
the U.S. financial markets. On October 14, 2008, Treasury, the FRB
and the FDIC issued a joint statement announcing additional steps aimed at
stabilizing the financial markets. Initially, Treasury announced the
TARP Capital Purchase Program, a $250 billion voluntary capital purchase program
available to qualifying financial institutions that sell preferred shares to
Treasury. In addition, the FDIC announced that its Board of
Directors, under the authority to prevent "systemic risk" in the U.S. banking
system, approved the TLGP, intended to strengthen confidence and encourage
liquidity in the banking system by permitting the FDIC to (i) guarantee certain
newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions under
the DGP, and (ii) fully insure non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts
held at participating FDIC-insured institutions, regardless of dollar amount
under the TAGP. Third, to further increase access to funding for
businesses in all sectors of the economy, the FRB announced further details of
its Commercial Paper Funding Facility program ("CPFF"), which provides a broad
backstop for the commercial paper market.
The
Company does not currently participate in the TAGP, CPP, DGP or
CPFF.
On February 10, 2009, in a statement
to the Senate Banking Committee Hearing, Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner
outlined a Financial Stability Plan to restore stability to the U.S. financial
system. The Financial Stability Plan includes a variety of measures
aimed at the broader credit markets and includes the creation of a comprehensive
housing program to forestall foreclosures and stabilize the residential mortgage
market. In addition, on February 11, 2009, the OTS urged
OTS-regulated institutions to suspend foreclosures on owner-occupied homes until
the Financial Stability Plan’s “home loan modification program” is finalized in
the next few weeks. On February 18, 2009, President Obama announced
the Administration’s Homeowner Affordability and Stability Plan, (the
"HASP"). The HASP aims to accomplish the following three key
objectives: (i) refinance mortgages of up to 4 to 5 million "responsible
homeowners" to prevent additional foreclosures; (ii) provide a $75 billion
initiative to help up to 3 to 4 million "at-risk homeowners" primarily through
the use of uniform loan modifications; and (iii) help maintain low mortgage
rates by strengthening confidence in FNMA and Freddie Mac. Mortgage
lenders may participate in the program on a voluntary basis.
On January 27, 2009, the House
Judiciary Committee approved H.R. 200, the "Helping Families Save Their Homes in
Bankruptcy Act of 2009" ("Bankruptcy Legislation"). The Bankruptcy
Legislation would grant a judge the ability to modify the terms of a mortgage
for a homeowner in Chapter 13 bankruptcy. Under the proposed
Bankruptcy Legislation, borrowers would be eligible to have a bankruptcy judge
reduce the principal balance on their home loan. If any such borrower
resells his or her home within five years, the borrower will be required to
share the proceeds with the lender.
The Company cannot predict the actual
impact that the foregoing or any other governmental program will have on the
financial markets. The failure of the financial markets to stabilize
and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could
materially and adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition,
results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of the Holding
Company's common stock. In addition, the initiatives of President
Obama's administration, and the possible enactment of the Bankruptcy Legislation
as proposed, could materially and adversely affect the Company's financial
condition and results of operations.
Item
1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item
2. Properties
The headquarters of both the Holding
Company and the Bank are located at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New
York 11211. The headquarters building is fully owned by
the Bank. The Bank conducts its business through twenty-three
full-service retail banking offices located throughout Brooklyn, Queens, the
Bronx and Nassau County, New York.
Item 3. Legal
Proceedings
In the ordinary course of business,
the Company is routinely named as a defendant in or party to various pending or
threatened legal actions or proceedings. Certain of these matters may
seek substantial monetary damages. In the opinion of management, the
Company is involved in no actions or proceedings that will have a material
adverse impact on its consolidated financial condition and results of
operations.
Item
4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
Holders
None.
PART
II
Item 5. Market
for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
The Holding Company's common stock is
traded on the Nasdaq National Market and quoted under the symbol
"DCOM." Prior to June 15, 1998, the Holding Company's common stock
was quoted under the symbol "DIME."
The following table indicates the high
and low sales price for the Holding Company's common stock, and dividends
declared, during the periods indicated. The Holding Company's common
stock began trading on June 26, 1996, the date of the initial public
offering.
|
Twelve
Months Ended
December
31, 2008
|
|
Twelve
Months Ended
December
31, 2007
|
Quarter
Ended
|
Dividends
Declared
|
High
Sales
Price
|
Low
Sales
Price
|
|
Dividends
Declared
|
High
Sales
Price
|
Low
Sales
Price
|
March
31
st
|
$0.14
|
$17.83
|
$16.46
|
|
$0.14
|
$14.29
|
$12.21
|
June
30
th
|
0.14
|
19.31
|
16.18
|
|
0.14
|
14.00
|
12.52
|
September
30
th
|
0.14
|
23.55
|
12.00
|
|
0.14
|
15.99
|
10.70
|
December
31
st
|
0.14
|
17.69
|
10.75
|
|
0.14
|
15.56
|
11.99
|
On December 31, 2008, the final trading
date in the fiscal year, the Holding Company's common stock closed at
$13.30.
Management estimates that the Holding
Company had approximately 5,400 shareholders of record as of March 1, 2009,
including persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through
various brokers and banks. There were 34,179,900 shares of Holding Company
common stock outstanding at December 31, 2008.
On August 21, 2001, the Holding Company
paid a 50% common stock dividend to all shareholders of record as of July 31,
2001. On April 24, 2002, the Holding Company paid a 50% common stock
dividend to all shareholders of record as of April 1, 2002. On March
16, 2004, the Holding Company paid a 50% common stock dividend to all
shareholders of record as of March 1, 2004. Each of these dividends
had the effect of a three-for-two stock split.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, the Holding Company paid cash dividends
totaling $18.3 million, representing $0.56 per outstanding common
share. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Holding Company
paid cash dividends totaling $19.0 million, representing $0.56 per outstanding
common share.
On
January 22, 2009, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.14 per
common share to all shareholders of record as of February 2,
2009. This dividend was paid on February 17, 2009.
The Holding Company is subject to the
requirements of Delaware law, which generally limits dividends to an amount
equal to the excess of net assets (
i.e.,
the amount by which
total assets exceed total liabilities) over statutory capital, or if no such
excess exists, to net profits for the current and/or immediately preceding
fiscal year.
As the principal asset of the Holding
Company, the Bank could be called upon to provide funds for the Holding
Company's payment of dividends (See "Item 1 – Business - Regulation –
Regulation of Federal Savings Associations – Limitation on Capital
Distributions"). (See also Note 2 to the Company's Audited
Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of limitations on
distributions from the Bank to the Holding Company).
In April 2000, the Holding Company
issued $25.0 million in subordinated notes payable, with a stated annual coupon
rate of 9.25%. Pursuant to the provisions of the notes, the Holding Company is
required to first satisfy the interest obligation on the notes, which
approximates $2.4 million annually, prior to the authorization and payment of
common stock cash dividends. Management of the Holding Company does
not believe that this requirement will materially affect its ability to pay
dividends to its common shareholders.
In March 2004, the Holding Company
issued $72.2 million in trust preferred debt, with a stated annual coupon rate
of 7.0%. Pursuant to the provisions of the debt, the Holding Company
is required to first satisfy the interest obligation on the debt, which
approximates $5.1 million annually, prior to the authorization and payment of
common stock cash dividends. Management of the Holding Company does
not believe that this requirement will materially affect its ability to pay
dividends to its common shareholders.
The
Holding Company did not purchase any shares of its common stock into treasury
during the three months ended December 31, 2008.
A summary
of the shares repurchased by month is as follows:
ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Period
|
Total
Number
of
Shares Purchased
|
|
Average
Price
Paid Per Share
|
|
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs (1)
|
|
Maximum
Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Programs
(1)
|
October
2008
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
1,124,549
|
November
2008
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
1,124,549
|
December
2008
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
1,124,549
|
(1) No
existing repurchase programs expired during the three months ended December 31,
2008, nor did the Company terminate any repurchase programs prior to expiration
during the quarter. The 1,124,549 shares that remained eligible for
repurchase at December 31, 2008 are available under the Company's twelfth stock
repurchase program, which was publicly announced in June 2007. The
twelfth stock repurchase program authorized the purchase of up to 1,787,665
shares of the Holding Company's common stock, and has no
expiration.
Performance
Graph
Pursuant
to regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the Company's stock
performance with that of the total return for the U.S. Nasdaq Stock Market and
an index of all thrift stocks as reported by SNL Securities L.C. from January 1,
2004 through December 31, 2008. The graph assumes the reinvestment of
dividends in additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those
listed below.
|
|
Period
Ending December 31,
|
|
Index
|
2003
|
2004
|
2005
|
2006
|
2007
|
2008
|
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
|
100.00
|
90.15
|
76.25
|
76.02
|
72.33
|
77.97
|
NASDAQ
Composite
|
100.00
|
108.59
|
110.08
|
120.56
|
132.39
|
78.72
|
SNL
Thrift Index
|
100.00
|
111.42
|
115.35
|
134.46
|
80.67
|
51.34
|
Item 6. Selected
Financial Data
Financial
Highlights
(Dollars
in Thousands, except per share data)
The consolidated financial and other
data of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006,
2005 and 2004 set forth below is derived in part from, and should be read in
conjunction with, the Company's audited Consolidated Financial Statements and
Notes thereto. Amounts as of and for the years ended December 31,
2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 have been reclassified to conform to the December 31,
2008 presentation.
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
Selected
Financial Condition Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
$4,055,598
|
$3,501,175
|
$3,173,377
|
$3,126,226
|
$3,377,266
|
Loans
and loans held for sale (net of deferred costs or fees
and
the allowanc
for
loan losses)
|
3,274,051
|
2,861,638
|
2,688,159
|
2,596,310
|
2,486,262
|
MBS
|
301,351
|
162,764
|
154,437
|
193,453
|
519,885
|
Investment
securities (including FHLBNY capital stock)
|
80,898
|
73,204
|
61,078
|
74,750
|
80,750
|
Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments
|
-
|
128,014
|
78,752
|
60,014
|
103,291
|
Goodwill
|
55,638
|
55,638
|
55,638
|
55,638
|
55,638
|
Deposits
|
2,260,051
|
2,179,998
|
2,008,532
|
1,914,772
|
2,210,049
|
Borrowings
|
1,346,840
|
958,745
|
788,900
|
834,120
|
809,249
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
276,964
|
268,852
|
290,631
|
291,713
|
281,721
|
Tangible
Stockholders' equity
|
232,156
|
217,238
|
241,829
|
239,169
|
229,013
|
Selected
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
$202,654
|
$182,160
|
$170,810
|
$169,712
|
$173,758
|
Interest
expense
|
111,302
|
111,147
|
93,340
|
77,341
|
67,776
|
Net
interest income
|
91,352
|
71,013
|
77,470
|
92,371
|
105,982
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
2,006
|
240
|
240
|
340
|
280
|
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
89,346
|
70,773
|
77,230
|
92,031
|
105,702
|
Non-interest
income
|
2,814
|
10,420
|
12,390
|
5,151
|
10,376
|
Non-interest
expense
|
49,973
|
45,502
|
41,976
|
40,742
|
42,407
|
Income
before income tax
|
42,187
|
35,691
|
47,644
|
56,440
|
73,671
|
Income
tax expense
|
14,159
|
13,248
|
17,052
|
20,230
|
27,449
|
Net
income
|
$28,028
|
$22,443
|
$30,592
|
$36,210
|
$46,222
|
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL RATIOS AND OTHER DATA (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return
on average assets
|
0.76%
|
0.69%
|
0.98%
|
1.11%
|
1.38%
|
Return
on average stockholders' equity
|
10.29
|
8.11
|
10.43
|
12.65
|
16.76
|
Stockholders'
equity to total assets at end of period
|
6.83
|
7.68
|
9.16
|
9.33
|
8.34
|
Tangible
equity to tangible assets at end of period
|
5.79
|
6.29
|
7.74
|
7.78
|
6.88
|
Loans
to deposits at end of period
|
145.64
|
131.97
|
134.61
|
136.42
|
113.20
|
Loans
to interest-earning assets at end of period
|
89.60
|
88.77
|
90.18
|
88.82
|
78.04
|
Net
interest spread (2)
|
2.34
|
1.88
|
2.19
|
2.66
|
3.09
|
Net
interest margin (3)
|
2.60
|
2.29
|
2.60
|
2.96
|
3.32
|
Average
interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing
liabilities
|
108.35
|
111.48
|
113.07
|
111.88
|
110.79
|
Non-interest
expense to average assets
|
1.35
|
1.39
|
1.34
|
1.24
|
1.27
|
Efficiency
ratio (4)
|
51.25
|
55.88
|
48.36
|
40.03
|
36.67
|
Effective
tax rate
|
33.56
|
37.12
|
35.79
|
35.84
|
37.26
|
Dividend
payout ratio
|
65.88
|
83.58
|
64.37
|
54.90
|
42.97
|
Per
Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
$0.85
|
$0.67
|
$0.87
|
$1.02
|
$1.28
|
Cash
dividends paid per share
|
0.56
|
0.56
|
0.56
|
0.56
|
0.55
|
Book
value per share
|
8.10
|
7.93
|
7.97
|
7.89
|
7.58
|
Tangible
book value per share
|
6.79
|
6.41
|
6.63
|
6.47
|
6.16
|
Asset
Quality Ratios and Other Data(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
charge-offs
|
$584
|
$9
|
$27
|
$45
|
$133
|
Total
non-performing loans
|
7,402
|
2,856
|
3,606
|
958
|
1,459
|
OREO
|
300
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Non-performing
loans to total loans
|
0.22%
|
0.10%
|
0.13%
|
0.04%
|
0.06%
|
Non-performing
loans and OREO to total assets
|
0.19
|
0.08
|
0.11
|
0.03
|
0.04
|
Allowance
for Loan Losses to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-performing
loans
|
235.80%
|
538.76%
|
430.23%
|
1,647.70%
|
1,065.32%
|
Total
loans (5)
|
0.53
|
0.53
|
0.57
|
0.60
|
0.62
|
Regulatory Capital
Ratios:
(Bank only) (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible
capital
|
7.63%
|
7.88%
|
9.05%
|
9.84%
|
7.88%
|
Leverage
capital
|
7.63
|
7.88
|
9.05
|
9.84
|
7.88
|
Total
risk-based capital
|
11.43
|
11.92
|
12.61
|
14.30
|
12.83
|
Earnings
to Fixed Charges Ratios (6) (7):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Including
interest on deposits
|
1.41x
|
1.32x
|
1.51x
|
1.73x
|
2.09x
|
Excluding
interest on deposits
|
1.81
|
1.99
|
2.30
|
2.56
|
3.46
|
Full
Service Branches
|
23
|
21
|
21
|
20
|
20
|
(1)
|
With
the exception of end of period ratios, all ratios are based on average
daily balances during the indicated periods. Asset Quality Ratios and
Regulatory Capital Ratios are end of period
ratios.
|
(2)
|
The
net interest spread represents the difference between the weighted-average
yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of
interest-bearing liabilities.
|
(3)
|
The
net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of
average interest-earning assets.
|
(4)
|
The
efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense as a percentage of the
sum of net interest income and non-interest income, excluding any gains or
losses on sales of assets.
|
(5)
|
Total
loans represent loans and loans held for sale, net of deferred fees and
costs, and excluding (thus not reducing the aggregate balance for) the
allowance for loan losses.
|
(6)
|
For
purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
represent income before taxes, extraordinary items and the cumulative
effect of accounting changes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges
represent total interest expense, including and excluding interest on
deposits.
|
(7)
|
Interest
on unrecognized tax benefits totaling $480,000 and $509,000 is included in
the calculation of fixed charges for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
|
Item
7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations
Executive
Summary
The
Holding Company’s primary business is the operation of the Bank. The
Company’s consolidated results of operations are dependent primarily on net
interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on
interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense
paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and
borrowings. The Bank additionally generates non-interest income such
as service charges and other fees, as well as income associated with Bank Owned
Life Insurance ("BOLI"). Non-interest expense primarily consists of
employee compensation and benefits, federal deposit insurance premiums, data
processing costs, and occupancy and equipment,
marketing
and other operating expenses. The Company’s consolidated results of
operations are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive
conditions (particularly fluctuations in market interest rates), government
policies, changes in accounting standards and actions of regulatory
agencies.
The
Bank's primary strategy is generally to seek to increase its product and service
utilization for each individual depositor, and to increase its household and
deposit market shares in the communities that it serves. In addition,
the Bank’s primary strategy includes the origination of, and investment in,
mortgage loans, with an emphasis on multifamily residential and mixed use real
estate loans. During much of 2006 and 2007, growth was restricted as
a result of the interest rate environment, which management deemed unfavorable
for significant balance sheet growth. During 2008, the Company grew
assets due to continued loan demand and favorable marketplace conditions
surrounding the origination of multifamily residential real estate
loans. By the end of 2008, the Company had begun restricting its
plans for future growth due to concerns over the long-term credit quality of the
real estate loans, and the desire to retain sufficient capital levels to
accommodate these concerns.
The
Company believes that multifamily residential and mixed use loans provide
advantages as investment assets. Initially, they offer a higher yield
than investment securities of comparable maturities or terms to
repricing. In addition, origination and processing costs for the
Bank’s multifamily residential and mixed loans are lower per thousand dollars of
originations than comparable one-to four-family loan costs. Further,
the Bank’s market area has generally provided a stable flow of new and
refinanced multifamily residential and mixed use loan
originations. In order to address the credit risk associated with
multifamily residential and mixed use lending, the Bank has developed
underwriting standards that it believes are reliable in order to maintain
consistent credit quality for its loans.
The Bank
also strives to provide a stable source of liquidity and earnings through the
purchase of investment grade securities; seeks to maintain the asset quality of
its loans and other investments; and uses appropriate portfolio and
asset/liability management techniques in an effort to manage the effects of
interest rate volatility on its profitability and capital.
The year
ended December 31, 2008 was dominated by a global real estate and economic
recession fueled by significant weakness and/or failure in many of the world's
largest financial institutions. These events led to historically high
dislocations in credit markets, causing origination spreads from the benchmark
origination interest rate to increase significantly during the year ended
December 31, 2008. This increase, coupled with the reduction in
benchmark short-term interest rates by the FOMC (which greatly impact the
pricing of the Bank's retail deposits), resulted in significant increases in
both net interest spread and net interest margin during the year ended December
31, 2008, thus favorably impacting the Company's consolidated earnings during
the period. Partially offsetting this benefit were higher credit
costs recognized on loans owned by the Bank, loans sold to FNMA with recourse,
and pooled trust preferred security investments.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Various
elements of the Company’s accounting policies are inherently subject to
estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments.
The Company’s policies with respect to the methodologies it uses to determine
the allowance for loan losses, reserves for loan commitments and FNMA recourse
exposure, the valuation of MSR, asset impairments (including the valuation of
goodwill and other than temporary declines in the valuation of securities), the
recognition of deferred tax assets and unrecognized tax positions, the
recognition of loan income, the valuation of financial instruments and
accounting for defined benefit plans are its most critical accounting policies
because they are important to the presentation of the Company’s consolidated
financial condition and results of operations, involve a significant degree of
complexity and require management to make difficult and subjective judgments
which often necessitate assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters.
The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in
material variations in the Company's consolidated results of operations or
financial condition.
The
following are descriptions of the Company's critical accounting policies and
explanations of the methods and assumptions underlying their
application.
Allowance for Loan
Losses.
GAAP requires the Bank to maintain an appropriate
allowance for loan losses. Management uses available information to
estimate losses on loans and believes that the Bank maintains its allowance for
loan losses at appropriate levels. Adjustments may be necessary,
however, if future economic, market or other conditions differ from the current
operating environment.
Although
the Bank believes it utilizes the most reliable information available, the level
of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate subject to significant
judgment. These evaluations are inherently subjective because,
although based upon objective data, it is management's interpretation of the
data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. The
Company, therefore, periodically reviews the actual performance and charge-offs
of its portfolio and compares them to the previously determined allowance
coverage percentages. In doing so, the Company evaluates the impact
that the variables discussed below may have on the portfolio to determine
whether or not changes should be made to the assumptions and
analyses.
The
Bank's loan loss reserve methodology consists of several components, including a
review of the two elements of its loan portfolio: problem loans (
i.e.,
classified loans and
impaired loans under Amended SFAS 114") and performing loans. The
Bank applied the process of determining the allowance for loan losses
consistently throughout the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Performing
Loans
At
December 31, 2008, the majority of the allowance for loan losses was allocated
to performing loans, which represented the overwhelming majority of the Bank's
loan portfolio. Performing loans are reviewed at least quarterly
based upon the premise that there are losses inherent within the loan portfolio
that have not been identified as of the review date. The Bank thus
calculates an allowance for loan losses related to its performing loans by
deriving an expected loan loss percentage and applying it to its performing
loans. In deriving the expected loan loss percentage, the Bank
generally considers, among others, the following criteria: the Bank's historical
loss experience; the age and payment history of the loans (commonly referred to
as their "seasoned quality"); the type of loan (
i.e.
, one- to four-family,
multifamily residential, commercial real estate, cooperative apartment,
construction and land acquisition or consumer); the underwriting history of the
loan (
i.e
., whether it
was underwritten by the Bank or a predecessor institution acquired by the Bank
and, therefore, originally subjected to different underwriting criteria); both
the current condition and recent history of the overall local real estate market
(in order to determine the accuracy of utilizing recent historical charge-off
data to derive the expected loan loss percentages); the level of, and trend in,
non-performing loans; the level and composition of new loan activity; and the
existence of geographic loan concentrations (as the overwhelming majority of the
Bank's loans are secured by real estate located in the NYC metropolitan area) or
specific industry conditions within the portfolio segments. Since
these criteria affect the expected loan loss percentages that are applied to
performing loans, changes in any of them may affect the amounts of the allowance
and the provision for loan losses.
Problem
Loans
OTS
regulations and Bank policy require that loans possessing certain weaknesses be
classified as Substandard, Doubtful or Loss assets. Assets that do
not expose the Bank to risk sufficient to justify classification in one of these
categories, however, which possess potential weaknesses that deserve
management's attention, are designated Special Mention. Loans
classified as Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful are reviewed individually
on a quarterly basis by the Bank's Loan Loss Reserve Committee to determine the
level of possible loss, if any, that should be provided for within the Bank's
allowance for loan losses.
The
Bank's policy is to charge-off immediately all balances classified as ''Loss''
and record a reduction of the allowance for loan losses for the full amount of
the outstanding loan balance. The Bank applied this process
consistently throughout the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Under the
guidance established by Amended SFAS 114, loans determined to be impaired are
evaluated at least quarterly in order to establish impairment. For
each loan that the Bank determines to be impaired, impairment is measured by the
amount that the carrying balance of the loan, including all accrued interest,
exceeds the estimated fair value of the collateral. A specific
reserve is established on all impaired loans to the extent of impairment and
comprises a portion of the allowance for loan losses. (See
"Item1 – Business – Asset Quality – Impaired Loans" for a discussion of impaired
loans.
Non-performing
one- to four-family loans of $625,500 or less are not required to be evaluated
for impairment, and are classified as Substandard, Doubtful or Loss, and
reviewed and reserved for in the manner discussed above for loans of such
classification.
See also
"Item 1 – Business – Asset Quality."
Reserve for Loan
Commitments.
The Bank maintains a separate reserve within
other liabilities associated with commitments to fund future loans that have
been accepted by the borrower. This reserve is determined based upon
the historical loss experience of similar loans owned by the Bank at each period
end. Any increases in this reserve amount are obtained via a transfer
of reserves from the Bank's allowance for loan losses, with any resulting
shortfall in the Bank's allowance for loan losses being satisfied through the
quarterly provision for loan losses. Any decreases in this reserve
amount are recognized as a transfer of reserve balances back to the allowance
for loans losses at each period end.
Reserve For the Recourse Exposure on
Multifamily Loans Sold to FNMA.
A reserve is also recorded
related to certain multifamily residential real estate loans sold with recourse
under an agreement with FNMA. This reserve, which is included in
other liabilities, is determined in a manner similar to the Company's allowance
for loan losses related to loans held in portfolio. See "Item 1 –
Business - Reserve Liability on the Recourse Exposure on Multifamily Loans
Serviced for FNMA" for a further discussion of this item.
Valuation of MSR.
The cost of
mortgage loans sold with servicing rights retained by the Bank is allocated
between the loans and the servicing rights based on their estimated fair values
at the time of the loan sale. In accordance with GAAP, MSR are carried at the
lower of cost or fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the
period of, anticipated net servicing income. The Company
adopted SFAS No. 156, "Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets" ("SFAS
156") effective January 1, 2007. SFAS 156 requires all separately
recognized MSR to be initially measured at fair value, if
practicable. The estimated fair value of MSR is determined by
calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows,
using estimated prepayment, default, servicing cost and discount rate
assumptions. All estimates and assumptions utilized in the valuation
of MSR are derived based upon actual historical results for the Bank, or, in the
absence of such data, from historical results for the Bank's peers.
The fair
value of MSR is sensitive to changes in assumptions. Fluctuations in
prepayment speed assumptions have the most significant impact on the estimated
fair value of MSR. In the event that loan prepayment activities
exceed the assumed amount (generally due to increased loan refinancing), the
fair value of MSR would likely decline. In the event that loan
prepayment activities fall below the assumed amount (generally due to a decline
in loan refinancing), the fair value of MSR would likely
increase. Any measurement of the value of MSR is limited by the
existing conditions and assumptions utilized at a particular point in time, and
would not necessarily be appropriate if applied at a different point in
time.
Assumptions
utilized in measuring the fair value of MSR for the purpose of evaluating
impairment additionally include the stratification based on predominant risk
characteristics of the underlying loans. Increases in the risk characteristics
of the underlying loans from the assumed amounts would result in a decline in
the fair value of the MSR. A valuation allowance is established in
the event the recorded value of an individual stratum exceeds its fair value for
the full amount of the difference.
Asset Impairment
Adjustments.
Certain assets are carried in the Company's
consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value or at the lower of
cost or fair value. Management periodically performs analyses to test
for impairment of these assets. Two significant impairment analyses
relate to the value of goodwill and other than temporary declines in the value
of the Company's securities. In the event that an impairment of
goodwill or an other than temporary decline in the value of the Company's
securities is determined to exist, it is recognized as a charge to
earnings.
Goodwill
. Goodwill
is accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets" ("SFAS 142"). SFAS 142 eliminates amortization of goodwill
and instead requires performance of an annual impairment test at the reporting
unit level. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had goodwill
totaling $55.6 million.
The
Company identified a single reporting unit for purposes of its goodwill
impairment testing, and thus performs its impairment test on a consolidated
basis. The impairment test has two potential stages. In
the initial stage, the Holding Company's market capitalization (reporting unit
fair value) is compared to its outstanding equity (reporting unit carrying
value). The Company utilizes closing price data for the Holding
Company's common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market in order to
compute market capitalization. The Company has designated the last day of its
fiscal year as the annual date for impairment testing. The Company performed its
annual impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and concluded that no potential
impairment of goodwill existed since the fair value of the Company's reporting
unit exceeded its carrying value. However, subsequent to December 31,
2008, the price of the Holding Company's common stock declined to such a level
that the Company's total market capitalization has, on occasion, fallen below
its consolidated stockholders' equity. As a result, no assurance can
be given that the Company will not recognize an impairment loss on goodwill
during the year ending December 31, 2009. In the event that an
impairment is recognized, it will not impact the Company's consolidated tangible
equity or capital ratios, nor will it impact any of the Bank's requisite capital
levels or ratios.
Valuation of Financial
Instruments.
Debt
securities are classified as held-to-maturity, and carried at amortized cost,
only if the Company has a positive intent and ability to hold them to
maturity.
At December 31, 2008, the Company owned
eight pooled trust preferred securities classified as
held-to-maturity. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the market
for these securities was deemed to be illiquid. Prior to December 31,
2008, the valuation of these securities was obtained utilizing market quotations
reflecting likely marketplace transaction prices. However, due to the
lack of an active market for these securities, management elected to determine
their fair value utilizing a cash flow valuation approach at December 31,
2008. Under the cash flow valuation methodology utilized, for five of
the eight securities, three independent cash flow model valuations were averaged
and given a 50% weighting. A
separate
cash flow valuation for each of five these securities performed utilizing
default, cash flow and discount rate assumptions determined by the Company's
management (the "Internal Cash Flow Valuation") was given a 50%
weighting. For the remaining three securities, only one independent
cash flow valuation was available and was given a 50% weighting along with the
Internal Cash Flow Valuation.
The major
assumptions utilized in the Internal Cash Flow Valuation were as
follows:
Discount
rate – The discount rate utilized was derived from the Bloomberg fair market
value curve for debt offerings of similar credit rating. In the event
that a security had a split investment rating, separate cash flow valuations
were made utilizing the appropriate discount rate and were averaged in order to
determine the Internal Cash Flow Valuation.
Defaults
- All underlying issuers having Fitch bank rating of 5.0 were assumed to
default. Underlying issuers with a Fitch bank rating of 3.5 through
4.5 were assumed to default at levels ranging from 5% to 75% based upon both
their rating as well as whether they had been granted approval to receive
funding under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
Cash
flows – The actual cash flows for the Company's investment tranche of each
security, adjusted to assume that all estimated defaults occurred on January 1,
2009, and an estimated recovery of 6% over the cash flow period (
i.e.,
the remaining life of
the security).
Two of
the three independent cash flow valuations were made utilizing a similar
methodology from the Internal Cash Flow Valuation, differing only in the
underlying assumptions deriving their estimated cash flows, individual bank
defaults and discount rate. The third independent cash flow valuation
was derived from a different methodology in which the actual cash flow estimate
based upon the underlying collateral of the securities (including default
estimates) was not considered. Instead, this cash flow valuation was
determined utilizing a discount rate determined from the Bloomberg fair market
value curve for similar assets that still continue to trade actively, with
adjustments made for the illiquidity of the pooled trust preferred
market.
(See
"Item 1 – Business – Investment Activities – Corporate Debt Obligations" for a
further discussion of these securities).
Debt
securities that are not classified as held-to-maturity, along with all equity
securities, are classified as available-for-sale. The Company owned
no securities classified as trading securities during the year ended December
31, 2008. Available-for-sale debt and equity securities that
have readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value. All
of the Company's available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2008 had readily
determinable fair values, which were based on published or securities dealers'
market values.
The
Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of its securities portfolio,
taking into account the severity and duration of each unrealized loss, as well
as management's intent and ability to hold the security until the unrealized
loss is substantially eliminated, in order to determine if a decline in market
value of any security below its carrying value is either temporary or other than
temporary. Unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities that are
deemed temporary are disclosed but not recognized. Unrealized losses
on debt or equity securities available-for-sale that are deemed temporary are
excluded from net income and reported net of deferred taxes as other
comprehensive income or loss. All unrealized losses that are deemed
other than temporary on either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity securities
are recognized immediately as a reduction of the carrying amount of the
security, with a charge recorded in the Company's consolidated statements of
operations. During the year ended December 31, 2008, unrealized
losses of $3.2 million were deemed other than temporary associated with two
held-to-maturity pooled trust preferred securities. (See "Item 1.
Business – Investment Activities – Corporate Debt Obligations"). No
other than temporary impairments were recognized in the Company's securities
portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2007. Total unrealized
holding losses on securities were $6.5 million at December 31, 2008, and
included $5.7 million of unamortized unrealized holding losses on securities
that were transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity on September
1, 2008. Unrealized holding gains totaled $733,000 at December 31,
2007. See "Item 1 – Business – Investment Activities" for further
discussion utilized in determining whether unrealized losses on securities were
deemed other-than temporary.
Recognition of Deferred Tax
Assets.
Management reviews all deferred tax assets
periodically. Upon such review, in the event that there is a greater
likelihood that the deferred tax asset will not be fully realized, a valuation
allowance is recognized against the deferred tax asset in the amount for which
realization is determined to be more unlikely than likely to occur.
Unrecognized Tax Positions –
The Company performs two levels of evaluation for all uncertain tax positions.
Initially, a determination is made as to whether it is more likely than not that
a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any
related appeals or litigation, based on the technical merits of the position. In
conducting this evaluation, management is required to presume that the position
will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority possessing full knowledge
of all relevant information. The second level of evaluation is the measurement
of a tax position that satisfies the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold. This measurement is performed in order to determine the
amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is
measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely
of being realized upon ultimate settlement. In making its evaluation,
management reviews applicable tax rulings and other advice provided by reputable
tax professionals.
Loan Income
Recognition
. Interest income on loans is recorded using the
level yield method. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan
origination costs are deferred and amortized as yield adjustments over the
contractual loan terms.
Accrual
of interest is generally discontinued on loans that have missed three
consecutive monthly payments, at which time the Bank does not recognize the
interest from the third month and evaluates whether the accrual of interest
associated with the first two missed payments should be
reversed. Payments on nonaccrual loans are generally applied to
principal. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest
when a loan is in the process of collection and the estimated fair value of the
collateral is sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal balance (including
any outstanding advances related to the loan) and accrued interest. Loans are
returned to accrual status once the doubt concerning collectibility has been
removed and the borrower has demonstrated performance in accordance with the
loan terms and conditions for a period of at least 6 months.
Accounting for Defined Benefit
Plans
– Defined benefit plans are accounted for in accordance with SFAS
No. 158, "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and
132(R)" ("SFAS 158"). SFAS 158 requires an employer sponsoring a
single employer defined benefit plan to recognize the funded status of a benefit
plan in its statements of financial condition, measured as the difference
between plan assets at fair value (with limited exceptions) and the benefit
obligation. The Company utilizes the services of trained actuaries
employed at an independent benefits plan administration entity in order to
assist in measuring the funded status of its defined benefit plans.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
The Board
of Directors of the Bank has approved a liquidity policy that it reviews and
updates at least annually. Senior management is responsible for implementing the
policy. The Bank's ALCO is responsible for general oversight and
strategic implementation of the policy, and management of the appropriate
departments are designated responsibility for implementing any strategies
established by ALCO. On a daily basis, senior management receives a
current cash position report and one-week forecast to ensure that all short-term
obligations are satisfied timely and that adequate liquidity exists to fund
future activities. On a monthly basis, reports detailing the Bank's
liquidity reserves and forecasted cash flows are presented to both senior
management and the Board of Directors. In addition on a monthly
basis, a twelve-month liquidity forecast is presented to ALCO in order to assess
potential future liquidity concerns. A summary of the financial plan,
including cash flow data for the upcoming 12 months, is presented to the Board
of Directors on an annual basis.
The
Bank's primary sources of funding for its lending and investment activities
include deposits, loan and MBS payments, investment security maturities,
advances from the FHLBNY, and REPOS entered into with various financial
institutions, including the FHLBNY. The Bank also sells selected
multifamily residential, mixed use and one- to four-family residential real
estate loans, to either FNMA or other private sector secondary market
purchasers. The Company may additionally issue debt under appropriate
circumstances. Although maturities and scheduled amortization of
loans and investments are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and
prepayments on mortgage loans and MBS are influenced by interest rates, economic
conditions and competition.
The Bank
gathers deposits in direct competition with commercial banks, savings banks and
brokerage firms, many among the largest in the nation. It must
additionally compete for deposit monies against the stock and bond markets,
especially during periods of strong performance in those arenas. The
Bank's deposit flows are affected primarily by the pricing and marketing of its
deposit products compared to its competitors, as well as the market performance
of depositor investment alternatives such as the U.S. bond or equity
markets. To the extent that the Bank is responsive to general market
increases or declines in interest rates, its deposit flows should not be
materially impacted, however, favorable performance of the equity or bond
markets could adversely impact the Bank’s deposit flows.
Retail
branch and Internet banking deposits increased $80.1 million during the year
ended December 31, 2008, compared to an increase of $171.5 million during the
year ended
December
31, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008, CDs increased
$76.1 million and interest bearing checking accounts increased $51.0
million. In September 2008, the Bank commenced a deposit gathering
campaign offering a highly competitive short-term CD, coupled with the
requirement that the customer establish and retain an active, minimum balance
"Prime Dime" checking account. While initially resulting in higher
deposit costs during the campaign period, the Bank’s long-term goal is to
establish a more cost effective and stable component of deposit funding and
build core retail customer relationships. The success of this campaign resulted
in the increases in CDs and interest bearing checking accounts during the year
ended December 31, 2008. Partially offsetting these increases was a
decline of $45.6 million in money market deposits, as the Bank did not
aggressively price these deposits for the great majority of 2008. During the
majority of the year ended December 31, 2007, management elected to seek deposit
growth as its primary source of funding, and thus the Company experienced an
increase of $12.4 million in CDs and $164.2 million in money market accounts in
2007, due primarily to successful promotional campaigns.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, principal repayments totaled $522.4 million on
real estate loans and $48.2 million on MBS. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, principal repayments totaled $324.4 million on real estate
loans and $33.3 million on MBS. The increase in principal repayments
on loans related to an increase in borrower refinance activities (as loans
originated in 2003 and 2004 approached their contractual interest rate reset
dates), coupled with growth in the portfolio during the year ended December 31,
2008. The increase in principal paydowns on MBS resulted from the
purchase of $183.8 million of MBS during the year ended December 31, 2008 that
increased their average balance by $124.8 million compared to the year ended
December 31, 2007. The Company does not presently believe that its
future levels of principal repayments will be materially impacted by problems
currently experienced in the residential mortgage market. See "Item 2 –
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations - Asset Quality" for a further discussion of the Bank's asset
quality.
From
December 2002 through December 31, 2008, the Bank originated and sold
multifamily residential mortgage and mixed use loans in the secondary market to
FNMA while retaining servicing and generating fee income while it services the
loans. The Bank underwrote these loans using its customary underwriting
standards, funded the loans, and sold them to FNMA at agreed upon
pricing. Typically, the Bank sought to sell loans with terms to
maturity or repricing in excess of seven years from the origination date since
it did not desire to retain such loans in portfolio as a result of the
heightened interest rate risk they possessed. Under the terms of the
sales program, the Bank retains a recourse exposure on these sold
loans. Once established, such amount continued to increase as long as
the Bank sold loans to FNMA under the program. The Bank retains this exposure
until the portfolio of loans sold to FNMA is satisfied in its entirety or the
Bank funds claims by FNMA for the maximum loss exposure. During the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank sold FNMA $27.5 million and
$71.4 million of loans, respectively, pursuant to this program. The
reduction in sales activity during the year ended December 31, 2008 reflected
less favorable offering rates by FNMA on new loans during the
period. The Bank's contract to sell multifamily loans to FNMA expired
on December 31, 2008.
In
addition, during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank sold
participation interests in multifamily loans totaling $114.6 million and $6.1
million, respectively, to a third party financial institution. All of
these loan participations remain fully serviced by the Bank, and were sold at
par and without recourse, with a gain recognized for the value of the net
servicing rights associated with the loans. These sales were made in
order to permit the Bank to achieve its desired volume of lending without
excessively leveraging capital.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company increased its REPO borrowings by
$74.9 million and FHLBNY advances by $313.2 million,
respectively. These borrowings were added in order to fund real
estate loan originations and purchases of MBS during the period, both of which
significantly exceeded their respective 2007 levels. These borrowings
enabled management to extend the average duration of the Company’s liabilities,
as the average cost of the new REPOS and FHLBNY advances was significantly lower
than the cost of raising new, or retaining existing, retail deposit funding of
similar durations. In addition, embedded within a portion of the
added REPOS and FHLBNY advances were interest rate caps that provide a
significant benefit to their average cost in the event of an increase in
short-term interest rates. During the year ended December 31, 2007,
the Company increased its REPO borrowings by $34.8 million and FHLBNY advances
by $135.0 million, respectively. The REPO borrowings were added in
order to fund real estate loan originations and ongoing Bank operations. The
majority of the additional FHLBNY advances were undertaken late in 2007 when
favorable pricing made that form of funding more desirable than promotional
deposits.
In the
event that the Bank should require funds beyond its ability to generate them
internally, an additional source of funds is available through use of its
borrowing line at the FHLBNY. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had an
additional potential borrowing capacity of $395.6 million available, provided it
owned the minimum required level of FHLBNY common stock. The Holding
Company additionally possessed a $15.0 million committed line of credit
agreement from a reputable financial institution. That agreement
expired on December 31, 2008, and management is currently reviewing its
replacement options. In addition, the Bank maintains an uncommitted
line of credit for up to $50.0 million with a reputable financial
institution.
The Bank
is subject to minimum regulatory capital requirements imposed by the OTS, which,
as a general matter, are based on the amount and composition of an institution's
assets. At December 31, 2008, the Bank was in compliance with all applicable
regulatory capital requirements and was considered "well-capitalized" for all
regulatory purposes.
The
Company generally utilizes its liquidity and capital resources primarily to fund
the origination of real estate loans, the purchase of mortgage-backed and other
securities, the repurchase of Holding Company common stock into treasury and the
payment of dividends on Holding Company common stock. During the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, real estate loan originations totaled
$1.09 billion and $574.5 million, respectively. Purchases of
investment securities (excluding short-term investments and federal funds sold)
and MBS totaled $189.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, compared
to $52.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The
increase in real estate loan originations resulted, in part, from increased
borrower refinance activity, as real estate loans originated during 2003 and
2004 approached their contractual interest rate repricing dates. The
increase in investment security and MBS purchases resulted from a decision to
add these assets in order to achieve additional net interest income from the
positive spread between the average yield on the securities and the average cost
of the REPOS and FHLBNY advances utilized to fund the
purchases. Purchases of investment securities and MBS were lower
during the year ended December 31, 2007 as the Company elected to retain excess
funds in federal funds sold and other short-term investments while short-term
rates equaled or exceeded medium and long-term rates.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, the Holding Company repurchased 51,000 shares
of its common stock into treasury. All shares repurchased were
recorded at the acquisition cost, which totaled $654,000 during the period.
Share repurchase levels were significantly lower during the year ended December
31, 2008 than the year ended December 31, 2007 as management elected to retain
additional capital while resuming loan growth during the year ended December 31,
2008. As of December 31, 2008, up to 1,124,549 shares remained
available for purchase under authorized share purchase
programs. Based upon the $13.30 per share closing price of its common
stock as of December 31, 2008, the Holding Company would utilize $15.0 million
in order to purchase all of the remaining authorized shares. For the
Holding Company to complete these share purchases, it would likely require
dividend distributions from the Bank.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company paid $18.3 million in cash
dividends on its common stock, compared to $19.0 million during the year ended
December 31, 2007. The reduction reflected a decline of 814,000 in
the average basic shares of common stock outstanding during the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, that resulted
primarily from 2.3 million shares of treasury stock repurchased during
2007.
Contractual
Obligations
The Bank has outstanding at any time, a
significant number of borrowings in the form of FHLBNY advances or REPOS, as
well as fixed interest obligations on CDs. The Holding Company also
has an outstanding $25.0 million non-callable subordinated note payable due to
mature in 2010, and $72.2 million of trust preferred borrowings due to mature in
April 2034, which are callable at any time after April 2009. The
Holding Company currently does not intend to call this debt.
The Bank is obligated under leases for
certain rental payments due on its branches and equipment. A summary
of CDs, borrowings and lease obligations at December 31, 2008 is as
follows:
|
Payments
Due By Period
|
Contractual
Obligations
|
Less
than One Year
|
One
Year to Three Years
|
Over
Three Years to Five Years
|
Over
Five Years
|
|
Total
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
CDs
|
$986,226
|
$122,435
|
$44,505
|
$-
|
|
$1,153,166
|
Weighted
average interest rate of CDs (1)
|
3.58%
|
3.65%
|
4.19%
|
-
|
|
3.61%
|
Borrowings
|
$230,000
|
$289,900
|
$379,775
|
$447,165
|
|
$1,346,840
|
Weighted
average interest rate of borrowings
|
4.03%
|
4.40%
|
3.72%
|
4.57%
|
|
4.20%
|
Operating
lease obligations
|
$2,062
|
$4,056
|
$3,706
|
$17,272
|
|
$27,096
|
Minimum
data processing system obligation
|
$752
|
$1,004
|
-
|
-
|
|
$1,756
|
(1) The
weighted average cost of CDs, inclusive of their contractual compounding of
interest, was 3.69% at December 31, 2008.
The Company had a reserve recorded
related to unrecognized income tax benefits totaling $1.2 million at December
31, 2008. Due to the uncertainty of the amounts to be
ultimately paid as well as the timing of such payments, all liabilities pursuant
to FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes" that
were not paid by December 31, 2008 have been excluded from the tabular
disclosure of contractual obligations.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
The Bank implemented a program in
December 2002 to originate and sell multifamily residential mortgage loans in
the secondary market to FNMA while retaining servicing. The Bank is
required to retain a recourse obligation on all loans sold under this program,
which will remain in effect until either the entire portfolio of loans sold to
FNMA is satisfied or the Bank funds claims by FNMA for the full balance of the
recourse obligation.
In addition, as part of its loan
origination business, the Bank generally has outstanding commitments to extend
credit to third parties, which are subject to strict credit control
assessments. Since many of these loan commitments expire prior to
funding, in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not estimates of future
cash flows. The following table presents off-balance sheet
arrangements as of December 31, 2008:
|
Less
than
One
Year
|
One
Year to
Three
Years
|
Over
Three Years
to
Five Years
|
Over
Five Years
|
|
Total
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Credit
Commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
lines of credit
|
$55,097
|
$-
|
$-
|
$-
|
|
$55,097
|
Other
loan commitments
|
49,928
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
49,928
|
Recourse
obligation on loans sold to FNMA
|
21,865
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
21,865
|
Total
Credit Commitments
|
$126,890
|
$-
|
$-
|
$-
|
|
$126,890
|
Analysis
of Net Interest Income
The
Company's profitability, like that of most banking institutions, is dependent
primarily upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest
income on interest-earnings assets, such as loans and securities, and interest
expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits or
borrowings. Net interest income depends on the relative amounts of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the interest rate
earned or paid on them. The following tables set forth certain
information relating to the Company's consolidated statements of operations for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and reflect the average yield
on interest-earning assets and average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for
the periods indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing interest
income or expense by the average balance of interest-earning assets or
interest-bearing liabilities, respectively, for the periods indicated. Average
balances are derived from daily balances. The yields and costs include fees that
are considered adjustments to yields. All material changes in average
balances and interest income or expense are discussed in the sections entitled
"Interest Income" and "Interest Expense" in the comparison of operating results
commencing on page F-54.
|
For the Year Ended December
31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Average
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Balance
|
Interest
|
Cost
|
|
Balance
|
Interest
|
Cost
|
|
Balance
|
Interest
|
Cost
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-earning
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real
estate loans (1)
|
$3,088,242
|
$182,934
|
5.92%
|
|
$2,775,397
|
$165,221
|
5.95%
|
|
$2,649,623
|
$155,510
|
5.87%
|
Other
loans
|
1,790
|
166
|
9.27
|
|
1,823
|
178
|
9.77
|
|
1,978
|
190
|
9.61
|
Investment
securities
|
32,230
|
1,950
|
6.05
|
|
26,683
|
2,011
|
7.54
|
|
32,609
|
2,276
|
6.98
|
MBS
|
280,307
|
12,685
|
4.53
|
|
155,462
|
6,344
|
4.08
|
|
177,490
|
6,850
|
3.86
|
Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments
|
110,202
|
4,919
|
4.46
|
|
146,094
|
8,406
|
5.75
|
|
116,447
|
5,984
|
5.14
|
Total
interest-earning assets
|
3,512,771
|
$202,654
|
5.77
|
|
3,105,459
|
$182,160
|
5.87
|
|
2,978,147
|
170,810
|
5.74%
|
Non-interest
earning assets
|
197,153
|
|
|
|
157,559
|
|
|
|
148,493
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
$3,709,924
|
|
|
|
$3,263,018
|
|
|
|
$3,126,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
and Stockholders' Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
bearing checking accounts
|
$91,988
|
$2,200
|
2.39%
|
|
$44,406
|
$833
|
1.88%
|
|
$35,475
|
$361
|
1.02%
|
Money
Market accounts
|
655,853
|
18,551
|
2.83
|
|
630,375
|
24,238
|
3.85
|
|
463,885
|
12,038
|
2.60
|
Savings
accounts
|
273,720
|
1,535
|
0.56
|
|
287,420
|
1,631
|
0.57
|
|
317,572
|
1,866
|
0.59
|
CDs
|
1,017,951
|
37,692
|
3.70
|
|
1,072,678
|
49,059
|
4.57
|
|
1,019,562
|
42,394
|
4.16
|
Borrowed
Funds
|
1,202,581
|
51,324
|
4.27
|
|
750,822
|
35,386
|
4.71
|
|
797,318
|
36,681
|
4.60
|
Total
interest-bearing liabilities
|
3,242,093
|
$111,302
|
3.43
|
|
2,785,701
|
$111,147
|
3.99
|
|
2,633,812
|
93,340
|
3.54%
|
Non-interest
bearing checking accounts
|
91,699
|
|
|
|
93,470
|
|
|
|
95,067
|
|
|
Other
non-interest-bearing liabilities
|
103,833
|
|
|
|
107,260
|
|
|
|
104,562
|
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
3,437,625
|
|
|
|
2,986,431
|
|
|
|
2,833,441
|
|
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
272,299
|
|
|
|
276,587
|
|
|
|
293,199
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and stockholders' equity
|
$3,709,924
|
|
|
|
$3,263,018
|
|
|
|
$3,126,640
|
|
|
Net
interest spread (2)
|
|
|
2.34%
|
|
|
|
1.88%
|
|
|
|
2.19%
|
Net
interest income/ interest margin (3)
|
|
$91,352
|
2.60%
|
|
|
$71,013
|
2.29%
|
|
|
$77,470
|
2.60%
|
Net
interest-earning assets
|
$270,678
|
|
|
|
$319,758
|
|
|
|
$344,335
|
|
|
Ratio
of interest-earning assets
to
interest-bearing liabilities
|
|
108.35%
|
|
|
|
111.48%
|
|
|
|
113.07%
|
(1) In
computing the average balance of real estate loans, non-performing loans have
been included. Interest income on real estate loans includes loan
fees as defined under SFAS 91, "Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs
Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of
Leases—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 13, 60, and 65 and a rescission of
FASB Statement No. 17." Interest income on real estate loans also
includes applicable prepayment fees and late charges under
SFAS 91.
(2) Net
interest spread represents the difference between the average yield on
interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing
liabilities.
(3) The
interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average
interest-earning assets.
Rate/Volume
Analysis
. The following table represents the extent to which
variations in interest rates and the volume of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities have affected interest income and interest expense
during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with
respect to: (i) variances attributable to fluctuations in volume (change in
volume multiplied by prior rate), (ii) variances attributable to rate (changes
in rate multiplied by prior volume), and (iii) the net change. Variances
attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated
proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to
rate.
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2008
Compared
to
Year
Ended December 31, 2007
Increase/
(Decrease) Due to
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2007
Compared
to
Year
Ended December 31, 2006
Increase/
(Decrease) Due to
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2006
Compared
to
Year
Ended December 31, 2005
Increase/
(Decrease) Due to
|
|
Volume
|
Rate
|
Total
|
|
Volume
|
Rate
|
Total
|
|
Volume
|
Rate
|
Total
|
Interest-earning
assets:
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Real
Estate Loans
|
$16,152
|
$1,561
|
$17,713
|
|
$6,828
|
$2,883
|
$9,711
|
|
$6,818
|
$250
|
$7,068
|
Other
loans
|
(4)
|
(8)
|
(12)
|
|
(12)
|
-
|
(12)
|
|
(37)
|
13
|
(24)
|
Investment
securities
|
276
|
(337)
|
(61)
|
|
(357)
|
92
|
(265)
|
|
(1,927)
|
1,601
|
(326)
|
MBS
|
4,818
|
1,523
|
6,341
|
|
(719)
|
213
|
(506)
|
|
(5,475)
|
626
|
(4,849)
|
Federal
funds sold and
other
short-term investments
|
(1,811)
|
(1,676)
|
(3,487)
|
|
1,516
|
906
|
2,422
|
|
(3,487)
|
2,716
|
(771)
|
Total
|
$19,431
|
$1,063
|
$20,494
|
|
$7,256
|
$4,094
|
$11,350
|
|
$(4,108)
|
$5,206
|
$1,098
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
bearing checking accounts
|
$933
|
$434
|
$1,367
|
|
$156
|
$316
|
$472
|
|
$(54)
|
$7
|
($47)
|
Money
market accounts
|
($73)
|
($5,614)
|
($5,687)
|
|
5,547
|
6,653
|
12,200
|
|
(3,107)
|
5,372
|
2,265
|
Savings
accounts
|
(66)
|
(30)
|
(96)
|
|
(160)
|
(75)
|
(235)
|
|
(204)
|
127
|
(77)
|
CDs
|
(3,129)
|
(8,238)
|
(11,367)
|
|
2,595
|
4,070
|
6,665
|
|
1,342
|
12,118
|
13,460
|
Borrowed
funds
|
17,168
|
(1,230)
|
15,938
|
|
(1,776)
|
481
|
(1,295)
|
|
(481)
|
879
|
398
|
Total
|
$14,833
|
($14,678)
|
$155
|
|
6,362
|
11,445
|
17,807
|
|
(2,504)
|
18,503
|
15,999
|
Net
change in net interest income
|
$4,598
|
$15,741
|
$20,339
|
|
$894
|
$(7,351)
|
$(6,457)
|
|
$(1,604)
|
$(13,297)
|
$(14,901)
|
Comparison
of Financial Condition at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007
Assets.
Assets
totaled $4.06 billion at December 31, 2008, an increase of $554.4 million from
total assets of $3.50 billion at December 31, 2007.
Real
estate loans increased $415.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008,
due primarily to originations of $1.09 billion during the period (as marketplace
competition diminished and new origination rates remained favorable for the Bank
to pursue a higher lending volume compared to 2007), that were partially offset
by amortization of $522.4 million and sales of $151.0 million.
MBS
available-for-sale increased $138.6 million during the year ended December 31,
2008, as purchases of $183.8 million and an increase in their fair value of $3.4
million were partially offset by principal repayments of $48.2 million during
the period.
Cash and
due from banks increased $109.3 million during the year ended December 31,
2008. The reduction in yields offered on federal funds investments
coupled with deposit inflows late in 2008 resulted in an unusually high level of
cash balances at December 31, 2008. These balances are expected to be
deployed in some capacity during 2009.
Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments declined $128.0 million, as the
reduction in yield offered on these short-term investments made them
undesirable.
The
Company acquired an additional $14.4 million of FHLBNY common stock during the
year ended December 31, 2008 in order to satisfy the requisite ownership levels
necessary to obtain additional FHLBNY advances during the
period. (See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital
Resources" for a discussion of requisite ownership of FHLBNY common
stock).
Liabilities.
Total
liabilities grew $546.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008,
reflecting increases of $74.9 million in REPOS, $313.2 million in FHLBNY
advances, $80.1 million in retail branch and Internet banking deposits, and
$77.9 million in escrow and other deposits during the period. The
increase in escrow and other deposits resulted from the significant increase in
real estate loans, on which the Bank maintains escrow and other related
deposits, during the year ended December 31, 2008. (See "Item
7. Management's
Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and
Capital Resources" for a discussion of increases in REPOS, FHLBNY advances and
retail branch and Internet banking deposits during the period).
Stockholders'
Equity.
Stockholders' equity increased $8.1 million during the
year ended December 31, 2008, due primarily to net income of $28.0 million,
amortization of stock benefit plans of $2.9 million, and $2.5 million of
proceeds received in consideration for shares issued in connection with the
exercise of stock options, all of which were partially offset by dividend
payments of $18.3 million, treasury stock repurchases of $654,000, and an
increase of $6.8 million in the accumulated other comprehensive loss component
of stockholders' equity. The increase in accumulated other
comprehensive loss related to both an increase in the unfunded status of the
Bank's defined benefit plans during the year ended December 31, 2008, as well as
an unrealized loss on trust preferred securities that were classified as
available-for-sale prior to being transferred to held-to-maturity during the
period.
Comparison
of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
Assets.
Assets
totaled $3.50 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of $327.8 million from
total assets of $3.17 billion at December 31, 2006.
Real
estate loans increased $173.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2007,
due primarily to originations of $574.5 million during the period (as interest
rates offered on new loans continued to stimulate origination activity), that
were partially offset by amortization of $324.4 million and sales to third
parties of $77.6 million.
Cash and
due from banks and federal funds sold and other short-term investments increased
by $75.4 million and $49.3 million, respectively, during the year ended December
31, 2007, as the Company added FHLBNY advances late in the year ended December
31, 2007, and held the funds in cash and due from banks and federal funds sold
and other short-term investments at year-end. In future periods,
these funds are anticipated to be invested in higher-yielding investment
securities, MBS and real estate loans to the extent permissible under the Bank's
regulations.
Liabilities.
During
the year ended December 31, 2007, total liabilities increased $349.6 million,
reflecting increases of $171.5 million in deposits, $34.8 million in REPOS and
$135.0 million in FHLBNY advances during the period. (See "Item 7. –
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of the deposit,
FHLBNY advances and REPO increases during the period).
Stockholders'
Equity.
Stockholders' equity decreased $21.8 million during
the year ended December 31, 2007, due to treasury stock repurchases of $29.6
million, cash dividends on the Holding Company's common stock of $19.0 million
and a reduction to equity of $1.7 million related to an additional reserve
recorded by the Company upon adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes."
Partially
offsetting these items were increases to equity during the period resulting from
the following: (i) net income of $22.4 million; (ii) $2.0 million related to
amortization of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc. and Certain Affiliates (the "ESOP") and restricted stock awards issued
under other stock benefit plans; and (iii) $958,000 of cash dividends re-assumed
through the liquidation of the Recognition and Retention Plan for Outside
Directors, Officers and Employees of Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc. The ESOP and restricted stock awards are initially recorded as
reductions in stockholders' equity ("Contra Equity Balances"). As
compensation expense is recognized on the ESOP and restricted stock awards, the
Contra Equity Balances are reduced in a corresponding amount, resulting in an
increase to their respective equity balances. This increase to equity
offsets the decline in the Company's retained earnings related to the periodic
recorded ESOP and restricted stock award expenses.
Comparison
of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
General.
Net
income was $28.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of
$5.6 million from net income of $22.4 million during the year ended December 31,
2007. During the comparative period, net interest income increased
$20.3 million, the provision for loan losses increased $1.8 million,
non-interest income declined $7.6 million and non-interest expense increased
$4.5 million, resulting in an increase in pre-tax net income of $6.5
million. Income tax expense increased $911,000 during the comparative
period due to the increased pre-tax earnings.
Net Interest
Income.
The discussion of net interest income for the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 presented below should be read in conjunction
with the tables on pages F-52 and F-53, which set forth certain information
related to the condensed consolidated statements of operations for those
periods, and which also present the average yield on assets and average cost of
liabilities for the periods indicated. The yields and costs were
derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of their related
assets or liabilities during the periods represented. Average balances were
derived from average daily balances. The yields include fees that are considered
adjustments to yields.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, FOMC monetary policies resulted in a 425 basis
point reduction of the overnight federal funds rate from 4.25% to near zero
percent. This reduction significantly exceeded the decline in medium-
and long-term interest rates offered throughout the financial markets, thus
creating a steeper market interest rate yield curve during the
period. This trend favorably impacted the Company's net interest
income and net interest margin during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared
to the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net
interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased $20.3 million to
$91.4 million, from $71.1 million during the year ended December 31,
2007. The increase was attributable to an increase of $20.5 million
in interest income that was partially offset by an increase of $155,000 in
interest expense. The net interest spread increased 46 basis points,
from 1.88% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 2.34% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, and the net interest margin increased 31 basis points, from
2.29% to 2.60% during the same period.
The
increases in both net interest spread and net interest margin reflected a
decrease of 56 basis points in the average cost of interest bearing
liabilities. This decrease resulted primarily from declines in the
average cost of money market deposits and CDs of 102 basis points and 87 basis
points, respectively, during the comparative period, reflecting the
aforementioned reduction in short-term interest rates during 2008.
Interest
Income.
Interest income was $202.7 million during the year
ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $20.5 million, from $182.2 million,
during the year ended December 31, 2007. This resulted primarily from
increases in interest income of $17.7 million and $6.3 million on real estate
loans and MBS, respectively, that were partially offset by a decline of $3.5
million in interest income on federal funds sold and other short-term
investments.
The
increase in interest income on real estate loans resulted from growth in their
average balance of $312.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008
compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, reflecting originations of $1.09
billion during 2008, which were partially offset by principal repayments of
$522.4 million and loan sales of $151.0 million during the same
period.
The
increase in interest income on MBS resulted from an increase of $124.8 million
in their average balance coupled with an increase of 45 basis points in their
average yield during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2007. The increase in average balance resulted from
$183.8 million of MBS purchases during the period October 2007 through September
2008, that were partially offset by $48.2 million in principal repayments during
the same period. The increase in average yield on MBS reflected the
steeper yield curve during the year ended December 31, 2008, as increases in
yields on these securities that resulted from tightening of monetary policy by
the FOMC during 2006 and 2007 were not adversely impacted by the reduction in
short-term interest rates that resulted from FOMC monetary policy during
2008.
The
decrease in interest income on federal funds sold and other short-term
investments resulted from a decline of $35.9 million in their average balance
(as these liquid investments were utilized to fund real estate loans and MBS
purchases during the year ended December 31, 2008), along with a reduction of
129 basis points in their average yield (reflecting lower federal funds and
benchmark short-term interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2008 as a
result of FOMC monetary policy actions).
Interest
Expense.
Interest expense increased $155,000, to $111.3
million, during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $111.1 million during the
year ended December 31, 2007. The additional expense resulted
primarily from increased interest expense of $15.9 million on borrowed funds and
$1.4 million on interest bearing checking accounts, that was largely offset by
declines in interest expense of $5.7 million and $11.4 million on CDs and money
market accounts, respectively.
The
increase in interest expense on borrowed funds resulted from $451.8 million of
growth in their average balance during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared
to the year ended December 31, 2007, as the Company added $668.0 million of
REPOS and FHLBNY advances during the period October 1, 2007 through December 31,
2008 in order to fund operational requirements and help maintain pricing
discipline on deposits.
The
increase of $1.4 million in interest expense on interest bearing checking
accounts resulted from an increase of $47.6 million in their average balance,
coupled with an
increase
of 51 basis points in their average cost during the period, both of which
reflected growth in Prime Dime interest bearing checking accounts that began in
the second half of 2007 and continued during the year ended December 31, 2008,
as these accounts have traditionally carried a higher cost than other interest
bearing checking accounts.
The
decline in interest expense on CDs resulted from decreases of both $54.7 million
in their average balance and 87 basis points in their average cost during the
year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31,
2007. The decline in average cost reflected lower offering rates
during the year ended December 31, 2008, as short-term market interest rates,
which influence the pricing of CDs, declined by 425 basis points during the year
ended December 31, 2008. The decline in average balance of CDs
reflected deposit pricing strategies implemented by the Bank during the majority
of the year ended December 31, 2008 which de-emphasized the use of CDs as a
funding source.
The
decrease in interest expense on money market accounts was due to a decline of
102 basis points in their average rate, as the Bank lowered offering rates on
money market accounts from March through September 2008 in response to the
reduction in benchmark short-term interest rates during 2008. The
decrease in average rate was partially offset by a $25.5 million increase in the
average balance of money markets during the year ended December 31, 2008
compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, that was attributable to a
combination of two factors. The balance of money markets increased
during 2007 through successful promotional activities. In addition,
the Bank's offering rates on money market accounts lagged the decline in
short-term interest rates in the financial markets during most of the first six
months of 2008. As a result, the Bank retained a large portion of its
money market balances during this period, contributing to their increased
average balance during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year
ended December 31, 2007.
Provision for Loan
Losses.
The provision for loan losses was $2.0 million during
the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $1.8 million over the provision
of $240,000 recorded during the year ended December 31, 2007. The
increase in the provision for loan losses during the year ended December 31,
2008 primarily reflected the following items: 1) the significant growth in the
Bank's loan portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2008; and 2) the
increase in non-accrual and other problem loans from December 31, 2007 to
December 31, 2008, along with deteriorating conditions in the Bank's local real
estate marketplace that resulted in a higher level of estimated loan loss
reserves on these non-accrual and other problem loans.
Non-Interest Income.
Non-interest income
decreased $7.6 million, from $10.4 million during the year ended December 31,
2007 to $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The
decline resulted primarily from a reduction in net mortgage banking income of
$3.7 million attributable to provisions to net mortgage banking income of $3.9
million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008 for an increase to
the reserve liability for losses on loans sold to FNMA with
recourse. (See "Item 1 – Business - Reserve Liability on the Recourse
Exposure on Multifamily Loans Serviced for FNMA" for a further discussion of the
provisions to the book reserve for losses on loans sold with partial
recourse).
In
addition, during the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized an
other-than temporary impairment charge of $3.2 million related to two pooled
trust preferred securities, and a loss of $129,000 on the sale of two OREO
properties. There were no other-than temporary impairment charges
recognized on securities or sales of either securities or OREO during the year
ended December 31, 2007.
The
remainder of the decline in non-interest income resulted primarily from a
non-recurring $546,000 BOLI settlement the Bank received during the year ended
December 31, 2007.
Non-Interest
Expense.
Non-interest expense was $50.0 million during the
year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $4.5 million from $45.5 million
during the year ended December 31, 2007.
Salaries
and employee benefits increased $2.3 million during the comparative period as a
result of regular increases to existing employee compensation levels, along with
management and staff positions required for two retail branch openings in 2008
and other general staff increases during the period. Stock benefit
plan amortization expense increased $906,000, reflecting equity awards granted
to officers in July 2008 along with higher ESOP expense resulting from an
increase in the Holding Company's common stock price during the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.
Occupancy
and equipment expense increased by $536,000 during the comparative period, due
primarily to the opening of the Borough Park branch in March 2008 and the
Brooklyn Heights branch in December 2008 (for which the Bank paid rental expense
commencing in January 2008), along with a substantial increase in the monthly
rental cost of the Bank's Bronx branch commencing in late
2007. Federal deposit insurance costs increased $641,000 as a result
of an insurance fund re-capitalization plan implemented by the FDIC in late
2006.
Other
non-interest expenses (including advertising expenses) increased $223,000,
primarily as a result of additional professional fees related to various
consultation matters.
Non-interest
expense was 1.35% of average assets during the year ended December 31, 2008,
compared to 1.39% during the year ended December 31, 2007. This ratio
declined despite the increase in non-interest expense during the comparative
period due to growth of $446.9 million in average assets.
Income Tax
Expense.
Income tax expense increased $911,000 during the year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, due to an
increase of $6.5 million in pre-tax income during the
period. Partially offsetting this increase were non-recurring
reductions to income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2008 of
$662,000 from the reduction in the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits,
and $275,000 from adjustments related to completion of the June 2007
and December 2007 tax returns. These non-recurring items reduced the
actual effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 to
33.5%.
Comparison
of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
General.
Net
income was $22.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2007, a decrease of
$8.1 million from net income of $30.6 million during the year ended December 31,
2006. During the comparative period, net interest income declined
$6.5 million, non-interest income decreased $2.0 million due primarily to a
change in the net gains or losses on the disposal of assets, and non-interest
expense increased $3.5 million, resulting in a reduction in pre-tax net income
of $12.0 million. Income tax expense decreased $3.8 million during
the comparative period, primarily as a result of the decrease in pre-tax net
income.
Net Interest
Income.
The discussion of net interest income for the years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 presented below should be read in conjunction
with the tables on pages F-52 and F-53, which set forth certain information
related to the condensed consolidated statements of operations for those
periods, and which also present the average yield on assets and average cost of
liabilities for the periods indicated. The yields and costs were
derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of their related
assets or liabilities during the periods represented. Average balances were
derived from average daily balances. The yields include fees that are considered
adjustments to yields.
Net
interest income for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased $6.5 million to
$71.0 million, from $77.5 million during the year ended December 31,
2006. The decrease was attributable to an increase of $17.8 million
in interest expense that was partially offset by an increase of $11.4 million in
interest income. The net interest spread decreased 31 basis points,
from 2.19% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to 1.88% for the year ended
December 31, 2007, and the net interest margin decreased 31 basis points, from
2.60% to 2.29% during the same period.
The
increase in funding costs resulting from the tightening of monetary policy by
the FOMC during the first six months of 2006 that remained in effect for the
majority of 2007, in combination with various market factors suppressing
increases in both general long-term interest rates and interest rates offered on
real estate loans within the Bank's lending market, resulted in a narrowing
spread between short and long-term interest rates during the great majority of
the year ended December 31, 2007, which negatively impacted net interest income
during the year ended December 31, 2007. While these conditions
improved late in 2007, the benefit occurred too late in the year to provide any
significant favorable impact during the year ended December 31,
2007.
The
decreases in both the net interest spread and net interest margin reflected an
increase of 45 basis points in the average cost of interest bearing
liabilities. The increase resulted primarily from increases in the
average cost of money market deposits and CDs of 125 basis points and 41 basis
points, respectively, during the comparative period, reflecting increases in
short-term interest rates during the first six months of 2006 that remained in
effect throughout the great majority of 2007. (See "Interest Expense"
below).
Interest
Income.
Interest income was $182.2 million during the year
ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $11.4 million from $170.8 million during
the year ended December 31, 2006. This resulted primarily from
increases of $9.7 million and $2.4 million in interest income on real estate
loans and other short-term investments, respectively, that were partially offset
by decreases in interest income on MBS and investment securities of $506,000 and
$266,000, respectively, during the period.
The
increase in interest income on real estate loans resulted, in part, from growth
in their average balance of $125.8 million during the year ended December 31,
2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase
reflected originations of $574.5 million in 2007, which were partially offset by
principal repayments of $324.4 million and loan sales of $77.6
million
during the period. The increase in interest income on real
estate loans additionally resulted from an increase in the average yield from
5.87% during the year ended December 31, 2006 to 5.95% during the year ended
December 31, 2007, that was attributable to higher medium- and long-term
interest rates throughout much of the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to
the year ended December 31, 2006.
The
increase in interest income on other short-term investments resulted from growth
in their average balance of $29.6 million during the year ended December 31,
2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 coupled with an increase of 61
basis points in their average yield during the same period. The
increase in average balance reflected cash flows from deposit growth during 2007
that were retained in short-term securities and federal funds sold, since the
flattened yield curve provided benefits to retaining the funds in short-term
investments. The increase in average yield reflected increases in
short-term interest rates throughout 2006 that remained in effect throughout the
great majority of 2007. The actions of the FOMC during the last few
months of 2007 resulting in lower short-term interest rates had only a minor
effect upon short-term investment yields during the year ended December 31, 2007
since they occurred so late in the period.
The
decline in interest income on MBS during the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 resulted from a decreased average
balance of $22.0 million (resulting from $33.3 million and $39.4 million in
principal repayments during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively, that were partially offset by purchases of $38.0 million during
2007), that was partially offset by an increase of 22 basis points in average
yield during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2006 (resulting from increases in short and medium-term interest
rates throughout 2006 which remained in effect throughout the great majority of
2007). The decline in interest income on investment securities
reflected a decrease in their average balance of $5.9 million during the year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, as cash
flows from maturing investment securities were utilized to fund real estate loan
originations or Bank operations.
Interest
Expense.
Interest expense increased $17.8 million, to $111.1
million, during the year ended December 31, 2007, from $93.3 million during the
year ended December 31, 2006. The growth resulted primarily from
increased interest expense of $12.2 million related to money markets and $6.7
million related to CDs, that was partially offset by a decline of $1.3 million
in interest expense on borrowings.
The
increase in interest expense on money markets was due to increases of 125 basis
points in their average cost and $166.5 million in their average balance during
the comparative period. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the
Bank increased the rates offered on both promotional and non-promotional money
market accounts, which led to the increase in average cost during the
period. In addition, the Bank grew its balance of money markets
during 2007 through successful promotional activities.
The
increase in interest expense on CDs resulted, in part, from an increase in their
average cost of 41 basis points during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared
to the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in average cost
resulted from increases in short-term interest rates throughout 2006 that
remained in effect throughout the great majority of 2007, as a significant
majority of the Bank's CDs re-priced during 2007. In addition, the
average balance of CDs increased $53.1 million during the comparative period,
reflecting successful gathering of new CDs from promotional activities during
2007. (See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital
Resources").
The
decrease in interest expense on borrowed funds during the year ended December
31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 was due to a decline of
$46.5 million in average balance during the period as the Company elected not to
replace maturing borrowings throughout much of 2007 while deposit balances were
increasing. The average cost of borrowed funds increased 11 basis
points during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2006, due primarily to a reduction of $807,000 in borrowing expense
recorded during 2006 related to borrowing restructurings. (See
"Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of
the change in borrowing balances during the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006).
Provision for Loan
Losses.
The provision for loan losses was $240,000 during the
years ended both December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, as the Bank provided
for additional inherent losses in the portfolio.
Non-Interest
Income.
Non-interest income, excluding gains or losses on the
sale of assets, increased $337,000 from $9.3 million during the year ended
December 31, 2006 to $9.7 million during the year ended December 31,
2007. This increase resulted primarily from a $546,000 BOLI benefit
payment received by the Bank during 2007.
Net gains
on the sale of loans and other assets (which were recorded as non-interest
income) declined from $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 to
$750,000 during
the year
ended December 31, 2007. The Company sold loans to FNMA totaling
$71.6 million and $145.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively. The gains recorded on these sales were $750,000
and $1.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company
additionally recorded non-recurring pre-tax gains of $478,000 on the sale of a
property obtained in its 1999 acquisition of Financial Bancorp, Inc. and $1.1
million on the sale of mutual fund investments associated with its Benefit
Maintenance Plan.
Non-Interest
Expense.
Non-interest expense was $45.5 million during the
year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $3.5 million from the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Salaries
and employee benefits increased $1.3 million during the comparative period as a
result of regular increases to existing employee compensation
levels. Stock benefit plan amortization expense increased $671,000 as
a result of stock option awards granted on May 1, 2007 to outside directors and
certain officers of the Company.
Occupancy
and equipment expense increased $669,000 during the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to the comparable period of 2006 due to general increases in rental
costs and real estate taxes, the expansion of administrative office space during
2007, and a $239,000 charge related to the early termination of
leased equipment .
Data
processing expense increased $37,000 during the comparative period as a result
of increased loan and deposit account activity during the year ended December
31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Other expenses
increased $835,000 due primarily to increased advertising costs of $452,000
resulting from increased promotional activities and an aggregate increase of
$499,000 in accounting and legal fees related primarily to a change in tax
year-end along with added legal costs associated with new proxy compensation
disclosures implemented in 2007.
Non-interest
expense to average assets was 1.39% for the year ended December 31 2007,
compared to 1.34% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase
reflected the growth in non-interest expense during the comparative
period.
Income Tax
Expense.
Income tax expense decreased $3.8 million during the
year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, due
primarily to a decline of $12.0 million in pre-tax net income during the
period. The effective tax rate increased from 35.8% during the year
ended December 31, 2006 to 37.1% during the year ended December 31, 2007 due
primarily to the dissolution of a subsidiary in 2007.
Comparison
of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
General.
Net income was $30.6
million during the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $5.6 million from
net income of $36.2 million during the year ended December 31,
2005. Net interest income decreased $14.9 million, non-interest
income increased $7.2 million and non-interest expense increased $1.2 million,
resulting in a decline in pre-tax net income of $8.8 million. Income
tax expense decreased $3.2 million as a result of the decline in pre-tax net
income.
Net Interest
Income.
The discussion of net interest income for the years
ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 presented below should be read in conjunction
with the tables on pages F-52 and F-53 , which set forth certain information
related to the condensed consolidated statements of operations for those
periods, and which also present the average yield on assets and average cost of
liabilities for the periods indicated. The yields and costs were
derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of their related
assets or liabilities during the periods represented. Average balances were
derived from average daily balances. The yields include fees that are considered
adjustments to yields.
Net interest income for the year ended
December 31, 2006 decreased $14.9 million to $77.5 million, from $92.4 million
during the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was
attributable to an increase of $16.0 million in interest expense that was
slightly offset by an increase of $1.1 million in interest
income. The net interest spread decreased 47 basis points, from 2.66%
for the year ended December 31, 2005 to 2.19% for the year ended December 31,
2006, and the net interest margin decreased 36 basis points, from 2.96% to 2.60%
during the same period.
The tightening of monetary policy by
the FOMC from the second half of 2004 through June 30, 2006, in combination with
various market factors suppressing increases in both general long-term interest
rates and interest rates offered on real estate loans within the Bank's lending
market, resulted in a narrowing spread between short and long-term interest
rates, which negatively impacted net interest income during the year ended
December 31, 2006.
The decrease in both the net interest
spread and net interest margin reflected an increase of 77 basis points in the
average cost of interest bearing liabilities. The increase resulted
primarily
from the following: (i) borrowings, which generally possess a higher average
cost than deposits, became a larger percentage of the Bank's total interest
bearing liabilities as a result of runoff in average deposit balances during
2006, and (ii) the average cost of money market deposits and CDs increased by
100 basis points and 121 basis points, respectively, during the comparative
period, reflecting increases in short-term interest rates during
2006. (See "Interest Expense" below).
Partially offsetting the increase in
the average cost of interest bearing liabilities was an increase of 31 basis
points in the average yield on interest earning assets during the year ended
December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. This
increase resulted primarily from an increase in the average balance of real
estate loans (the Bank's highest yielding interest earning asset) as a
percentage of total interest earning assets, which was coupled with an increase
in the average yields on real estate loans and MBS of 1 basis point and 25 basis
points, respectively, during the comparative period. The increase in
the composition of real estate loans as a percentage of interest earning assets
resulted from both loan origination activity during 2006 coupled with a
reduction in the level of investment securities and MBS during the same period,
as cash flows from maturing investment securities and MBS were utilized to fund
both loan originations and ongoing operations of the Company. The increase in
average yield on real estate loans reflected ongoing increases in medium- and
long-term interest rates during 2006. The increase in average yield
on MBS reflected ongoing increases in short- and medium-term interest rates
during 2006.
Interest
Income.
Interest income was $170.8 million during the year
ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $1.1 million from the year ended
December 31, 2005. Interest income on real estate loans increased $7.1 million
and was partially offset by decreases in interest income on MBS, investment
securities and other short-term investments of $4.8 million, $326,000 and
$771,000, respectively, during the period.
The increase in interest income on real
estate loans resulted primarily from growth in their average balance of $116.4
million during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2005. The growth reflected real estate loan originations
of $563.2 during 2006, which were partially offset by principal repayments and
loan sales during the period.
The one basis point increase in average
yield on real estate loans during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to
the year ended December 31, 2005 resulted from ongoing increases in medium and
long-term interest rates from October 2005 through June 2006, which resulted in
an increase in the average origination rate on real estate loans from 5.77%
during the year ended December 31, 2005 to 6.43% during the year ended December
31, 2006.
The decline in interest income on MBS
during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31,
2005 resulted from a decreased average balance of $146.5 million (resulting
primarily from the sale of $236.9 million of MBS in May 2005 and principal
repayments on MBS of $39.4 million during 2006), that was partially offset by an
increase of 25 basis points in average yield during the year ended December 31,
2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 (resulting from increases in
short and medium-term interest rates during 2006). The decline in
interest income on investment securities and other short-term investments
reflected declines in their average balances of $35.7 million and $81.4 million,
respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2005, as cash flows from maturing investment securities and other
short-term investments were utilized to fund both loan originations and ongoing
operations of the Company.
Interest
Expense.
Interest expense increased $16.0 million, to $93.3
million, during the year ended December 31, 2006, from $77.3 million during the
year ended December 31, 2005. The growth resulted primarily from
increased interest expense of $13.5 million related to CDs and $2.3 million
related to money market accounts.
The increase in interest expense on CDs
resulted from an increase in their average cost of 121 basis points during the
year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31,
2005. The increase in average cost resulted from increases in
short-term interest rates during 2006, as most of the Bank's CDs outstanding at
December 2005 matured during this timeframe. In addition, the average
balance of CDs increased $37.5 million during the period, reflecting successful
gathering of new CDs from promotional activities during 2006. The
increase of $2.3 million in interest expense on money market accounts resulted
from an increase of 100 basis points in average cost during 2006 that
was attributable to increases in short-term interest rates during 2006.
Partially offsetting the increased cost was a $147.8 million decline in the
average balance of money market accounts during 2006 that resulted primarily
from a $173.2 million decrease in money market accounts from June 30, 2005
through June 30, 2006, as management elected not to compete aggressively for
money market balances during this time period.
Provision for Loan
Losses.
The provision for loan losses was $240,000 during the
year ended December 31, 2006, down from $340,000 during the year ended December
31,
2005. The
decline reflected an additional provision of $100,000 taken during 2005 related
to consumer loans. Otherwise the provisions taken in 2006 and 2005
reflected inherent losses in the Bank's real estate loan portfolio that resulted
from ongoing originations.
Non-Interest
Income.
Non-interest income, excluding gains or losses on the
sale of assets, totaled $9.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2006,
compared to $9.4 million during the year ended December 31,
2005. There were no material changes in any individual item during
the comparable period.
The Company sold loans to FNMA
totaling $145.4 million and $108.5 million during the years ended December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively. The gains recorded on these sales were
$1.5 million and $924,000, respectively, during the years ended December 31,
2006 and 2005. The majority of the loans sold during both of these
periods were designated for sale upon origination.
During the year ended December 31,
2006, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $1.1 million on the sale of mutual
fund investments associated with the Benefit Maintenance Plan of Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company
incurred a pre-tax loss of $5.2 million related to the sale of $274.2 million of
investment and mortgage-backed securities under a restructuring of its
securities portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the
Company sold a parcel of real estate obtained in its acquisition of Financial
Bancorp, Inc. in 1999, recognizing a pre-tax gain of $478,000.
Non-Interest
Expense.
Non-interest expense was $42.0 million during the
year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $1.2 million from the year ended
December 31, 2005.
Salaries and employee benefits
increased $591,000 during the comparative period, reflecting normal salary
increases as well as the filling of open and new staffing and management
positions. Additions to staff occurred primarily in the retail
division of the Bank, where initiatives included product and sales development
for business and professional banking.
Occupancy and equipment expense
increased $369,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year
ended December 31, 2005 due to both general increases in utility costs and real
estate taxes as well as the addition of the Valley Stream branch in March
2006.
Data systems expense increased $339,000
during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31,
2005, resulting from the expiration of promotional pricing the Company received
throughout the first six months of 2005 from its new data systems
vendor.
Non-interest expense to average assets
was 1.34% during the year ended the December 31, 2006, compared to 1.24% for the
year ended December 31, 2005. Average assets decreased by $149.9
million during 2006 as a result of the previously discussed declines in the
average balance of investment securities, MBS and other short-term investments
during 2006.
Income Tax
Expense.
Income tax expense decreased $3.2 million during the
year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005, due
primarily to a decline of $8.8 million in pre-tax net income during the
period.
Impact
of Inflation and Changing Prices
The consolidated financial statements
and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP,
which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in
terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative
purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is
reflected in the increased costs of operations. Unlike industrial companies,
nearly all of the Company's consolidated assets and liabilities are monetary in
nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's
consolidated performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation.
Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or to the same
extent as the price of goods and services.
Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
For a discussion of the impact of
recently issued accounting standards, please see Note 1 to the Company's
consolidated financial statements that commence on page F-72.
Item
7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk
As a depository financial
institution, the Bank's primary source of market risk is interest rate
volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact the
level of interest income recorded on, and the market value of, a significant
portion of the Bank's assets. Fluctuations in interest rates will
also ultimately impact the level of interest expense recorded on, and the market
value of, a significant portion of the Bank's liabilities. In
addition, the Bank's real estate loan portfolio, concentrated primarily within
the NYC metropolitan area, is subject to risks associated with the local
economy.
Real estate loans, the largest
component of the Bank's interest earning assets, traditionally derived their
current interest rates primarily from either the five- or seven-year constant
maturity Treasury index. As a result, the Bank's interest earning
assets were historically most sensitive to these benchmark interest
rates. Dislocations in the credit markets during the year ended
December 31, 2008 resulted in a lower level of sensitivity of the Bank's
multifamily loans to these benchmark interest rates. Since the
majority of the Bank's interest bearing liabilities mature within one year, its
interest bearing liabilities are most sensitive to fluctuations in short-term
interest rates.
Neither
the Holding Company nor the Bank is subject to foreign currency exchange or
commodity price risk. In addition, the Company owned no trading
assets, nor did it engage in any hedging transactions utilizing derivative
instruments (such as interest rate swaps and caps) or embedded derivative
instruments that required bifurcation during the years ended December 31, 2008
or 2007. In the future, the Company may, with appropriate Board
approval, engage in hedging transactions utilizing derivative
instruments.
Since a
majority of the Company's consolidated interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities are located at the Bank, virtually all of the
interest rate risk exposure exists at the Bank level. As a result,
all of the significant interest rate risk management procedures are performed at
the Bank level. The Bank's interest rate risk management strategy is
designed to limit the volatility of net interest income and preserve capital
over a broad range of interest rate movements and has the following three
primary components:
Assets.
The Bank's
largest single asset type is the adjustable-rate multifamily residential loan.
Multifamily residential loans typically carry shorter average terms to maturity
than one- to four-family residential loans, thus significantly reducing the
overall level of interest rate risk. Over 90% of multifamily
residential loans originated during the years ended both December 31, 2008 and
2007 were adjustable rate, with repricing typically occurring after five or
seven years.
In
addition, the Bank has sought to include in its portfolio various types of
adjustable-rate one- to four-family loans and adjustable and floating-rate
investment securities, which generally have repricing terms of three years or
less. At December 31, 2008, adjustable-rate real estate and consumer
loans totaled $2.77 billion, or 68.4% of total assets,
and adjustable-rate
investment securities (CMOs, REMICs, MBS issued by GSEs and other securities)
totaled $128.3 million, or 3.2% of total assets. At December
31, 2007, adjustable-rate real estate and consumer loans totaled $2.41 billion,
or 68.8% of total assets, and adjustable-rate investment securities (CMOs,
REMICs, MBS issued by GSEs and other securities) totaled $53.6 million, or 1.5%
of total assets.
Deposit
Liabilities.
As a traditional community-based savings bank,
the Bank is largely dependent upon its base of competitively priced core
deposits to provide stability on the liability side of the balance
sheet. The Bank has retained many loyal customers over the years
through a combination of quality service, convenience, and a stable and
experienced staff. Core deposits, at December 31, 2008, were $1.11 billion, or
49.0% of total deposits. The balance of CDs as of December 31, 2008 was $1.16
billion, or 51.0% of total deposits, of which $996.2 million, or 85.5%, were to
mature within one year. The weighted average maturity of the Bank's
CDs at December 31, 2008 was 8.8
months
compared to 5.8 months at December 31, 2007. The Bank generally
prices its CDs in an effort to encourage the extension of the average maturities
of deposit liabilities beyond one year, and the increase in the average maturity
of CDs during the year ended December 31, 2008 reflected promotional CDs with
maturities of 12 months and higher that were added throughout 2008.
Wholesale
Funds
. The Bank is a member of the FHLBNY, which provided the
Bank with a borrowing line of up to $1.42 billion at December 31, 2008.
The Bank borrows from
the FHLBNY for various purposes. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had outstanding
advances of $1.02 billion from the FHLBNY, all of which were secured by a
blanket lien on the Bank's loan portfolio.
The Bank
has authority to accept brokered deposits as a source of funds and considers
them a potential funding source. The Bank had no outstanding brokered
deposits at either December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007.
Interest
Sensitivity Gap
The Bank
regularly monitors its interest rate sensitivity through the calculation of an
interest sensitivity gap. The interest sensitivity gap is the
difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities anticipated to mature or reprice within a specific
period. The interest sensitivity gap is considered positive when the
amount of interest-earning assets anticipated to mature or reprice within a
specified time frame exceeds the amount of interest-bearing liabilities
anticipated to mature or reprice within the same period. Conversely,
the interest sensitivity gap is considered negative when the amount of
interest-bearing liabilities anticipated to mature or reprice within a specific
time frame exceeds the amount of interest-earning assets anticipated to mature
or reprice within the same period. In a rising interest rate
environment, an institution with a positive interest sensitivity gap would
generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a
greater increase in the yields of its assets relative to the costs of its
liabilities and thus an increase in its net interest income, whereas an
institution with a negative interest sensitivity gap would generally be expected
to experience a decline in net interest income. Conversely, in a
declining interest rate environment, an institution with a positive interest
sensitivity gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other
factors, to experience a greater decline in the yields of its assets relative to
the costs of its liabilities and thus a decrease in its net interest income,
whereas an institution with a negative interest sensitivity gap would generally
be expected to experience an increase in net interest income.
The
following table sets forth the amounts of the Company's consolidated
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December
31, 2008 which are anticipated, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice,
prepay or mature in each of the time periods shown. Except as stated below, the
amounts of assets and liabilities shown repricing or maturing during a
particular period reflect the earlier of term to repricing or maturity of the
asset or liability. The table is intended to provide an approximation of the
projected repricing of assets and liabilities which existed at December 31, 2008
on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments, and scheduled
rate adjustments within a three-month period and selected subsequent time
intervals. For purposes of presentation in the table, the Bank utilized its own
historical deposit attrition experience ("Deposit Decay Rate") for savings
accounts, which it believes to be the most accurate measure. For NOW, Super NOW
and money market accounts, it utilized the Deposit Decay Rates published by the
OTS. All amounts calculated in the table for both loans and MBS
reflect principal balances expected to reprice as a result of contractual
interest rate adjustments or from reinvestment of cash flows generated from
anticipated principal repayments (inclusive of early prepayments).
There are certain limitations inherent
in the method of analysis presented in the table. For example,
although certain assets and liabilities may possess similar maturities or
periods to repricing, they are impacted by different market forces, and may
therefore react differently to changes in interest rates. Also, the interest
rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate with changes in
market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets may lag
behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as
adjustable-rate loans, have features, like annual and lifetime rate caps, which
restrict changes in the interest rates charged, both on a short-term basis and
over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates,
prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate from those assumed
in the table. Finally, the ability of certain borrowers to make scheduled
payments on their adjustable-rate loans may decrease in the event of an interest
rate increase.
At
December 31, 2008
|
3
Months
or
Less
|
More
than
3
Months to
6
Months
|
More
than 6 Months
to
1 Year
|
More
than
1
Year
to
3 Years
|
More
than
3
Years
to
5 Years
|
More
than
5
Years
|
Non-interest
bearing
|
Total
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Interest-Earning
Assets (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages
and other loans
|
$331,084
|
$181,401
|
$288,047
|
$1,270,151
|
$896,478
|
$324,344
|
-
|
$3,291,505
|
Investment
securities
|
10,861
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
361
|
16,241
|
-
|
27,463
|
MBS
(2)
|
11,916
|
11,916
|
23,832
|
72,273
|
94,546
|
86,868
|
-
|
301,351
|
Cash
and due from banks (3)
|
193,872
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
193,872
|
FHLBNY
capital stock
|
53,435
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
53,435
|
Total
interest-earning assets
|
601,168
|
193,317
|
311,879
|
1,342,424
|
991,385
|
427,453
|
-
|
3,867,626
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
$(17,454)
|
(17,454)
|
Net
interest-earning assets
|
601,168
|
193,317
|
311,879
|
1,342,424
|
991,385
|
427,453
|
(17,454)
|
3,850,172
|
Non-interest-earning
assets
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
205,426
|
205,426
|
Total
assets
|
$601,168
|
$193,317
|
$311,879
|
$1,342,424
|
$991,385
|
$427,453
|
$187,972
|
$4,055,598
|
Interest-Bearing
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings
accounts
|
$9,286
|
$8,967
|
$17,020
|
$57,337
|
$43,351
|
$134,360
|
-
|
$270,321
|
Interest
bearing checking accounts
|
22,256
|
17,860
|
25,835
|
22,224
|
11,656
|
12,856
|
-
|
112,687
|
Money
market accounts
|
125,050
|
100,353
|
145,161
|
124,872
|
65,493
|
72,238
|
-
|
633,167
|
CDs
|
247,047
|
276,444
|
462,735
|
122,435
|
44,505
|
-
|
-
|
1,153,166
|
Borrowed
funds
|
40,000
|
45,000
|
145,000
|
264,900
|
379,775
|
375,000
|
-
|
1,249,675
|
Subordinated
notes
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
25,000
|
-
|
-
|
|
25,000
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
72,165
|
|
72,165
|
Interest-bearing
escrow
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1,278
|
-
|
1,278
|
Total
interest-bearing liabilities
|
443,639
|
448,624
|
795,751
|
616,768
|
544,780
|
667,897
|
-
|
3,517,459
|
Non-interest
bearing checking accounts
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
$90,710
|
90,710
|
Other
non-interest-bearing liabilities
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
170,465
|
170,465
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
276,964
|
276,964
|
Total
liabilities and stockholders' equity
|
$443,639
|
$448,624
|
$795,751
|
$616,768
|
$544,780
|
$667,897
|
$538,139
|
$4,055,598
|
Positive
(Negative) interest sensitivity gap per period
|
$157,529
|
$(255,307)
|
$(483,872)
|
$725,656
|
$446,605
|
$(240,444)
|
-
|
|
Positive
(Negative) cumulative interest sensitivity gap
|
$157,529
|
$(97,778)
|
$(581,650)
|
$144,006
|
$590,611
|
$350,167
|
-
|
|
Positive
(Negative) cumulative interest sensitivity gap
as
a percent of total assets
|
3.88%
|
(2.41)%
|
(14.34)%
|
3.55%
|
14.56%
|
8.63%
|
-
|
|
Cumulative
total interest-earning assets as a percent
of
cumulative total interest-bearing liabilities
|
135.51%
|
89.04%
|
65.54%
|
106.25%
|
120.73%
|
109.96%
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
Interest-earning
assets are included in the period in which the balances are expected to be
redeployed and/or repriced as a result of anticipated prepayments,
scheduled rate adjustments, or contractual maturities or
calls.
|
(2)
|
Based
upon historical repayment experience, and, where applicable, balloon
payment dates.
|
(3)
|
Amount
represents funds placed on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York earning a nominal rate of interest that was higher than the federal
funds sold offering rate at December 31, 2008. These balances
are not included in the population of interest-earning assets in the net
interest income table on page F-52.
|
At December 31, 2008, the Company's
consolidated balance sheet was comprised primarily of assets that were estimated
to mature or reprice within five years, with a significant portion maturing or
repricing within one year. In addition, the Bank's deposit base was comprised
primarily of savings accounts, money market accounts, interest and non-interest
bearing checking accounts, and CDs with maturities of five years or
less. At December 31, 2008, interest-bearing liabilities estimated to
mature or reprice within one year totaled $1.69 billion, while interest-earning
assets estimated to mature or reprice within one year totaled $1.11 billion,
resulting in a negative one-year interest sensitivity gap of $581.7 million, or
negative 14.3% of total assets. In comparison, at December 31, 2007,
interest-bearing liabilities estimated to mature or reprice within one year
totaled $1.52 billion, while interest-earning assets estimated to mature or
reprice within one year totaled $765.8 million, resulting in a negative one-year
interest sensitivity gap of $752.7 million, or negative 21.5% of total
assets. The decrease in the magnitude of the one-year negative
interest sensitivity gap resulted from an increase in the level of real estate
loans scheduled to mature or reprice within one year (as loans originated during
the refinance boom period of 2002 through 2004 approached their contractual
repricing date) coupled with a decline in CDs maturing or repricing within one
year, as a portion of the Bank's customers became more willing to accept CDs
with maturities in excess of one year in order to lock in a fixed return while
short-term interest rates were declining during 2008.
Under interest rate scenarios other
than that which existed on December 31, 2008, the interest sensitivity gap for
assets and liabilities could differ substantially based upon different
assumptions about the manner in which core Deposit Decay Rates and loan
prepayments would change. For example, the interest rate risk management model
assumes that in a rising rate scenario, by paying competitive rates on non-core
deposits, a portion of core deposits will transfer to CDs and be retained,
although at higher cost. Also, in a rising interest rate environment,
loan and MBS prepayment rates would be expected to slow, as borrowers postpone
loan refinancings until rates again decline.
Interest
Rate Risk Exposure (NPV) Compliance
Under
guidelines established by OTS Thrift Bulletin 13a, the Bank also measures its
interest rate risk through an analysis of the change in its NPV under several
interest rate scenarios. NPV is the difference between the present
value of the expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets and liabilities,
plus the value of net expected cash flows from either commitments to originate
or sell loans or purchase securities.
Traditionally, the fair value of
fixed-rate instruments fluctuates inversely with changes in interest
rates. Increases in interest rates thus result in decreases in the
fair value of interest-earning assets, which could adversely affect the
Company's consolidated results of operations in the event they were to be sold,
or, in the case of interest-earning assets classified as available-for-sale,
reduce the Company's consolidated stockholders' equity, if
retained. During the year ended December 31, 2008, dislocations in
the credit markets resulted in a significantly lower correlation between changes
in interest rates and changes in these fair values. The changes in
the value of assets and liabilities due to fluctuations in interest rates
reflect the interest rate sensitivity of those assets and
liabilities. Under GAAP, changes in the unrealized gains and losses,
net of taxes, on securities classified as available-for-sale are reflected in
stockholders' equity through other comprehensive income. As of
December 31, 2008, the Company's consolidated securities portfolio included
$318.0 million in securities classified as available- for-sale, which possessed
a gross unrealized loss of $798,000. Neither the Holding
Company nor the Bank owned any trading assets as of December 31, 2008 or
2007.
In order
to measure the Bank’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates, NPV is
calculated under market interest rates prevailing at a given quarter-end
("Pre-Shock Scenario"), and under various other interest rate scenarios ("Rate
Shock Scenarios") representing immediate, permanent, parallel shifts in the term
structure of interest rates from the actual term structure observed in the
Pre-Shock Scenario. The changes in NPV between the Pre-Shock Scenario
and various Rate Shock Scenarios due to fluctuations in interest rates reflect
the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and commitments
to either originate or sell loans and/or purchase or sell securities that are
included in the NPV. The NPV ratio under any interest rate scenario
is defined as the NPV in that scenario divided by the present value of the
assets in the same scenario (the "NPV Ratio").
An interest rate risk exposure
compliance report is presented to the Bank's Board of Directors on a quarterly
basis. The report, prepared in accordance with Thrift Bulletin 13a, compares the
Bank's estimated Pre-Shock Scenario NPV to the estimated NPVs calculated under
the various Rate Shock Scenarios. The calculated estimates of the
resulting NPV Ratios are compared to current limits established by management
and approved by the Board of Directors.
The analysis that follows presents the estimated NPV in the Pre-Shock Scenario
and three Rate Shock Scenarios and measures the dollar amount and percentage by
which each of the Rate Shock Scenario NPVs changes from the Pre-Shock Scenario
NPV. Interest rate sensitivity is measured by the changes in the
various Rate Shock Scenario NPV Ratios from the Pre-Shock Scenario NPV
Ratio. The greater the change, the greater the sensitivity of the
Bank's assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates.
|
At
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Portfolio Value
|
|
|
|
|
At
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
Dollar
Amount
|
Dollar
Change
|
Percentage
Change
|
|
NPV
Ratio
|
Basis
Point Change in NPV Ratio
|
|
NPV
Ratio
|
Basis
Point Change in NPV Ratio
|
Board
Approved
NPV
Ratio Limit
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Rate
Shock Scenario
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+
200 Basis Points
|
$236,751
|
$(60,083)
|
-20.24%
|
|
6.02%
|
(126)
|
|
7.79%
|
(211)
|
5.0%
|
+
100 Basis Points
|
270,905
|
(25,929)
|
-8.74
|
|
6.77
|
(51)
|
|
9.00
|
(90)
|
6.0
|
Pre-Shock
Scenario
|
296,834
|
-
|
-
|
|
7.28
|
-
|
|
9.90
|
-
|
7.0
|
-
100 Basis Points
|
312,334
|
15,500
|
5.22
|
|
7.54
|
26
|
|
10.25
|
35
|
7.0
|
-
200 Basis Points
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
|
10.14
|
24
|
7.0
|
The NPVs
presented above incorporate some asset and liability values derived from the
Bank’s valuation model, such as those for mortgage loans and time deposits, and
some asset and liability values obtained from reputable independent sources,
such as values for the Bank's MBS and CMO portfolios, as well as its putable
borrowings. The Bank's valuation model makes various estimates
regarding cash flows from principal repayments on loans and passbook Deposit
Decay Rates at each level of interest rate change. The Bank's
estimates for loan repayment levels are influenced by the recent history of
prepayment activity in its loan portfolio as well as the interest-rate
composition of the existing portfolio, especially vis-à-vis the current interest
rate environment. In addition, the Bank considers the amount of fee
protection inherent in the loan portfolio when estimating future repayment cash
flows.
Regarding
passbook Deposit Decay Rates, the Bank tracks and analyzes the decay rate of its
passbook deposits over time and over various interest rate scenarios and then
makes estimates of its passbook Deposit Decay Rate for use in the valuation
model. No matter the care and precision with which the estimates are
derived, actual cash flows for passbooks, as well as loans, could differ
significantly from the Bank's estimates, resulting in significantly different
NPV calculations.
The Bank
also generates a series of spot discount rates that are integral to the
valuation of the projected monthly cash flows of its assets and
liabilities. The Bank's valuation model employs discount rates that
are representative of prevailing market rates of interest, with appropriate
adjustments suited to the heterogeneous characteristics of the Bank’s various
asset and liability portfolios.
The Pre-Shock Scenario NPV declined
from $346.9 million at December 31, 2007 to $296.8 million at December 31,
2008. The NPV Ratio at December 31, 2008 was 7.28% in the Pre-Shock
Scenario, a decrease from the NPV Ratio of 9.90% in that Scenario at December
31, 2007. The decrease in the Pre-Shock Scenario NPV was due
primarily to an increase in the valuation of borrowings (which negatively impact
NPV) that resulted from both increased volume and from declines in short and
medium-term term interest rates at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31,
2007. This was partially offset by an increase in the valuation of
real estate loans during the same period, resulting primarily from their
increased spread above the benchmark interest rate.
The Bank’s +200 basis point Rate
Shock Scenario NPV decreased from $263.7 million at December 31, 2007 to $236.8
million at December 31, 2008. The decrease resulted primarily from
the growth in the loan portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2008,
including the loan commitment pipeline at December 31, 2008. The
growth in the loan portfolio that resulted from the new loans originated during
the year ended December 31, 2008 created a longer term to next interest rate
repricing for assets at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31,
2007. Assets with a longer term to next interest rate repricing
generate a less favorable NPV in a rising rate interest rate
environment. As a result, the decline in the NPV of total assets from
the Pre-Shock Scenario to the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario was greater
at December 31, 2008 than December 31, 2007.
The NPV Ratio was 6.02% in the +200
basis point Rate Shock Scenario at December 31, 2008, a decrease from the NPV
Ratio of 7.79% in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario at December 31,
2007. The decrease reflected the aforementioned decrease in the +200
basis point Rate Shock Scenario NPV during the comparative period.
At
December 31, 2008, the interest rate sensitivity (
i.e.
, the basis point change
in the NPV Ratio calculated under the various Rate Shock Scenarios compared to
the Pre-Shock Scenario) in the +200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario was negative
126 basis points, compared to negative 211 basis points in the +200 basis point
Rate Shock Scenario at December 31, 2007. The reduction in
sensitivity was due primarily to the favorable valuation of borrowings in the
+200 basis point Rate Shock Scenario NPV compared to the Pre-Shock Scenario NPV
at December 31, 2008 versus these valuations at December 31,
2007. This favorable valuation resulted from an increase in the
average contractual term to next interest rate repricing on the Bank's
borrowings as a result of borrowings added during the year ended December 31,
2008, as well as interest rate caps purchased with a portion of the borrowings
added during the period that provide protection in the event that interest rates
rise.
Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
For the Company's consolidated
financial statements, see index on page F-72.
Item 9. Changes
in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls
and Procedures
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Management of the Company, with the
participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness as of December 31, 2008, of the
Company's disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and
15(d)-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon this evaluation, the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2008 in
ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports
that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the Company's
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's
last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial
reporting.
Management’s
Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting for the Company. The Company’s internal control
over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
to the Company's management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and
fair presentation of financial statements.
Because of inherent limitations,
internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The Company’s management assessed the
effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008, utilizing the criteria established by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in "Internal Controls –
Integrated Framework." Based upon its assessment, management believes
that, as of December 31, 2008, the Company's internal control over financial
reporting is effective.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, the
independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated
financial statements included in the Annual Report, has issued an audit report
on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2008, which is included below.
Item
9B.
Other
Information
None.
REPORT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the
Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
Brooklyn,
New York
We have
audited the internal control over financial reporting of Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2008, based
on criteria established in
Internal Control — Integrated
Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting
included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our
audit.
We
conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness
of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A
company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or
under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal
financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the
company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because
of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting,
including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of
controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or
detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of
the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
In our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria
established in
Internal
Control — Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have
also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and
for the year ended December 31, 2008 of the Company and our report dated
March 16, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated
financial statements.
/s/
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York,
New York
March 16,
2009
PART
III
Item
10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate
Governance
Information regarding directors and
executive officers of the Company is presented under the headings "Proposal 1 -
Election of Directors," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance" and "Executive Officers" in the Holding Company's definitive Proxy
Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 21, 2009 (the
"Proxy Statement") which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December
31, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding the audit
committee of the Holding Company's Board of Directors, including information
regarding audit committee financial experts serving on the audit committee, is
presented under the headings, "Meetings and Committees of the Company's Board of
Directors," and "Report of the Audit Committee" in the Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
The Holding Company has adopted a
written Code of Business Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer,
principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or
persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Ethics is
published on the Company's website,
www.dime.com
. The
Company will provide to any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of such
Code of Business Ethics. Such request should be made in writing
to: Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn,
New York 11211, attention Investor Relations.
Item
11. Executive Compensation
Information regarding executive and
director compensation and the Compensation Committee of the Holding Company's
Board of Directors is presented under the headings, "Directors' Compensation,"
"Compensation - Executive Compensation, "Compensation Discussion and Analysis,"
"Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," and "Compensation
Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 12. Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
Information regarding security
ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included under the
heading "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
The following table presents
information as of December 31, 2008 with respect to compensation plans under
which equity securities of the Holding Company are authorized for
issuance:
|
|
EQUITY
COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
|
Plan
Category
|
|
Number
of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding
Options
(a)
|
|
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
of Outstanding Options
(b)
|
|
Number
of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans [Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a)]
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
compensation plans approved
by
the Holding Company's shareholders
|
|
3,116,564
|
|
$14.97
|
|
1,133,027
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
compensation plans not
approved
by the Holding Company's
shareholders
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
Amount
comprised of 75,866 stock options that remain available for future
issuance under the 2001 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers
and Employees of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., and 1,057,161 equity
awards that remain available for future issuance under the 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
|
Item 13. Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
Information regarding certain
relationships and related transactions is included under the heading
"Transactions with Certain Related Persons" in the Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding director
independence is included under the heading "Information as to Nominees and
Continuing Directors" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item
14.
Principal Accounting Fees
and Services
Information regarding principal
accounting fees and services, as well as the Audit Committee's pre-approval
policies and procedures, is included under the heading "Proposal 2 –
Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors," in the Proxy Statement and
is incorporated herein by reference.
PART
IV
Item
15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) (1) Financial
Statements
See index to Consolidated Financial
Statements on page F-72.
(2) Financial
Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules have
been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or the required
information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto
under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data."
(3) Exhibits
Required by Item 601 of SEC Regulation S-K
See Index
of Exhibits on pages F-119 and F-120.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section
13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized on March 16, 2009.
DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES,
INC.
By:
/s/ VINCENT F.
PALAGIANO
Vincent F. Palagiano
Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 16,
2009 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities
indicated.
Name
|
Title
|
/s/ VINCENT F. PALAGIANO
Vincent
F. Palagiano
|
Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
/s/ MICHAEL P. DEVINE
Michael
P. Devine
|
President
and Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
/s/ KENNETH J. MAHON
Kenneth
J. Mahon
|
First
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer)
|
/s/ ANTHONY BERGAMO
Anthony
Bergamo
|
Director
|
/s/ GEORGE L. CLARK, JR.
George
L. Clark, Jr.
|
Director
|
/s/ STEVEN D. COHN
Steven
D. Cohn
|
Director
|
/s/ PATRICK E. CURTIN
Patrick
E. Curtin
|
Director
|
/s/ FRED P. FEHRENBACH
Fred
P. Fehrenbach
|
Director
|
/s/ JOHN J. FLYNN
John
J. Flynn
|
Director
|
/s/ JOSEPH J. PERRY
Joseph
J. Perry
|
Director
|
/s/ OMER S.J. WILLIAMS
Omer
S.J. Williams
|
Director
|
CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX
|
Page
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
F-73
|
Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2008 and
2007
|
F-74
|
Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006
|
F-75
|
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for
the years ended
December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
F-76
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006
|
F-77
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
F78-F118
|
REPORT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the
Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
Brooklyn,
NY
We have
audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31,
2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our
opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
We have
also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated
Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2009 expressed an unqualified
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York,
New York
March 16,
2009
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Dollars
in thousands except share amounts)
|
December
31, 2008
|
December
31, 2007
|
ASSETS:
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
$211,020
|
$101,708
|
Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments
|
-
|
128,014
|
Investment
securities held-to-maturity (estimated fair value of
$9,082
and $80 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively)
(Encumbered at December 31, 2007,
Unencumbered
at December 31, 2008) (Note 3)
|
10,861
|
80
|
Investment
securities available-for-sale, at fair value (fully unencumbered) (Note
3)
|
16,602
|
34,095
|
Mortgage-backed
securities available-for-sale, at fair value (Note 4):
|
|
|
Encumbered
|
251,744
|
160,821
|
Unencumbered
|
49,607
|
1,943
|
|
301,351
|
162,764
|
Loans
(Note 5):
|
|
|
Real
estate, net
|
3,289,314
|
2,873,966
|
Other
loans
|
2,191
|
2,169
|
Less
allowance for loan losses (Note 6)
|
(17,454)
|
(15,387)
|
Total
loans, net
|
3,274,051
|
2,860,748
|
Loans
held for sale
|
-
|
890
|
Premises
and fixed assets, net (Note 8)
|
30,426
|
23,878
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank of New York capital stock (Note 9)
|
53,435
|
39,029
|
Other
real estate owned
|
300
|
-
|
Goodwill
(Note 1)
|
55,638
|
55,638
|
Other
assets (Notes 7, 14 and 15)
|
101,914
|
94,331
|
Total
Assets
|
$4,055,598
|
$3,501,175
|
LIABILITIES
AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
Due
to depositors (Note 10):
|
|
|
Interest
bearing deposits
|
$2,169,341
|
$2,091,600
|
Non-interest
bearing deposits
|
90,710
|
88,398
|
Total
deposits
|
2,260,051
|
2,179,998
|
Escrow
and other deposits (Note 7)
|
130,121
|
52,209
|
Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase (Note 11)
|
230,000
|
155,080
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank of New York advances (Note 12)
|
1,019,675
|
706,500
|
Subordinated
notes payable (Note 13)
|
25,000
|
25,000
|
Trust
Preferred securities payable (Note 13)
|
72,165
|
72,165
|
Other
liabilities (Note 14 and 15)
|
41,622
|
41,371
|
Total
Liabilities
|
3,778,634
|
3,232,323
|
Commitments and Contingencies
(Note 16)
|
|
|
Stockholders'
Equity:
|
|
|
Preferred
stock ($0.01 par, 9,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding
at
December
31, 2008 and 2007)
|
-
|
-
|
Common
stock ($0.01 par, 125,000,000 shares authorized,
51,122,319 shares and 50,906,278
shares
issued at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, and 34,179,900 shares and
33,909,902
shares outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively)
|
511
|
509
|
Additional
paid-in capital
|
213,917
|
208,369
|
Retained
earnings (Note 2)
|
297,848
|
288,112
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss, net of deferred taxes
|
(11,111)
|
(4,278)
|
Unallocated
common stock of Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP")
(Note
15)
|
(3,933)
|
(4,164)
|
Unearned
Restricted Stock Award common stock (Note 15)
|
(1,790)
|
(634)
|
Common
stock held by Benefit Maintenance Plan ("BMP") (Note 15)
|
(8,007)
|
(7,941)
|
Treasury
stock, at cost (16,942,419 shares and 16,996,376 shares at
December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively) (Note 18)
|
(210,471)
|
(211,121)
|
Total
Stockholders' Equity
|
276,964
|
268,852
|
Total
Liabilities And Stockholders' Equity
|
$4,055,598
|
$3,501,175
|
See notes
to consolidated financial statements.
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars
in thousands except per share amounts)
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Interest
income:
|
|
|
|
Loans
secured by real estate
|
$182,934
|
$165,221
|
$155,510
|
Other
loans
|
166
|
178
|
190
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
12,685
|
6,344
|
6,850
|
Investment
securities
|
1,950
|
2,011
|
2,276
|
Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments
|
4,919
|
8,406
|
5,984
|
Total
interest income
|
202,654
|
182,160
|
170,810
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
Deposits
and escrow
|
59,978
|
75,761
|
56,659
|
Borrowed
funds
|
51,324
|
35,386
|
36,681
|
Total
interest expense
|
111,302
|
111,147
|
93,340
|
Net
interest income
|
91,352
|
71,013
|
77,470
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
2,006
|
240
|
240
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
89,346
|
70,773
|
77,230
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest
income:
|
|
|
|
Service
charges and other fees
|
4,766
|
4,780
|
5,273
|
Mortgage
banking (loss) income (Note 7)
|
(2,190)
|
1,512
|
2,228
|
Other-than
temporary Impairment charge on securities (Note 3)
|
(3,209)
|
-
|
-
|
Net
(loss) gain on sales of securities and other real estate
owned
|
(129)
|
-
|
1,541
|
Income
from Bank Owned Life Insurance ("BOLI")
|
1,999
|
2,513
|
1,868
|
Other
|
1,577
|
1,615
|
1,480
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-interest income
|
2,814
|
10,420
|
12,390
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
24,922
|
22,620
|
21,307
|
Stock
benefit plan compensation expense
|
3,702
|
2,796
|
2,125
|
Occupancy
and equipment
|
6,967
|
6,431
|
5,762
|
Data
processing costs
|
3,067
|
3,204
|
3,167
|
Advertising
and marketing
|
2,364
|
2,638
|
2,186
|
Federal
deposit insurance premiums
|
899
|
258
|
257
|
Other
|
8,052
|
7,555
|
7,172
|
|
|
|
|
Total
non-interest expense
|
49,973
|
45,502
|
41,976
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before income taxes
|
42,187
|
35,691
|
47,644
|
Income
tax expense
|
14,159
|
13,248
|
17,052
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
$28,028
|
$22,443
|
$30,592
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
per Share:
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
$0.85
|
$0.67
|
$0.88
|
Diluted
|
$0.85
|
$0.67
|
$0.87
|
See notes
to consolidated financial statements.
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock (Par Value $0.01):
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
$509
|
$509
|
$506
|
Shares
issued in exercise of options
|
2
|
-
|
3
|
Balance
at end of period
|
511
|
509
|
509
|
Additional
Paid-in Capital:
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
208,369
|
206,601
|
204,083
|
Stock
options exercised
|
2,471
|
136
|
907
|
Excess
tax benefit of stock benefit plans
|
518
|
174
|
621
|
Amortization
of excess fair value over cost – ESOP stock
|
1,011
|
813
|
882
|
Stock
option expense
|
1,079
|
630
|
-
|
Release
from treasury stock for restricted stock award shares
|
469
|
15
|
108
|
Balance
at end of period
|
213,917
|
208,369
|
206,601
|
Retained
Earnings:
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
288,112
|
285,420
|
274,579
|
Net
income for the period
|
28,028
|
22,443
|
30,592
|
Cash
dividends re-assumed through liquidation of Recognition and Retention Plan
("RRP")
|
-
|
958
|
-
|
Cumulative
effect adjustment for the adoption of FASB Interpretation
No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes" ("FIN
48")
|
-
|
(1,703)
|
-
|
Cumulative
effect adjustment for the adoption of the transition requirements of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS")
No. 158, "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans - an amendment of FASB
Statements
No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)" ("SFAS 158")
|
(23)
|
-
|
-
|
Cash
dividends declared and paid
|
(18,269)
|
(19,006)
|
(19,751)
|
Balance
at end of period
|
297,848
|
288,112
|
285,420
|
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Deferred
Taxes:
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
(4,278)
|
(7,100)
|
(3,328)
|
(Increase)
Decrease in unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities during the
period, net of deferred benefit (taxes) of $1,964,
($1,469)
and $11, respectively
|
(2,246)
|
1,800
|
(14)
|
Minimum
pension liability, net of deferred taxes of $(123)
|
-
|
-
|
148
|
Cumulative
effect adjustment for the adoption of the transition requirements of SFAS
158
|
(64)
|
-
|
-
|
Increase
in defined benefit plan liability from the adoption of SFAS 158, net of
deferred benefit of $3,246
|
-
|
-
|
(3,906)
|
Unrecognized
(loss) gain of pension and other postretirement obligations, net of
deferred benefit (tax) of $3,776 and $(874)
|
(4,523)
|
1,022
|
-
|
Balance
at end of period
|
(11,111)
|
(4,278)
|
(7,100)
|
Unallocated
Common Stock of ESOP:
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
(4,164)
|
(4,395)
|
(4,627)
|
Amortization
of earned portion of ESOP stock
|
231
|
231
|
232
|
Balance
at end of period
|
(3,933)
|
(4,164)
|
(4,395)
|
Unearned
Restricted Stock Award and RRP Common Stock:
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
(634)
|
(3,452)
|
(2,979)
|
Release
from treasury stock for restricted stock award shares
|
(1,773)
|
(165)
|
(770)
|
Transfer
of common stock to treasury upon liquidation of RRP
|
-
|
2,611
|
-
|
Amortization
of earned portion of RRP stock
|
617
|
372
|
297
|
Balance
at end of period
|
(1,790)
|
(634)
|
(3,452)
|
Common
Stock Held by BMP:
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
(7,941)
|
(7,941)
|
(7,941)
|
Plan
contributions
|
(66)
|
-
|
-
|
Common
stock acquired
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Balance
at end of period
|
(8,007)
|
(7,941)
|
(7,941)
|
Treasury
Stock, at cost:
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
(211,121)
|
(179,011)
|
(168,579)
|
Release
of treasury stock for allocated restricted stock awards and shares
acquired by BMP
|
1,304
|
151
|
592
|
Transfer
of common stock to treasury upon liquidation of RRP
|
-
|
(2,611)
|
-
|
Purchase
of treasury shares, at cost
|
(654)
|
(29,650)
|
(11,024)
|
Balance
at end of period
|
(210,471)
|
(211,121)
|
(179,011)
|
TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AT THE END OF PERIOD
|
$276,964
|
$268,852
|
$290,631
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
|
|
|
|
Net
Income
|
$28,028
|
$22,443
|
$30,592
|
Increase
in Actuarial Gain or Reduction in Actuarial Loss on defined benefit plans,
net of taxes of $(123) during the year ended December 31,
2006
|
-
|
-
|
148
|
Change
in pension and other postretirement obligations, net of deferred benefit
(taxes) of $3,776 during the year ended
December
31, 2008 and $(874) during the year ended December 31,
2007
|
(4,523)
|
1,022
|
-
|
Amortization
and reversal of net unrealized loss on securities transferred from
available-for- sale to held-to-maturity,
net
of tax of $(1,224) during the year ended December 31, 2008
|
1,496
|
-
|
-
|
Reclassification
adjustment for securities sold, net of taxes of $(489) during the year
ended December 31, 2006
|
-
|
-
|
(575)
|
Net
unrealized securities (loss) gain arising during the period, net of
benefit (taxes) of $3,188, $(1,469) and $(478) during the
years
ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively
|
(3,742)
|
1,800
|
561
|
Comprehensive
Income
|
$21,259
|
$25,265
|
$30,726
|
See notes
to consolidated financial statements.
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
Net
Income
|
$28,028
|
$22,443
|
$30,592
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
|
Net
gain on investment and mortgage backed securities sold
|
-
|
-
|
(1,063)
|
Net
gain on sale of loans held for sale
|
(1,012)
|
(750)
|
(1,516)
|
Net
loss (gain) on sales and disposals of other assets
|
129
|
-
|
(478)
|
Net
depreciation, amortization and accretion
|
1,757
|
1,252
|
1,265
|
Stock
plan compensation expense (excluding ESOP)
|
1,696
|
372
|
296
|
ESOP
compensation expense
|
1,242
|
1,674
|
1,115
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
2,006
|
240
|
240
|
Charge
to net mortgage banking income - provision to increase the liability for
loans sold with recourse
|
3,946
|
-
|
-
|
Impairment
charge on mortgage servicing rights
|
60
|
-
|
-
|
Other-than
temporary impairment charge on investment securities
held-to-maturity
|
3,209
|
-
|
-
|
Increase
in cash surrender value of BOLI
|
(1,999)
|
(1,965)
|
(1,868)
|
Deferred
income tax provision (credit)
|
(3,054)
|
(834)
|
103
|
Excess
tax benefits of stock plans
|
(518)
|
(174)
|
(621)
|
Changes
in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
Originations
of loans sold during the period
|
(149,081)
|
(76,568)
|
(145,430)
|
Proceeds
from sales of loans held for sale
|
150,983
|
77,628
|
146,646
|
Decrease
(Increase) in other assets
|
(143)
|
(6,368)
|
929
|
(Decrease)
Increase in other liabilities
|
(8,327)
|
823
|
840
|
Net
cash provided by Operating Activities
|
28,922
|
17,773
|
31,050
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
Decrease
(increase) in federal funds sold and other short-term
investments
|
128,014
|
(49,262)
|
(18,734)
|
Proceeds
from maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity
|
242
|
155
|
220
|
Proceeds
from maturities and calls of investment securities
available-for-sale
|
1,729
|
1,000
|
17,075
|
Proceeds
from sales of investment securities available-for-sale
|
-
|
-
|
3,032
|
Proceeds
from sales and calls of mortgage backed securities
available-for-sale
|
-
|
8,542
|
-
|
Purchases
of investment securities available-for-sale
|
(5,464)
|
(14,162)
|
(4,002)
|
Purchases
of mortgage backed securities available-for-sale
|
(183,849)
|
(37,992)
|
-
|
Principal
collected on mortgage backed securities available-for-sale
|
48,155
|
33,329
|
39,420
|
Net
increase in loans
|
(416,504)
|
(174,029)
|
(91,789)
|
Proceeds
from the sale of other real estate owned ("OREO") and real
estate investment property owned
|
767
|
-
|
908
|
Proceeds
from BOLI benefit payment
|
-
|
631
|
-
|
Purchases
of fixed assets, net
|
(8,356)
|
(2,566)
|
(7,818)
|
Purchase
of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York capital stock
|
(14,406)
|
(7,734)
|
(1,378)
|
Net
cash used in Investing Activities
|
(449,672)
|
(242,088)
|
(63,066)
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
Increase
in due to depositors
|
80,053
|
171,466
|
93,760
|
Increase
(decrease) in escrow and other deposits
|
77,912
|
5,836
|
(1,145)
|
Increase
(Decrease) in securities sold under agreements to
repurchase
|
74,920
|
34,845
|
(85,220)
|
Proceeds
from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances
|
313,175
|
135,000
|
40,000
|
Proceeds
from exercise of stock options
|
2,473
|
136
|
910
|
Excess
tax benefits of stock plans
|
518
|
174
|
621
|
Cash
dividends re-assumed through liquidation of RRP
|
-
|
958
|
-
|
Purchase
of common stock by the RRP and BMP
|
(66)
|
-
|
(70)
|
Cash
dividends paid to stockholders and cash disbursed in payment of stock
dividends
|
(18,269)
|
(19,006)
|
(19,751)
|
Purchase
of treasury stock
|
(654)
|
(29,650)
|
(11,024)
|
Net
cash provided by Financing Activities
|
530,062
|
299,759
|
18,081
|
INCREASE(DECREASE)
IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
|
109,312
|
75,444
|
(13,935)
|
CASH
AND DUE FROM BANKS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
|
101,708
|
26,264
|
40,199
|
CASH
AND DUE FROM BANKS, END OF PERIOD
|
$211,020
|
$101,708
|
$26,264
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
Cash
paid for income taxes
|
$20,196
|
$20,622
|
$15,531
|
Cash
paid for interest
|
$109,787
|
$110,508
|
$93,530
|
Loans
transferred to OREO
|
$1,564
|
-
|
-
|
Transfer
of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity (at fair
value)
|
$11,501
|
-
|
-
|
Amortization
of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to
held-to-maturity
|
$134
|
-
|
-
|
Reversal
of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to
held-to-maturity
|
$2,586
|
-
|
-
|
See notes
to consolidated financial statements.
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars
In Thousands except for share amounts)
1. NATURE
OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
- Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. (the "Holding Company" and together with its direct
and indirect subsidiaries, the "Company") is a Delaware corporation organized by
The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (the "Bank") for the purpose of acquiring
all of the capital stock of the Bank issued in the Bank's conversion to stock
ownership on June 26, 1996. At December 31, 2008, the significant
assets of the Holding Company were the capital stock of the Bank, the Holding
Company's loan to the ESOP and investments retained by the Holding
Company. The liabilities of the Holding Company were comprised
primarily of a $25,000 subordinated note payable maturing in May 2010 and
$72,165 of trust preferred securities payable maturing in 2034. The
Company is subject to the financial reporting requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
The Bank
was originally founded in 1864 as a New York State-chartered mutual savings
bank. In November 1995, the Bank converted to a federally chartered
stock savings bank. The Bank has been a community-oriented financial
institution providing financial services and loans for housing within its market
areas. The Bank maintains its headquarters in the Williamsburg
section of the borough of Brooklyn, New York. The Bank has
twenty-three retail banking offices located throughout the boroughs of Brooklyn,
Queens, and the Bronx, and in Nassau County, New York.
Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies
– Management believes that the accounting and reporting policies
of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America ("GAAP"). The following is a description of the
significant policies.
Principles of Consolidation
-
The accompanying 2008, 2007 and 2006 consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Holding Company, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank
and 842 Manhattan Avenue Corporation. 842 Manhattan Avenue
Corporation previously owned and managed a real estate property that housed a
former branch office of Financial Federal Savings Bank, F.S.B. ("FFSB"), a
subsidiary of Financial Bancorp, Inc. ("FIBC"), which the Holding Company
acquired on January 21, 1999. The property was sold in 2006, and as a
result, 842 Manhattan Avenue Corporation held no real estate at December 31,
2008. All financial statements presented also include the accounts of
the Bank's five wholly-owned subsidiaries, Boulevard Funding Corp. (''BFC''),
Havemeyer Investments, Inc., DSBW Preferred Funding Corporation ("DPFC"), DSBW
Residential Preferred Funding Corporation ("DRPFC"), Dime Reinvestment Company
("DRC") and 195 Havemeyer Corp. DPFC and DRPFC were both established
in March 1998 and are intended to qualify as real estate investment trusts for
federal tax purposes. DPFC invests in multifamily and commercial real
estate loans, while DRPFC invests in one- to four-family real estate
loans. BFC was established in order to invest in real estate joint
ventures and other real estate assets. As of December 31, 2008, BFC owned a
property that entered OREO status in December 2008 and had some other minor
financial investments. DRC was established in 2004 in order to
function as a Qualified Community Development Entity as defined in the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). DRC is currently
inactive. 195 Havemeyer Corp. was established in 2008 and owns and
manages a real estate property currently intended, in whole or in part, for Bank
use. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation. The financial statements presented for
the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period January 1, 2007 through June
30, 2007, include the accounts of Havemeyer Equities Corp.
(''HEC''). HEC was originally established in order to invest in real
estate joint ventures and other real estate assets. In June 1998, HEC
assumed direct ownership of DPFC. HEC ceased operations effective the
close of business on June 30, 2007, and was legally dissolved prior to December
31, 2007. All of the assets and liabilities of HEC, including the
direct ownership of DPFC, were assumed by the Bank.
Cash and Due from Banks
-
Cash and due from banks represents cash held
by the Bank (including cash on hand at its branches), as well as cash held by
the Holding Company and other subsidiary companies that is not subject to
elimination in consolidation.
Federal Funds Sold and Other
Short-term Investments
- Purchases and sales of federal funds sold and
other short-term investments are recorded on trade date. Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments are carried at cost, which
approximates market value due to the short-term nature of the
investment.
Investment Securities and
Mortgage-Backed Securities
("MBS") - Purchases and sales of investment
and mortgage-backed securities are recorded on trade date. Gains and
losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities are recorded on the
specific identification basis.
Debt and
equity securities that have readily determinable fair values are carried at fair
value unless they are held-to-maturity. Debt securities are classified as
held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost only if the Company has a
positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. If not
classified as held-to-maturity, such securities are classified as securities
available-for-sale or as trading securities. Unrealized holding gains or losses
on securities available-for-sale that are deemed temporary are excluded from net
income and reported net of income taxes as other comprehensive income or
loss. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, all equity securities were
classified as available-for-sale. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank has
acquired securities for the purpose of engaging in trading
activities.
The
Company conducts a quarterly review and evaluation of its securities portfolio
taking into account the severity and duration of a decline in market value, as
well as its intent with regard to the securities in order to determine if a
decline in market value of any security below its amortized cost basis is other
than temporary. If such decline is deemed other than temporary, the carrying
amount of the security is adjusted through a charge to net income in the amount
of the decline in value.
Loans Held for Sale -
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are
carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair
value. Multifamily residential and mixed use loans sold are generally
sold with servicing rights retained.
Allowance for Loan Losses and
Reserve for Loan Commitments -
The Company provides a valuation allowance
for estimated losses inherent in its loan portfolio. The valuation
allowance for estimated losses on loans is based on the Bank's past loan loss
experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse
situations which may affect a borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of
underlying collateral and current economic conditions in the Bank's lending
area. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged to
operations and is reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Although
management uses available information to estimate losses on loans, future
additions to, or reductions in, the allowance may be necessary based on changes
in economic conditions beyond management's control. Management believes, based
upon all relevant and available information, that the allowance for loan losses
is appropriate to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio.
SFAS No.
114, ''Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,'' as amended by SFAS
118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and
Disclosures, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 114," ("Amended SFAS 114"),
requires all creditors to account for impaired loans, except those loans that
are accounted for at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value, at the
present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective
interest rate. As an expedient, creditors may account for impaired
loans at the fair value of the collateral or at the observable market price of
the loan if one exists. If the estimated fair value of an impaired
loan is less than the recorded amount, a specific valuation allowance is
established. If the impairment is considered to be permanent, a
write-down is charged against the allowance for loan losses. In
accordance with Amended SFAS 114, homogeneous loans are not individually
considered for impairment. The Company considers individual one- to
four-family residential mortgage and cooperative apartment loans having a
balance of $625.5 or less and all consumer loans to be small balance homogenous
loan pools and, accordingly, not covered by Amended SFAS 114.
The Bank
maintains a separate reserve within other liabilities associated with
commitments to fund future loans that have been accepted by the
borrower. This reserve is determined based upon the historical loss
experience of similar loans owned by the Bank at each period end. Any
increases in this reserve amount are achieved via a transfer of reserves from
the Bank's allowance for loan losses, with any resulting shortfall in the
allowance for loan losses satisfied through the quarterly provision for loan
losses. Any decreases in the loan commitment reserve are recognized
as a transfer of reserve balances back to the allowance for loans losses at each
period end.
Reserve For the Recourse Exposure on
Multifamily Loans Sold to Fannie Mae ("FNMA").
A reserve is
also recorded in other liabilities related to certain multifamily residential
real estate loans sold with recourse under an agreement with
FNMA. Consistent with the methodology utilized in determining the
allowance for loan losses, for all performing loans within the FNMA serviced
pool, the reserve recognized is the present value of the estimated future losses
calculated based upon the historical loss experience for comparable multifamily
loans owned by the Bank. For problem loans within the pool, the
estimated future losses are determined in a manner consistent with impaired and
classified loans within the Bank's loan portfolio.
Loans -
Loans are reported at
the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned fees or costs and the
allowance for loan losses. Interest income on loans is recorded using
the level yield method. Under this method, discount accretion and
premium amortization are included in interest income. Loan
origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and
amortized as a yield adjustment over the contractual loan terms.
Accrual
of interest is generally discontinued on loans that have missed three
consecutive monthly payments, at which time the Bank generally does not
recognize the interest from the third month and evaluates whether the accrual of
interest associated with the first two missed payments should be
reversed. Payments on nonaccrual loans are generally applied to
principal. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest
when a loan is in the process of collection and the estimated fair value of the
collateral is sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal balance (including
any outstanding advances related to the loan) and accrued interest. Loans are
returned to accrual status once the doubt concerning collectibility has been
removed and the borrower has demonstrated performance in accordance with the
loan terms and conditions for a period of at least six months.
Mortgage Servicing Rights -
The cost of mortgage loans sold with servicing rights retained by the
Bank is allocated between the loans and the servicing rights based on their
estimated fair values at the time of the loan sale. Servicing assets are carried
at the lower of cost or fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over
the period of, anticipated net servicing income. The Company
adopted SFAS No. 156, "Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets" ("SFAS
156") effective January 1, 2007. SFAS 156 requires all separately
recognized mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") to be initially measured at fair
value, if practicable. The estimated fair value of loan servicing
assets is determined by calculating the present value of estimated future net
servicing cash flows, using assumptions of prepayments, defaults, servicing
costs and discount rates derived based upon actual historical results for the
Bank, or, in the absence of such data, from historical results for the Bank's
peers. Capitalized loan servicing assets are stratified based on predominant
risk characteristics of the underlying loans (
i.e.,
collateral, interest
rate, servicing spread and maturity) for the purpose of evaluating impairment. A
valuation allowance is then established in the event the recorded value of an
individual stratum exceeds its fair value. Third party valuations of
the loan servicing asset are performed on a quarterly basis, and were performed
as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. In accordance with the provisions
of SFAS 156, the Bank elected to continue its practice of amortizing its MSR in
proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or net
servicing loss.
OREO
- Properties acquired as
a result of foreclosure on a mortgage loan or a deed in lieu of foreclosure are
classified as OREO and are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in
the related loan or the fair value of the property on the date of acquisition,
with any resulting write down charged to the allowance for loan
losses. Subsequent write downs are charged directly to operating
expenses.
Premises and Fixed Assets,
Net
- Land is stated at original cost. Buildings and furniture, fixtures
and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
properties as follows:
Buildings
|
|
2.22%
to 2.50% per year
|
Furniture,
fixtures and equipment
|
|
10%
per year
|
Computer
equipment
|
|
33.33%
per year
|
Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the
remaining non-cancelable terms of the related leases.
Earnings Per Share
("EPS")
-
EPS are
calculated and reported in accordance with SFAS 128, "Earnings Per
Share.'' SFAS 128 requires disclosure of basic EPS and diluted EPS
for entities with complex capital structures on the face of the income
statement, along with a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic
and diluted EPS.
Basic EPS
is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares
outstanding during the year. In determining the weighted average
shares outstanding for basic EPS, treasury stock and unallocated ESOP shares are
excluded. All restricted stock award shares, vested or unvested, are
included in the calculation of the weighted average shares outstanding for basic
EPS. Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic
EPS, but reflects the potential dilution that would occur if "in the money"
stock options were exercised and converted into common stock.
The
following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic EPS and
diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
Net
Income per the Consolidated Statements
of
Operations
|
$28,028
|
$22,443
|
$30,592
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average shares outstanding utilized in the
calculation
of basic EPS
|
32,676,282
|
33,522,224
|
34,904,225
|
|
|
|
|
Common
stock equivalents resulting from the
dilutive
effect of "in-the-money" stock options
|
259,905
|
112,183
|
250,602
|
Anti-dilutive
effect of tax benefits associated with
"in-the-money"
non-qualified stock options
|
(111,385)
|
(27,381)
|
(79,918)
|
Weighted
average shares outstanding utilized in the
calculation
of diluted EPS
|
32,824,802
|
33,607,026
|
35,074,909
|
Common
stock equivalents resulting from the dilutive effect of "in-the-money" stock
options are calculated based upon the excess of the average market value of the
Company's common stock over the exercise price of outstanding
options.
There
were approximately 812,421 weighted average options, 2,053,104 weighted average
options, and 1,077,676 weighted average options for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, that were not considered in the calculation
of diluted EPS since their exercise prices exceeded the average market price
during the relevant period.
Accounting for Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets
– SFAS 142 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,"
established standards for goodwill acquired in a business
combination. SFAS 142 eliminated amortization of goodwill and instead
required the performance of a transitional goodwill impairment test at least
annually. In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company performed
impairment tests of goodwill as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006. In each instance, the Company concluded that no potential
impairment of goodwill existed. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the
Company had goodwill totaling $55.6 million.
Changes
in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods presented are as
follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Original
Amount
|
$73,107
|
$73,107
|
$73,107
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
(17,469)
|
(17,469)
|
(17,469)
|
Net
Carrying Value
|
$55,638
|
$55,638
|
$55,638
|
Income Taxes -
Income taxes
are accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes,"
which requires that deferred taxes be provided for temporary differences between
the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation
allowance is recognized against deferred tax assets in the event that it is more
likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be fully
realized.
The
Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. Provisions of FIN 48 were
clarified by FASB Staff Position FIN 48-1 "Definition of Settlement in FASB
Interpretation No. 48." Please refer to Note 14 for a discussion of
FIN 48.
Employee Benefits –
The Bank
maintains The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Plan [the "401(k) Plan"]
for substantially all of its employees, and the Retirement Plan of The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (the "Employee Retirement Plan"), both of which
are tax qualified under the "Code".
The Bank
also maintains the Postretirement Welfare Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh (the "Postretirement Benefit Plan."), providing additional
postretirement benefits to certain employees that are recorded in accordance
with SFAS 106, ''Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions.'' SFAS 106 requires accrual of postretirement benefits
(such as health care benefits) during the years an employee provides
services.
The
Company adopted SFAS 158 effective December 31, 2006. SFAS 158
requires an employer sponsoring a single employer defined benefit plan to do the
following: (1) recognize the funded status of a benefit plan in its statements
of financial condition, measured as the difference between plan assets at fair
value (with limited exceptions) and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan,
the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other
postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit
obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation; (2) recognize
as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses
and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not
recognized as components of net periodic benefit or cost pursuant to SFAS 87,
"Employers’ Accounting for Pensions," or SFAS 106, "Employers’ Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions." Amounts recognized in
accumulated other comprehensive income, including the gains or losses, prior
service costs or credits, and the transition asset or obligation remaining from
the initial application of SFAS 87 and SFAS 106, are adjusted as they are
subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to
the recognition and amortization provisions of those Statements; (3) measure
defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s
fiscal year-end statements of financial condition (with limited exceptions); and
(4) disclose in the notes to financial statements additional information about
certain effects on net periodic benefit cost for the next fiscal year that arise
from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits,
and transition asset or obligation. Effective January 1, 2008, in
compliance with applicable provisions of SFAS 158, the Company changed the
measurement date for its defined benefit plans from October 1st to December
31st. As a result of this change, the Company recorded a transition
adjustment on January 1, 2008 that reduced its consolidated stockholders' equity
by $87.
The
Holding Company and Bank maintain the ESOP. Compensation expense
related to the ESOP is recorded in accordance with Statement of Position No.
93-6, which requires the compensation expense to be recorded during the period
in which the shares become committed to be released to
participants. The compensation expense is measured based upon the
fair market value of the stock during the period, and, to the extent that the
fair value of the shares committed to be released differs from the original cost
of such shares, the difference is recorded as an adjustment to additional
paid-in capital.
The
Holding Company and Bank maintain the
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors,
Officers and Employees (the "1996 Stock Option Plan"), the Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and
Employees (the "2001 Stock Option Plan") and the
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
2004
Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees (the "2004
Stock Incentive Plan," and collectively the "Stock Plans"); which are discussed
more fully in Note 15.
Grants of stock options during the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were accounted for at fair value in
accordance with SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) "Share Based Payment" ("SFAS
123R").
Grants of
restricted stock awards during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
were accounted for at fair value in accordance with SFAS 123R.
Derivative Instruments
- All
derivatives are recognized at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the
consolidated statements of financial condition. A derivative may be
designated as a hedge against exposure to changes in either: (i) the fair value
of a recognized asset, liability or firm commitment, (ii) cash flows of a
recognized or forecasted transaction, or (iii) foreign currencies of a net
investment in foreign operations, firm commitments, available-for-sale
securities or a forecasted transaction. Depending upon the
effectiveness of the hedge and/or the transaction being hedged, any fluctuations
in the fair value of the derivative instrument are required to be either
recognized in earnings in the current year, deferred to future periods, or
recognized in other comprehensive income. Changes in the fair value
of derivative instruments not receiving hedge accounting recognition are
recorded in current year earnings.
During
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, neither the Holding Company
nor the Bank held any derivative instruments or any embedded derivative
instruments that required bifurcation.
BOLI
– BOLI is carried at its
contract value. Increases in the contract value are recorded as
non-interest income in the consolidated statements of operations and insurance
proceeds received are recorded as a reduction of the contract
value.
Comprehensive Income
-
Comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
determined in accordance with SFAS 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income.'' Comprehensive income includes changes in the unrealized
gain or loss on available-for-sale securities and minimum pension liability,
which, under GAAP, bypass net income and are typically reported as components of
stockholders' equity. All comprehensive income adjustment items are
presented net of applicable tax effect.
Disclosures About Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information
- The Company has one reportable
segment, "Community Banking." All of the Company's activities are
interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on the manner in
which it supports the other activities of the Company. For example,
lending is dependent upon the ability of the Bank to fund itself with retail
deposits and other borrowings and to manage interest rate and credit
risk. Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon
analysis of the Company as one operating segment or unit. The Chief
Executive Officer is considered the chief decision maker for this reportable
segment.
For the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there was no customer that
accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated revenue.
Recently Issued Accounting
Standards
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS
157"), which defined fair value, established a framework for measuring fair
value under GAAP, and expanded disclosures about fair value
measurements. Other current accounting pronouncements that require or
permit fair value measurements require application of SFAS 157. SFAS
157 does not require any new fair value measurements, however, changes the
definition of, and methods used to measure, fair value. SFAS 157
emphasizes fair value as a market-based, not entity-specific, measurement. Under
SFAS 157, a fair value measurement should be based on the assumptions that
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. SFAS
157 further establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (i)
market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from
sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs), and (ii) the
reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions
developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. SFAS 157
also expands disclosures about the use of fair value to measure assets and
liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial
recognition. The Company adopted SFAS 157 on January 1,
2008. Disclosures required as a result of the adoption of SFAS 157
are included in Note 17.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB
Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements" ("FSP 157-2"). FSP 157-2
delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonrecurring fair value
measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities until fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2008.
On
October 10, 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 157-3, "Determining the
Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active."
("FSP 157-3"). FSP 157-3 clarified the application of SFAS 157 in a
market that is not active. FSP 157-3 reiterated several key
principles of SFAS 157, such as the requirement that a fair value measurement
represent the price at which a transaction would occur between market
participants as of the measurement date. FSP 157-3 was deemed
effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements
have not been issued. The Company considered the relevant provisions
of FSP 157-3 in its election to change its method of valuation for its
investment in pooled trust preferred securities during the year ended December
31, 2008.
In June
2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position EITF 03-6-1, "Determining Whether
Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating
Securities" ("FSP EITF 03-6-1"). FSP EITF 03-6-1 affects entities
that accrue cash dividends on share-based payment awards during the service
period when the dividends need not be returned if the employees forfeit the
awards. Under FSP EITF 03-6-1, all share-based payment awards that
accrue cash dividends (whether paid or unpaid) any time the common shareholders
receive dividends are considered participating securities if the dividends need
not be returned to the entity if the employee forfeits the award. Because the
awards are considered participating securities, the issuing entity is required
to apply the two-class method of computing basic and diluted EPS under SFAS
128. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. FSP
EITF 03-6-1 requires an entity to retroactively adjust all prior-period EPS
computations to reflect its provisions. Early adoption of the FSP
EITF 03-6-1 is not permitted. Adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 is not
expected to have a material impact upon the Company's consolidated financial
statements.
In May
2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, "The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles" ("SFAS 162"). SFAS 162 identifies the sources
of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in
the preparation of financial statements of non-governmental entities that are
presented in conformity with GAAP. SFAS 162 became effective on
November 15, 2008. Adoption of SFAS 162 is not expected to have a
material impact upon the Company's consolidated financial condition or results
of operations.
In March
2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133" ("SFAS
161"). SFAS 161 changes the disclosure requirements for
derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures
about (i) the manner in which and reason that an entity
uses
derivative instruments, with particular emphasis upon underlying risk, (ii) the
manner in which derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted
for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations, and (iii) (in tabular form)
the manner in which derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an
entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash
flows. SFAS 161 further requires enhanced disclosures of
credit-risk-related contingent features of derivative
instruments. This Statement is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008,
with early application encouraged. This Statement encourages, but does not
require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at initial
adoption. Adoption of SFAS 161 is not expected to have a material
impact upon the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of
operations.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 140-3, "Accounting for
Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions" ("FSP
140-3"). FSP 140-3 provides guidance on accounting for a transfer of
a financial asset and repurchase financing. FSP 140-3 presumes that an initial
transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of
the same arrangement (linked transaction) under SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities"
("SFAS 140"), however, if certain criteria are satisfied, the initial transfer
and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and
shall be evaluated separately under SFAS 140. Under FSP 140-3, a transferor and
transferee shall not separately account for a transfer of a financial asset and
a related repurchase financing unless: (i) the two transactions have a valid and
distinct business or economic purpose for being entered into separately, and
(ii) the repurchase financing does not result in the initial transferor
regaining control over the financial asset. FSP 140-3 is effective
for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently
evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of FSP 140-3 on its
consolidated financial statements.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business
Combinations" ("SFAS 141R"), which replaces FASB Statement No. 141. SFAS 141R
establishes principles and requirements governing the manner in
which an acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its
financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also
establishes disclosure requirements intended to enable users to evaluate the
nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective
for business combinations occurring during a fiscal year beginning after
December 15, 2008.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in
Consolidated Financial Statements— an amendment of ARB No. 51" ("SFAS
160"). SFAS 160 requires that, for purposes of accounting and
reporting, minority interests be re-characterized as non-controlling interests
and classified as a component of equity. SFAS 160 also requires
financial reporting disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between
the interests of the parent and the non-controlling owners. SFAS 160 applies to
all entities that prepare consolidated financial statements other than
not-for-profit organizations, however, will affect only those entities that have
an outstanding non-controlling interest in one or more subsidiaries or that
deconsolidate a subsidiary. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption of SFAS 160 is not
expected to have a material impact upon the Company's consolidated financial
condition or results of operations.
In
November 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, "Written Loan
Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings" ("SAB 109"). SAB
109 provides guidance on accounting for loan commitments recorded at fair value
under GAAP. SAB 109 supersedes SAB No. 105, "Application of Accounting
Principles to Loan Commitments." SAB 109 requires that the expected
net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of a loan be included
in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at
fair value. The provisions of SAB 109 are applicable on a prospective basis to
written loan commitments recorded at fair value that are issued or modified in
fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company
adopted SAB 109 on January 1, 2008. Adoption of SAB 109 did not have
a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition or results
of operations.
In
February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159
, "
The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
"
("SFAS
159"). SFAS 159 permits companies to measure many financial
instruments and certain other items at fair value. SFAS 159 seeks to
improve the overall quality of financial reporting by providing companies the
opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring
related assets and liabilities differently without requiring the application of
complex hedge accounting provisions. The Company adopted SFAS 159 on
January 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not have an impact on
the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations, as the
Company did not elect to apply the fair value method of accounting to any of its
assets or liabilities.
On
January 12, 2009, the FASB issued Staff Position EITF 99-20-1, "Amendments to
the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20" ("FSP EITF
99-20-1"). FSP EITF 99-20-1 amends the impairment guidance in EITF
Issue No. 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased
Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held
by a
Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets” ("EITF 99-20"), to achieve more
consistent determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has
occurred. GAAP provides two different models for determining whether
the impairment of a debt security is other than temporary. EITF 99-20
requires the use of market participant assumptions about future cash flows. This
cannot be overcome by management judgment of the probability of collecting all
cash flows previously projected. SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities
,"
("SFAS 115") does not
require exclusive reliance on market participant assumptions about future cash
flows. Rather, SFAS 115 permits the use of reasonable management judgment of the
probability that the holder will be unable to collect all amounts
due. FSP EITF 99-20-1 retains and emphasizes the objective of an
other-than temporary impairment assessment and the related disclosure
requirements in SFAS 115, and permits the evaluation of impaired assets under
the jurisdiction of EITF 99-20 to be evaluated in accordance with the other-than
temporary impairment methodology of SFAS 115. EITF 99-20-1 was
effective immediately upon issuance. Adoption of EITF 99-20-1 did not
have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or
results of operations.
On
September 12, 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4,
"Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of
FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161" ("FSP FIN 45-4"). FSP FIN
45-4 amends FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities," to require disclosures by sellers of credit derivatives,
including credit derivatives embedded in a hybrid instrument. This FSP also
amends FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others," to require an additional disclosure about the current status of the
payment/performance risk of a guarantee. Further, this FSP clarifies the Board’s
intent about the effective date of SFAS 161. FSP FIN 45-4 is effective for
reporting periods ending after November 15, 2008. Application of FSP
FIN 45-4 resulted in expanded disclosure of the Company's FNMA recourse
exposure. Adoption of FSP FIN 45-4 did not have a material effect
upon the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of
operations.
In
December 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8,
"Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial
Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities" ("FSP
140-4"). FSP 140-4 amends SFAS 14 to require public entities to
provide additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets. It also
amends FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), "Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities," to require public enterprises, including sponsors
that have a variable interest in a variable interest entity, to provide
additional disclosures about their involvement with variable interest entities.
Additionally, FSP 140-4 requires certain disclosures to be provided by a public
enterprise that is (a) a sponsor of a qualifying special purpose entity ("SPE")
that holds a variable interest in the qualifying SPE but was not the transferor
(nontransferor) of financial assets to the qualifying SPE, or (b) a servicer of
a qualifying SPE that holds a significant variable interest in the qualifying
SPE but was not the transferor (nontransferor) of financial assets to the
qualifying SPE. FSP 140-4 is effective for reporting periods ending
after December 15, 2008. FSP 140-4 is applicable to the Company's
MSR. The adoption of FSP 140-4 did not have a material effect upon
the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of
operations.
In
December 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 132(R)-1, "Employers’
Disclosures About Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets" ("FSP
132R-1"). FSP 132R-1 requires additional disclosure regarding
investment allocations, major categories, valuation techniques and
concentrations of risk related to plan assets held in an employer's defined
benefit pension or postretirement plan. FSP 132R-1 further requires
disclosure of any effects of utilizing significant unobservable inputs (as
defined in SFAS 157) upon the overall change in the fair value of the plan
assets during the reporting period. FSP 132R-1 is effective for years
ending after December 31, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating
the impact of adoption.
Use of Estimates in the Preparation
of the Consolidated Financial Statements
- Various elements of
the Company’s accounting policies are inherently subject to estimation
techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. The
Company’s policies with respect to the methodologies it uses to determine the
allowance for loan losses, reserves for loan commitments and FNMA recourse
exposure, the valuation of MSR, asset impairments (including the valuation of
goodwill and other than temporary declines in the valuation of securities), the
recognition of deferred tax assets and unrecognized tax positions, the
recognition of loan income, the valuation of financial instruments and
accounting for defined benefit plans, are its most critical accounting policies
because they are important to the presentation of the Company’s consolidated
financial condition and results of operations, involve a significant degree of
complexity and require management to make difficult and subjective judgments
which often necessitate assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters.
The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in
material variations in the Company's consolidated results of operations or
financial condition.
Reclassification
– Certain amounts as of and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006 have been reclassified to conform to their presentation as of and for the
year ended December 31, 2008. In particular, the Company reclassified
the gains or losses recorded on sales of loans, along with servicing fees on
loans sold to third parties, into a separate line item within non-interest
income entitled "Mortgage Banking Income." The effects of this
reclassification are presented in Note 7.
2. CONVERSION
TO STOCK FORM OF OWNERSHIP
On
November 2, 1995, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of
Conversion to convert from mutual to stock form of ownership. At the
time of conversion, the Bank established a liquidation account in an amount
equal to the retained earnings of the Bank as of the date of the most recent
financial statements contained in the final conversion prospectus. The
liquidation account is reduced annually to the extent that eligible account
holders have reduced their qualifying deposits as of each anniversary date.
Subsequent increases in deposits do not restore an eligible account holder's
interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation,
each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the
liquidation account in an amount proportionate to the adjusted qualifying
balances on the date of liquidation for accounts held
at conversion.
The
Holding Company acquired Conestoga Bancorp, Inc. ("Conestoga") on June 26,
1996. The liquidation account previously established by Conestoga's
subsidiary, Pioneer Savings Bank, F.S.B., during its initial public offering in
March 1993, was assumed by the Company in the acquisition.
The
Holding Company acquired FIBC on January 21, 1999. The liquidation
account previously established by FIBC's subsidiary, FFSB, during its initial
public offering, was assumed by the Company in the acquisition.
The
Holding Company may not declare or pay cash dividends on, or repurchase any of,
its shares of common stock if the effect thereof would cause stockholders'
equity to be reduced below either applicable regulatory capital maintenance
requirements, or the amount of the liquidation account, or if such declaration
or payment or repurchase would otherwise violate regulatory
requirements.
3. INVESTMENT
SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY AND AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
On
September 1, 2008, the Bank transferred eight investment securities with an
amortized cost of $19,922 that were primarily secured by the preferred debt
obligations of a pool of U.S. banks (with a small portion secured by debt
obligations of insurance companies) from its available-for-sale portfolio to its
held-to-maturity portfolio. Based upon the lack of an orderly market
for these securities, management determined that a formal election to hold these
securities to maturity was consistent with its initial investment
decision. On the date of transfer, the unrealized loss of $8,420 on
these securities continued to be recognized as a component of accumulated other
comprehensive loss within the Company's consolidated stockholders' equity (net
of income tax benefit), and was expected to be amortized over the remaining
average life of the securities, which approximated 25.7 years on a weighted
average basis. During the period September 1, 2008 through December
31, 2008, amortization of this unrealized loss totaled $134. In
addition, $2,586 of this unrealized loss was reversed related to two securities
for which an other-than temporary impairment charge was recognized during the
period. At December 31, 2008, the remaining unrealized loss will be
amortized during the remaining contractual life of these securities, which have
contractual maturities ranging from April 3, 2032 through September 22,
2037.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a pre-tax other-than
temporary impairment charge of $3,209 related to two of these pooled trust
preferred securities. As of December 31, 2008, these securities were
performing in accordance with their contractual terms, and had paid all
contractual cash flows since the Bank’s initial investment. In management’s
judgment, however, the credit quality of the collateral pool underlying the two
securities had deteriorated to the point that full recovery of the Bank’s
initial investment was considered uncertain. Consequently, an other-than
temporary impairment charge was deemed to be warranted as of December 31,
2008. The pre-tax other-than temporary impairment charge was
reflected in the Company's consolidated results of operations.
The
amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of
investment securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2008 were as
follows:
|
Investment
Securities Held-to-Maturity
|
|
Carrying
Amount(1)
|
Amortized
Cost(2)
|
Gross
Unrealized Gains
|
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
Debt
Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pooled
trust preferred securities
|
$10,861
|
$16,561
|
$-
|
$(7,479)
|
$9,082
|
(1)
|
Amount
reflects a remaining unrealized loss of $5,700 that existed when the
securities were transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity on
September 1, 2008.
|
(2)
|
Amount
has been reduced by an other-than temporary impairment charge of $3,209
recognized during the year ended December 31,
2008.
|
The
balance of unrealized losses shown in the above table related to six pooled
trust preferred securities, each of which have been in an unrealized loss
position for 12 or more months at December 31, 2008. Despite both the
decline in market value and the period for which the securities have remained in
an unrealized loss position, management believes that the $7,479 of unrealized
losses on the six pooled trust preferred securities at December 31, 2008 were
temporary, and that the full value of these investments will be realized once
the market dislocations have been removed or as the securities continue to
satisfy their contractual payments of principal and interest. In
making this determination, management considered the following:
In
addition to satisfying all contractual payments since inception, each of the six
securities demonstrated the following beneficial credit
characteristics:
·
|
All
securities have maintained an investment grade rating since inception from
at least one rating agency
|
·
|
Each
security has a diverse pool of underlying
issuers
|
·
|
None
of the securities have exposure to real estate investment trust issued
debt (which has experienced high default
rates)
|
·
|
Each
security features either a mandatory auction or a de-leveraging mechanism
that could result in principal repayments to the Bank prior to the stated
maturity
of the security
|
·
|
Each
security is characterized by some level of
over-collateralization
|
Based
upon an internal review of the collateral backing these securities, which
accounted for current and prospective deferrals, each of the securities can
reasonably be expected to continue making contractual payments.
The
amortized/historical cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair
value of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2008 were as
follows:
|
Investment
Securities Available-for-Sale
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized/
Historical
Cost
|
Gross
Unrealized Gains
|
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
Debt
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
agency obligations
|
$1,035
|
$1
|
-
|
$1,036
|
Municipal
agencies
|
9,931
|
216
|
$(14)
|
$10,133
|
Total
debt securities
|
10,966
|
217
|
(14)
|
11,169
|
Equity
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
Mutual
fund investments
|
8,057
|
-
|
(2,624)
|
5,433
|
|
$19,023
|
$217
|
$(2,638)
|
$16,602
|
The
amortized cost and estimated fair value of the debt securities component of
investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2008, are shown below
by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual
maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with
or without call or prepayment fees.
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
Due
after one year through five years
|
$347
|
$361
|
Due
after five years through ten years
|
10,619
|
10,808
|
|
$10,966
|
$11,169
|
The
following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment
securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2008, aggregated by investment
category and the length of time that the securities were in a continuous
unrealized loss position:
|
Less
than 12
Months
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
12
Months or More
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
Total
|
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Loss
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
Municipal
agencies (1)
|
$919
|
$8
|
297
|
6
|
$1,216
|
$14
|
Mutual
fund investments (2)
|
2,251
|
550
|
$3,138
|
$2,074
|
5,389
|
2,624
|
|
$3,170
|
$558
|
$3,435
|
$2,080
|
$6,605
|
$2,638
|
(1) At
December 31, 2008, the Bank owned one municipal security that possessed
unrealized losses for 12 or more consecutive months. This security
was sold in February 2009, with a gain recognized on the sale.
(2) The
mutual fund investments that possessed unrealized losses for 12 or more
consecutive months were three managed mutual funds that declined significantly
in 2008 as a result of problems encountered by the U.S. and international equity
markets. Two of these mutual funds were comprised solely of U.S.
equities and carried a high correlation to the performance of the Standard and
Poors 500 Equity Index. The third fund was comprised of international
equities and bears a high correlation to the performance of the MSCI Equity
index. Each of these mutual funds have regularly demonstrated the ability to
recover to their cost basis during periods in which the correlating equity
market indeces performed favorably. Management performed an historical analysis
of the average period for which a declining (or "bear") market has continued for
both the Standard and Poors 500 and MSCI Equity indeces. Based upon
this analysis, management believes that each of these securities were not other
than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008, as the correlating indeces to be
reasonably expected to recover within a period permitting the
unrealized losses could be deemed temporary (less than two years based upon
historical experience). The Company has the intent and ability to hold the
securities until recovery.
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no sales of investment securities
available-for-sale.
The
amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of
investment securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2007 were as
follows:
|
Investment
Securities Held-to-Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Gross
Unrealized Gains
|
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
Debt
Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations
of state and political
subdivisions,
maturity of less than one year
|
$80
|
$-
|
$-
|
$80
|
The
amortized/historical cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair
value of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2007 were as
follows:
|
Investment
Securities Available-for-Sale
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized/
Historical
Cost
|
Gross
Unrealized Gains
|
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
Debt
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal
agencies
|
$9,951
|
$94
|
$(17)
|
$10,028
|
Pooled
trust preferred securities
|
17,177
|
1
|
(223)
|
16,955
|
Total
debt securities
|
27,128
|
95
|
(240)
|
26,983
|
Equity
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
Mutual
fund investments
|
7,573
|
111
|
(572)
|
7,112
|
|
$34,701
|
$206
|
$(812)
|
$34,095
|
The
amortized cost and estimated fair value of the debt securities component of
investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2007, by contractual
maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual
maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with
or without call or prepayment fees.
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
Due
in one year or less
|
$5,218
|
$5,190
|
Due
after one year through five years
|
348
|
351
|
Due
after five years through ten years
|
9,603
|
9,677
|
Due
after ten years
|
11,959
|
11,765
|
|
$27,128
|
$26,983
|
The
following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment
securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2007, aggregated by investment
category and the length of time that the securities were in a continuous
unrealized loss position:
|
Less
than 12
Months
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
12
Months or More
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
Total
|
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
Fair Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Loss
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
Municipal
agencies
|
$2,679
|
$17
|
-
|
-
|
$2,679
|
$17
|
Pooled
trust preferred securities
|
15,512
|
223
|
-
|
-
|
15,512
|
223
|
Mutual
fund investments
|
1,245
|
58
|
$3,213
|
$514
|
4,458
|
572
|
|
$19,436
|
$298
|
$3,213
|
$514
|
$22,649
|
$812
|
At
December 31, 2007, the Company had two investment security positions that
possessed 12 months or more of consecutive unrealized losses, one of which was a
diversified mutual fund investment. The other security was a minor
equity investment in a financial institution that possessed an unrealized loss
of less than $2 as of December 31, 2007. Management does not believe
that any of the unrealized losses in the above table qualified as other-than
temporary impairments at December 31, 2007. In making this
determination, management considered the severity and duration of the loss, as
well as management's intent and ability to hold the securities until substantial
recovery of the loss.
During
the year ended December 31, 2007, there were no sales of investment securities
available-for-sale.
4. MBS
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
The
amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of
MBS available-for-sale at December 31, 2008 were as follows:
|
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Available-for-Sale
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Gross
Unrealized Gains
|
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations ("CMOs")
|
$93,983
|
$30
|
$(768)
|
$93,245
|
Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC")
pass-through certificates
|
144,688
|
1,775
|
(105)
|
146,358
|
FNMA
pass-through certificates
|
55,526
|
1,049
|
(6)
|
56,569
|
Government
National Mortgage Association
("GNMA")
pass-through certificates
|
1,057
|
-
|
(16)
|
1,041
|
Private
label MBS
|
4,474
|
-
|
(336)
|
4,138
|
|
$299,728
|
$2,854
|
$(1,231)
|
$301,351
|
At
December 31, 2008, MBS available-for-sale possessed a weighted average
contractual maturity of 18.1 years and a weighted average estimated duration of
2.7 years. During the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no
sales of MBS available-for-sale.
The
following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of MBS
available-for-sale at December 31, 2008, aggregated by investment category and
the length of time that the securities were in a continuous unrealized loss
position:
|
Less
than 12
Months
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
12
Months or More
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
Total
|
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Loss
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
Government
Sponsored Entity ("GSE") CMOs (1)
|
$13,506
|
$15
|
$54,433
|
$214
|
$67,939
|
$229
|
Private
label CMOs (1)
|
-
|
-
|
7,813
|
539
|
7,813
|
539
|
FHLMC
pass-through certificates
|
22,409
|
105
|
-
|
-
|
22,409
|
105
|
FNMA
pass-through certificates
|
1,412
|
6
|
-
|
-
|
1,412
|
6
|
GNMA
pass-through certificates
|
1,041
|
16
|
-
|
-
|
1,041
|
16
|
Private
label pass-through certificates
|
4,138
|
336
|
-
|
-
|
4,138
|
336
|
|
$42,506
|
$478
|
$62,246
|
$753
|
$104,752
|
$1,231
|
(1) At
December 31, 2008, each of the ten GSE sponsored CMOs, and three private label
CMOs that possessed unrealized losses for 12 or more consecutive months had the
highest possible credit quality rating. Since inception, virtually
all unrealized losses on these securities have resulted from interest rate
fluctuations. These securities were not deemed to be other than
temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008 due to the following: (1) their credit
quality rating remained superior; (2) the Company's investment was within the
highest available tranche (or repayment pool); and (3) the Company had the
intent and ability to hold the securities until recovery.
The
amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of
MBS available-for-sale at December 31, 2007 were as follows:
|
Mortgage-Backed
Securities Available-for-Sale
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
Gross
Unrealized Gains
|
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
CMOs
|
$119,386
|
$-
|
$(2,158)
|
$117,228
|
FHLMC
pass-through certificates
|
31,174
|
437
|
-
|
31,611
|
FNMA
pass-through certificates
|
12,677
|
77
|
(108)
|
12,646
|
GNMA
pass-through certificates
|
1,266
|
13
|
-
|
1,279
|
|
$164,503
|
$527
|
$(2,266)
|
$162,764
|
At
December 31, 2007, MBS available-for-sale possessed a weighted average
contractual maturity of 15.8 years and a weighted average estimated duration of
2.5 years. During the year ended December 31, 2007, there were no
sales of MBS available-for-sale.
The
following summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of MBS
available-for-sale at December 31, 2007, aggregated by investment category and
the length of time that the securities were in a continuous unrealized loss
position:
|
Less
than 12
Months
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
12
Months or More
Consecutive
Unrealized
Losses
|
Total
|
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Loss
|
Fair
Value
|
Gross
Unrealized Losses
|
CMOs
|
$-
|
$-
|
$7,860
|
$108
|
$7,860
|
$108
|
FNMA
pass-through certificates
|
-
|
-
|
117,227
|
2,158
|
117,227
|
2,158
|
|
$-
|
$-
|
$125,087
|
$2,266
|
$125,087
|
$2,266
|
At
December 31, 2007, there were twenty-three MBS positions that possessed 12
months or more of consecutive unrealized losses. The unrealized loss
for all twenty-three securities resulted solely from changes in interest rates
subsequent to acquisition of the security. Management does not
believe that any of the unrealized losses in the above table qualified as
other-than temporary impairments at December 31, 2007. In making this
determination, management considered the severity and duration of the loss, as
well as management's intent and ability to hold the securities until substantial
recovery of the loss. At December 31, 2007, all of the FNMA
pass-through certificates and CMOs that possessed unrealized losses for 12 or
more consecutive months had the highest possible credit quality
rating.
5. LOANS
The
Bank's real estate loans were composed of the following:
|
December
31,
2008
|
December
31,
2007
|
One-
to four-family
|
$130,663
|
$139,416
|
Multifamily
residential
|
2,241,800
|
1,948,000
|
Commercial
real estate
|
848,208
|
728,129
|
Construction
and land acquisition
|
52,982
|
49,387
|
Federal
Housing Authority and Veterans Administration
Insured
mortgage loans
|
742
|
1,029
|
Cooperative
apartment unit loans
|
11,632
|
6,172
|
|
3,286,027
|
2,872,133
|
Net
unearned costs
|
3,287
|
1,833
|
|
$3,289,314
|
$2,873,966
|
The Bank
originates both adjustable and fixed interest rate real estate
loans. At December 31, 2008, the approximate composition of these
loans was as follows:
Fixed
Rate
|
|
Adjustable
Rate
|
Period
to Maturity
|
Book Value
|
|
Earlier
of Period to Maturity
or
Next Repricing
|
Book
Value
|
1
year or less
|
$16,004
|
|
1
year or less
|
$310,361
|
>
1 year-3 years
|
27,025
|
|
>
1 year-3 years
|
1,009,357
|
>
3 years-5 years
|
182,898
|
|
>
3 years-5 years
|
1,100,111
|
>
5 years-10 years
|
181,453
|
|
>
5 years-10 years
|
351,146
|
>
10 years
|
107,404
|
|
>
10 years
|
268
|
|
$514,784
|
|
|
$2,771,243
|
The
adjustable-rate loans are generally indexed to the Federal Home Loan Bank of New
York ("FHLBNY") five-year borrowing rate, or the one- or three-year constant
maturity Treasury index. The contractual terms of adjustable rate
multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans provide that their
interest rate, upon repricing, cannot fall below their rate at the time of
origination. The Bank's one- to four-family residential
adjustable-rate loans are subject to periodic and lifetime caps and floors on
interest rate changes that typically range between 200 and 650 basis
points.
A
concentration of credit risk existed within the Bank's loan portfolio at
December 31, 2008, as the majority of real estate loans on that date were
collateralized by properties located in the New York City metropolitan
area.
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had $492,999 of loans in its portfolio that featured
interest only payments. These loans subject the Bank to additional
risk since their principal balance will not be reduced significantly prior to
contractual maturity. In addition at December 31, 2008, the Bank
possessed a loss exposure of up to $21,865 in connection with $50,957 of
interest only loans sold to FNMA.
The
Bank's other loans were composed of the following:
|
December
31,
2008
|
December
31,
2007
|
Passbook
loans (secured by savings
and
time deposits)
|
$1,059
|
$1,122
|
Consumer
installment and other loans
|
1,132
|
1,047
|
|
$2,191
|
$2,169
|
Loans on
which the accrual of interest was discontinued were $7,402 and $2,856 at
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Interest income foregone on
nonaccrual loans was $302 during the year ended December 31, 2008, $108 during
the year ended December 31, 2007, and $131 during the year ended December 31,
2006.
The Bank
had no loans considered troubled-debt restructurings at December 31, 2008 and
2007.
At
December 31, 2008, there were fifteen loans totaling $8,900 deemed impaired
under Amended SFAS 114, compared to six loans totaling $2,814 as of December 31,
2007. The average balance of impaired loans was approximately $5,106
during the year ended December 31, 2008, $2,717 during the year ended December
31, 2007, and $1,920 during the year ended December 31, 2006. During
the year ended December 31, 2008, write-downs of principal totaling $586 were
recognized on impaired loans. There were no write-downs on impaired
loans during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. At December
31, 2008 and 2007, reserves allocated within the allowance for loan losses for
impaired loans totaled $1,056 and $348, respectively. Net principal
received on impaired loans totaled $293 and net interest received on impaired
loans totaled $63 during the year ended December 31, 2008. Net
principal received on impaired loans totaled $1,950 and net interest received on
impaired loans totaled $326 during the year ended December 31,
2007. Net principal received on impaired loans totaled $628 and net
interest received on impaired loans totaled $132 during the year ended December
31, 2006.
The
following assumptions were utilized in evaluating the loan portfolio pursuant to
the provisions of Amended SFAS 114:
Homogenous Loans
- Individual
one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and cooperative apartment loans
having a balance of $625.5 or less and all consumer loans were considered to be
small balance homogenous loan pools and, accordingly, not subject to Amended
SFAS 114.
Loans Evaluated for
Impairment
- All non-homogeneous loans were individually evaluated for
potential impairment. Additionally, individual one- to four-family residential
and cooperative apartment unit mortgage loans exceeding $625.5 and delinquent in
excess of 60 days were evaluated for impairment. A loan is considered
impaired when it is probable that all contractual amounts due will not be
collected in accordance with the terms of the loan. A loan is not deemed to be
impaired, even during a period of delayed payment by the borrower, if the Bank
ultimately expects to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the
contractual rate. At December 31, 2007, all impaired loans were
on nonaccrual status. In addition, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately
$597 and $42, respectively, of one- to four-family residential and cooperative
apartment loans with a balance of $625.5 or less and consumer loans were on
nonaccrual status. These loans are considered as a homogeneous loan pool not
subject to Amended SFAS 114. At December 31, 2008, loans totaling
$2,096, while on accrual status, were deemed impaired due to concerns over their
payment history coupled with the potential shortfall of the value of their
underlying collateral in the event of foreclosure.
Reserves and Charge-Offs
-
The Bank allocates a portion of its total allowance for loan losses to loans
deemed impaired under Amended SFAS 114. All charge-offs on impaired loans are
recorded as a reduction in both loan principal and the allowance for loan
losses. Management evaluates the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses on a
regular basis. Management believes that its allowance for impaired
loans was adequate at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Measurement of Impairment -
Since all impaired loans are secured by real estate properties, the fair
value of the collateral is utilized to measure impairment. The fair
value of the collateral is measured as soon as practicable after the loan
becomes impaired and periodically thereafter.
Income Recognition
- Accrual
of interest is generally discontinued on loans that have missed three
consecutive monthly payments, at which time the Bank does not recognize the
interest from the third month and evaluates whether the accrual of interest
associated with the first two missed payments should be
reversed. Payments on nonaccrual loans are generally applied to
principal. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest
when a loan is in the process of collection and the estimated fair value of the
collateral is sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal balance (including
any outstanding advances made related to the loan) and accrued interest. Loans
are returned to accrual status once the doubt concerning collectibility has been
removed and the borrower has demonstrated performance in accordance with the
loan terms and conditions for a period of at least six months.
Delinquent
Serviced Loans Subject to a Recourse Exposure
The Bank
has a recourse exposure associated with multifamily loans that it sold to FNMA
between December 2002 and December 31, 2008. Under the terms of its
seller/servicer agreement with FNMA, the Bank is obligated to fund FNMA all
monthly principal and interest payments under the original terms of the loans
until the earlier of the following events: (1) the loans have been fully
satisfied or enter OREO status; or (2) the recourse exposure is fully
exhausted.
Within
the pool of multifamily loans sold to FNMA, the Bank had not received a payment
from the borrower in excess of 90 days on loans totaling $23,749 at December 31,
2008, and has identified an additional $3,555 of other problem
loans.
6. ALLOWANCE
FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RESERVE FOR RECOURSE EXPOSURE ON MULTIFAMILY LOANS SOLD TO
FNMA
Changes
in the allowance for loan losses for loans owned by the Bank were as
follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
$15,387
|
$15,514
|
$15,785
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
2,006
|
240
|
240
|
Loans
charged off
|
(612)
|
(28)
|
(50)
|
Recoveries
|
29
|
19
|
23
|
Transfer
from (to) reserves on loan commitments
|
644
|
(358)
|
(484)
|
Balance
at end of period
|
$17,454
|
$15,387
|
$15,514
|
The Bank
maintains a reserve liability in relation to the recourse exposure on
multifamily loans sold to FNMA that reflects estimated future losses on this
loan pool at each period end. In determining the estimate of probable
future losses, the Bank utilizes a methodology similar to the calculation of its
allowance for loan losses. For all performing loans within the
FNMA
serviced pool, the reserve recognized is the present value of the estimated
future losses calculated based upon the historical loss experience for
comparable multifamily loans owned by the Bank. For problem loans
within the pool, the estimated future losses are determined in a manner
consistent with impaired or classified loans within the Bank's loan
portfolio.
The
following is a summary of the aggregate balance of multifamily loans serviced
for FNMA, the period-end balance of total recourse exposure associated with
these loans, and activity related to the reserve liability.
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Outstanding
balance of multifamily loans serviced for FNMA at period
end
|
$519,831
|
$535,793
|
$494,770
|
Total
recourse exposure at end of period
|
21,865
|
20,409
|
18,495
|
Reserve
Liability on the Recourse Exposure
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
$2,436
|
$2,223
|
$1,771
|
Additions
for loans sold during the period
1
|
101
|
213
|
452
|
Provision
for losses on problem loans
1
|
3,946
|
-
|
-
|
Charge-offs
|
(910)
|
-
|
-
|
Balance
at period end
|
$5,573
|
$2,436
|
$2,223
|
1
Amount
recognized as a portion of mortgage banking income during the
period.
Absent
extenuating circumstances, the $910 of charge-offs recognized in 2008, and the
full reserve liability balance of $5,573 at December 31, 2008, would have
represented likely future loss claims, and upon ultimate settlement of the
loans, the Bank would have sought to reduce the $21,865 total recourse
exposure. However, of the $5,573 million reserve liability that
existed at December 31, 2008, $1,361 related to a loan that the Bank was
required to repurchase under the terms of its seller/servicer agreement with
FNMA at the initial purchase price. This loan also accounted for $146
of the $910 in charge-offs recognized during 2008. The re-acquisition
of this loan was completed on January 30, 2009, and the Bank understands that no
losses associated with this loan shall reduce the $21,865 total recourse
exposure.
In
addition, on January 30, 2009, the Bank re-acquired three other problem loans
from FNMA (all associated with one common borrower), on which aggregate
charge-offs of $701 were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008, and
on which a specific reserve of $1,593 was included in the $5,573 reserve
liability at December 31, 2008. Under the terms of the re-acquisition
agreement, upon ultimate resolution of these loans, 50% of their aggregate
losses will reduce the $21,865 total recourse exposure. In exchange
for this concession, the Bank received the potential right to reduce the $21,865
total recourse exposure commencing on January 1, 2015.
7. MORTGAGE
SERVICING ACTIVITIES
At
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Bank was servicing loans for others having
principal balances outstanding of approximately $659,381, $563,383, and
$519,165, respectively. Servicing loans for others generally consists
of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing
payments to investors, paying taxes and insurance, and processing
foreclosure. In connection with loans serviced for others, the Bank
held borrowers' escrow balances of approximately $10,550 and $7,121 at December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
There are
no restrictions on the Company's consolidated assets or liabilities related to
loans that were sold with servicing rights retained. Upon sale of
these loans, the Company recognized MSR, and has elected to account for the MSR
under the "amortization method" prescribed in SFAS No. 156. The MSR
related to these loans totaled $2,778 and $2,496 at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. MSR recognized from loan sales were $974, $493 and $815
during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. A reserve of $60 was recognized during the year ended
December 31, 2008 related to the decline in the fair value of a portion of the
MSR below its amortized cost basis. There were no such reserves
recognized related to MSR during the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006. Amortization of servicing rights was $632, $589 and $569 during
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Key
economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual
cash flows to immediate 10 and 20 percent adverse changes in those assumptions
used to value the MSR were as follows:
|
At
December
31,
2008
|
At
December
31,
2007
|
At
December
31,
2006
|
Net
carrying value of the servicing asset
|
$2,778
|
$2,496
|
$2,592
|
Fair
value of the servicing asset
|
2,841
|
3,914
|
3,556
|
Weighted
average life (in years)
|
6.29
|
8.25
|
8.25
|
Prepayment
speed assumptions (annual rate)
|
150
PSA
|
151
PSA
|
151
PSA
|
Impact
on fair value of 10% adverse change
|
$(45)
|
$(89)
|
$(76)
|
Impact
on fair value of 20% adverse change
|
$(90)
|
$(174)
|
$(150)
|
Expected
credit losses (annual rate)
|
$13
|
$13
|
$65
|
Impact
on fair value of 10% adverse change
|
$(9)
|
$(1)
|
$(1)
|
Impact
on fair value of 20% adverse change
|
$(18)
|
$(3)
|
$(3)
|
Residual
cash flows discount rate (annual rate)
|
13.75%
|
12.75%
|
13.75%
|
Impact
on fair value of 10% adverse change
|
$(60)
|
$(107)
|
$(101)
|
Impact
on fair value of 20% adverse change
|
$(117)
|
$(207)
|
$(195)
|
Average
Interest rate on adjustable rate loans
|
5.74%
|
5.66%
|
5.62%
|
Impact
on fair value of 10% adverse change
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Impact
on fair value of 20% adverse change
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net
mortgage banking income presented in the consolidated statements of operations
was comprised of the following items:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Gain
on the sale of loans originated for sale (1)
|
$1,012
|
$750
|
$1,516
|
Provision
to increase the liability for loans sold with recourse
|
(3,946)
|
-
|
-
|
Mortgage
banking fees (1)
|
804
|
762
|
712
|
Valuation
reserve recognized on MSR
|
(60)
|
-
|
-
|
Net
mortgage banking (loss) income
|
$(2,190)
|
$1,512
|
$2,228
|
(1) These
amounts
for the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 have been reclassified to conform to
their presentation for the year ended December 31, 2008. These
amounts were included in non-interest income during the years ended December 31,
2007 and 2006. The reclassification thus does not result in a
materially different presentation.
8. PREMISES
AND FIXED ASSETS, NET
The
following is a summary of premises and fixed assets, net:
|
December
31,
2008
|
December
31,
2007
|
Land
|
$7,237
|
$7,237
|
Buildings
|
25,986
|
21,532
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
7,181
|
5,209
|
Furniture,
fixtures and equipment
|
16,488
|
14,558
|
|
56,892
|
48,536
|
Less: accumulated
depreciation and amortization
|
(26,466)
|
(24,658)
|
|
$30,426
|
$23,878
|
Depreciation
and amortization expense amounted to approximately $1,808, $1,574 and $1,459
during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
9. FEDERAL
HOME LOAN BANK OF NEW YORK CAPITAL STOCK
The Bank
is a Savings Bank Member of the FHLBNY. Membership requires the
purchase of shares of FHLBNY capital stock at $100 per share. The Bank owned
534,346 shares and 390,294 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The Bank recorded dividends on the FHLBNY capital stock of $2,647, $2,169 and
$1,688 during the years ended December 31,
2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively. The FHLBNY satisfied all stock
redemptions at par during 2008, and has guaranteed a minimum quarterly dividend
between 2.5% and 3.0% for the fourth quarter of 2008, which will be paid during
the quarter ending March 31, 2009.
10. DUE
TO DEPOSITORS
Deposits
are summarized as follows:
|
At December 31, 2008
|
At December 31, 2007
|
|
Effective
Cost
|
Liability
|
Effective
Cost
|
Liability
|
Savings
accounts
|
0.57%
|
$270,321
|
0.55%
|
$274,067
|
Certificates
of deposit
|
3.69
|
1,153,166
|
4.61
|
1,077,087
|
Money
market accounts
|
2.63
|
633,167
|
4.04
|
678,759
|
Interest
bearing checking accounts
|
2.10
|
112,687
|
2.38
|
61,687
|
Non-interest
bearing checking accounts
|
-
|
90,710
|
-
|
88,398
|
|
2.79%
|
$2,260,051
|
3.67%
|
$2,179,998
|
The
distribution of certificates of deposit by remaining maturity was as
follows:
|
|
|
Maturity
in one year or less
|
$986,226
|
$968,128
|
Over
one year through three years
|
122,435
|
99,928
|
Over
three years to five years
|
44,505
|
9,021
|
Over
five years
|
-
|
10
|
Total
certificates of deposit
|
$1,153,166
|
$1,077,087
|
The
aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of
one-hundred thousand dollars was approximately $410,711 and $364,591 at December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
11. SECURITIES
SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
Presented
below is information concerning securities sold under agreements to
repurchase:
|
At or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Balance
outstanding at end of period
|
$230,000
|
$155,080
|
$120,235
|
Average
interest cost at end of period
|
4.32%
|
4.53%
|
3.54%
|
Average
balance outstanding during the period
|
$227,828
|
$132,685
|
$134,541
|
Average
interest cost during the period
|
3.80%
|
4.11%
|
1.95%(a)
|
Carrying
amount of underlying collateral
|
$251,744
|
$163,116
|
$126,830
|
Estimated
fair value of underlying collateral
|
$251,744
|
$163,116
|
$126,830
|
Maximum
balance outstanding at month end during the year
|
$265,000
|
$155,160
|
$205,455
|
(a)
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded a reduction of
$2,176 in interest expense on securities sold under agreements to repurchase
that were prepaid. Excluding this reduction, the average cost of
securities sold under agreements to repurchase would have been 3.56% during the
year ended December 31, 2006.
12. FEDERAL
HOME LOAN BANK OF NEW YORK ADVANCES
The Bank
had borrowings (''Advances'') from the FHLBNY totaling $1,019,675 and $706,500
at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average interest cost of FHLBNY
Advances was 4.02%, 4.30%, and 4.69% during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2006,
the Company incurred $1,369 in additional interest expense related to the
prepayment of FHLBNY Advances. Excluding this increase, the average
cost of FHLBNY Advances would have been 4.45% during the year ended December 31,
2006. The average interest rate on outstanding FHLBNY Advances was 3.85% and
4.07% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31,
2008, in
accordance
with its Advances, Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement with the FHLBNY, the
Bank maintained the requisite qualifying collateral with the FHLBNY (principally
real estate loans), as defined by the FHLBNY, to secure such
Advances. At December 31, 2008, the FHLBNY Advances had contractual
maturities ranging from January 2009 through December 2017. Certain
of the FHLBNY Advances outstanding at December 31, 2008 contained call features
that may be exercised by the FHLBNY.
13. SUBORDINATED
NOTES PAYABLE AND TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PAYABLE
On April
12, 2000, the Holding Company issued subordinated notes in the aggregate amount
of $25,000. The notes have a 9.25% fixed rate of interest and mature on May 1,
2010. Interest expense recorded on the notes, inclusive of
amortization of related issuance costs, was $2,396 during each of the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
On March
19, 2004, the Holding Company completed an offering of an aggregate amount of
$72,165 of trust preferred securities through Dime Community Capital Trust I, an
unconsolidated special purpose entity formed for the purpose of the
offering. Of the total amount offered, the Holding Company retained
ownership of $2,165 of the securities. The trust preferred securities
bear a fixed interest rate of 7.0%, mature on April 14, 2034, and are callable
without penalty at any time on or after April 15, 2009. The Holding
Company currently does not intend to call this debt.
Interest
expense recorded on the trust preferred securities totaled $5,129 during each of
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Of the total
interest payments, $152 was paid to the Holding Company in each of the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 related to its $2,165 investment in the
securities, and was recorded in other non-interest income.
14. INCOME
TAXES
The
Company's consolidated Federal, State and City income tax provisions were
comprised of the following:
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2006
|
|
Federal
|
State
and
City
|
Total
|
|
Federal
|
State
and
City
|
Total
|
|
Federal
|
State
and
City
|
Total
|
Current
|
$15,906
|
$1,307
|
$17,213
|
|
$11,976
|
$2,106
|
$14,082
|
|
$15,385
|
$1,564
|
$16,949
|
Deferred
|
(1,936)
|
(1,118)
|
(3,054)
|
|
(204)
|
(630)
|
(834)
|
|
(176)
|
279
|
103
|
|
$13,970
|
$189
|
$14,159
|
|
$11,772
|
$1,476
|
$13,248
|
|
$15,209
|
$1,843
|
$17,052
|
The
preceding table excludes tax effects recorded directly to stockholders’ equity
in connection with unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale,
stock-based compensation plans, and adjustments to other comprehensive income
relating to the minimum pension liability, unrecognized gains of pension and
other postretirement obligations and the adoption of SFAS 158. These
tax effects are disclosed as part of the presentation of the consolidated
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive
Income.
The
provision for income taxes differed from that computed at the Federal statutory
rate as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Tax
at Federal statutory rate
|
$14,765
|
$12,492
|
$16,675
|
State
and local taxes, net of
Federal
income tax benefit
|
1,058
|
959
|
1,198
|
Benefit
plan differences
|
48
|
(37)
|
(159)
|
Adjustments
for prior period tax returns
|
(317)
|
641
|
(42)
|
Investment
in BOLI
|
(700)
|
(880)
|
(654)
|
Recovery
of reserve for unrecognized tax benefits
|
(581)
|
(183)
|
-
|
Other,
net
|
(114)
|
256
|
34
|
|
$14,159
|
$13,248
|
$17,052
|
Effective
tax rate
|
33.56%
|
37.12%
|
35.79%
|
In
accordance with SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the book and tax
bases of assets and liabilities.
The
components of Federal and State and City deferred income tax assets and
liabilities were as follows:
|
At December 31,
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
2008
|
2007
|
Excess
book bad debt over tax bad debt reserve
|
$7,890
|
$7,156
|
Employee
benefit plans
|
11,468
|
7,063
|
Tax
effect of other comprehensive income on securities
available-for-sale
|
2,987
|
1,079
|
Other-than
temporary impairment on securities
|
1,449
|
-
|
State
net operating loss carryforwards expiring in 2027 and 2026
|
-
|
873
|
Other
|
691
|
504
|
Total
deferred tax assets
|
24,485
|
16,675
|
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
|
|
Difference
in book and tax carrying value of fixed assets
|
541
|
600
|
Tax
effect of purchase accounting fair value adjustments
|
174
|
179
|
Other
|
94
|
103
|
Total
deferred tax liabilities
|
809
|
882
|
Valuation
Allowance for State net operating loss carryforwards
|
-
|
873
|
Net
deferred tax asset (recorded in other assets)
|
$23,676
|
$14,920
|
At
December 31, 2007, a valuation allowance of $873 was established against the
deferred tax asset associated with State net operating loss
carryforwards. This deferred tax asset and the valuation allowance
were eliminated during the year ended December 31, 2008, as the Company
determined that the benefit of the net operating loss will not be
recognized. No other valuation allowances were recognized during the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, since, at each period end, it was more
likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be fully
realized. At December 31, 2008, the Company had capital loss
carryforwards totaling $2,036, which expire beginning in the tax year ending
December 31, 2011. The Company believes that the full amount of these
carryforwards will be fully utilized prior to expiration.
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had approximately $60,000 of bad debt reserves for
New York State and New York City income tax purposes for which no provision for
income tax was required to be recorded. However, these bad debt
reserves could be subject to recapture into taxable income under certain
circumstances. New York State and federal recapture liabilities could
be triggered by certain actions, including a distribution of these bad debt
benefits to the Holding Company or the failure of the Bank to qualify as a bank
for federal or New York State and New York City tax purposes.
In order
for the Bank to permissibly maintain a New York State and New York City tax bad
debt reserve for thrifts, certain thrift definitional tests must be satisfied on
an ongoing basis. These include maintaining at least 60% of assets in
thrift qualifying assets, as defined for tax purposes, and maintaining a thrift
charter. If the Bank fails to satisfy these definitional tests, it would be
required to transition to the reserve method permitted to commercial banks under
New York State and New York City income tax law, which would result in an
increase in the New York State and New York City income tax provision, and a
deferred tax liability would be established to reflect the eventual recapture of
some or all of the New York State and New York City bad debt
reserve.
The
Company expects to take no action in the foreseeable future that would require
the establishment of a tax liability associated with these bad debt
reserves.
The
Company is subject to regular examination by various tax authorities in
jurisdictions in which the Company conducts significant business
operations. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of
additional assessments in each of the tax jurisdictions resulting from ongoing
assessments.
The
Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements
prepared in accordance with SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." FIN 48
prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial
statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be
taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods,
disclosure, and transition. Pursuant to FIN 48, a tax position
adopted is subjected to two levels of evaluation. Initially, a
determination is made as to whether it is more likely than not that a tax
position
will be
sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or
litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. In
conducting this evaluation, management is required to presume that the position
will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority possessing full knowledge
of all relevant information. The second level of evaluation is the measurement
of a tax position that satisfies the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold. This measurement is performed in order to determine the
amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is
measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely
of being realized upon ultimate settlement. FIN 48 further requires
tabular disclosure of material activity related to unrecognized tax benefits
that do not satisfy the recognition provisions established under FIN
48. The adoption of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007 resulted in an increase
of $1,703 in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted
for as a reduction of the Company's consolidated January 1, 2007 retained
earnings.
The
following table reconciles the Company's gross unrecognized tax
benefits:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
Gross
unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the period
|
|
$2,274
|
$2,716
|
Lapse
of statue of limitations
|
|
-
|
(183)
|
Gross
increases – current period tax positions
|
|
-
|
73
|
Gross
decreases – prior period tax positions
|
|
(866)
|
(332)
|
Gross
unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the period
|
|
$1,408
|
$2,274
|
If
recognized, the net unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 would have
reduced the Company's consolidated income tax expense by $915 (excluding
interest of $312) all of which would have favorably impacted the Company's
consolidated effective tax rate.
Interest
associated with unrecognized tax benefits approximated $480 and $509 at December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company recognizes interest
accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax
expense. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above, the
Company reversed interest of $29 during 2008 and $139 during 2007 and in total,
as of December 31, 2008, had an unrecognized tax liability for interest of $312,
and no unrecognized tax liability for penalties. The Company is
currently under audit by taxing jurisdictions. As a result of these
examinations, the entire amount of the unrecognized tax benefits (including
interest) could be impacted within the next twelve months.
All
entities for which unrecognized tax benefits existed as of December 31, 2008
currently possess a December 31
st
tax
year. These entities changed their tax year end from June 30
th
to
December 31
st
effective December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the tax year
ended June 30, 2007, the tax period July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007 and
the tax year ended December 31, 2008 remained subject to examination by all of
the Company's relevant tax jurisdictions, while the tax years ended June 30,
2005 and 2006 additionally remained subject to examination by both the Internal
Revenue Service and the New York State Department of Taxation. The
Company is currently under audit by taxing jurisdictions.
15. EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLANS
Employee Retirement Plan
-
The Bank sponsors the Employee Retirement Plan, a tax-qualified,
noncontributory, defined-benefit retirement plan. Prior to April 1,
2000, substantially all full-time employees of at least 21 years of age were
eligible for participation after one year of service. Effective April
1, 2000, the Bank froze all participant benefits under the Employee Retirement
Plan.
The net
periodic (credit)cost for the Employee Retirement Plan included the following
components:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Interest
cost
|
1,117
|
1,071
|
1,041
|
Expected
return on plan assets
|
(1,942)
|
(1,799)
|
(1,753)
|
Net
amortization and deferral
|
268
|
470
|
580
|
Net
periodic (credit) cost
|
$(557)
|
$(258)
|
$(132)
|
The
funded status of the Employee Retirement Plan was as follows:
|
At December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
Accumulated
benefit obligation at end of period
|
$17,660
|
$18,357
|
Reconciliation
of Projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
Projected
benefit obligation at beginning of period
|
$18,357
|
$18,753
|
Adjustment
for change in measurement date
|
279
|
-
|
Interest
cost
|
1,117
|
1,070
|
Actuarial
gain
|
(266)
|
(430)
|
Benefit
payments
|
(1,287)
|
(1,036)
|
Settlements
|
(540)
|
-
|
Projected
benefit obligation at end of period
|
17,660
|
18,357
|
Plan
assets at fair value (investments in trust funds managed by
trustee)
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
22,172
|
20,509
|
Return
on plan assets
|
(6,190)
|
2,699
|
Contributions
|
-
|
-
|
Benefit
payments
|
(1,287)
|
(1,036)
|
Settlements
|
(540)
|
-
|
Balance
at end of period
|
14,155
|
22,172
|
|
|
|
Funded
status:
|
|
|
(Deficiency)
Excess of plan assets over projected benefit obligation
|
(3,505)
|
3,815
|
Unrecognized
loss from experience different from that assumed
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
(Accrued)
Prepaid retirement expense included in other (liabilities)
assets
|
$(3,505)
|
$3,815
|
At
December 31, 2008, an unfunded pension liability of $7,019 was recognized as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, related to the pre-tax
unfunded pension obligation of $12,796 on the Employee Retirement
Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank used December
31
st
as its measurement date for the Employee Retirement Plan. For the
year ended December 31, 2007, the Bank used October 1
st
as its
measurement date for the Employee Retirement Plan. Due to recent
changes in pension funding law and sharp declines in asset values, the Company
cannot provide a current estimate of expected contributions to the Employee
Retirement Plan in 2009. During the year ending December 31, 2009,
$1,162 in actuarial losses are anticipated to be recognized as a component of
net periodic cost.
Major
assumptions utilized to determine the net periodic cost (credit) or the benefit
obligations were as follows:
|
At December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
Discount
rate
|
6.09%
|
6.29%
|
Expected
long-term return on plan assets
|
9.00
|
9.00
|
Employee
Retirement Plan assets are invested in six diversified investment funds of RSI
Retirement Trust (the "Trust"), a no-load series open-ended mutual
fund. The investment funds include four equity mutual funds and two
bond mutual funds, each with its own investment objectives, strategies and
risks, as detailed in the Trust's prospectus. All of the investment
funds have quoted market prices. The Trust has been given discretion
by the Employee Retirement Plan sponsor to determine the appropriate strategic
asset allocation versus plan liabilities, as governed by the Trust's Statement
of Investment Objectives and Guidelines (the "Guidelines").
The
long-term investment objective is to be invested 65% in equity mutual funds and
35% in bond mutual funds. If the Employee Retirement Plan is
underfunded under the Guidelines, the bond fund portion will be temporarily
increased to 50% in the manner prescribed under the Guidelines, in order to
lessen asset value volatility. When the Employee Retirement Plan is
no longer underfunded, the bond fund portion will be returned to
35%. Asset rebalancing is performed at least annually, with interim
adjustments performed when the investment mix varies in excess of 10% from the
target.
The
investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the
proper funding of the Employee Retirement Plan by exceeding the rate of
inflation over the long-term. In addition, investment managers for
the Trust are expected to provide above average performance when compared to
their peer managers. Performance volatility is also
monitored. Risk/volatility is further managed by the distinct
investment objectives of each of the Trust funds and the diversification within
each fund.
The
weighted average allocation by asset category of the assets of the Employee
Retirement Plan were summarized as follows:
|
At December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
Asset
Category
|
|
|
Equity
securities
|
59%
|
70%
|
Debt
securities (bond mutual funds)
|
41
|
30
|
Total
|
100%
|
100%
|
The
allocation percentages in the above table are consistent with future planned
allocation percentages as of December 31, 2008.
The
expected long-term rate of return assumptions on Employee Retirement Plan assets
were established based upon historical returns earned by equities and fixed
income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied
to the Employee Retirement Plan's target allocation of asset
classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn
real rates of return in the ranges of 5% to 9% and 2% to 6%,
respectively. The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be
3%. When these overall return expectations were applied to the
Employee Retirement Plan's target allocation, the expected rate of return was
determined to be 9.0%, which approximates the midpoint of the range of the
expected return.
Benefit
payments, which reflect expected future service (as appropriate), are
anticipated to be made as follows:
Year
Ending December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$1,178
|
2010
|
|
1,180
|
2011
|
|
1,186
|
2012
|
|
1,200
|
2013
|
|
1,206
|
2014
to 2018
|
|
6,060
|
BMP
- The Holding Company and
Bank maintain the BMP, which exists in order to compensate executive officers
for any curtailments in benefits due to statutory limitations on benefit
plans. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the BMP had investments in
the Holding Company's common stock of $9,788 and $9,352,
respectively. Benefit accruals under the defined benefit portion of
the BMP were suspended on April 1, 2000, when they were suspended under the
Employee Retirement Plan.
Retirement Plan for Board Members of
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. ("Directors' Retirement Plan") -
Effective July 1, 1996, the Bank established the Directors' Retirement
Plan, to provide benefits to each eligible outside director commencing upon
termination of their Board service or at age 75. The Directors'
Retirement Plan was frozen on March 31, 2005, and only outside directors who
were in service prior to that date are eligible for benefits.
The
combined net periodic cost for the defined benefit portions of the BMP and the
Directors' Retirement Plan included the following components:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Service
cost
|
$-
|
$-
|
$-
|
Interest
cost
|
315
|
281
|
269
|
Net
amortization and deferral
|
-
|
-
|
38
|
Net
periodic cost
|
$315
|
$281
|
$307
|
The
defined contribution costs incurred by the Company related to the BMP were $28
and $75 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. There is no defined contribution cost incurred by the
Holding Company or Bank under the Directors' Retirement Plan.
The
combined funded status of the defined benefit portions of the BMP and Directors'
Retirement Plan was as follows:
|
At December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
Accumulated
benefit obligation at end of period
|
$5,174
|
$5,166
|
Reconciliation
of projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
Projected
benefit obligation at beginning of period
|
$5,134
|
$4,910
|
Adjustment
for change in measurement date
|
79
|
-
|
Service
cost
|
-
|
-
|
Interest
cost
|
315
|
281
|
Benefit
payments
|
(128)
|
(128)
|
Actuarial
(gain) loss
|
(226)
|
71
|
Projected
benefit obligation at end of period
|
5,174
|
5,134
|
Plan
assets at fair value:
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
-
|
-
|
Contributions
|
128
|
128
|
Benefit
payments
|
(128)
|
(128)
|
Balance
at end of period
|
-
|
-
|
Funded
status:
|
|
|
Deficiency
of plan assets over projected benefit obligation
|
(5,174)
|
(5,134)
|
Contributions
by employer
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Unrecognized
(gain) loss from experience different from that assumed
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Unrecognized
net past service liability
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Accrued
expense included in other liabilities
|
$(5,174)
|
$(5,134)
|
Major
assumptions utilized to determine the net periodic cost and benefit obligation
for the BMP were as follows:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Discount
rate
|
6.29%
|
5.875%
|
5.50%
|
Major
assumptions utilized to determine the net periodic cost and benefit obligation
for the Directors' Retirement Plan were as follows:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Discount
rate
|
6.29%
|
5.875%
|
5.50%
|
Rate
of increase in fee compensation levels
|
-
|
-
|
4.0
|
As of
December 31, 2008, the Bank used December 31
st
as its
measurement date for both the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan. As
of December 31, 2007, the Bank used October 1
st
as its
measurement date for both the BMP and Directors' Retirement
Plan. Both the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan are unfunded
non-qualified benefit plans that are not anticipated to ever hold assets for
investment. Any contributions made to either the BMP or Directors'
Retirement Plan are expected to be used immediately to pay benefits that come
due.
The Bank
expects to contribute $198 to the BMP and $131 to the Directors' Retirement Plan
during the year ending December 31, 2009 in order to pay benefits due under the
respective plans. During the year ending December 31, 2009, no
actuarial gains or losses are anticipated to be recognized as a component of net
periodic cost.
Combined
benefit payments under the BMP and Directors' Retirement Plan, which reflect
expected future service (as appropriate), are anticipated to be made as
follows:
Year
Ending December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$328
|
2010
|
|
350
|
2011
|
|
377
|
2012
|
|
473
|
2013
|
|
469
|
2014
to 2018
|
|
$2,322
|
Postretirement Benefit Plan
-
The Bank offers the Postretirement Benefit Plan to its retired employees who
provided at least five consecutive years of credited service and were active
employees prior to April 1, 1991, as follows:
|
(1) Qualified
employees who retired prior to April 1, 1991 receive the full medical
coverage in effect at the time of retirement until their death at no cost
to such retirees;
|
|
(2) Qualified
employees retiring on or after after April 1, 1991 are eligible for
continuation of the medical coverage in effect at the time of retirement
until their death. Throughout retirement, the Bank will continue to pay
the premiums for the coverage not to exceed the premium amount paid for
the first year of retirement coverage. Should the premiums increase, the
employee is required to pay the differential to maintain full medical
coverage.
|
Postretirement
Benefit Plan benefits are available only to full-time employees who commenced
collecting retirement benefits immediately upon termination of service from the
Bank. The Bank reserves the right at any time, to the extent permitted by law,
to change, terminate or discontinue any of the group benefits, and can exercise
the maximum discretion permitted by law in administering, interpreting,
modifying or taking any other action with respect to the plan or
benefits.
The
Postretirement Benefit Plan net periodic cost included the following
components:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Service
cost
|
$83
|
$83
|
$82
|
Interest
cost
|
261
|
245
|
227
|
Unrecognized
past service liability
|
(26)
|
(29)
|
(29)
|
Amortization
of unrealized loss
|
16
|
29
|
40
|
Net
periodic cost
|
$334
|
$328
|
$320
|
Major
assumptions utilized to determine the net periodic cost were as
follows:
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Discount
rate
|
6.29%
|
5.875%
|
5.50%
|
Rate
of increase in compensation levels
|
4.00
|
3.50
|
3.00
|
As of
December 31, 2008, an escalation in the assumed medical care cost trend rates by
1% in each year would increase the net periodic cost by approximately
$20. A decline in the assumed medical care cost trend rates by 1% in
each year would decrease the net periodic cost by approximately
$18.
The
funded status of the Postretirement Benefit Plan was as follows:
|
|
|
Accumulated
benefit obligation at end of period
|
$5,066
|
$4,236
|
Reconciliation
of projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
Projected
benefit obligation at beginning of period
|
$4,236
|
$4,244
|
Adjustment
for change in measurement date
|
86
|
-
|
Service
cost
|
83
|
83
|
Interest
cost
|
261
|
244
|
Actuarial
(gain) loss
|
566
|
(166)
|
Benefit
payments
|
(166)
|
(169)
|
Projected
benefit obligation at end of period
|
5,066
|
4,236
|
|
|
|
Plan
assets at fair value:
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
-
|
-
|
Contributions
|
167
|
169
|
Benefit
payments
|
(167)
|
(169)
|
Balance
at end of period
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|
Funded
status:
|
|
|
(Deficiency)
of plan assets over projected benefit obligation
|
(5,066)
|
(4,236)
|
Unrecognized
loss from experience different from that assumed
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Unrecognized
net past service liability
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Accrued
expense included in other liabilities
|
$(5,066)
|
$(4,236)
|
At
December 31, 2008, an unfunded pension liability of $637 was recognized as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the pre-tax
unfunded pension obligation of $1,162 on the Postretirement Benefit
Plan. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank used December 31
st
as its measurement date for the Postretirement Benefit Plan. As of
December 31, 2007, the Bank used October 1
st
as its measurement date for the Postretirement Benefit Plan. The
assumed medical care cost trend rate used in computing the accumulated
Postretirement Benefit Plan obligation was 9.0% in 2008 and was assumed to
decrease gradually to 5.00% in 2013 and remain at that level
thereafter. An escalation in the assumed medical care cost trend
rates by 1% in each year would increase the accumulated Postretirement Benefit
Plan obligation by approximately $262. A decline in the assumed
medical care cost trend rates by 1% in each year would decrease the accumulated
Postretirement Benefit Plan obligation by approximately $240. The
assumed discount rate and rate of compensation increase used to measure the
accumulated Postretirement Benefit Plan obligation were 6.29% and 4.0%,
respectively, at December 31, 2008. The assumed discount rate and
rate of compensation increase used to measure the accumulated Postretirement
Benefit Plan obligation were 5.875% and 3.5%, respectively, at December 31,
2007. The assumed discount rate and rate of compensation increase
used to measure the accumulated Postretirement Benefit Plan obligation at
December 31, 2006 were 5.50% and 3.00%, respectively.
In May
2004, the FASB issued FSP 106-2 ("FSP 106-2"), "Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and
Modernization Act of 2003 (the "Act")," to provide guidance on accounting for
the effects of the Act to employers that sponsor postretirement health care
plans which provide prescription drug benefits. FSP 106-2 provides
guidance on measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO")
and net periodic postretirement benefit cost, and the effects of the Act on the
APBO. The Company determined that the benefits provided by the
Postretirement Benefit Plan are actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D under
the Act. The effects of the subsidy were treated as an actuarial gain
for purposes of calculating the APBO as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The
Company is still in the process of claiming this subsidy from the government,
and, as a result, the Bank cannot determine the amount of subsidy it will
ultimately receive.
The
Postretirement Benefit Plan is an unfunded non-qualified benefit plan that is
not anticipated to ever hold assets for investment. Any contributions
made to the Postretirement Benefit Plan are expected to be used immediately to
pay benefits that come due.
The Bank
expects to contribute $161 to the Postretirement Benefit Plan during the year
ending December 31, 2009 in order to pay benefits due under the
plan. During the year ending December 31, 2009, $57 of actuarial
losses are anticipated to be recognized as components of net periodic
cost.
Benefit
payments under the Postretirement Benefit Plan, which reflect expected future
service (as appropriate), are expected to be made as follows:
Year
Ending December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$161
|
2010
|
|
166
|
2011
|
|
176
|
2012
|
|
189
|
2013
|
|
198
|
2014
to 2018
|
|
1,160
|
401(k) Plan -
The Bank also
maintains the 401(k) Plan which covers substantially all of its
employees. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, an
employer contribution equal to 3% of "covered compensation" [defined as total
W-2 compensation including amounts deducted from W-2 compensation for pre-tax
benefits such as health insurance premiums and contributions to the 401(k) Plan]
up to applicable Internal Revenue Service limits, was awarded to all employees
who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan regardless of whether or not
they participated in the 401(k) Plan during 2008 and 2007. During the
year ended December 31, 2006, the 401(k) Plan received the proceeds from a 100%
vested cash contribution to all participants in the ESOP in the amount of 3% of
"covered compensation" up to applicable Internal Revenue Service
limits. 401(k) Plan participants possess the ability to invest
this contribution in any of the investment options offered under the 401(k)
Plan. The Bank makes no other contributions to the 401(k)
Plan. Expenses associated with this contribution totaled $480, $383
and $397 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
The
401(k) Plan owned participant investments in the Holding Company's common stock
for the accounts of participants totaling $6,006 and $7,498 at December 31, 2008
and 2007, respectively.
ESOP -
The Holding Company
adopted the ESOP in connection with the Bank's June 26, 1996 conversion to stock
ownership. The ESOP borrowed $11,638 from the Holding Company and
used the funds to purchase 3,927,825 shares of the Holding Company's common
stock. The loan was originally to be repaid principally from the
Bank's discretionary contributions to the ESOP over a period of time not to
exceed 10 years from the date of the conversion. Effective July 1,
2000, the loan agreement was amended to extend the repayment period to thirty
years from the date of the conversion, with the right of optional
prepayment. In exchange for the extension of the loan agreement,
various benefits were offered to participants, including the addition of pre-tax
employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan, a 3% annual employer contribution to
the ESOP [which is automatically transferred to the 401(k) Plan], and the
pass-through of cash dividends received by the ESOP to the individual
participants. The loan had an outstanding balance of $4,325 and
$4,444 at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, and a fixed
rate of 8.0%.
Shares
purchased with the loan proceeds are held in a suspense account for allocation
among participants as the loan is repaid. Shares released from the
ESOP suspense account are allocated among participants on the basis of
compensation, as defined in the plan, in the year of allocation. ESOP
distributions vest at a rate of 25% per year of service, beginning after two
years, with full vesting after five years, or upon attainment of age 65, death,
disability, retirement or in the event of a "change of control" of the Holding
Company as defined in the ESOP. Common stock allocated to
participating employees totaled 78,155 shares during each of the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
The ESOP benefit expense
recorded in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6 for allocated shares
totaled $2,005, $1,794 and $1,829, respectively, for the years ended December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
As
indicated previously, effective July 1, 2000, the Holding Company or Bank became
required to make a 100% vested cash contribution annually to all ESOP
participants in the amount of 3% of "covered compensation" as defined in the
ESOP. This contribution was guaranteed until December 31, 2006
(unless the ESOP was terminated prior thereto) and became discretionary after
that date. This annual contribution was made in January of each year
based upon the total covered compensation through December 31
st
of the
previous year. The participant possesses the ability to invest this
contribution in any of the investment options offered under the 401(k)
Plan.
Stock
Option Activity
1996 Stock Option Plan -
In
November 1996, the Holding Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option Plan, which
permitted the Company to grant up to 4,909,781 incentive or non-qualified stock
options to outside directors, certain officers and other employees of the
Holding Company or the Bank. The Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors administers the 1996 Stock Option Plan and authorized all option
grants.
On
December 26, 1996, 4,702,796 stock options were granted to outside directors,
certain officers and certain employees under the 1996 Stock Option Plan, all of
which were fully exercisable at December 31, 2006. On January 20,
2000, 224,435 stock options remaining under the 1996 Stock Option Plan were
granted to certain officers and employees. All of these stock options
expire on January 20, 2010. One-fifth of the shares granted to
participants under this grant vested on January 20, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and
2005, respectively. No stock options may be granted under the 1996
Stock Option Plan after December 26, 2006.
On
January 21, 1999, holders of stock options which had been granted by FIBC to
purchase 327,290 shares of FIBC common stock were converted into options to
purchase 598,331 shares of the Holding Company's common stock under the 1996
Stock Option Plan (the "Converted Options"). The expiration dates on
all Converted Options remained unchanged from the initial grant by FIBC, and all
Converted Options were fully exercisable at December 31, 2005.
During
the year ended December 31, 2007, 25,075 unissued options under the 1996 Stock
Option Plan were deemed ineligible for future grant.
2001 Stock Option Plan -
In
September 2001, the Holding Company adopted the 2001 Stock Option Plan, which
permitted the Company to grant up to 1,771,875 incentive or non-qualified stock
options to officers and other employees of the Holding Company or the Bank and
253,125 non-qualified stock options to outside directors of the Holding Company
or Bank. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
administered the 2001 Stock Option Plan and authorized all option
grants.
On
November 21, 2001, 540,447 stock options were granted to certain officers and
employees under the 2001 Stock Option Plan. All of these stock
options expire on November 21, 2011. One-fourth of the options under
this grant vested on November 21, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005,
respectively. On November 21, 2001, 67,500 stock options were granted
to outside directors under the 2001 Stock Option Plan. All of these
stock options will expire on November 21, 2011 and vested on November 21,
2002.
On
February 1, 2003, a grant of 604,041 stock options was made to certain officers
and employees under the 2001 Stock Option Plan. All of these stock
options expire on February 1, 2013. When originally granted,
one-fourth of the options under this grant were to vest on February 1, 2004,
2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. On December 30, 2005, vesting was
accelerated for all unvested options issued under this grant. On
February 1, 2003, 75,000 stock options were granted to outside directors under
the 2001 Stock Option Plan. All of these stock options will expire on
February 1, 2013 and vested on February 1, 2004.
On
January 27, 2004, a grant of 632,874 stock options was made to certain officers
and employees under the 2001 Stock Option Plan. All of these stock
options expire on January 27, 2014. When originally granted,
one-fourth of the options under this grant were to vest on January 27, 2005,
2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. On December 30, 2005, vesting was
accelerated for all unvested options issued under this grant. On
January 27, 2004, 81,000 stock options were granted to outside directors under
the 2001 Stock Option Plan. All of these stock options will expire on
January 27, 2014 and vested on January 27, 2005. On March 3, 2008,
34,425 stock options were granted to an officer under the 2001 Stock Option
Plan. All of these stock options will expire on March 3, 2018 and
vest to the recipient in equal installments on May 1, 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012
respectively.
2004 Stock Incentive Plan -
In November 2004, the Company adopted the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan,
which permits the Company to grant up to a total of 1,496,300 restricted stock
awards, incentive or non-qualified stock options or stock appreciation rights to
outside directors, officers and other employees of the Holding Company or the
Bank. Of the total shares eligible for grant under the 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan, only up to 374,075 may be granted as restricted stock
awards. The full amount of 1,496,300 shares may be issued either
fully as stock options or stock appreciation rights, or a combination
thereof. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
administers the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and authorizes all equity
grants.
On
January 31, 2005, a grant of 76,320 options was made to outside directors under
the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. These options expire on January 31,
2015, and, upon grant, were to vest on January 31, 2006. On May 31,
2005, a grant of 318,492 stock options was made to certain officers of the
Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. All of the options
issued under this grant expire on May 31, 2015. When originally
granted, one-fourth of the options under this grant were to vest on May 31,
2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. On December 30, 2005,
vesting was accelerated for all unvested options issued under both of these
grants. On May 1, 2007, a grant of 90,000 options was made to outside
directors of the Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. These
options expire on May 1, 2017, and vested on May 1, 2008. On May 1,
2007, a grant of 906,500 stock options was made to certain officers of the
Company under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. All of the options
issued under this grant expire on May 1, 2017. One-fourth of the
options under this grant vested on May 1, 2008, with the remainder vesting in
installments on May 1, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. On May 1,
2008, a grant of 90,000 options was made to outside directors of the
Company
under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. In December 2008, 10,000 of
these options became exercisable due to the death of the award recipient, and
will expire if not exercised by the first anniversary of the recipient's
death. The remaining 80,000 options expire on May 1, 2018, and vest
on May 1, 2009. On July 31, 2008, 61,066 stock options were granted
to certain executive officers under the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. All of these stock options will expire on July 31, 2018 and
vest to the recipient in equal installments on May 1, 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012
respectively.
Combined
stock option activity related to the Stock Plans was as follows:
|
At or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Options
outstanding – beginning of period
|
3,165,997
|
2,250,747
|
2,503,103
|
Options
granted
|
185,491
|
996,500
|
-
|
Weighted
average exercise price of grants
|
$17.10
|
$13.74
|
-
|
Options
exercised
|
230,424
|
56,540
|
246,169
|
Weighted
average exercise price of exercised options
|
$11.91
|
$5.64
|
$4.75
|
Options
forfeited
|
4,500
|
24,710
|
6,187
|
Weighted
average exercise price of forfeited options
|
$19.90
|
$18.88
|
$19.90
|
Options
outstanding - end of period
|
3,116,564
|
3,165,997
|
2,250,747
|
Weighted
average exercise price of outstanding
options
- end of period
|
$14.97
|
$14.63
|
$14.85
|
Remaining
options available for grant
|
1,133,027
|
118,975
|
1,127,840
|
Vested
options at end of period
|
2,261,198
|
2,169,497
|
2,250,747
|
Weighted
average exercise price of vested
options
– end of period
|
$15.18
|
$15.04
|
$14.85
|
Cash
received for option exercise cost
|
2,473
|
244
|
1,086
|
Income
tax benefit recognized
|
506
|
177
|
839
|
Compensation
expense recognized
|
1,079
|
629
|
-
|
Remaining
unrecognized compensation expense
|
2,069
|
2,377
|
-
|
Weighted
average remaining years for which
compensation
expense is to be recognized
|
2.3
|
3.2
|
-
|
The range
of exercise prices and weighted-average remaining contractual lives of both
options outstanding and vested options as of December 31, 2008 were as
follows:
|
Outstanding
Options as of December 31, 2008
|
|
Range
of Exercise Prices
|
Amount
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
|
Weighted
Average Contractual Years Remaining
|
Exercisable
Options
as of
December
31, 2008
|
$4.50
- $5.00
|
9,465
|
$4.56
|
1.1
|
9,465
|
$10.50
- $11.00
|
380,351
|
10.91
|
2.9
|
380,351
|
$13.00-$13.50
|
530,278
|
13.16
|
4.1
|
530,278
|
$13.51-$14.00
|
958,875
|
13.74
|
8.3
|
279,000
|
$14.50-$15.00
|
34,425
|
14.92
|
9.3
|
-
|
$15.00-$15.50
|
318,492
|
15.10
|
6.4
|
318,492
|
$16.00-$16.50
|
76,320
|
16.45
|
6.1
|
76,320
|
$16.51-$17.00
|
61,066
|
16.73
|
9.6
|
-
|
$18.00-$18.50
|
90,000
|
18.18
|
9.4
|
10,000
|
$19.50-$20.00
|
657,292
|
19.90
|
5.1
|
657,292
|
Total
|
3,116,564
|
$14.97
|
6.1
|
2,261,198
|
There
were no stock options granted during the year ended December 31,
2006. The weighted average fair value per option on the date of grant
for stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were
estimated as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
Total
options granted
|
185,491
|
996,500
|
Estimated
fair value on date of grant
|
$4.16
|
$3.06
|
Pricing
methodology utilized
|
Black-
Scholes
|
Black-
Scholes
|
Expected
life (in years)
|
6.36
|
6.2
|
Interest
rate
|
3.37%
|
4.56%
|
Volatility
|
30.09
|
28.39
|
Dividend
yield
|
3.29
|
4.08
|
Other
Stock Awards
RRP
- On May 17, 2002, 67,500
RRP shares were granted to certain officers of the Bank. These shares
vested as follows: 20% on November 25, 2002, and 20% each on April
25, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The fair value of the Holding
Company's common stock on May 17, 2002 was $16.19. The Company
accounts for compensation expense under the RRP in accordance with SFAS
123R. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company determined
that the shares held by the RRP were no longer eligible for grant. On
September 14, 2007, all of the assets of the RRP were liquidated, and the
303,137 unallocated shares of common stock previously held by the RRP were
retired into treasury.
The
following is a summary of activity related to the RRP for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006:
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
2006
|
Shares
acquired (a)
|
-
|
5,023
|
Shares
vested
|
-
|
13,500
|
Shares
allocated
|
-
|
-
|
Shares
transferred to the Holding Company
|
303,137
|
|
Unallocated
shares - end of period
|
-
|
303,137
|
Unvested
allocated shares – end of period
|
-
|
-
|
Compensation
recorded to expense
|
-
|
$45
|
Income
recognized upon transfer of assets
|
109
|
-
|
Income
tax benefit recognized
|
-
|
134
|
(a)
Represents shares re-acquired from either participant sales of vested shares in
order to satisfy income tax obligations or participant forfeitures.
Restricted Stock Awards –
On
March 17, 2005, a grant of 31,804 restricted stock awards was made to certain
officers of the Bank under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. One-fourth
of these awards vested to the respective recipients on May 1, 2006, 2007, and
2008, respectively, with the remainder vesting on May 1, 2009. The
fair value of the Company's common stock on March 17, 2005 was
$15.44. On January 3, 2006, a grant of 30,000 restricted stock awards
was made to certain officers of the Bank under the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. One-fifth of these awards vested to the respective recipients
on February 1, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, with the remainder to vest in
equal installments on February 1, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The
fair value of the Company's common stock on January 3, 2006 was $14.61 (the
opening price on the grant date). On March 16, 2006, a grant of
18,000 restricted stock awards was made to certain officers of the Bank under
the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. One-fifth of these awards vested to
the respective recipients on May 1, 2007 and 2008, respectively, with the
remainder vesting in equal installments on May 1, 2009, 2010 and 2011,
respectively. The fair value of the Company's common stock on March
16, 2006 was $14.48. On May 1, 2007, a grant of 12,000 restricted
stock awards was made to outside directors of the Bank under the 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan. All of these awards vested to the respective recipients on May
1, 2008. The fair value of the Company's common stock on May 1, 2007
was $13.74. On May 30, 2008, a grant of 12,000 restricted stock
awards was made to outside Directors of the Bank under the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. The awards will fully vest to the respective recipients on May
30, 2009. The fair value of the Holding Company's common stock on May
30, 2008 was $18.18. On July 31, 2008, a grant of 92,957 restricted
stock awards was made to certain officers of the Company under the 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan. The awards will fully vest to the respective
recipients in equal installments on May 1, 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012
respectively. The fair value of the Holding Company's common stock on
July 31, 2008 was $16.73.
In
accordance with SFAS 123R, compensation expense was recorded on these restricted
stock awards based upon the fair value of the shares on the respective dates of
grant for all periods presented.
The
following is a summary of activity related to the restricted stock awards
granted under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan:
|
At
or for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Unvested
allocated shares – beginning of period
|
66,304
|
71,855
|
31,804
|
Shares
granted
|
104,957
|
12,000
|
48,000
|
Shares
vested
|
29,551
|
17,551
|
7,949
|
Unvested
allocated shares – end of period
|
141,710
|
66,304
|
71,855
|
Unallocated
shares - end of period
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Compensation
recorded to expense
|
$618
|
$372
|
$252
|
Income
tax (benefit) recognized
|
12
|
(1)
|
16
|
Long Term Cash Incentive Payment
Plan -
On October 16, 2008, pursuant to authority granted under the Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee
made an incentive award to the Company's Chief Executive Officer.
The
threshold, target and maximum award opportunities are $214, $428 and $643,
respectively, and are earned based on performance relative to three performance
goals measured over the period beginning August 1, 2008 and ending December 31,
2010. The three performance measures and their relative weights are
as follows:
Goal
|
Weight
|
Threshold
|
Target
|
Maximum
|
Total
Shareholder Return Relative to Compensation Peer Group
|
50%
|
40th
Percentile
|
50th
Percentile
|
74th
Percentile
|
Cumulative
Core Earnings per Share
|
25%
|
$2.23
|
$2.48
|
$2.73
|
GAAP
Return on Equity
|
25%
|
10.3%
|
12.1%
|
13.9%
|
At
December 31, 2008, based upon actual results for the period August 1, 2008
through December 31, 2008, the Company determined that the Target payment has
the greatest probability of ultimately being made, and thus established a
reserve of $76 related to this future award. During the year ended
December 31, 2008, total expense recognized related to this award was
$76.
16. COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
Mortgage Loan Commitments and Lines
of Credit
- At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank had outstanding
commitments to make real estate loans aggregating approximately $49,928 and
$102,397, respectively. At December 31, 2008, all of the commitments
were to originate adjustable-rate real estate loans. Substantially
all of the Bank's commitments expire within three months of their acceptance by
the prospective borrower. A concentration risk exists with these
commitments as virtually all of them involve multifamily and underlying
cooperative properties located within the New York City metropolitan
area.
At
December 31, 2008, unused lines of credit available on one- to four-family
residential, multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans totaled
$38,728. At December 31, 2008, unused commitments to fund
construction loans and overdraft checking accounts totaled $13,446 and $2,923,
respectively.
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had available unused lines of credit with the FHLBNY
totaling $100,000 expiring on July 31, 2009.
Lease Commitments
- At
December 31, 2008, aggregate minimum annual rental commitments on operating
leases were as follows:
Year
Ending December 31,
|
Amount
|
2009
|
$2,062
|
2010
|
2,093
|
2011
|
1,963
|
2012
|
1,848
|
2013
|
1,858
|
Thereafter
|
17,272
|
Total
|
$27,096
|
Rental
expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled $1,957,
$1,794, and $1,417, respectively.
Litigation -
The Company is
subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions which arise out of the
normal course of business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable,
particularly in proceedings where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate
damages, or which are in their early stages. The Company cannot
predict with certainty the actual loss or range of loss related to such legal
proceedings, the manner in which they will be resolved, the timing of final
resolution or the ultimate settlement. Consequently, the Company
cannot estimate losses or ranges of losses related to such legal matters, even
in instances where it is reasonably possible that a future loss will be
incurred. In the opinion of management, after consultation with
counsel, the resolution of all ongoing legal proceedings will not have a
material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of
operations of the Company. The Company accounts for potential losses
related to litigation in accordance with SFAS 5 "Accounting for
Contingencies." As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, reserves provided
for potential losses related to litigation matters were not
material.
17. FAIR
VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The
Company adopted SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008. The fair value hierarchy
established under SFAS 157 is summarized as follows:
Level 1 Inputs
– Quoted
prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that
the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement
date.
Level 2 Inputs
– Significant
other observable inputs such as any of the following; (1) quoted prices for
similar assets or liabilities in active markets, (2) quoted prices for identical
or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, (3) inputs
other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (
e.g.
, interest rates and
yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, volatilities, prepayment
speeds, loss severities, credit risks, and default rates), or (4) inputs that
are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by
correlation or other means (market-corroborated inputs).
Level 3 Inputs
– Unobservable
inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting
entity's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would
use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about
risk). Unobservable inputs shall be used to measure fair value to the
extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations
in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at
the measurement date.
The
following tables present the assets that are reported on the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value as of December 31,
2008 by level within the fair value hierarchy. As required by SFAS
157, financial assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level
of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Assets
Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value Measurements Using
|
Description
|
|
Total
at December 31, 2008
|
|
Level
1
|
|
Level
2
|
Level
3
|
Investment
securities available-for-sale
|
|
$16,602
|
|
$5,433
|
|
$11,169
|
$-
|
MBS
available-for-sale
|
|
301,351
|
|
-
|
|
301,351
|
-
|
Available-For-Sale
Investment Securities and MBS
The
Company’s available-for-sale investment securities and MBS are
reported at fair value, which is determined utilizing prices obtained from
independent parties. The valuations obtained are based upon market data, and
often utilize evaluated pricing models that vary by asset and incorporate
available trade, bid and other market information. For securities that do not
trade on a daily basis, pricing applications apply available information such as
benchmarking and matrix pricing. The market inputs normally sought in the
evaluation of securities include benchmark yields, reported trades,
broker/dealer quotes (obtained only from market makers or broker/dealers
recognized as market participants), issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark
securities, bid, offers and reference data. For certain securities, additional
inputs may be used or some market inputs may not be
applicable. Prioritization of inputs may vary on any given day based
on market conditions.
The
Company's available-for-sale investment securities and MBS at December 31, 2008
were categorized as follows:
Investment
Category
|
|
Percentage
of
Total
|
|
Valuation
Level
Under
SFAS 157
|
Pass
Through MBS or CMOs issued by GSEs
|
|
91.0%
|
|
Two
|
Pass
Through MBS or CMOs issued by entities other than GSEs
|
|
3.8
|
|
Two
|
Agency
securities
|
|
0.3
|
|
Two
|
Mutual
fund investments
|
|
1.7
|
|
One
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
3.2
|
|
Two
|
The
agency securities possessed the highest possible credit rating published by
multiple established credit rating agencies as of December 31,
2008. Obtaining a market value as of December 31, 2008 for these
securities utilizing significant observable inputs as defined under SFAS 157 was
not difficult due to their continued marketplace demand. The pass
through MBS and CMOs (issued either by GSEs or entities other than GSEs), which
comprised approximately 94.8% of the Company's total available-for-sale
investment securities and MBS at December 31, 2008, all possessed the highest
possible credit rating published by multiple established credit rating agencies
as of December 31, 2008. Obtaining a market value as of December 31,
2008 for these securities utilizing significant observable inputs as defined
under SFAS 157 was not difficult due to their demand even in a financial
marketplace challenged with reduced liquidity levels such as existed at December
31, 2008. For the municipal securities, which in aggregate were less
than 1% of the Company's consolidated assets at December 31, 2008, obtaining a
market value utilizing significant observable inputs as defined under SFAS 157
was slightly more difficult due to the lack of regular trading activity as of
December 31, 2008. For these securities, the Company obtained market
values from at least two credible market sources, and verified that these values
were prepared utilizing significant observable inputs as defined under SFAS
157. In accordance with established policies and procedures, the
Company utilized a midpoint value obtained as its recorded fair value for
securities that were valued with significant observable inputs.
Assets
Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
Description
|
|
Total
at December 31, 2008
|
|
Level
1
|
|
Level
2
|
Level
3
|
|
Losses
for the Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
MSR
|
|
$713
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
$713
|
|
$60
|
Pooled
trust preferred securities
|
|
2,138
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
2,138
|
|
3,209
|
MSR
Mortgage
Servicing assets are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The
estimated fair value is obtained through independent third party valuation, and
is derived from estimates of future cash flows that incorporate estimates of
assumptions utilized by market participants in determining fair value,
including, but not limited to, market discount rates, prepayment speeds,
servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data,
such as perception of future interest rate movements. Several of these
assumptions are noted in Note 7 to these financial statements. Since
several of these assumptions qualify as significant unobservable inputs, the
valuation of the mortgage servicing asset is determined to be Level 3 under SFAS
157.
Pooled
Trust Preferred Securities, Held to Maturity
At
December 31, 2008, the Company owned eight pooled trust preferred
securities classified as held-to-maturity. During the year ended
December 31, 2008, the market for these securities was deemed to be
illiquid. As a result, while the valuation of these securities had
previously been obtained utilizing significant observable inputs as defined in
SFAS 157, at December 31, 2008, their estimated fair value was obtained using a
cash flow valuation approach (Level 3 pricing as defined by SFAS
157). Under the cash flow valuation methodology utilized, for five of
the eight securities, three independent cash flow model valuations were averaged
and given a 50% weighting. A separate cash flow valuation for each of
these five securities performed utilizing default, cash flow and discount rate
assumptions determined by the Company's management (the "Internal Cash Flow
Valuation") was given a 50% weighting. For the remaining three
securities, only one independent cash flow valuation was available and was given
a 50% weighting along with the Internal Cash Flow Valuation.
The major
assumptions utilized (each of which represent significant unobservable inputs as
defined in SFAS 157) in the Internal Cash Flow Valuation were as
follows:
Discount
rate – The discount rate utilized was derived from the Bloomberg fair market
value curve for debt offerings of similar credit rating. In the event
that a security had a split investment rating, separate cash flow valuations
were made utilizing the appropriate discount rate and were averaged in order to
determine the Internal Cash Flow Valuation.
Defaults
- All underlying issuers with a Fitch bank rating of 5.0 were assumed to
default. Underlying issuers with a Fitch bank rating of 3.5 through
4.5 were assumed to default at levels ranging from 5% to 75% based upon both
their rating as well as whether they had been granted approval to receive
funding under the U.S. Department of Treasury's Troubled Asset Relief Program
Capital Purchase Program.
Cash
flows – The actual cash flows for the Company's investment tranche of each
security, adjusted to assume that all estimated defaults occurred on January 1,
2009, and an estimated recovery of 6% over the cash flow period (
i.e.
the remaining life of the
security).
Two of
the three independent cash flow valuations were made utilizing a methodology
similar to the Internal Cash Flow Valuation, differing only in the underlying
assumptions deriving estimated cash flows, individual bank defaults and discount
rate. The third independent cash flow valuation was derived from a
different methodology in which the actual cash flow estimate based upon the
underlying collateral of the securities (including default estimates) was not
considered. Instead, this cash flow valuation was determined
utilizing a discount rate determined from the Bloomberg fair market value curve
for similar assets that still continue to trade actively, with adjustments made
for the illiquidity of the pooled trust preferred market. Because of
the significant judgment underlying each of the pricing assumptions, management
elected to recognize each of the independent valuations and apply a weighting
system to all of the valuations, including the Internal Cash Flow Valuation, as
all of these valuations were determined utilizing a valid and objective pricing
methodology.
Impaired
Loans
Loans
with certain characteristics are evaluated individually for impairment. A loan
is considered impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is
probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due, including
principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. The Bank's impaired loans at December 31, 2008 were collateralized by
real estate and were thus carried at the lower of the outstanding principal
balance or the estimated fair value of the real estate collateral less estimated
selling costs. Fair value is estimated through current appraisals, where
practical, or a drive-by inspection and a comparison of the real estate
collateral with similar properties in the area by either a licensed appraiser or
real estate broker and adjusted as deemed necessary by management to reflect
current market conditions. At December 31, 2008, no impaired loans
were carried at fair value. Net charge-offs recognized on impaired
loans were $557 during the year ended December 31, 2008. The
recoveries and losses were charged against the allowance for loans
losses. All of the loans for which losses or recoveries were
recognized were satisfied or transferred to OREO during he year ended December
31, 2008.
While
quoted market prices available in active trading marketplaces are generally
recognized under SFAS 157 as the best evidence of fair value of financial
instruments, several of the Company's financial instruments are not bought or
sold in active trading marketplaces. Accordingly, their fair values
are derived or estimated based on a variety of alternative valuation
techniques. All such fair value estimates are made at a specific
point in time, based on relevant market information about the financial
instrument. These estimates do not reflect any possible tax
ramifications, estimated transaction costs, or any premium or discount that
could result from a one time sale of the entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. In addition, their estimates are based on
assumptions of future loss experience, current economic conditions, risk
characteristics, and other such factors. These assumptions are
subjective in nature and involve inherent uncertainty. Changes in
these assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Methods
and assumptions used to estimate fair values for financial instruments that are
not valued utilizing formal marketplace quotations (other than those previously
discussed) are summarized as follows:
Cash and Due From Banks -
The
fair value is assumed to be equal to their carrying value as these amounts are
due upon demand.
Federal Funds Sold and Other Short
Term Investments
– As a result of their short duration to maturity, the
fair value of these assets, principally overnight deposits, is assumed to be
equal to their carrying value due.
FHLBNY Capital Stock
- The
fair value of FHLBNY stock is assumed to be equal to the carrying value as the
stock is carried at par value and redeemable at par value by the
FHLBNY.
Loans and Loans Held for Sale
- The fair value of loans receivable is determined by
discounting anticipated future cash flows, net of anticipated prepayments
of the loans, using a discount rate reflecting current market rates for loans
with similar terms. This methodology is applied to all loans,
inclusive of non-accrual loans, as well as impaired loans for which a write-down
to the current fair market value of the underlying collateral is not determined
to be warranted under the criteria discussed above. In addition, the
valuation of loans reflects the consideration of secondary market prices for
loan types that have traditionally facilitated marketplace sales (over 80% of
the outstanding loan portfolio). Due to significant market
dislocation, the secondary market prices were given little weighting in deriving
the loan valuation at December 31, 2008.
Deposits
- The fair value of
savings, money market, and checking accounts is assumed to be their carrying
amount. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based upon the present
value of contractual cash flows using current interest rates for instruments of
the same remaining maturity.
Escrow and Other Deposits -
The estimated fair value of escrow and other deposits is assumed to be
their carrying amount payable.
Securities Sold Under Agreements to
Repurchase and FHLBNY Advances -
The fair value is measured by the
discounted anticipated cash flows through contractual maturity or next interest
repricing date, or an earlier call date if, as of the valuation date, the
borrowing is expected to be called. The carrying amount of accrued
interest payable is their fair value.
Commitments to Extend Credit
- The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees
currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the
remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the
counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the
difference between current interest rates and the committed rates.
Based
upon the aforementioned valuation methodologies, the estimated carrying amount
and estimated fair values of all the Company's financial instruments were as
follows:
At
December 31, 2008
|
Carrying
Amount
|
Fair
Value
|
Assets:
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
$211,020
|
$211,020
|
Investment
securities held to maturity (pooled trust preferred
securities)
|
10,861
|
9,082
|
Investment
securities available-for-sale
|
16,602
|
16,602
|
MBS
available-for-sale
|
301,351
|
301,351
|
Loans,
net
|
3,274,051
|
3,300,154
|
Loans
held for sale
|
-
|
-
|
MSR
|
2,778
|
2,841
|
Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments
|
-
|
-
|
FHLBNY
capital stock
|
53,435
|
53,435
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
Savings,
money market and checking accounts
|
1,106,885
|
1,106,885
|
Certificates
of deposit
|
1,153,166
|
1,160,436
|
Escrow
and other deposits
|
130,121
|
130,121
|
Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase
|
230,000
|
263,350
|
FHLBNY
advances
|
1,019,675
|
1,077,362
|
Subordinated
notes payable
1
|
25,000
|
23,875
|
Trust
Preferred securities payable
1
|
72,165
|
40,412
|
Commitments
to extend credit
|
272
|
272
|
At
December 31, 2007
|
Carrying
Amount
|
Fair
Value
|
Assets:
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
$101,708
|
$101,708
|
Investment
securities held-to-maturity
|
80
|
80
|
Investment
securities available-for-sale
|
34,095
|
34,095
|
MBS
available-for-sale
|
162,764
|
162,764
|
Loans,
net
|
2,860,748
|
2,848,863
|
Loans
held for sale
|
890
|
890
|
MSR
|
2,496
|
3,914
|
Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments
|
128,014
|
128,014
|
FHLBNY
capital stock
|
39,029
|
39,029
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
Savings,
money market and checking accounts
|
1,102,911
|
1,102,911
|
Certificates
of deposit
|
1,077,087
|
1,076,362
|
Escrow
and other deposits
|
52,209
|
52,209
|
Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase
|
155,080
|
166,745
|
FHLBNY
advances
|
706,500
|
719,452
|
Subordinated
notes payable
|
25,000
|
25,750
|
Trust
Preferred securities payable
1
|
72,165
|
57,732
|
Commitments
to extend credit
|
590
|
590
|
1
The fair
value of this liability is measured by independent market quotations obtained
based upon transactions occurring in the market as of the disclosure
date.
Assets Owned By the Employee
Retirement Plan –
The fair value of the assets owned by the Employee
Retirement Plan, which, while not owned by the Company, were an integral part of
the determination of the plan's funded status (which is recognized as an asset
or liability by the Company) at December 31, 2008. The fair value of
these assets was determined in accordance with the valuation hierarchy
established by SFAS 157.
Non-financial Assets and
Liabilities.
The provisions of SFAS 157 related to disclosures
surrounding non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities such as goodwill
and OREO have not been applied since the Company elected the deferral rules of
FSP 157-2 (discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements).
18. TREASURY
STOCK
The
Holding Company purchased 51,000 shares, 2,298,726 shares and 777,539 shares of
its common stock into treasury during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007
and 2006, respectively. All shares were purchased in accordance with
applicable regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") and the
SEC.
19. REGULATORY
MATTERS
The
Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements established by the
federal banking agencies. Failure to satisfy minimum capital
requirements may result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional
discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct
material effect on the Company's consolidated financial
statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must satisfy specific capital
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and
certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated pursuant to regulatory accounting
practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative
measures that have been established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios (set forth in
the table below). The Bank's primary regulatory agency, the OTS,
requires that the Bank maintain minimum ratios of tangible capital (as defined
in the regulations) of 1.5%, and total risk-based capital (as defined in the
regulations) of 8%. In addition, insured institutions in the
strongest financial and managerial condition, with a rating of one (the highest
rating of the OTS under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System) are
required to maintain a Leverage Capital Ratio (the "Leverage Capital
Ratio") of not less than 3.0% of total assets. For all other banks,
the minimum Leverage Capital Ratio requirement is 4.0%, unless a higher leverage
capital ratio is warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of
the institution. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank satisfied all capital
adequacy requirements to which it was subject.
As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank satisfied all criteria necessary to be
categorized as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action. To be categorized as "well capitalized," the Bank
was required to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I
leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables:
|
Actual
|
|
For
Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
|
|
To
Be Categorized as "Well Capitalized"
|
As
of December 31, 2008
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Tangible
capital
|
$304,455
|
7.63%
|
|
$59,873
|
1.5%
|
|
$199,578
|
5.00%
|
Leverage
capital
|
304,455
|
7.63
|
|
159,662
|
4.0%
|
|
199,578
|
5.00
|
Total
risk-based capital (to risk
weighted
assets)
|
303,033
|
11.43
|
|
212,140
|
8.0%
|
|
265,176
|
10.00
|
Tier
I risk-based capital (to risk
weighted
assets)
|
285,579
|
10.77
|
|
106,070
|
4.0%
|
|
159,105
|
6.00
|
|
Actual
|
|
For
Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
|
|
To
Be Categorized as "Well Capitalized"
|
As
of December 31, 2007
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Tangible
capital
|
$269,231
|
7.88%
|
|
$51,228
|
1.5%
|
|
$170,761
|
5.00%
|
Leverage
capital
|
269,231
|
7.88
|
|
136,609
|
4.0%
|
|
170,761
|
5.00
|
Total
risk-based capital (to risk
weighted
assets)
|
266,645
|
11.92
|
|
178,954
|
8.0%
|
|
$223,693
|
10.00
|
Tier
I risk-based capital (to risk
weighted
assets)
|
251,258
|
11.23
|
|
89,477
|
4.0%
|
|
134,216
|
6.00
|
The
following is a reconciliation of stockholders' equity to regulatory capital for
the Bank:
|
At
December 31, 2008
|
|
At
December 31, 2007
|
|
Tangible
Capital
|
Leverage
Capital
|
Total
Risk-Based Capital
|
|
Tangible
Capital
|
Leverage
Capital
|
Total
Risk-Based
Capital
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
$350,715
|
$350,715
|
$350,715
|
|
$321,091
|
$321,091
|
$321,091
|
Non-allowable
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MSR
|
(281)
|
(281)
|
(281)
|
|
(254)
|
(254)
|
(254)
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
9,659
|
9,659
|
9,659
|
|
4,032
|
4,032
|
4,032
|
Goodwill
|
(55,638)
|
(55,638)
|
(55,638)
|
|
(55,638)
|
(55,638)
|
(55,638)
|
Tier
1 risk-based capital
|
304,455
|
304,455
|
304,455
|
|
269,231
|
269,231
|
269,231
|
Adjustment
for recourse provision on loans sold
|
-
|
-
|
(18,876)
|
|
-
|
-
|
(17,973)
|
General
valuation allowance
|
-
|
-
|
17,454
|
|
-
|
-
|
15,387
|
Total
(Tier 2) risk based capital
|
304,455
|
304,455
|
303,033
|
|
269,231
|
269,231
|
266,645
|
Minimum
capital requirement
|
59,873
|
159,662
|
212,140
|
|
51,228
|
136,609
|
178,954
|
Regulatory
capital excess
|
$244,582
|
$144,793
|
$90,893
|
|
$218,003
|
$132,622
|
$87,691
|
20. UNAUDITED
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The
following represents the unaudited condensed consolidated results of operations
for each of the quarters during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007:
|
For the three months ended
|
|
March
31,
2008
|
June
30,
2008
|
September
30, 2008
|
December
31, 2008
|
Net
interest income
|
$19,231
|
$23,110
|
$25,182
|
$23,829
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
60
|
310
|
596
|
1,040
|
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
19,171
|
22,800
|
24,586
|
22,789
|
Non-interest
(loss) income
|
2,167
|
1,860
|
1,677
|
(2,890)
|
Non-interest
expense
|
12,280
|
12,258
|
12,913
|
12,522
|
Income
before income taxes
|
9,058
|
12,402
|
13,350
|
7,377
|
Income
tax expense
|
3,101
|
3,977
|
4,997
|
2,084
|
Net
income
|
$5,957
|
$8,425
|
$8,353
|
$5,293
|
Earnings
per share (1):
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
$0.18
|
$0.26
|
$0.26
|
$0.16
|
Diluted
|
$0.18
|
$0.26
|
$0.25
|
$0.16
|
|
For the three months ended
|
|
March
31,
2007
|
June
30,
2007
|
September
30, 2007
|
December
31, 2007
|
Net
interest income
|
$17,886
|
$17,669
|
$17,378
|
$18,080
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
60
|
60
|
60
|
60
|
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
17,826
|
17,609
|
17,318
|
18,020
|
Non-interest
income
|
2,490
|
2,387
|
3,131
|
2,411
|
Non-interest
expense
|
11,248
|
11,199
|
11,717
|
11,337
|
Income
before income taxes
|
9,068
|
8,797
|
8,732
|
9,094
|
Income
tax expense
|
3,251
|
3,152
|
3,188
|
3,657
|
Net
income
|
$5,817
|
$5,645
|
$5,544
|
$5,437
|
Earnings
per share (1):
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
$0.17
|
$0.17
|
$0.17
|
$0.17
|
Diluted
|
$0.17
|
$0.17
|
$0.17
|
$0.17
|
(1) The
quarterly earnings per share amounts, when added, may not coincide with the full
fiscal year earnings per share reported on the Consolidated Statements of
Operations due to differences in the computed weighted average shares
outstanding as well as rounding differences.
21. CONDENSED
PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The
following statements of condition as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the
related statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, reflect the Holding Company's investment in its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank, 842 Manhattan Avenue Corp., and its
unconsolidated subsidiary, Dime Community Capital Trust I, using, as deemed
appropriate, the equity method of accounting:
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
CONDENSED
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
|
At
December 31,
2008
|
At
December 31, 2007
|
ASSETS:
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
$8,419
|
$5,103
|
Investment
securities available-for-sale
|
5,433
|
7,112
|
MBS
available-for-sale
|
1,041
|
1,279
|
Federal
funds sold and other short term investments
|
-
|
22,733
|
ESOP
loan to subsidiary
|
4,325
|
4,444
|
Investment
in subsidiaries
|
351,360
|
321,737
|
Other
assets
|
5,575
|
5,690
|
Total
assets
|
$376,153
|
$368,098
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
|
|
|
Subordinated
notes payable
|
$25,000
|
$25,000
|
Trust
Preferred securities payable
|
72,165
|
72,165
|
Other
liabilities
|
2,024
|
2,081
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
276,964
|
268,852
|
Total
liabilities and stockholders' equity
|
$376,153
|
$368,098
|
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
CONDENSED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Net
interest loss
|
$(6,658)
|
$(5,902)
|
$(5,178)
|
Dividends
received from Bank
|
-
|
35,000
|
58,012
|
Non-interest
income
|
513
|
516
|
1,215
|
Non-interest
expense
|
(408)
|
(424)
|
(484)
|
Income
(Loss) before income taxes and equity in
undistributed
earnings of direct subsidiaries
|
(6,553)
|
29,190
|
53,565
|
Income
tax credit
|
2,751
|
2,143
|
698
|
Income
(Loss) before equity in undistributed earnings
of
direct subsidiaries
|
(3,802)
|
31,333
|
54,263
|
Equity
in (overdistributed) undistributed earnings of
subsidiaries
|
31,830
|
(8,890)
|
(23,671)
|
Net
income
|
$28,028
|
$22,443
|
$30,592
|
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
CONDENSED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Cash
flows from Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
$28,028
|
$22,443
|
$30,592
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
Equity
in (undistributed) overdistributed earnings of direct
subsidiaries
|
(31,830)
|
8,890
|
23,671
|
Gain
on sale of assets
|
-
|
-
|
(1,063)
|
Net
(amortization) and accretion
|
(489)
|
(547)
|
(594)
|
(Increase)
Decrease in other assets
|
115
|
(36)
|
703
|
(Decrease)
Increase in other liabilities
|
930
|
(89)
|
596
|
Net
cash (used in) provided by Operating Activities
|
(3,246)
|
30,661
|
53,905
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
Net
Decrease (Increase) in federal funds sold and other short-term
Investments
|
22,733
|
16,945
|
(25,962)
|
Proceeds
from maturities and redemptions of investment securities
available-for-sale
|
4
|
-
|
3,000
|
Proceeds
from sale of investment securities available-for-sale
|
-
|
-
|
3,032
|
Purchases
of investment securities available-for-sale
|
-
|
-
|
(3,029)
|
Principal
collected on MBS available-for-sale
|
209
|
507
|
571
|
Principal
repayments on ESOP loan
|
119
|
110
|
102
|
Net
cash provided by (used in) Investing Activities
|
23,065
|
17,562
|
(22,286)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
Cash
dividends re-assumed through liquidation of RRP
|
-
|
958
|
-
|
Common
stock issued for exercise of stock options
|
2,473
|
136
|
910
|
Purchase
of common stock by the BMP
|
(66)
|
-
|
-
|
Cash
dividends paid to stockholders
|
(18,256)
|
(18,991)
|
(19,751)
|
Purchase
of treasury stock
|
(654)
|
(29,650)
|
(11,024)
|
Benefit
plan payments reimbursed by subsidiary
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net
cash used in financing activities
|
(16,503)
|
(47,547)
|
(29,865)
|
|
|
|
|
Net
increase in cash and due from banks
|
3,316
|
676
|
1,754
|
Cash
and due from banks, beginning of period
|
5,103
|
4,427
|
2,673
|
Cash
and due from banks, end of period
|
$8,419
|
$5,103
|
$4,427
|
* * * * *
Exhibit
Number
3(i)
|
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc. (1)
|
3(ii)
|
|
Amended
and Restated Bylaws of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
(2)
|
4.1
|
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc. [See Exhibit 3(i) hereto]
|
4.2
|
|
Amended
and Restated Bylaws of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. [See Exhibit 3(ii)
hereto]
|
4.3
|
|
Draft
Stock Certificate of Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc. (3)
|
4.4
|
|
Certificate
of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock (4)
|
4.5
|
|
Rights
Agreement, dated as of April 9, 1998, between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc.
and ChaseMellon Shareholder
Services,
L.L.C., as Rights Agent (4)
|
4.6
|
|
Form
of Rights Certificate (4)
|
4.7
|
|
Second
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 29, 2004, by
and among Wilmington Trust
Company,
as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company as
Institutional Trustee, Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.,
as Sponsor, the Administrators of Dime Community Capital Trust I and the
holders from time to time of undivided
beneficial
interests in the assets of Dime Community Capital Trust I
(9)
|
4.8
|
|
Indenture,
dated as of March 19, 2004, between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and
Wilmington Trust Company, as
trustee
(9)
|
4.9
|
|
Series
B Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2004, executed and delivered
by Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.,
as Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company, as
Guarantee Trustee, for the benefit of the holders from time to
time
of the Series B Capital Securities of Dime Community Capital Trust I
(9)
|
10.1
|
|
Amended
and Restated Employment Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh and Vincent F.
Palagiano
|
10.2
|
|
Amended
and Restated Employment Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh and Michael P.
Devine
|
10.3
|
|
Amended
and Restated Employment Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh and
Kenneth
J. Mahon
|
10.4
|
|
Employment
Agreement between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and Vincent F.
Palagiano
|
10.5
|
|
Employment
Agreement between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and Michael P.
Devine
|
10.6
|
|
Employment
Agreement between Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and Kenneth J.
Mahon
|
10.7
|
|
Form
of Employee Retention Agreement by and among The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh, Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and
certain officers (5)
|
10.7(i)
|
|
Amendment
to Form of Employee Retention Agreement by and among The Dime Savings Bank
of Williamsburgh, Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and
certain officers
|
10.8
|
|
The
Benefit Maintenance Plan of Dime Community Bancorp,
Inc.
|
10.9
|
|
Severance
Pay Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
|
10.10
|
|
Retirement
Plan for Board Members of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc.
|
10.11
|
|
Dime
Community Bancorp, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors,
Officers and Employees, as amended
by
amendments number 1 and 2 (6)
|
10.12
|
|
Recognition
and Retention Plan for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees of Dime
Community Bancorp, Inc., as
amended
by amendments number 1 and 2 (6)
|
10.13
|
|
Form
of stock option agreement for Outside Directors under Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. 1996 and 200
Stock
Option Plans for Outside Directors, Officers and Employees
and the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. (6)
|
10.14
|
|
Form
of stock option agreement for officers and employees under Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. 1996 and 2001
Stock
Option Plans for Outside Directors, Officers and
Employees and the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (6)
|
10.15
|
|
Form
of award notice for outside directors under the Recognition and Retention
Plan for Outside Directors, Officers
and
Employees of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc.(6)
|
10.16
|
|
Form
of award notice for officers and employees under the Recognition and
Retention Plan for Outside Directors,
Officers
and Employees of Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. (6)
|
10.17
|
|
Financial
Federal Savings Bank Incentive Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust
(7)
|
10.18
|
|
Financial
Federal Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (7)
|
10.19
|
|
Option
Conversion Certificates between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and each
of Messrs. Russo, Segrete,
Calamari,
Latawiec, O'Gorman, and Ms. Swaya pursuant to
Section 1.6(b) of the Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated
as of July 18, 1998 by and between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and
Financial Bancorp, Inc. (7)
|
10.20
|
|
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors,
Officers and Employees (8)
|
10.21
|
|
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside
Directors, Officers and Employees (12)
|
10.22
|
|
Waiver
executed by Vincent F. Palagiano (11)
|
10.23
|
|
Waiver
executed by Michael P. Devine (11)
|
10.24
|
|
Waiver
executed by Kenneth J. Mahon (11)
|
10.25
|
|
Form
of restricted stock award notice for officers and employees under the 2004
Stock Incentive Plan (10)
|
10.26
|
|
Employee
Retention Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. and Christopher D. Maher
|
10.27
|
|
Form
of restricted stock award notice for outside directors under the 2004
Stock Incentive Plan (10)
|
10.28
|
|
Employee
Retention Agreement between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. and Daniel Harris
|
10.29
|
|
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
|
10.30
|
|
Amendment
to the Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(K) Plan
|
10.31
|
|
Employee
Stock Ownership Plan of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Certain
Affiliates
|
31(i).1
|
|
Certification
of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
|
31(i).2
|
|
Certification
of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
|
32.1
|
|
Certification
of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350
|
32.2
|
|
Certification
of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
1350
|
(1)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Transition Report on Form 10-K for the
transition period ended December 31, 2002 filed on March 28,
2003.
|
(2)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2007 filed on August 9, 2007.
|
(3)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1998 filed on September 28, 1998.
|
(4)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 9,
1998 and filed on April 16, 1998.
|
(5)
|
Incorporated
by reference to Exhibits to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 filed on September 26,
1997.
|
(6)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1997 filed on September 26, 1997, and the Current
Reports on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2004 and March 29,
2005.
|
(7)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2000 filed on September 28, 2000.
|
(8)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14,
2003.
|
(9)
|
Incorporated
by reference to Exhibits to the registrant’s Registration Statement No.
333-117743 on Form S-4 filed on July 29, 2004.
|
(10)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March
22, 2005.
|
(11)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 2005 filed on May 10, 2005.
|
(12)
|
Incorporated
by reference to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2008 filed on August 8,
2008.
|
AMENDED
AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 31st day of December, 2008, by and between The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh, a mutual savings bank organized and operating under the federal
laws of the United States and having an office at 209 Havemeyer Street,
Brooklyn, New York 11211 ("Bank") and Vincent F. Palagiano, residing at 44
Direnzo Court, Staten Island, New York 10309 and amends and restates the Amended
and Restated Employment Agreement made as of June 26, 1996 between the Bank and
Mr. Palagiano.
W I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS,
Mr. Palagiano currently serves the Bank in the capacity of Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer; and
WHEREAS,
the Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., a
savings and loan holding company organized and operating under the laws of the
State of Delaware and having an office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New
York 11211 (“Company”); and
WHEREAS,
the Bank and Mr. Palagiano are parties to an Employment Agreement made and
entered into as of the 1st day of January, 1992 (the “Initial Effective Date”)
and amended and restated as of the 1st day of October, 1995, and further amended
on the 26th day of June, 1996 ("Prior Agreement"); and
WHEREAS,
the Bank and Mr. Palagiano desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement for
the purpose, among others, of compliance with the applicable requirements of
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS,
for purposes of securing for the Bank Mr. Palagiano's continued services, the
Board of Directors of the Bank ("Board") has approved and authorized the
execution of this Agreement with Mr. Palagiano; and
WHEREAS,
Mr. Palagiano is willing to continue to make his services available to the Bank
on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and
obligations hereinafter set forth, the Bank and Mr. Palagiano hereby agree as
follows:
1. Representations
and Warranties of the Parties.
(a) The
Bank hereby represents and warrants to Mr. Palagiano that:
(i) it
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of its obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Bank; and
(iii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which the Bank is a party or
by which it is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without
limitation, any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any order of any
court or administrative agency, applicable to the Bank or its
business.
(b) Mr.
Palagiano hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:
(i) he
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of his obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which he is a party or by
which he is bound, or (B) including, without limitation, any statute, rule or
regulation or any order of any court or administrative agency, applicable to
him.
2. Employment.
The Bank
hereby continues the employment of Mr. Palagiano, and Mr. Palagiano hereby
accepts such continued employment, during the period and upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.
3. Employment
Period.
(a) The
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be and remain in effect during the
period of employment established under this section 3 ("Employment Period"). The
Employment Period shall be for an initial term of three years beginning on the
Initial Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary date of the Initial
Effective Date, plus such extensions, if any, as are provided by the Board
pursuant to section 3(b).
(b) Prior
to the first anniversary of the Initial Effective Date and each anniversary date
thereafter (each, an "Anniversary Date"), the Board shall review the terms of
this Agreement and Mr. Palagiano's performance of services hereunder and may, in
the absence of objection from Mr. Palagiano, approve an extension of the
Employment Period. In such event, the Employment Period shall be extended to the
third anniversary of the relevant Anniversary Date.
(c) If,
prior to the date on which the Employment Period would end pursuant to section
3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in section 13 of
this Agreement) occurs and the Bank is not subject to rules and regulations of
the Office of Thrift Supervision, then the Employment Period shall be extended
through and including the third anniversary of the earliest date after the
effective date of such Change of Control on which either the Bank or Mr.
Palagiano elects, by written notice pursuant to section 3(d) of this Agreement
to the non-electing party, to discontinue the Employment Period; provided,
however, that this section shall not apply in the event that, prior to the
Change of Control (as defined in section 13 of this Agreement), Mr. Palagiano
has provided written notice to the Bank of his intent to discontinue the
Employment Period.
(d) The
Bank or Mr. Palagiano may, at any time by written notice given to the other,
elect to terminate this Agreement. Any such notice given by the Bank shall be
accompanied by a certified copy of a resolution, adopted by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board
duly called and held, authorizing the giving of such notice.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) Mr. Palagiano's employment with
the Bank may be terminated during the Employment Period, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall
mandate or prohibit a continuation of Mr. Palagiano's employment following the
expiration of the Employment Period upon such terms and conditions as the Bank
and Mr. Palagiano may mutually agree upon.
(f) For
all purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the "Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period" as of any specified date shall mean a period commencing on
the date specified and ending on the last day of the third (3rd) year from the
date specified, or, if neither party has given notice electing a discontinuance
of the Employment Period, on the third (3rd) anniversary of the date
specified.
4. Duties.
During
the Employment Period, Mr. Palagiano shall:
(a) except
to the extent allowed under section 7 of this Agreement, devote his full
business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Bank and use his
best efforts to advance the Bank's interests;
(b) serve
as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer if duly appointed and/or
elected to serve in such position; and
(c) have
such functions, duties and responsibilities not inconsistent with his title and
office as may be assigned to him by or under the authority of the Board, in
accordance with organization Certificate, By-laws, Applicable Laws, Statutes and
Regulations, custom and practice of the Bank as in effect on the date first
above written. Mr. Palagiano shall have such authority as is necessary or
appropriate to carry out his assigned duties. Mr. Palagiano shall report to and
be subject to direction and supervision by the Board.
(d) none
of the functions, duties and responsibilities to be performed by Mr. Palagiano
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to include those functions, duties
and responsibilities performed by Mr. Palagiano in his capacity as director of
the Bank.
5. Compensation
-- Salary and Bonus.
In
consideration for services rendered by Mr. Palagiano under this Agreement, the
Bank shall pay to Mr. Palagiano a salary at an annual rate equal
to:
(a) during
the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending on December 31, 2009, no less
than $686,000;
(b) during
each calendar year that begins after December 31, 2009, such amount as the Board
may, in its discretion, determine, but in no event less than the rate in effect
on December 31, 2009; or
(c) for
each calendar year that begins on or after a Change in Control, the product of
Mr. Palagiano's annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to such
calendar year, multiplied by the greatest of:
(i) 1.06;
(ii) the
quotient of (A) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers (or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other
measure of general consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith,
prescribe) for October of the immediately preceding calendar year, divided by
(B) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers
(or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other measure of general
consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith, prescribe) for October of
the second preceding calendar year; and
(iii) the
quotient of (A) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first
day of such calendar year, of the officers of the Bank (other than Mr.
Palagiano) who are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers, divided by
(B) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first day of the
immediately preceding calendar year, of the officers of the Bank (other than Mr.
Palagiano) who are assistant vice presidents or more senior
officers;
The
salary payable under this section 5 shall be paid in approximately equal
installments in accordance with the Bank's customary payroll practices. Nothing
in this section 5 shall be construed as prohibiting the payment to Mr. Palagiano
of a salary in excess of that prescribed under this section 5 or of additional
cash or non-cash compensation in a form other than salary, to the extent that
such payment is duly authorized by or under the authority of the
Board.
(d) no
portion of the compensation paid to Mr. Palagiano pursuant to this Agreement
shall be deemed to be compensation received by Mr. Palagiano in his capacity as
director of the Bank.
6. Employee
Benefits Plans and Programs; Other Compensation.
Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, Mr. Palagiano shall be treated as an
employee of the Bank and be entitled to participate in and receive benefits
under the Bank's Retirement Plan, Incentive Savings Plan, group life and health
(including medical and major medical) and disability insurance plans, and such
other employee benefit plans and programs, including but not limited to any
long-term or short-term incentive compensation plans or programs (whether or not
employee benefit plans or programs), as the Bank may maintain from time to time,
in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans and
programs and compensation plans and programs and with the Bank's customary
practices. Following a Change in Control, all such benefits to Mr. Palagiano
shall be continued on terms and conditions substantially identical to, and in no
event less favorable than, those in effect prior to the Change in
Control.
In the
event of a conversion of the Bank from a mutual savings bank to a form of
organization owned by stockholders ("Conversion"), the Bank will provide, or
cause to be provided, to Mr. Palagiano in connection with such Conversion,
stock-based compensation and benefits, including, without limitation, stock
options, restricted stock awards, and participation in tax-qualified stock bonus
plans which, in the aggregate, are either (A) accepted by Mr. Palagiano in
writing as being satisfactory for purposes of this Agreement or (B) in the
written, good faith opinion of a nationally recognized executive compensation
consulting firm selected by the Bank and satisfactory to Mr. Palagiano, whose
agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, are no less favorable than the
stock-based compensation and benefits usually and customarily provided to
similarly situated executives of similar financial institutions in connection
with similar transactions.
7. Board
Memberships and Personal Activities.
Mr.
Palagiano may serve as a member of the board of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to the Board from time
to time, and he may engage in personal business and investment activities for
his own account; provided, however, that such service and personal business and
investment activities shall not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties under this Agreement. Mr. Palagiano may also serve as an officer or
director of any parent of the Bank on such terms and conditions as the Bank and
its parent may mutually agree upon, and such service shall not be deemed to
materially interfere with Mr. Palagiano's performance of his duties hereunder or
otherwise result in a material breach of this Agreement.
8. Working
Facilities and Expenses.
Mr.
Palagiano's principal place of employment shall be at the Bank's executive
offices at the address first above written, or at such other location in the New
York metropolitan area as determined by the Board. The Bank shall provide Mr.
Palagiano, at his principal place of employment, with a private office,
stenographic services and other support services and facilities suitable to his
position with the Bank and necessary or appropriate in connection with the
performance of his assigned duties under this Agreement. The Bank shall provide
Mr. Palagiano with an automobile suitable to his position with the Bank in
accordance with its prior practices, and such automobile shall be used by Mr.
Palagiano in carrying out his duties under this Agreement, including commuting
between his residence and his principal place of employment. The Bank shall (i)
reimburse Mr. Palagiano for the cost of maintenance and servicing such
automobile and, for instance, gasoline and oil for such automobile; (ii)
reimburse Mr. Palagiano for his ordinary and necessary business expenses
incurred in the performance of his duties under this Agreement (including but
not limited to travel and entertainment expenses); and (iii) reimburse Mr.
Palagiano for fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Mr.
Palagiano and the Bank, and such other expenses as Mr. Palagiano and the Bank,
shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate for business purposes, upon
presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as
the Bank may reasonably require, each such reimbursement payment to be made
promptly following receipt of the itemized account and in any event not later
than the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was
incurred. Mr. Palagiano shall be entitled to no less than four (4) weeks of paid
vacation during each year in the Employment Period. Mr. Palagiano shall be
responsible for the payment of any taxes on account of his personal use of the
automobile provided by the Bank and on account of any other benefit provided
herein.
9. Termination
Giving Rise to Severance Benefits.
(a) In
the event that Mr. Palagiano's employment with the Bank shall terminate during
the Employment Period on account of the termination of Mr. Palagiano's
employment with the Bank other than:
(i) a
Termination for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this
Agreement);
(ii) a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Palagiano other than a Resignation for Good Reason
(within the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement);
(iii) a
termination on account of Mr. Palagiano's death; or
(iv) a
termination after both of the following conditions exist: (A) Mr. Palagiano has
been absent from the full-time service of the Bank on account of his Disability
(as defined in section 11(b) of this Agreement) for at least six (6) consecutive
months; and (B) Mr. Palagiano shall have failed to return to work in the
full-time service of the Bank within thirty (30) days after written notice
requesting such return is given to Mr. Palagiano by the Bank; then the Bank
shall provide to Mr. Palagiano the benefits and pay to Mr. Palagiano the amounts
provided under section 9(b) of this Agreement.
(b) In
the event that Mr. Palagiano's employment with the Bank shall terminate under
circumstances described in section 9(a) of this Agreement or if the Bank
terminates this Agreement pursuant to section 3(d), the following benefits and
amounts shall be paid or provided to Mr. Palagiano (or, in the event of his
death, to his estate), in accordance with section 26, on his termination of
employment:
(i) his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment
with the Bank, payable when due but in no event later than thirty (30) days
following his termination of employment with the Bank;
(ii) (A)
the benefits, if any, to which Mr. Palagiano and his family and dependents are
entitled as a former employee, or family or dependents of a former employee,
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained for the benefit of the Bank's officers and employees, in
accordance with the terms of such plans and programs in effect on the date of
his termination of employment, or if his termination of employment occurs after
a Change in Control, on the date of his termination of employment or on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Palagiano, where credit is given for three additional years of
service and age in determining eligibility and benefits for any plan and program
where age and service are relevant factors, and (B) payment for all unused
vacation days and floating holidays in the year in which his employment is
terminated, at his highest annual rate of salary for such year;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical,
dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits), in addition to
that provided pursuant to section 9(b)(ii) of this Agreement and after taking
into account the coverage provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the
extent necessary to provide Mr. Palagiano and his family and dependents for the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, coverage identical to and in any event no
less favorable than the coverage to which they would have been entitled under
such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of employment, or, if
his termination of employment occurs after a Change in Control, on the date of
his termination of employment or during the one-year period ending on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Palagiano) if he had continued working for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of compensation
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement;
(iv)
a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the salary and the
bonus that Mr. Palagiano would have earned if he had worked for the Bank during
the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of salary
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) and the highest bonus as a percentage of the rate of
salary provided for under this Agreement, where such present value is to be
determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded, in
the case of salary, with the frequency corresponding to the Bank's regular
payroll periods with respect to its officers, and, in the case of bonus,
annually;
(v) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (A) the present
value of the benefits to which he would be entitled under any defined benefit
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank (including any "excess
benefit plan" within the meaning of section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or other special or
supplemental plan) as in effect on the date of his termination, if he had worked
for the Bank during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest
annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that
the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement and
been fully vested in such plan or plans and had continued working for the Bank
during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, such benefits to be determined
as of the date of termination of employment by adding to the service actually
recognized under such plans an additional period equal to the Remaining
Unexpired Employment Period and by adding to the compensation recognized under
such plans for the year in which termination of employment occurs all amounts
payable under sections 9(b)(i), (iv) and (vii), over (B) the present value of
the benefits to which he is actually entitled under any such plans maintained
by, or covering employees of, the Bank as of the date of his termination where
such present values are to be determined using a discount rate of six percent
(6%) per annum, compounded monthly, and the mortality tables prescribed under
section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("Code"); provided, however,
that if payments are made under this section 9(b)(v) as a result of this section
deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans to be
vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be paid
in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as benefits
under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the present
value of the benefits attributable to the Bank's contribution to which he would
be entitled under any defined contribution plans maintained by, or covering
employees of, the Bank (including any "excess benefit plan" within the meaning
of section 3(36) of ERISA, or other special or supplemental plan) as in effect
on the date of his termination, if he had worked for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of compensation
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement, and made the maximum amount of
employee contributions, if any, required or permitted under such plan or plans,
and been eligible for the highest rate in matching contributions under such plan
or plans during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period which is prior to Mr.
Palagiano's termination of employment with the Bank, and been fully vested in
such plan or plans, over (B) the present value of the benefits attributable to
the Bank's contributions to which he is actually entitled under such plans as of
the date of his termination of employment with the Bank, where such present
values are to be determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum,
compounded with the frequency corresponding to the Bank's regular payroll
periods with respect to its officers; provided, however, that if payments are
made under this section 9(b)(vi) as a result of this section deeming otherwise
unvested amounts under such defined contribution plans to be vested, the
payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same
form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as benefits under the
corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to Mr. Palagiano under any incentive
compensation plan maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank (other than
bonus payments to which section 9(b)(iv) of this Agreement is applicable) if he
had continued working for the Bank during the Remaining Unexpired Employment
Period and had earned an incentive award in each calendar year that ends during
the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period in an amount equal to the product of
(A) the maximum percentage rate of compensation at which an award was ever
available to Mr. Palagiano under such incentive compensation plan, multiplied by
(B) the compensation that would have been paid to Mr. Palagiano during each
calendar year at the highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change
in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would
apply) under the Agreement, such payments to be made at the same time and in the
same manner as payments are made to other officers of the Bank pursuant to the
terms of such incentive compensation plan; provided, however, that payments
under this section 9(b)(vii) shall not be made to Mr. Palagiano for any year on
account of which no payments are made to any of the Bank's officers under any
such incentive compensation plan; and
(viii) the
benefits to which Mr. Palagiano is entitled under the Bank's Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan (or other excess benefits plan with the meaning of
section 3(36) of ERISA or other special or supplemental plan) shall be paid to
him in a lump sum, where such lump sum is computed using the mortality tables
under the Bank's tax-qualified pension plan and a discount rate of 6% per annum.
If the amount may be increased by a subsequent Change in Control, any additional
payment shall be made at the time and in the form provided under the relevant
plan, or, if no such time or form is provided, upon the first of the following
events to occur on or after the date of such Change in Control: a change in
control event (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5))
with respect to Mr. Palagiano, Mr. Palagiano’s separation from service (within
the meaning of section 1.409A-1(h)), Mr. Palagiano’s death or Mr. Palagiano’s
disability (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)).
From the date of such Change of Control until the date of payment, any
additional payment so deferred shall be held in trust for Mr. Palagiano, the
terms of which trust shall be those set forth in section 26.
(c) Mr.
Palagiano shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided
for in this section 9 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the
amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this section 9 be reduced by
any compensation earned by Mr. Palagiano as the result of employment by another
employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be
owed by Mr. Palagiano to the Bank, or otherwise except as specifically provided
in section 9(b)(iii) of this Agreement. The Bank and Mr. Palagiano hereby
stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by Mr. Palagiano as a
consequence of any such termination of employment are not capable of accurate
measurement as of the date first above written and that the benefits and
payments provided for in this Agreement constitute a reasonable estimate under
the circumstances of all damages sustained as a consequence of any such
termination of employment, other than damages arising under or out of any stock
option, restricted stock or other non- qualified stock acquisition or investment
plan or program, it being understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not
determine the measurement of damages under any such plan or program in respect
of any termination of employment.
10. Termination
Without Severance Benefits.
In the
event that Mr. Palagiano's employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Employment Period on account of:
(a) Termination
for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this Agreement);
(b) voluntary
resignation by Mr. Palagiano other than a Resignation for Good Reason (within
the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement); or
(c) Mr.
Palagiano's death;
then the
Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the
payment to Mr. Palagiano (or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment,
and the provision of such other benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a
former employee under the Bank's employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and payment for all unused vacation days and
floating holidays in the year in which his employment is terminated, at his
highest annual salary for such year.
11. Death
and Disability.
(a) Death.
If Mr. Palagiano's employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Palagiano's death
during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to Mr. Palagiano's legal representatives under this Agreement, other
than for payment of amounts and provision of benefits under sections 9(b) (i)
and (ii); provided, however, that if Mr. Palagiano dies while in the employment
of the Bank, his designated beneficiary(ies) shall receive a death benefit,
payable through life insurance or otherwise, which is the equivalent on a net
after-tax basis of the death benefit payable under a term life insurance policy,
with a stated death benefit of three times Mr. Palagiano's then Annual Base
Salary.
(b) Disability.
If Mr. Palagiano's employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Palagiano's
Disability as defined in section 11(c) during the Employment Period, this
Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Mr. Palagiano, other
than for payment of amounts and provision of benefits under section 9(b) (i) and
(ii); provided, however, that in the event of Mr. Palagiano's Disability while
in the employment of the Bank, the Bank will pay to him, in accordance with
section 26, a lump sum amount equal to three times his then Annual Base
Salary.
(c) For
purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall be defined in accordance with the
terms of the Bank's long term disability policy.
(d) Payments
under this section 11 shall be made upon Mr. Palagiano's death or
disability.
12. Definition
of Termination for Cause and Resignation for Good Reason.
(a) Mr.
Palagiano's termination of employment with the Bank shall be deemed a
"Termination for Cause" if such termination occurs for "cause," which, for
purposes of this Agreement shall mean personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful
misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or
regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease
and desist order, or any material breach of this Agreement, in each case as
measured against standards generally prevailing at the relevant time in the
savings and community banking industry; provided, however, that Mr. Palagiano
shall not be deemed to have been discharged for cause unless and until he shall
have received a written notice of termination from the Board, accompanied by a
resolution duly adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board at
a meeting called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Mr.
Palagiano and a reasonable opportunity for Mr. Palagiano to make oral and
written presentations to the members of the Board, on his own behalf, or through
a representative, who may be his legal counsel, to refute the grounds for the
proposed determination) finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board
grounds exist for discharging Mr. Palagiano for cause.
(b) Mr.
Palagiano's termination of employment with the Bank shall be deemed a
Resignation for Good Reason if such termination occurs following any one or more
of the following events:
(i) (A)
the assignment to Mr. Palagiano of any duties inconsistent with Mr. Palagiano's
status as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or (B) a
substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of Mr. Palagiano's
responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the alteration; or
(C) any Change in Control described in section 13(b);
(ii) a
reduction by the Bank in Mr. Palagiano's annual base salary as in effect on the
date first above written or as the same may be increased from time to time,
unless such reduction was mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority
having jurisdiction over the Bank;
(iii) the
relocation of the Bank's principal executive offices to a location outside the
New York metropolitan area or the Bank's requiring Mr. Palagiano to be based
anywhere other than the Bank's principal executive offices except for required
travel on the Bank's business to an extent substantially consistent with Mr.
Palagiano's business travel obligations at the date first above
written;
(iv) the
failure by the Bank, without Mr. Palagiano's consent, to pay to Mr. Palagiano,
within seven (7) days of the date when due, (A) any portion of his compensation,
or (B) any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred
compensation program of the Bank, which failure is not inadvertent and
immaterial and which is not promptly cured by the Bank after notice of such
failure is given to the Bank by the Executive;
(v) the
failure by the Bank to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Mr.
Palagiano participates which is material to his total compensation, including
but not limited to the Retirement Plan and the Bank's Incentive Savings Plan or
any substitute plans unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing
substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the
failure by the Bank to continue his participation therein (or in such substitute
or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of
the amount of benefits provided and the level of his participation relative to
other participants, unless such failure is the result of action mandated at the
initiation of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the
Bank;
(vi) the
failure by the Bank to continue to provide Mr. Palagiano with benefits
substantially similar to those enjoyed by Mr. Palagiano under the Retirement
Plan and the Bank's Incentive Savings Plan or under any of the Bank's life,
health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident,
and long-term disability insurance benefits, in which Mr. Palagiano is
participating, or the taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or
indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive Mr. Palagiano of
the number of paid vacation days to which he is entitled, on the basis of years
of service with the Bank, rank or otherwise, in accordance with the Bank's
normal vacation policy, unless such failure is the result of action mandated at
the initiation of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the
Bank;
(vii) the
failure of the Bank to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in section 15(a) of
this Agreement;
(viii) any
purported termination of employment by the Bank which is not effected pursuant
the provisions of section 12(a) regarding Termination for Cause or on account of
Disability;
(ix) a
material breach of this Agreement by the Bank, which the Bank fails to cure
within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from Mr.
Palagiano;
(x) in
the event of a Change in Control described in section 13(b) of this Agreement, a
failure of the Bank to provide, or cause to be provided, to Mr. Palagiano in
connection with such Change in Control, stock-based compensation and benefits,
including, without limitation, stock options, restricted stock awards, and
participation in tax-qualified stock bonus plans which, in the aggregate, are
either (A) accepted by Mr. Palagiano in writing as being satisfactory for
purposes of this Agreement or (B) in the written, good faith opinion of a
nationally recognized executive compensation consulting firm selected by the
Bank and satisfactory to Mr. Palagiano, whose agreement shall not be
unreasonably withheld, are no less favorable than the stock-based compensation
and benefits usually and customarily provided to similarly situated executives
of similar financial institutions in connection with similar transactions;
or
(xi) a
requirement that Mr. Palagiano report to any person or group other than the
Board;
(xii) in
the event of a Change in Control described in section 13(a) of this Agreement,
termination of employment for any or no reason whatsoever during the period of
sixty (60) days beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of such
Change in Control.
13. Definition
of Change in Control.
For
purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control of the Bank shall
mean:
(a) the
occurrence of any event upon which any "person" (as such term is used in
sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange Act")), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of
employees of the Bank; (B) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the
stockholders of the Bank in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of stock of the Bank; or (C) Mr. Palagiano, or any group otherwise
constituting a person in which Mr. Palagiano is a member, becomes the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities issued by the Bank representing 25%
or more of the combined voting power of all of the Bank's then outstanding
securities; or
(b) the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the Initial Effective
Date are members of the Board, together with individuals (other than any
individual designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the
Bank to effect a transaction described in section 13(a) or 13(c) of this
Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Bank's
stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
members of Board then in office who were either members of the Board on the
Initial Effective Date or whose nomination or election was previously so
approved cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the
Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election
contest relating to the election of directors of the Bank (as such terms are
used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act);
or
(c)
(i) the
consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Bank with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(A) either
(A) the members of the Board of the Bank immediately prior to such merger or
consolidation constitute at least a majority of the members of the governing
body of the institution resulting from such merger or consolidation; or (B) the
shareholders of the Bank own securities of the institution resulting from such
merger or consolidation representing 80% or more of the combined voting power of
all such securities then outstanding in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership of voting securities of the Bank before such merger or
consolidation; and
(B) the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform the Bank's obligations under this Agreement;
or
(ii) the
shareholders of the Bank approve either a plan of complete liquidation of the
Bank or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or
substantially all of its assets; and
(d) any
event which would be described in section 13(a), (b) or (c) if the term
"Company" were substituted for the term "Bank" therein. Such an event shall be
deemed to be a Change in Control under the relevant provision of section 13(a),
(b) or (c).
It is
understood and agreed that more than one Change in Control may occur at the same
or different times during the Employment Period and that the provisions of this
Agreement shall apply with equal force and effect with respect to each such
Change in Control.
14. No
Effect on Employee Benefit Plans or Programs.
Except as
expressly provided in this Agreement, the termination of Mr. Palagiano's
employment during the Employment Period or thereafter, whether by the Bank or by
Mr. Palagiano, shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the parties
hereto under the Bank's the Retirement Plan and the Bank's Incentive Savings
Plan, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical),
dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee
benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not
employee benefit plans or programs) and, following the conversion of the Bank to
stock form, any stock option and appreciation rights plan, employee stock
ownership plan and restricted stock plan, as may be maintained by, or cover
employees of, the Bank from time to time.
15. Successors
and Assigns.
(a) The
Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be
required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the
Bank to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any
such succession shall be deemed to constitute a material breach of the Bank's
obligations under this Agreement.
(b) This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Mr. Palagiano, his
legal representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Bank, their
respective successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or
consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation
to which all or substantially all of the respective assets and business of the
Bank may be sold or otherwise transferred.
16. Notices.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including
any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such
party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may
by written notice specify to the other party:
If to Mr.
Palagiano:
44
Direnzo Court Staten Island, New York 10309
If to the
Bank:
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate Secretary
With a
copy to:
Thacher
Proffitt & Wood LLP
Two World
Financial Center
New York,
New York 10281
Attention:
W. Edward Bright
17. Indemnification
and Attorneys' Fees.
The Bank
shall pay to or on behalf of Mr. Palagiano all reasonable costs, including legal
fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of his consultation with
legal counsel or in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or
proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good
faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that
Mr. Palagiano shall have substantially prevailed on the merits pursuant to a
judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an
arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding, or in a settlement; provided, further,
that this section 17 shall not obligate the Bank to pay costs and legal fees on
behalf of Mr. Palagiano under this Agreement in excess of $50,000. Any payment
or reimbursement to effect such indemnification shall be made no later than the
last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Mr. Palagiano
incurs the expense or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or
resolution that gives rise to Mr. Palagiano’s right to reimbursement; provided,
however, that Mr. Palagiano shall have submitted to the Bank documentation
supporting such expenses at such time and in such manner as the Bank may
reasonably require. For purposes of this Agreement, any settlement agreement
which provides for payment of any amounts in settlement of the Bank's
obligations hereunder shall be conclusive evidence of Mr. Palagiano's
entitlement to indemnification hereunder, and any such indemnification payments
shall be in addition to amounts payable pursuant to such settlement agreement,
unless such settlement agreement expressly provides otherwise.
18. Severability.
A
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
19. Waiver.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A
waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as
a waiver, and signed by the party against who its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any one or more times shall
not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other
time or times.
20. Counterparts.
This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.
21. Governing
Law.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law
principles.
22. Headings
and Construction.
The
headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a
section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated. Any reference to the term "Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of
the Bank while the Bank is a mutual savings bank and the Board of Directors of
the Bank while the Bank is a stock savings bank. Any reference to the term
"Bank" shall mean the Bank in its mutual form prior to the conversion and in its
stock form on and after the conversion. If the Bank does not convert to stock
form, any reference to the Bank's being a stock savings bank shall have no
effect.
23. Entire
Agreement; Modifications.
This
instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements,
understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof,
including the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated June 26th, 1996
between the Bank and Mr. Palagiano. No modifications of this Agreement shall be
valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such
manner as the Bank shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect
compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to
avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under Section 409A of the
Code, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall
not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to Mr. Palagiano on a present
value basis.
24. Arbitration
Clause.
Any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall
be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three
arbitrators in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American
Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; the expense of such
arbitration shall be borne by the Bank.
25. Required
Regulatory Provisions.
The
following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various
laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Association:
(a) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate
amount of compensation payable to the Executive under section 9(b) hereof
(exclusive of amounts described in section 9(b)(i) and (viii)) exceed the three
times the Executive's average annual total compensation for the last five
consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with
the Association (or for his entire period of employment with the Association if
less than five calendar years).
(b) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Executive by the
Association, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act ("FDI Act"), 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and any regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is suspended from
office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
affairs of the Association pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or
8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the
Association's obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date
of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the
charges in such notice are dismissed, the Association, in its discretion, may
(i) pay to the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while the
Association's obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole
or in part, any of the obligations which were suspended.
(d) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is removed and/or
permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Association's
affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12
U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the
Association under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the
order, but vested rights and obligations of the Association and the Executive
shall not be affected.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Association is in default
(within the meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section
1813(x)(1), all prospective obligations of the Association under this Agreement
shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of
the Association and the Executive shall not be affected.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the
Association hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a
continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the
Association: (i) by the Director of the OTS or his designee or the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an
agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Association under the
authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c);
(ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or
designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the
operation of the Association or when the Association is determined by such
Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and
obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
If and to
the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required or by
applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though
eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
26. Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code.
Mr.
Palagiano and the Bank acknowledge that each of the payments and benefits
promised to Mr. Palagiano under this Agreement must either comply with the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the regulations
thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end, Mr.
Palagiano and the Bank agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in Section 8 and legal fee reimbursements
described in Section 17 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in Section 9(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in Section 9(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own terms;
and
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 9(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income;
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of Mr.
Palagiano’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid
on the later of the date sixty (60) days after Mr. Palagiano’s earliest
separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-1(h)) and, if Mr. Palagiano is a specified employee (within the meaning
of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from
service, the first day of the seventh month following Mr. Palagiano’s separation
from service. Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be
deferred beyond Mr. Palagiano’s separation from service, shall be deposited on
the date on which, but for such deferral, the Bank would have paid such amount
to Mr. Palagiano, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue
Procedure 92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of
which shall be a financial institution selected by the Bank with the approval of
Mr. Palagiano (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
pursuant to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by Mr. Palagiano
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi
Trust”), and payments made shall include earnings on the investments made with
the assets of the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term
investment grade fixed income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or
other pooled investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such
securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and administered in
such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with Section
409A.
26. Compliance
with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
In the
event the Company issues any debt or equity to the United States Treasury
("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") implemented under
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the following
provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this Agreement
or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement in
which Mr. Palagiano participates:
(a) Mr.
Palagiano shall repay to the Company any bonus or incentive compensation paid to
Mr. Palagiano while (i) Mr. Palagiano is a senior executive officer (within the
meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST
holds any debt or equity interest in the Company acquired under the CPP (such
period, the "CPP Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus or
incentive compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings, gains,
or other criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate,
"Performance Criteria") that are later proven to be materially inaccurate. A
Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially inaccurate if so
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the written opinion of an
independent attorney or firm of certified public accountants selected by the
Company and approved by Mr. Palagiano (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), which determination shall both state the accurate
Performance Criterion and that the difference between the accurate Performance
Criterion and the Performance Criterion on which the payment was based is
material (a "Determination"). Upon receipt of a Determination, the Company may
supply to Mr. Palagiano a copy of the Determination, a computation of the bonus
or other incentive compensation that would have been payable on the basis of the
accurate Performance Criterion set forth in the Determination (the
"Determination Amount") and a written demand for repayment of the amount (if
any) by which the bonus or incentive compensation actually paid exceeded the
Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
Mr. Palagiano's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from
employment” (within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) Mr. Palagiano is
a Senior Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in
the Company issued under the CPP, then payments to Mr. Palagiano that are
contingent on such applicable severance from employment and designated to be
paid during the CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the
maximum amount which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an
"excess parachute payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code,
as modified by section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute
payment" under 31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any reduction
in payments required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all payments
otherwise due hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their payment
dates, and where multiple payments are due on the same date, the reduction shall
be apportioned ratably among the affected payments. The required reduction (if
any) shall be determined in writing by an independent attorney or firm of
certified public accountants selected by the Company and approved by Mr.
Palagiano (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 26(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be
paid on the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a Rabbi Trust.
Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any investment earnings on the assets
of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid Amount.
This
section 26 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with
section 111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that
has been issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if
any, by and between the UST and the Company, under which the UST acquires equity
or debt securities of the Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the "Closing
Date," and such implementation, the "Relevant Implementation"). If after the
Closing Date the clawback requirement of section 26(a) shall not be
required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such
requirement shall have no further effect. If after the Closing Date the
limitation on golden parachute payments under section 26(b)(i) shall not be
required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such
limitation shall have no further effect and any Unpaid Amount delayed under
section 26(b)(ii) shall be paid on the earliest date on which the Company
reasonably anticipates that such amount may be paid without violating such
limitation.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed and Mr.
Palagiano has hereto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
VINCENT F. PALAGIANO
ATTEST
|
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH
|
By:
By:
FRED
P. FEHRENBACH
Chairman,
Compensation
Committee Secretary Of the
Board of Directors
[Seal]
[TPW: NYLEGAL:791928.3]
16057-00010 12/30/2008 02:28 PM
AMENDED
AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 31
st
day of
December, 2008, by and between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, a mutual
savings bank organized and operating under the federal laws of the United States
and having an office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 ("Bank")
and Michael P. Devine, residing at 5 Beacon Road, Summit, New Jersey 07901 and
amends and restates the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement made as of
June 26, 1996 between the Bank and Mr. Devine.
W I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS,
Mr. Devine currently serves the Bank in the capacity of President and Chief
Operating Officer; and
WHEREAS,
the Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., a
savings and loan holding company organized and operating under the laws of the
State of Delaware and having an office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New
York 11211 (“Company”); and
WHEREAS,
the Bank and Mr. Devine are parties to an Employment Agreement made and entered
into as of the 1st day of January, 1992 (the “Initial Effective Date”) and
amended and restated as of the 1st day of October, 1995, and further amended on
the 26th day of June, 1996 ("Prior Agreement"); and
WHEREAS,
the Bank and Mr. Devine desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement for the
purpose, among others, of compliance with the applicable requirements of Section
409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS,
for purposes of securing for the Bank Mr. Devine's continued services, the Board
of Directors of the Bank ("Board") has approved and authorized the execution of
this Agreement with Mr. Devine; and
WHEREAS,
Mr. Devine is willing to continue to make his services available to the Bank on
the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and
obligations hereinafter set forth, the Bank and Mr. Devine hereby agree as
follows:
1. Representations
and Warranties of the Parties.
(a) The
Bank hereby represents and warrants to Mr. Devine that:
(i) it
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of its obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Bank; and
(iii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which the Bank is a party or
by which it is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without
limitation, any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any order of any
court or administrative agency, applicable to the Bank or its
business.
(b) Mr.
Devine hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:
(i) he
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of his obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which he is a party or by
which he is bound, or (B) including, without limitation, any statute, rule or
regulation or any order of any court or administrative agency, applicable to
him.
2. Employment.
The Bank
hereby continues the employment of Mr. Devine, and Mr. Devine hereby accepts
such continued employment, during the period and upon the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement.
3. Employment
Period.
(a) The
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be and remain in effect during the
period of employment established under this section 3 ("Employment Period"). The
Employment Period shall be for an initial term of three years beginning on the
Initial Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary date of the Initial
Effective Date, plus such extensions, if any, as are provided by the Board
pursuant to section 3(b).
(b) Prior
to the first anniversary of the Initial Effective Date and each anniversary date
thereafter (each, an "Anniversary Date"), the Board shall review the terms of
this Agreement and Mr. Devine's performance of services hereunder and may, in
the absence of objection from Mr. Devine, approve an extension of the Employment
Period. In such event, the Employment Period shall be extended to the third
anniversary of the relevant Anniversary Date.
(c) If,
prior to the date on which the Employment Period would end pursuant to section
3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in section 13 of
this Agreement) occurs and the Bank is not subject to rules and regulations of
the Office of Thrift Supervision, then the Employment Period shall be extended
through and including the third anniversary of the earliest date after the
effective date of such Change of Control on which either the Bank or Mr. Devine
elects, by written notice pursuant to section 3(d) of this Agreement to the
non-electing party, to discontinue the Employment Period; provided, however,
that this section shall not apply in the event that, prior to the Change of
Control (as defined in section 13 of this Agreement), Mr. Devine has provided
written notice to the Bank of his intent to discontinue the Employment
Period.
(d) The
Bank or Mr. Devine may, at any time by written notice given to the other, elect
to terminate this Agreement. Any such notice given by the Bank shall be
accompanied by a certified copy of a resolution, adopted by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board
duly called and held, authorizing the giving of such notice.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) Mr. Devine's employment with the
Bank may be terminated during the Employment Period, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall
mandate or prohibit a continuation of Mr. Devine's employment following the
expiration of the Employment Period upon such terms and conditions as the Bank
and Mr. Devine may mutually agree upon.
(f) For
all purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the "Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period" as of any specified date shall mean a period commencing on
the date specified and ending on the last day of the third (3rd) year from the
date specified, or, if neither party has given notice electing a discontinuance
of the Employment Period, on the third (3rd) anniversary of the date
specified.
4. Duties.
During
the Employment Period, Mr. Devine shall:
(a) except
to the extent allowed under section 7 of this Agreement, devote his full
business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Bank and use his
best efforts to advance the Bank's interests;
(b) serve
as President and Chief Operating Officer if duly appointed and/or elected to
serve in such position; and
(c) have
such functions, duties and responsibilities not inconsistent with his title and
office as may be assigned to him by or under the authority of the Board, in
accordance with organization Certificate, By-laws, Applicable Laws, Statutes and
Regulations, custom and practice of the Bank as in effect on the date first
above written. Mr. Devine shall have such authority as is necessary or
appropriate to carry out his assigned duties. Mr. Devine shall report to and be
subject to direction and supervision by the Board.
(d) none
of the functions, duties and responsibilities to be performed by Mr. Devine
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to include those functions, duties
and responsibilities performed by Mr. Devine in his capacity as director of the
Bank.
5. Compensation
-- Salary and Bonus.
In
consideration for services rendered by Mr. Devine under this Agreement, the Bank
shall pay to Mr. Devine a salary at an annual rate equal to:
(a) during
the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending on December 31, 2009, no less
than $541,000;
(b) during
each calendar year that begins after December 31, 2009, such amount as the Board
may, in its discretion, determine, but in no event less than the rate in effect
on December 31, 2009; or
(c) for
each calendar year that begins on or after a Change in Control, the product of
Mr. Devine's annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to such calendar
year, multiplied by the greatest of:
(i) 1.06;
(ii) the
quotient of (A) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers (or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other
measure of general consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith,
prescribe) for October of the immediately preceding calendar year, divided by
(B) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers
(or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other measure of general
consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith, prescribe) for October of
the second preceding calendar year; and
(iii) the
quotient of (A) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first
day of such calendar year, of the officers of the Bank (other than Mr. Devine)
who are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers, divided by (B) the
average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first day of the immediately
preceding calendar year, of the officers of the Bank (other than Mr. Devine) who
are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers;
The
salary payable under this section 5 shall be paid in approximately equal
installments in accordance with the Bank's customary payroll practices. Nothing
in this section 5 shall be construed as prohibiting the payment to Mr. Devine of
a salary in excess of that prescribed under this section 5 or of additional cash
or non-cash compensation in a form other than salary, to the extent that such
payment is duly authorized by or under the authority of the Board.
(d) no
portion of the compensation paid to Mr. Devine pursuant to this Agreement shall
be deemed to be compensation received by Mr. Devine in his capacity as director
of the Bank.
6. Employee
Benefits Plans and Programs; Other Compensation.
Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, Mr. Devine shall be treated as an employee
of the Bank and be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under the
Bank's Retirement Plan, Incentive Savings Plan, group life and health (including
medical and major medical) and disability insurance plans, and such other
employee benefit plans and programs, including but not limited to any long-term
or short-term incentive compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs), as the Bank may maintain from time to time, in
accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans and
programs and compensation plans and programs and with the Bank's customary
practices. Following a Change in Control, all such benefits to Mr. Devine shall
be continued on terms and conditions substantially identical to, and in no event
less favorable than, those in effect prior to the Change in
Control.
In the
event of a conversion of the Bank from a mutual savings bank to a form of
organization owned by stockholders ("Conversion"), the Bank will provide, or
cause to be provided, to Mr. Devine in connection with such Conversion,
stock-based compensation and benefits, including, without limitation, stock
options, restricted stock awards, and participation in tax-qualified stock bonus
plans which, in the aggregate, are either (A) accepted by Mr. Devine in writing
as being satisfactory for purposes of this Agreement or (B) in the written, good
faith opinion of a nationally recognized executive compensation consulting firm
selected by the Bank and satisfactory to Mr. Devine, whose agreement shall not
be unreasonably withheld, are no less favorable than the stock-based
compensation and benefits usually and customarily provided to similarly situated
executives of similar financial institutions in connection with similar
transactions.
7. Board
Memberships and Personal Activities.
Mr.
Devine may serve as a member of the board of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to the Board from time
to time, and he may engage in personal business and investment activities for
his own account; provided, however, that such service and personal business and
investment activities shall not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties under this Agreement. Mr. Devine may also serve as an officer or director
of any parent of the Bank on such terms and conditions as the Bank and its
parent may mutually agree upon, and such service shall not be deemed to
materially interfere with Mr. Devine's performance of his duties hereunder or
otherwise result in a material breach of this Agreement.
8. Working
Facilities and Expenses.
Mr.
Devine's principal place of employment shall be at the Bank's executive offices
at the address first above written, or at such other location in the New York
metropolitan area as determined by the Board. The Bank shall provide Mr. Devine,
at his principal place of employment, with a private office, stenographic
services and other support services and facilities suitable to his position with
the Bank and necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of his
assigned duties under this Agreement. The Bank shall provide Mr. Devine with an
automobile suitable to his position with the Bank in accordance with its prior
practices, and such automobile shall be used by Mr. Devine in carrying out his
duties under this Agreement, including commuting between his residence and his
principal place of employment. The Bank shall (i) reimburse Mr. Devine for the
cost of maintenance and servicing such automobile and, for instance, gasoline
and oil for such automobile; (ii) reimburse Mr. Devine for his ordinary and
necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of his duties under this
Agreement (including but not limited to travel and entertainment expenses); and
(iii) reimburse Mr. Devine for fees for memberships in such clubs and
organizations as Mr. Devine and the Bank, and such other expenses as Mr. Devine
and the Bank, shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate for business
purposes, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses
in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, each such reimbursement payment
to be made promptly following receipt of the itemized account and in any event
not later than the last day of the year following the year in which the expense
was incurred. Mr. Devine shall be entitled to no less than four (4) weeks of
paid vacation during each year in the Employment Period. Mr. Devine shall be
responsible for the payment of any taxes on account of his personal use of the
automobile provided by the Bank and on account of any other benefit provided
herein.
9. Termination
Giving Rise to Severance Benefits.
(a) In
the event that Mr. Devine's employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Employment Period on account of the termination of Mr. Devine's employment with
the Bank other than:
(i) a
Termination for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this
Agreement);
(ii) a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Devine other than a Resignation for Good Reason
(within the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement);
(iii) a
termination on account of Mr. Devine's death; or
(iv) a
termination after both of the following conditions exist: (A) Mr. Devine has
been absent from the full-time service of the Bank on account of his Disability
(as defined in section 11(b) of this Agreement) for at least six (6) consecutive
months; and (B) Mr. Devine shall have failed to return to work in the full-time
service of the Bank within thirty (30) days after written notice requesting such
return is given to Mr. Devine by the Bank; then the Bank shall provide to Mr.
Devine the benefits and pay to Mr. Devine the amounts provided under section
9(b) of this Agreement.
(b) In
the event that Mr. Devine's employment with the Bank shall terminate under
circumstances described in section 9(a) of this Agreement or if the Bank
terminates this Agreement pursuant to section 3(d), the following benefits and
amounts shall be paid or provided to Mr. Devine (or, in the event of his death,
to his estate), in accordance with section 26, on his termination of
employment:
(i) his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment
with the Bank, payable when due but in no event later than thirty (30) days
following his termination of employment with the Bank;
(ii) (A)
the benefits, if any, to which Mr. Devine and his family and dependents are
entitled as a former employee, or family or dependents of a former employee,
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained for the benefit of the Bank's officers and employees, in
accordance with the terms of such plans and programs in effect on the date of
his termination of employment, or if his termination of employment occurs after
a Change in Control, on the date of his termination of employment or on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Devine, where credit is given for three additional years of
service and age in determining eligibility and benefits for any plan and program
where age and service are relevant factors, and (B) payment for all unused
vacation days and floating holidays in the year in which his employment is
terminated, at his highest annual rate of salary for such year;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical,
dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits), in addition to
that provided pursuant to section 9(b)(ii) of this Agreement and after taking
into account the coverage provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the
extent necessary to provide Mr. Devine and his family and dependents for the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, coverage identical to and in any event no
less favorable than the coverage to which they would have been entitled under
such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of employment, or, if
his termination of employment occurs after a Change in Control, on the date of
his termination of employment or during the one-year period ending on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Devine) if he had continued working for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of compensation
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement;
(iv)
a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the salary and the
bonus that Mr. Devine would have earned if he had worked for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of salary
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) and the highest bonus as a percentage of the rate of
salary provided for under this Agreement, where such present value is to be
determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded, in
the case of salary, with the frequency corresponding to the Bank's regular
payroll periods with respect to its officers, and, in the case of bonus,
annually;
(v) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (A) the present
value of the benefits to which he would be entitled under any defined benefit
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank (including any "excess
benefit plan" within the meaning of section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or other special or
supplemental plan) as in effect on the date of his termination, if he had worked
for the Bank during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest
annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that
the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement and
been fully vested in such plan or plans and had continued working for the Bank
during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, such benefits to be determined
as of the date of termination of employment by adding to the service actually
recognized under such plans an additional period equal to the Remaining
Unexpired Employment Period and by adding to the compensation recognized under
such plans for the year in which termination of employment occurs all amounts
payable under sections 9(b)(i), (iv) and (vii), over (B) the present value of
the benefits to which he is actually entitled under any such plans maintained
by, or covering employees of, the Bank as of the date of his termination where
such present values are to be determined using a discount rate of six percent
(6%) per annum, compounded monthly, and the mortality tables prescribed under
section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("Code"); provided, however,
that if payments are made under this section 9(b)(v) as a result of this section
deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans to be
vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be paid
in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as benefits
under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the present
value of the benefits attributable to the Bank's contribution to which he would
be entitled under any defined contribution plans maintained by, or covering
employees of, the Bank (including any "excess benefit plan" within the meaning
of section 3(36) of ERISA, or other special or supplemental plan) as in effect
on the date of his termination, if he had worked for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of compensation
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement, and made the maximum amount of
employee contributions, if any, required or permitted under such plan or plans,
and been eligible for the highest rate in matching contributions under such plan
or plans during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period which is prior to Mr.
Devine's termination of employment with the Bank, and been fully vested in such
plan or plans, over (B) the present value of the benefits attributable to the
Bank's contributions to which he is actually entitled under such plans as of the
date of his termination of employment with the Bank, where such present values
are to be determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum,
compounded with the frequency corresponding to the Bank's regular payroll
periods with respect to its officers; provided, however, that if payments are
made under this section 9(b)(vi) as a result of this section deeming otherwise
unvested amounts under such defined contribution plans to be vested, the
payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same
form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as benefits under the
corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to Mr. Devine under any incentive
compensation plan maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank (other than
bonus payments to which section 9(b)(iv) of this Agreement is applicable) if he
had continued working for the Bank during the Remaining Unexpired Employment
Period and had earned an incentive award in each calendar year that ends during
the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period in an amount equal to the product of
(A) the maximum percentage rate of compensation at which an award was ever
available to Mr. Devine under such incentive compensation plan, multiplied by
(B) the compensation that would have been paid to Mr. Devine during each
calendar year at the highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change
in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would
apply) under the Agreement, such payments to be made at the same time and in the
same manner as payments are made to other officers of the Bank pursuant to the
terms of such incentive compensation plan; provided, however, that payments
under this section 9(b)(vii) shall not be made to Mr. Devine for any year on
account of which no payments are made to any of the Bank's officers under any
such incentive compensation plan; and
(viii) the
benefits to which Mr. Devine is entitled under the Bank's Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan (or other excess benefits plan with the meaning of section 3(36)
of ERISA or other special or supplemental plan) shall be paid to him in a lump
sum, where such lump sum is computed using the mortality tables under the Bank's
tax-qualified pension plan and a discount rate of 6% per annum. If the amount
may be increased by a subsequent Change in Control, any additional payment shall
be made at the time and in the form provided under the relevant plan, or, if no
such time or form is provided, upon the first of the following events to occur
on or after the date of such Change in Control: a change in control event
(within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) with respect
to Mr. Devine, Mr. Devine’s separation from service (within the meaning of
section 1.409A-1(h)), Mr. Devine’s death or Mr. Devine’s disability (within the
meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)). From the date of such
Change of Control until the date of payment, any additional payment so deferred
shall be held in trust for Mr. Devine, the terms of which trust shall be those
set forth in section 26.
(c) Mr.
Devine shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for
in this section 9 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount
of any payment or benefit provided for in this section 9 be reduced by any
compensation earned by Mr. Devine as the result of employment by another
employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be
owed by Mr. Devine to the Bank, or otherwise except as specifically provided in
section 9(b)(iii) of this Agreement. The Bank and Mr. Devine hereby stipulate
that the damages which may be incurred by Mr. Devine as a consequence of any
such termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as of the
date first above written and that the benefits and payments provided for in this
Agreement constitute a reasonable estimate under the circumstances of all
damages sustained as a consequence of any such termination of employment, other
than damages arising under or out of any stock option, restricted stock or other
non- qualified stock acquisition or investment plan or program, it being
understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not determine the measurement of
damages under any such plan or program in respect of any termination of
employment.
10. Termination
Without Severance Benefits.
In the
event that Mr. Devine's employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Employment Period on account of:
(a) Termination
for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this Agreement);
(b) voluntary
resignation by Mr. Devine other than a Resignation for Good Reason (within the
meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement); or
(c) Mr.
Devine's death;
then the
Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the
payment to Mr. Devine (or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment,
and the provision of such other benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a
former employee under the Bank's employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and payment for all unused vacation days and
floating holidays in the year in which his employment is terminated, at his
highest annual salary for such year.
11. Death
and Disability.
(a) Death.
If Mr. Devine's employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Devine's death during
the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to Mr. Devine's legal representatives under this Agreement, other
than for payment of amounts and provision of benefits under sections 9(b) (i)
and (ii); provided, however, that if Mr. Devine dies while in the employment of
the Bank, his designated beneficiary(ies) shall receive a death benefit, payable
through life insurance or otherwise, which is the equivalent on a net after-tax
basis of the death benefit payable under a term life insurance policy, with a
stated death benefit of three times Mr. Devine's then Annual Base
Salary.
(b) Disability.
If Mr. Devine's employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Devine's Disability as
defined in section 11(c) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to Mr. Devine, other than for payment of
amounts and provision of benefits under section 9(b) (i) and (ii); provided,
however, that in the event of Mr. Devine's Disability while in the employment of
the Bank, the Bank will pay to him, in accordance with section 26, a lump
sum amount equal to three times his then Annual Base Salary.
(c) For
purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall be defined in accordance with the
terms of the Bank's long term disability policy.
(d) Payments
under this section 11 shall be made upon Mr. Devine's death or
disability.
12. Definition
of Termination for Cause and Resignation for Good Reason.
(a) Mr.
Devine's termination of employment with the Bank shall be deemed a "Termination
for Cause" if such termination occurs for "cause," which, for purposes of this
Agreement shall mean personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct,
breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to
perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other
than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or
any material breach of this Agreement, in each case as measured against
standards generally prevailing at the relevant time in the savings and community
banking industry; provided, however, that Mr. Devine shall not be deemed to have
been discharged for cause unless and until he shall have received a written
notice of termination from the Board, accompanied by a resolution duly adopted
by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board at a meeting called and
held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Mr. Devine and a reasonable
opportunity for Mr. Devine to make oral and written presentations to the members
of the Board, on his own behalf, or through a representative, who may be his
legal counsel, to refute the grounds for the proposed determination) finding
that in the good faith opinion of the Board grounds exist for discharging Mr.
Devine for cause.
(b) Mr.
Devine's termination of employment with the Bank shall be deemed a Resignation
for Good Reason if such termination occurs following any one or more of the
following events:
(i) (A)
the assignment to Mr. Devine of any duties inconsistent with Mr. Devine's status
as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank or (B) a substantial
adverse alteration in the nature or status of Mr. Devine's responsibilities from
those in effect immediately prior to the alteration; or (C) any Change in
Control described in section 13(b);
(ii) a
reduction by the Bank in Mr. Devine's annual base salary as in effect on the
date first above written or as the same may be increased from time to time,
unless such reduction was mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority
having jurisdiction over the Bank;
(iii) the
relocation of the Bank's principal executive offices to a location outside the
New York metropolitan area or the Bank's requiring Mr. Devine to be based
anywhere other than the Bank's principal executive offices except for required
travel on the Bank's business to an extent substantially consistent with Mr.
Devine's business travel obligations at the date first above
written;
(iv) the
failure by the Bank, without Mr. Devine's consent, to pay to Mr. Devine, within
seven (7) days of the date when due, (A) any portion of his compensation, or (B)
any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred
compensation program of the Bank, which failure is not inadvertent and
immaterial and which is not promptly cured by the Bank after notice of such
failure is given to the Bank by the Executive;
(v) the
failure by the Bank to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Mr.
Devine participates which is material to his total compensation, including but
not limited to the Retirement Plan and the Bank's Incentive Savings Plan or any
substitute plans unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing
substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the
failure by the Bank to continue his participation therein (or in such substitute
or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of
the amount of benefits provided and the level of his participation relative to
other participants, unless such failure is the result of action mandated at the
initiation of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the
Bank;
(vi) the
failure by the Bank to continue to provide Mr. Devine with benefits
substantially similar to those enjoyed by Mr. Devine under the Retirement Plan
and the Bank's Incentive Savings Plan or under any of the Bank's life, health
(including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident, and
long-term disability insurance benefits, in which Mr. Devine is participating,
or the taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or indirectly
materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive Mr. Devine of the number of
paid vacation days to which he is entitled, on the basis of years of service
with the Bank, rank or otherwise, in accordance with the Bank's normal vacation
policy, unless such failure is the result of action mandated at the initiation
of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Bank;
(vii) the
failure of the Bank to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in section 15(a) of
this Agreement;
(viii) any
purported termination of employment by the Bank which is not effected pursuant
the provisions of section 12(a) regarding Termination for Cause or on account of
Disability;
(ix) a
material breach of this Agreement by the Bank, which the Bank fails to cure
within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from Mr.
Devine;
(x) in
the event of a Change in Control described in section 13(b) of this Agreement, a
failure of the Bank to provide, or cause to be provided, to Mr. Devine in
connection with such Change in Control, stock-based compensation and benefits,
including, without limitation, stock options, restricted stock awards, and
participation in tax-qualified stock bonus plans which, in the aggregate, are
either (A) accepted by Mr. Devine in writing as being satisfactory for purposes
of this Agreement or (B) in the written, good faith opinion of a nationally
recognized executive compensation consulting firm selected by the Bank and
satisfactory to Mr. Devine, whose agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld,
are no less favorable than the stock-based compensation and benefits usually and
customarily provided to similarly situated executives of similar financial
institutions in connection with similar transactions; or
(xi) a
change in the position to which Mr. Devine reports;
(xii) in
the event of a Change in Control described in section 13(a) of this Agreement,
termination of employment for any or no reason whatsoever during the period of
sixty (60) days beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of such
Change in Control.
13. Definition
of Change in Control.
For
purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control of the Bank shall
mean:
(a) the
occurrence of any event upon which any "person" (as such term is used in
sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange Act")), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of
employees of the Bank; (B) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the
stockholders of the Bank in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of stock of the Bank; or (C) Mr. Devine, or any group otherwise
constituting a person in which Mr. Devine is a member, becomes the "beneficial
owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of securities issued by the Bank representing 25% or more of the
combined voting power of all of the Bank's then outstanding securities;
or
(b) the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the Initial Effective
Date are members of the Board, together with individuals (other than any
individual designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the
Bank to effect a transaction described in section 13(a) or 13(c) of this
Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Bank's
stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
members of Board then in office who were either members of the Board on the
Initial Effective Date or whose nomination or election was previously so
approved cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the
Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election
contest relating to the election of directors of the Bank (as such terms are
used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act);
or
(c) (i) the
consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Bank with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(A) either
(A) the members of the Board of the Bank immediately prior to such merger or
consolidation constitute at least a majority of the members of the governing
body of the institution resulting from such merger or consolidation; or (B) the
shareholders of the Bank own securities of the institution resulting from such
merger or consolidation representing 80% or more of the combined voting power of
all such securities then outstanding in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership of voting securities of the Bank before such merger or
consolidation; and
(B) the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform the Bank's obligations under this Agreement;
or
(ii) the
shareholders of the Bank approve either a plan of complete liquidation of the
Bank or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or
substantially all of its assets; and
(d) any
event which would be described in section 13(a), (b) or (c) if the term
"Company" were substituted for the term "Bank" therein. Such an event shall be
deemed to be a Change in Control under the relevant provision of section 13(a),
(b) or (c).
It is
understood and agreed that more than one Change in Control may occur at the same
or different times during the Employment Period and that the provisions of this
Agreement shall apply with equal force and effect with respect to each such
Change in Control.
14. No
Effect on Employee Benefit Plans or Programs.
Except as
expressly provided in this Agreement, the termination of Mr. Devine's employment
during the Employment Period or thereafter, whether by the Bank or by Mr.
Devine, shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto
under the Bank's the Retirement Plan and the Bank's Incentive Savings Plan,
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical),
dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee
benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not
employee benefit plans or programs) and, following the conversion of the Bank to
stock form, any stock option and appreciation rights plan, employee stock
ownership plan and restricted stock plan, as may be maintained by, or cover
employees of, the Bank from time to time.
15. Successors
and Assigns.
(a) The
Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be
required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the
Bank to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any
such succession shall be deemed to constitute a material breach of the Bank's
obligations under this Agreement.
(b) This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Mr. Devine, his legal
representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Bank, their
respective successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or
consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation
to which all or substantially all of the respective assets and business of the
Bank may be sold or otherwise transferred.
16. Notices.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including
any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such
party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may
by written notice specify to the other party:
If to Mr.
Devine:
5 Beacon
Road Summit, NJ 07901
If to the
Bank:
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate Secretary
With a
copy to:
Thacher
Proffitt & Wood LLP
Two World
Financial Center
New York,
New York 10281
Attention:
W. Edward Bright
17. Indemnification
and Attorneys' Fees.
The Bank
shall pay to or on behalf of Mr. Devine all reasonable costs, including legal
fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of his consultation with
legal counsel or in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or
proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good
faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that
Mr. Devine shall have substantially prevailed on the merits pursuant to a
judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an
arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding, or in a settlement; provided, further,
that this section 17 shall not obligate the Bank to pay costs and legal fees on
behalf of Mr. Devine under this Agreement in excess of $50,000. Any payment or
reimbursement to effect such indemnification shall be made no later than the
last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Mr. Devine
incurs the expense or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or
resolution that gives rise to Mr. Devine’s right to reimbursement; provided,
however, that Mr. Devine shall have submitted to the Bank documentation
supporting such expenses at such time and in such manner as the Bank may
reasonably require. For purposes of this Agreement, any settlement agreement
which provides for payment of any amounts in settlement of the Bank's
obligations hereunder shall be conclusive evidence of Mr. Devine's entitlement
to indemnification hereunder, and any such indemnification payments shall be in
addition to amounts payable pursuant to such settlement agreement, unless such
settlement agreement expressly provides otherwise.
18. Severability.
A
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
19. Waiver.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A
waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as
a waiver, and signed by the party against who its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any one or more times shall
not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other
time or times.
20. Counterparts.
This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.
21. Governing
Law.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law
principles.
22. Headings
and Construction.
The
headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a
section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated. Any reference to the term "Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of
the Bank while the Bank is a mutual savings bank and the Board of Directors of
the Bank while the Bank is a stock savings bank. Any reference to the term
"Bank" shall mean the Bank in its mutual form prior to the conversion and in its
stock form on and after the conversion. If the Bank does not convert to stock
form, any reference to the Bank's being a stock savings bank shall have no
effect.
23. Entire
Agreement; Modifications.
This
instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements,
understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof,
including the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated June 26 1996
between the Bank and Mr. Devine. No modifications of this Agreement shall be
valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such
manner as the Bank shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect
compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to
avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under Section 409A of the
Code, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall
not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to Mr. Devine on a present
value basis.
24. Arbitration
Clause.
Any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall
be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three
arbitrators in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American
Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; the expense of such
arbitration shall be borne by the Bank.
25. Required
Regulatory Provisions.
The
following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various
laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Association:
(a) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate
amount of compensation payable to the Executive under section 9(b) hereof
(exclusive of amounts described in section 9(b)(i) and (viii)) exceed the three
times the Executive's average annual total compensation for the last five
consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with
the Association (or for his entire period of employment with the Association if
less than five calendar years).
(b) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Executive by the
Association, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act ("FDI Act"), 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and any regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is suspended from
office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
affairs of the Association pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or
8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the
Association's obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date
of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the
charges in such notice are dismissed, the Association, in its discretion, may
(i) pay to the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while the
Association's obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole
or in part, any of the obligations which were suspended.
(d) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is removed and/or
permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Association's
affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12
U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the
Association under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the
order, but vested rights and obligations of the Association and the Executive
shall not be affected.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Association is in default
(within the meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section
1813(x)(1), all prospective obligations of the Association under this Agreement
shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of
the Association and the Executive shall not be affected.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the
Association hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a
continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the
Association: (i) by the Director of the OTS or his designee or the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an
agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Association under the
authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c);
(ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or
designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the
operation of the Association or when the Association is determined by such
Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and
obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
If and to
the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required or by
applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though
eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
26. Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code.
Mr.
Devine and the Bank acknowledge that each of the payments and benefits promised
to Mr. Devine under this Agreement must either comply with the requirements of
Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the regulations thereunder or
qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end, Mr. Devine and the Bank
agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in Section 8 and legal fee reimbursements
described in Section 17 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in Section 9(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in Section 9(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own terms;
and
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 9(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income;
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of Mr.
Devine’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid on
the later of the date sixty (60) days after Mr. Devine’s earliest separation
from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h))
and, if Mr. Devine is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the
first day of the seventh month following Mr. Devine’s separation from service.
Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be deferred beyond Mr.
Devine’s separation from service, shall be deposited on the date on which, but
for such deferral, the Bank would have paid such amount to Mr. Devine, in a
grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue Procedure 92-65 (as
amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of which shall be a
financial institution selected by the Bank with the approval of Mr. Devine
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), pursuant to a
trust agreement the terms of which are approved by Mr. Devine (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi Trust”), and payments
made shall include earnings on the investments made with the assets of the Rabbi
Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term investment grade fixed
income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or other pooled
investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such securities.
Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and administered in such manner
as shall be necessary to effect compliance with Section 409A.
26. Compliance
with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
In the
event the Company issues any debt or equity to the United States Treasury
("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") implemented under
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the following
provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this Agreement
or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement in
which Mr. Devine participates:
(a) Mr.
Devine shall repay to the Company any bonus or incentive compensation paid to
Mr. Devine while (i) Mr. Devine is a senior executive officer (within the
meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST
holds any debt or equity interest in the Company acquired under the CPP (such
period, the "CPP Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus or
incentive compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings, gains,
or other criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate,
"Performance Criteria") that are later proven to be materially inaccurate. A
Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially inaccurate if so
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the written opinion of an
independent attorney or firm of certified public accountants selected by the
Company and approved by Mr. Devine (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), which determination shall both state the accurate
Performance Criterion and that the difference between the accurate Performance
Criterion and the Performance Criterion on which the payment was based is
material (a "Determination"). Upon receipt of a Determination, the Company may
supply to Mr. Devine a copy of the Determination, a computation of the bonus or
other incentive compensation that would have been payable on the basis of the
accurate Performance Criterion set forth in the Determination (the
"Determination Amount") and a written demand for repayment of the amount (if
any) by which the bonus or incentive compensation actually paid exceeded the
Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
Mr. Devine's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from employment”
(within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) Mr. Devine is a Senior
Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in the
Company issued under the CPP, then payments to Mr. Devine that are contingent on
such applicable severance from employment and designated to be paid during the
CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the maximum amount
which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an "excess parachute
payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code, as modified by
section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute payment" under
31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any reduction in payments
required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all payments otherwise due
hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their payment dates, and where
multiple payments are due on the same date, the reduction shall be apportioned
ratably among the affected payments. The required reduction (if any) shall be
determined in writing by an independent attorney or firm of certified public
accountants selected by the Company and approved by Mr. Devine (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 26(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be
paid on the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a Rabbi Trust.
Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any investment earnings on the assets
of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid Amount.
This
section 26 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with
section 111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that
has been issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if
any, by and between the UST and the Company, under which the UST acquires equity
or debt securities of the Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the "Closing
Date," and such implementation, the "Relevant Implementation"). If after the
Closing Date the clawback requirement of section 26(a) shall not be
required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such
requirement shall have no further effect. If after the Closing Date the
limitation on golden parachute payments under section 26(b)(i) shall not be
required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such
limitation shall have no further effect and any Unpaid Amount delayed under
section 26(b)(ii) shall be paid on the earliest date on which the Company
reasonably anticipates that such amount may be paid without violating such
limitation.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed and Mr.
Devine has hereto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
MICHAEL P. DEVINE
ATTEST
|
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH
|
By:
By:
Secretary
VINCENT F. PALAGIANO
CHAIRMAN,
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
[Seal]
[TPW: NYLEGAL:792035.3]
16057-00010 12/30/2008 02:27 PM
AMENDED
AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 31
st
day of
December 2008, by and between The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, a mutual
savings bank organized and operating under the federal laws of the United States
and having an office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 ("Bank")
and Kenneth J. Mahon, residing at 135 Rotary Drive, Summit, New Jersey 07901 and
amends and restates the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement made as of
June 26, 1996 between the Bank and Mr. Mahon.
W I T N E
S S E T H:
WHEREAS,
Mr. Mahon currently serves the Bank in the capacity of First Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer; and
WHEREAS,
the Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., a
savings and loan holding company organized and operating under the laws of the
State of Delaware and having an office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New
York 11211 (“Company”); and
WHEREAS,
the Bank and Mr. Mahon are parties to an Employment Agreement made and entered
into as of the 1st day of January, 1992 (the “Initial Effective Date”) and
amended and restated as of the 1st day of October, 1995, and further amended on
the 26th day of June, 1996 ("Prior Agreement"); and
WHEREAS,
the Bank and Mr. Mahon desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement for the
purpose, among others, of compliance with the applicable requirements of Section
409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS,
for purposes of securing for the Bank Mr. Mahon's continued services, the Board
of Directors of the Bank ("Board") has approved and authorized the execution of
this Agreement with Mr. Mahon; and
WHEREAS,
Mr. Mahon is willing to continue to make his services available to the Bank on
the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and
obligations hereinafter set forth, the Bank and Mr. Mahon hereby agree as
follows:
1. Representations
and Warranties of the Parties.
(a) The
Bank hereby represents and warrants to Mr. Mahon that:
(i) it
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of its obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Bank; and
(iii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which the Bank is a party or
by which it is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without
limitation, any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any order of any
court or administrative agency, applicable to the Bank or its
business.
(b) Mr.
Mahon hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:
(i) he
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of his obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which he is a party or by
which he is bound, or (B) including, without limitation, any statute, rule or
regulation or any order of any court or administrative agency, applicable to
him.
2. Employment.
The Bank
hereby continues the employment of Mr. Mahon, and Mr. Mahon hereby accepts such
continued employment, during the period and upon the terms and conditions set
forth in this Agreement.
3. Employment
Period.
(a) The
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be and remain in effect during the
period of employment established under this section 3 ("Employment Period"). The
Employment Period shall be for an initial term of three years beginning on the
Initial Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary date of the Initial
Effective Date, plus such extensions, if any, as are provided by the Board
pursuant to section 3(b).
(b) Prior
to the first anniversary of the Initial Effective Date and each anniversary date
thereafter (each, an "Anniversary Date"), the Board shall review the terms of
this Agreement and Mr. Mahon's performance of services hereunder and may, in the
absence of objection from Mr. Mahon, approve an extension of the Employment
Period. In such event, the Employment Period shall be extended to the third
anniversary of the relevant Anniversary Date.
(c) If,
prior to the date on which the Employment Period would end pursuant to section
3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in section 13 of
this Agreement) occurs and the Bank is not subject to rules and regulations of
the Office of Thrift Supervision, then the Employment Period shall be extended
through and including the third anniversary of the earliest date after the
effective date of such Change of Control on which either the Bank or Mr. Mahon
elects, by written notice pursuant to section 3(d) of this Agreement to the
non-electing party, to discontinue the Employment Period; provided, however,
that this section shall not apply in the event that, prior to the Change of
Control (as defined in section 13 of this Agreement), Mr. Mahon has provided
written notice to the Bank of his intent to discontinue the Employment
Period.
(d) The
Bank or Mr. Mahon may, at any time by written notice given to the other, elect
to terminate this Agreement. Any such notice given by the Bank shall be
accompanied by a certified copy of a resolution, adopted by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board
duly called and held, authorizing the giving of such notice.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) Mr. Mahon's employment with the
Bank may be terminated during the Employment Period, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall
mandate or prohibit a continuation of Mr. Mahon's employment following the
expiration of the Employment Period upon such terms and conditions as the Bank
and Mr. Mahon may mutually agree upon.
(f) For
all purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the "Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period" as of any specified date shall mean a period commencing on
the date specified and ending on the last day of the third (3rd) year from the
date specified, or, if neither party has given notice electing a discontinuance
of the Employment Period, on the third (3rd) anniversary of the date
specified.
4. Duties.
During
the Employment Period, Mr. Mahon shall:
(a) except
to the extent allowed under section 7 of this Agreement, devote his full
business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Bank and use his
best efforts to advance the Bank's interests;
(b) serve
as First Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer if duly appointed
and/or elected to serve in such position; and
(c) have
such functions, duties and responsibilities not inconsistent with his title and
office as may be assigned to him by or under the authority of the Board, in
accordance with organization Certificate, By-laws, Applicable Laws, Statutes and
Regulations, custom and practice of the Bank as in effect on the date first
above written. Mr. Mahon shall have such authority as is necessary or
appropriate to carry out his assigned duties. Mr. Mahon shall report to and be
subject to direction and supervision by the Board.
(d) none
of the functions, duties and responsibilities to be performed by Mr. Mahon
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to include those functions, duties
and responsibilities performed by Mr. Mahon in his capacity as director of the
Bank.
5. Compensation
-- Salary and Bonus.
In
consideration for services rendered by Mr. Mahon under this Agreement, the Bank
shall pay to Mr. Mahon a salary at an annual rate equal to:
(a) during
the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending on December 31, 2009, no less
than $388,000;
(b) during
each calendar year that begins after December 31, 2009, such amount as the Board
may, in its discretion, determine, but in no event less than the rate in effect
on December 31, 2009; or
(c) for
each calendar year that begins on or after a Change in Control, the product of
Mr. Mahon's annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to such calendar
year, multiplied by the greatest of:
(i) 1.06;
(ii) the
quotient of (A) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers (or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other
measure of general consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith,
prescribe) for October of the immediately preceding calendar year, divided by
(B) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers
(or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other measure of general
consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith, prescribe) for October of
the second preceding calendar year; and
(iii) the
quotient of (A) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first
day of such calendar year, of the officers of the Bank (other than Mr. Mahon)
who are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers, divided by (B) the
average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first day of the immediately
preceding calendar year, of the officers of the Bank (other than Mr. Mahon) who
are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers;
The
salary payable under this section 5 shall be paid in approximately equal
installments in accordance with the Bank's customary payroll practices. Nothing
in this section 5 shall be construed as prohibiting the payment to Mr. Mahon of
a salary in excess of that prescribed under this section 5 or of additional cash
or non-cash compensation in a form other than salary, to the extent that such
payment is duly authorized by or under the authority of the Board.
(d) no
portion of the compensation paid to Mr. Mahon pursuant to this Agreement shall
be deemed to be compensation received by Mr. Mahon in his capacity as director
of the Bank.
6. Employee
Benefits Plans and Programs; Other Compensation.
Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, Mr. Mahon shall be treated as an employee
of the Bank and be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under the
Bank's Retirement Plan, Incentive Savings Plan, group life and health (including
medical and major medical) and disability insurance plans, and such other
employee benefit plans and programs, including but not limited to any long-term
or short-term incentive compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs), as the Bank may maintain from time to time, in
accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans and
programs and compensation plans and programs and with the Bank's customary
practices. Following a Change in Control, all such benefits to Mr. Mahon shall
be continued on terms and conditions substantially identical to, and in no event
less favorable than, those in effect prior to the Change in
Control.
In the
event of a conversion of the Bank from a mutual savings bank to a form of
organization owned by stockholders ("Conversion"), the Bank will provide, or
cause to be provided, to Mr. Mahon in connection with such Conversion,
stock-based compensation and benefits, including, without limitation, stock
options, restricted stock awards, and participation in tax-qualified stock bonus
plans which, in the aggregate, are either (A) accepted by Mr. Mahon in writing
as being satisfactory for purposes of this Agreement or (B) in the written, good
faith opinion of a nationally recognized executive compensation consulting firm
selected by the Bank and satisfactory to Mr. Mahon, whose agreement shall not be
unreasonably withheld, are no less favorable than the stock-based compensation
and benefits usually and customarily provided to similarly situated executives
of similar financial institutions in connection with similar
transactions.
7. Board
Memberships and Personal Activities.
Mr. Mahon
may serve as a member of the board of directors of such business, community and
charitable organizations as he may disclose to the Board from time to time, and
he may engage in personal business and investment activities for his own
account; provided, however, that such service and personal business and
investment activities shall not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties under this Agreement. Mr. Mahon may also serve as an officer or director
of any parent of the Bank on such terms and conditions as the Bank and its
parent may mutually agree upon, and such service shall not be deemed to
materially interfere with Mr. Mahon's performance of his duties hereunder or
otherwise result in a material breach of this Agreement.
8. Working
Facilities and Expenses.
Mr.
Mahon's principal place of employment shall be at the Bank's executive offices
at the address first above written, or at such other location in the New York
metropolitan area as determined by the Board. The Bank shall provide Mr. Mahon,
at his principal place of employment, with a private office, stenographic
services and other support services and facilities suitable to his position with
the Bank and necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of his
assigned duties under this Agreement. The Bank shall (i) reimburse Mr. Mahon for
his ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of his
duties under this Agreement (including but not limited to travel and
entertainment expenses); and (iii) reimburse Mr. Mahon for fees for memberships
in such clubs and organizations as Mr. Mahon and the Bank, and such other
expenses as Mr. Mahon and the Bank, shall mutually agree are necessary and
appropriate for business purposes, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized
account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, each
such reimbursement payment to be made promptly following receipt of the itemized
account and in any event not later than the last day of the year following the
year in which the expense was incurred. Mr. Mahon shall be entitled to no less
than four (4) weeks of paid vacation during each year in the Employment Period.
Mr. Mahon shall be responsible for the payment of any taxes on account of any
benefit provided herein.
9. Termination
Giving Rise to Severance Benefits.
(a) In
the event that Mr. Mahon's employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Employment Period on account of the termination of Mr. Mahon's employment with
the Bank other than:
(i) a
Termination for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this
Agreement);
(ii) a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Mahon other than a Resignation for Good Reason
(within the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement);
(iii) a
termination on account of Mr. Mahon's death; or
(iv) a
termination after both of the following conditions exist: (A) Mr. Mahon has been
absent from the full-time service of the Bank on account of his Disability (as
defined in section 11(b) of this Agreement) for at least six (6) consecutive
months; and (B) Mr. Mahon shall have failed to return to work in the full-time
service of the Bank within thirty (30) days after written notice requesting such
return is given to Mr. Mahon by the Bank; then the Bank shall provide to Mr.
Mahon the benefits and pay to Mr. Mahon the amounts provided under section 9(b)
of this Agreement.
(b) In
the event that Mr. Mahon's employment with the Bank shall terminate under
circumstances described in section 9(a) of this Agreement or if the Bank
terminates this Agreement pursuant to section 3(d), the following benefits and
amounts shall be paid or provided to Mr. Mahon (or, in the event of his death,
to his estate), in accordance with section 26, on his termination of
employment:
(i) his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment
with the Bank, payable when due but in no event later than thirty (30) days
following his termination of employment with the Bank;
(ii) (A)
the benefits, if any, to which Mr. Mahon and his family and dependents are
entitled as a former employee, or family or dependents of a former employee,
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained for the benefit of the Bank's officers and employees, in
accordance with the terms of such plans and programs in effect on the date of
his termination of employment, or if his termination of employment occurs after
a Change in Control, on the date of his termination of employment or on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Mahon, where credit is given for three additional years of
service and age in determining eligibility and benefits for any plan and program
where age and service are relevant factors, and (B) payment for all unused
vacation days and floating holidays in the year in which his employment is
terminated, at his highest annual rate of salary for such year;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical,
dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits), in addition to
that provided pursuant to section 9(b)(ii) of this Agreement and after taking
into account the coverage provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the
extent necessary to provide Mr. Mahon and his family and dependents for the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, coverage identical to and in any event no
less favorable than the coverage to which they would have been entitled under
such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of employment, or, if
his termination of employment occurs after a Change in Control, on the date of
his termination of employment or during the one-year period ending on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Mahon) if he had continued working for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of compensation
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement;
(iv)
a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the salary and the
bonus that Mr. Mahon would have earned if he had worked for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of salary
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) and the highest bonus as a percentage of the rate of
salary provided for under this Agreement, where such present value is to be
determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded, in
the case of salary, with the frequency corresponding to the Bank's regular
payroll periods with respect to its officers, and, in the case of bonus,
annually;
(v) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (A) the present
value of the benefits to which he would be entitled under any defined benefit
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank (including any "excess
benefit plan" within the meaning of section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or other special or
supplemental plan) as in effect on the date of his termination, if he had worked
for the Bank during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest
annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that
the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement and
been fully vested in such plan or plans and had continued working for the Bank
during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, such benefits to be determined
as of the date of termination of employment by adding to the service actually
recognized under such plans an additional period equal to the Remaining
Unexpired Employment Period and by adding to the compensation recognized under
such plans for the year in which termination of employment occurs all amounts
payable under sections 9(b)(i), (iv) and (vii), over (B) the present value of
the benefits to which he is actually entitled under any such plans maintained
by, or covering employees of, the Bank as of the date of his termination where
such present values are to be determined using a discount rate of six percent
(6%) per annum, compounded monthly, and the mortality tables prescribed under
section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("Code"); provided, however,
that if payments are made under this section 9(b)(v) as a result of this section
deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans to be
vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be paid
in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as benefits
under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the present
value of the benefits attributable to the Bank's contribution to which he would
be entitled under any defined contribution plans maintained by, or covering
employees of, the Bank (including any "excess benefit plan" within the meaning
of section 3(36) of ERISA, or other special or supplemental plan) as in effect
on the date of his termination, if he had worked for the Bank during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of compensation
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement, and made the maximum amount of
employee contributions, if any, required or permitted under such plan or plans,
and been eligible for the highest rate in matching contributions under such plan
or plans during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period which is prior to Mr.
Mahon's termination of employment with the Bank, and been fully vested in such
plan or plans, over (B) the present value of the benefits attributable to the
Bank's contributions to which he is actually entitled under such plans as of the
date of his termination of employment with the Bank, where such present values
are to be determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum,
compounded with the frequency corresponding to the Bank's regular payroll
periods with respect to its officers; provided, however, that if payments are
made under this section 9(b)(vi) as a result of this section deeming otherwise
unvested amounts under such defined contribution plans to be vested, the
payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same
form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as benefits under the
corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to Mr. Mahon under any incentive compensation
plan maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank (other than bonus
payments to which section 9(b)(iv) of this Agreement is applicable) if he had
continued working for the Bank during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period
and had earned an incentive award in each calendar year that ends during the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period in an amount equal to the product of (A)
the maximum percentage rate of compensation at which an award was ever available
to Mr. Mahon under such incentive compensation plan, multiplied by (B) the
compensation that would have been paid to Mr. Mahon during each calendar year at
the highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has
occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the
Agreement, such payments to be made at the same time and in the same manner as
payments are made to other officers of the Bank pursuant to the terms of such
incentive compensation plan; provided, however, that payments under this section
9(b)(vii) shall not be made to Mr. Mahon for any year on account of which no
payments are made to any of the Bank's officers under any such incentive
compensation plan; and
(viii) the
benefits to which Mr. Mahon is entitled under the Bank's Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan (or other excess benefits plan with the meaning of section 3(36)
of ERISA or other special or supplemental plan) shall be paid to him in a lump
sum, where such lump sum is computed using the mortality tables under the Bank's
tax-qualified pension plan and a discount rate of 6% per annum. If the amount
may be increased by a subsequent Change in Control, any additional payment shall
be made at the time and in the form provided under the relevant plan, or, if no
such time or form is provided, upon the first of the following events to occur
on or after the date of such Change in Control: a change in control event
(within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) with respect
to Mr. Mahon, Mr. Mahon’s separation from service (within the meaning of section
1.409A-1(h)), Mr. Mahon’s death or Mr. Mahon’s disability (within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)). From the date of such Change of
Control until the date of payment, any additional payment so deferred shall be
held in trust for Mr. Mahon, the terms of which trust shall be those set forth
in section 26.
(c) Mr.
Mahon shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for
in this section 9 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount
of any payment or benefit provided for in this section 9 be reduced by any
compensation earned by Mr. Mahon as the result of employment by another
employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be
owed by Mr. Mahon to the Bank, or otherwise except as specifically provided in
section 9(b)(iii) of this Agreement. The Bank and Mr. Mahon hereby stipulate
that the damages which may be incurred by Mr. Mahon as a consequence of any such
termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as of the date
first above written and that the benefits and payments provided for in this
Agreement constitute a reasonable estimate under the circumstances of all
damages sustained as a consequence of any such termination of employment, other
than damages arising under or out of any stock option, restricted stock or other
non- qualified stock acquisition or investment plan or program, it being
understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not determine the measurement of
damages under any such plan or program in respect of any termination of
employment.
10. Termination
Without Severance Benefits.
In the
event that Mr. Mahon's employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Employment Period on account of:
(a) Termination
for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this Agreement);
(b) voluntary
resignation by Mr. Mahon other than a Resignation for Good Reason (within the
meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement); or
(c) Mr.
Mahon's death;
then the
Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the
payment to Mr. Mahon (or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment,
and the provision of such other benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a
former employee under the Bank's employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and payment for all unused vacation days and
floating holidays in the year in which his employment is terminated, at his
highest annual salary for such year.
11. Death
and Disability.
(a) Death.
If Mr. Mahon's employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Mahon's death during
the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to Mr. Mahon's legal representatives under this Agreement, other
than for payment of amounts and provision of benefits under sections 9(b) (i)
and (ii); provided, however, that if Mr. Mahon dies while in the employment of
the Bank, his designated beneficiary(ies) shall receive a death benefit, payable
through life insurance or otherwise, which is the equivalent on a net after-tax
basis of the death benefit payable under a term life insurance policy, with a
stated death benefit of three times Mr. Mahon's then Annual Base
Salary.
(b) Disability.
If Mr. Mahon's employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Mahon's Disability as
defined in section 11(c) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to Mr. Mahon, other than for payment of
amounts and provision of benefits under section 9(b) (i) and (ii); provided,
however, that in the event of Mr. Mahon's Disability while in the employment of
the Bank, the Bank will pay to him, in accordance with section 26, a lump
sum amount equal to three times his then Annual Base Salary.
(c) For
purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall be defined in accordance with the
terms of the Bank's long term disability policy.
(d) Payments
under this section 11 shall be made upon Mr. Mahon's death or
disability.
12. Definition
of Termination for Cause and Resignation for Good Reason.
(a) Mr.
Mahon's termination of employment with the Bank shall be deemed a "Termination
for Cause" if such termination occurs for "cause," which, for purposes of this
Agreement shall mean personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct,
breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to
perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other
than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or
any material breach of this Agreement, in each case as measured against
standards generally prevailing at the relevant time in the savings and community
banking industry; provided, however, that Mr. Mahon shall not be deemed to have
been discharged for cause unless and until he shall have received a written
notice of termination from the Board, accompanied by a resolution duly adopted
by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board at a meeting called and
held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Mr. Mahon and a reasonable
opportunity for Mr. Mahon to make oral and written presentations to the members
of the Board, on his own behalf, or through a representative, who may be his
legal counsel, to refute the grounds for the proposed determination) finding
that in the good faith opinion of the Board grounds exist for discharging Mr.
Mahon for cause.
(b) Mr.
Mahon's termination of employment with the Bank shall be deemed a Resignation
for Good Reason if such termination occurs following any one or more of the
following events:
(i) (A)
the assignment to Mr. Mahon of any duties inconsistent with Mr. Mahon's status
as First Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank or (B)
a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of Mr. Mahon's
responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the alteration; or
(C) any Change in Control described in section 13(b);
(ii) a
reduction by the Bank in Mr. Mahon's annual base salary as in effect on the date
first above written or as the same may be increased from time to time, unless
such reduction was mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority having
jurisdiction over the Bank;
(iii) the
relocation of the Bank's principal executive offices to a location outside the
New York metropolitan area or the Bank's requiring Mr. Mahon to be based
anywhere other than the Bank's principal executive offices except for required
travel on the Bank's business to an extent substantially consistent with Mr.
Mahon's business travel obligations at the date first above
written;
(iv) the
failure by the Bank, without Mr. Mahon's consent, to pay to Mr. Mahon, within
seven (7) days of the date when due, (A) any portion of his compensation, or (B)
any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred
compensation program of the Bank, which failure is not inadvertent and
immaterial and which is not promptly cured by the Bank after notice of such
failure is given to the Bank by the Executive;
(v) the
failure by the Bank to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Mr.
Mahon participates which is material to his total compensation, including but
not limited to the Retirement Plan and the Bank's Incentive Savings Plan or any
substitute plans unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing
substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the
failure by the Bank to continue his participation therein (or in such substitute
or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of
the amount of benefits provided and the level of his participation relative to
other participants, unless such failure is the result of action mandated at the
initiation of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the
Bank;
(vi) the
failure by the Bank to continue to provide Mr. Mahon with benefits substantially
similar to those enjoyed by Mr. Mahon under the Retirement Plan and the Bank's
Incentive Savings Plan or under any of the Bank's life, health (including
hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident, and long-term
disability insurance benefits, in which Mr. Mahon is participating, or the
taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or indirectly materially
reduce any of such benefits or deprive Mr. Mahon of the number of paid vacation
days to which he is entitled, on the basis of years of service with the Bank,
rank or otherwise, in accordance with the Bank's normal vacation policy, unless
such failure is the result of action mandated at the initiation of any
regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Bank;
(vii) the
failure of the Bank to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in section 15(a) of
this Agreement;
(viii) any
purported termination of employment by the Bank which is not effected pursuant
the provisions of section 12(a) regarding Termination for Cause or on account of
Disability;
(ix) a
material breach of this Agreement by the Bank, which the Bank fails to cure
within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from Mr.
Mahon;
(x) in
the event of a Change in Control described in section 13(b) of this Agreement, a
failure of the Bank to provide, or cause to be provided, to Mr. Mahon in
connection with such Change in Control, stock-based compensation and benefits,
including, without limitation, stock options, restricted stock awards, and
participation in tax-qualified stock bonus plans which, in the aggregate, are
either (A) accepted by Mr. Mahon in writing as being satisfactory for purposes
of this Agreement or (B) in the written, good faith opinion of a nationally
recognized executive compensation consulting firm selected by the Bank and
satisfactory to Mr. Mahon, whose agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld,
are no less favorable than the stock-based compensation and benefits usually and
customarily provided to similarly situated executives of similar financial
institutions in connection with similar transactions; or
(xi) a
change in the position to which Mr. Mahon reports;
(xii) in
the event of a Change in Control described in section 13(a) of this Agreement,
termination of employment for any or no reason whatsoever during the period of
sixty (60) days beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of such
Change in Control.
13. Definition
of Change in Control.
For
purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control of the Bank shall
mean:
(a) the
occurrence of any event upon which any "person" (as such term is used in
sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange Act")), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of
employees of the Bank; (B) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the
stockholders of the Bank in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of stock of the Bank; or (C) Mr. Mahon, or any group otherwise
constituting a person in which Mr. Mahon is a member, becomes the "beneficial
owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of securities issued by the Bank representing 25% or more of the
combined voting power of all of the Bank's then outstanding securities;
or
(b) the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the Initial Effective
Date are members of the Board, together with individuals (other than any
individual designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the
Bank to effect a transaction described in section 13(a) or 13(c) of this
Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Bank's
stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
members of Board then in office who were either members of the Board on the
Initial Effective Date or whose nomination or election was previously so
approved cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the
Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election
contest relating to the election of directors of the Bank (as such terms are
used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act);
or
(c) (i) the
consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Bank with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(A) either
(A) the members of the Board of the Bank immediately prior to such merger or
consolidation constitute at least a majority of the members of the governing
body of the institution resulting from such merger or consolidation; or (B) the
shareholders of the Bank own securities of the institution resulting from such
merger or consolidation representing 80% or more of the combined voting power of
all such securities then outstanding in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership of voting securities of the Bank before such merger or
consolidation; and
(B) the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform the Bank's obligations under this Agreement;
or
(ii) the
shareholders of the Bank approve either a plan of complete liquidation of the
Bank or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or
substantially all of its assets; and
(d) any
event which would be described in section 13(a), (b) or (c) if the term
"Company" were substituted for the term "Bank" therein. Such an event shall be
deemed to be a Change in Control under the relevant provision of section 13(a),
(b) or (c).
It is
understood and agreed that more than one Change in Control may occur at the same
or different times during the Employment Period and that the provisions of this
Agreement shall apply with equal force and effect with respect to each such
Change in Control.
14. No
Effect on Employee Benefit Plans or Programs.
Except as
expressly provided in this Agreement, the termination of Mr. Mahon's employment
during the Employment Period or thereafter, whether by the Bank or by Mr. Mahon,
shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under
the Bank's the Retirement Plan and the Bank's Incentive Savings Plan, group
life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental,
accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit
plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs) and, following the conversion of the Bank to stock
form, any stock option and appreciation rights plan, employee stock ownership
plan and restricted stock plan, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of,
the Bank from time to time.
15. Successors
and Assigns.
(a) The
Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be
required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the
Bank to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any
such succession shall be deemed to constitute a material breach of the Bank's
obligations under this Agreement.
(b) This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Mr. Mahon, his legal
representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Bank, their
respective successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or
consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation
to which all or substantially all of the respective assets and business of the
Bank may be sold or otherwise transferred.
16. Notices.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including
any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such
party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may
by written notice specify to the other party:
If to Mr.
Mahon:
135
Rotary Drive Summit, NJ 07901
If to the
Bank:
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate Secretary
With a
copy to:
Thacher
Proffitt & Wood LLP
Two World
Financial Center
New York,
New York 10281
Attention:
W. Edward Bright, Esq.
17. Indemnification
and Attorneys' Fees.
The Bank
shall pay to or on behalf of Mr. Mahon all reasonable costs, including legal
fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of his consultation with
legal counsel or in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or
proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good
faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that
Mr. Mahon shall have substantially prevailed on the merits pursuant to a
judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an
arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding, or in a settlement; provided, further,
that this section 17 shall not obligate the Bank to pay costs and legal fees on
behalf of Mr. Mahon under this Agreement in excess of $50,000. Any payment or
reimbursement to effect such indemnification shall be made no later than the
last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Mr. Mahon
incurs the expense or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or
resolution that gives rise to Mr. Mahon’s right to reimbursement; provided,
however, that Mr. Mahon shall have submitted to the Bank documentation
supporting such expenses at such time and in such manner as the Bank may
reasonably require. For purposes of this Agreement, any settlement agreement
which provides for payment of any amounts in settlement of the Bank's
obligations hereunder shall be conclusive evidence of Mr. Mahon's entitlement to
indemnification hereunder, and any such indemnification payments shall be in
addition to amounts payable pursuant to such settlement agreement, unless such
settlement agreement expressly provides otherwise.
18. Severability.
A
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
19. Waiver.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A
waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as
a waiver, and signed by the party against who its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any one or more times shall
not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other
time or times.
20. Counterparts.
This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.
21. Governing
Law.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law
principles.
22. Headings
and Construction.
The
headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a
section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated. Any reference to the term "Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of
the Bank while the Bank is a mutual savings bank and the Board of Directors of
the Bank while the Bank is a stock savings bank. Any reference to the term
"Bank" shall mean the Bank in its mutual form prior to the conversion and in its
stock form on and after the conversion. If the Bank does not convert to stock
form, any reference to the Bank's being a stock savings bank shall have no
effect.
23. Entire
Agreement; Modifications.
This
instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements,
understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof,
including the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated June 26, 1996
between the Bank and Mr. Mahon. No modifications of this Agreement shall be
valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such
manner as the Bank shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect
compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to
avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under Section 409A of the
Code, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall
not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to Mr. Mahon on a present
value basis.
24. Arbitration
Clause.
Any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall
be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three
arbitrators in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American
Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; the expense of such
arbitration shall be borne by the Bank.
25. Required
Regulatory Provisions.
The
following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various
laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Association:
(a) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate
amount of compensation payable to the Executive under section 9(b) hereof
(exclusive of amounts described in section 9(b)(i) and (viii)) exceed the three
times the Executive's average annual total compensation for the last five
consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with
the Association (or for his entire period of employment with the Association if
less than five calendar years).
(b) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Executive by the
Association, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act ("FDI Act"), 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and any regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is suspended from
office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
affairs of the Association pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or
8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the
Association's obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date
of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the
charges in such notice are dismissed, the Association, in its discretion, may
(i) pay to the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while the
Association's obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole
or in part, any of the obligations which were suspended.
(d) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is removed and/or
permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Association's
affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12
U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the
Association under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the
order, but vested rights and obligations of the Association and the Executive
shall not be affected.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Association is in default
(within the meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section
1813(x)(1), all prospective obligations of the Association under this Agreement
shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of
the Association and the Executive shall not be affected.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the
Association hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a
continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the
Association: (i) by the Director of the OTS or his designee or the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an
agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Association under the
authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c);
(ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or
designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the
operation of the Association or when the Association is determined by such
Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and
obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
If and to
the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required or by
applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though
eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
26. Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code.
Mr. Mahon
and the Bank acknowledge that each of the payments and benefits promised to Mr.
Mahon under this Agreement must either comply with the requirements of Section
409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the regulations thereunder or qualify for
an exception from compliance. To that end, Mr. Mahon and the Bank agree
that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in Section 8 and legal fee reimbursements
described in Section 17 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in Section 9(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in Section 9(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own terms;
and
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 9(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income;
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of Mr.
Mahon’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid on
the later of the date sixty (60) days after Mr. Mahon’s earliest separation from
service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) and, if
Mr. Mahon is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the first day
of the seventh month following Mr. Mahon’s separation from service. Each amount
payable under this plan that is required to be deferred beyond Mr. Mahon’s
separation from service, shall be deposited on the date on which, but for such
deferral, the Bank would have paid such amount to Mr. Mahon, in a grantor trust
which meets the requirements of Revenue Procedure 92-65 (as amended or
superseded from time to time), the trustee of which shall be a financial
institution selected by the Bank with the approval of Mr. Mahon (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), pursuant to a trust agreement
the terms of which are approved by Mr. Mahon (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi Trust”), and payments made shall
include earnings on the investments made with the assets of the Rabbi Trust,
which investments shall consist of short-term investment grade fixed income
securities or units of interest in mutual funds or other pooled investment
vehicles designed to invest primarily in such securities. Furthermore, this
Agreement shall be construed and administered in such manner as shall be
necessary to effect compliance with Section 409A.
26. Compliance
with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
In the
event the Company issues any debt or equity to the United States Treasury
("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") implemented under
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the following
provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this Agreement
or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement in
which Mr. Mahon participates:
(a) Mr.
Mahon shall repay to the Company any bonus or incentive compensation paid to Mr.
Mahon while (i) Mr. Mahon is a senior executive officer (within the meaning of
31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST holds any debt
or equity interest in the Company acquired under the CPP (such period, the "CPP
Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus or incentive
compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings, gains, or other
criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate, "Performance
Criteria") that are later proven to be materially inaccurate. A Performance
Criterion shall be proven to be materially inaccurate if so determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction or in the written opinion of an independent
attorney or firm of certified public accountants selected by the Company and
approved by Mr. Mahon (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), which determination shall both state the accurate Performance
Criterion and that the difference between the accurate Performance Criterion and
the Performance Criterion on which the payment was based is material (a
"Determination"). Upon receipt of a Determination, the Company may supply to Mr.
Mahon a copy of the Determination, a computation of the bonus or other incentive
compensation that would have been payable on the basis of the accurate
Performance Criterion set forth in the Determination (the "Determination
Amount") and a written demand for repayment of the amount (if any) by which the
bonus or incentive compensation actually paid exceeded the Determination
Amount.
(b) (i) If
Mr. Mahon's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from employment”
(within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) Mr. Mahon is a Senior
Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in the
Company issued under the CPP, then payments to Mr. Mahon that are contingent on
such applicable severance from employment and designated to be paid during the
CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the maximum amount
which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an "excess parachute
payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code, as modified by
section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute payment" under
31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any reduction in payments
required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all payments otherwise due
hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their payment dates, and where
multiple payments are due on the same date, the reduction shall be apportioned
ratably among the affected payments. The required reduction (if any) shall be
determined in writing by an independent attorney or firm of certified public
accountants selected by the Company and approved by Mr. Mahon (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 26(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be
paid on the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a Rabbi Trust.
Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any investment earnings on the assets
of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid Amount.
This
section 26 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with
section 111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that
has been issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if
any, by and between the UST and the Company, under which the UST acquires equity
or debt securities of the Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the "Closing
Date," and such implementation, the "Relevant Implementation"). If after the
Closing Date the clawback requirement of section 26(a) shall not be
required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such
requirement shall have no further effect. If after the Closing Date the
limitation on golden parachute payments under section 26(b)(i) shall not be
required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such
limitation shall have no further effect and any Unpaid Amount delayed under
section 26(b)(ii) shall be paid on the earliest date on which the Company
reasonably anticipates that such amount may be paid without violating such
limitation.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed and Mr. Mahon
has hereto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
KENNETH J. MAHON
ATTEST
|
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH
|
By:
By:
Secretary VINCENT
F. PALAGIANO
CHAIRMAN, BOARD
OF DIRECTORS
[Seal]
[TPW: NYLEGAL:792037.3]
16057-00010 12/30/2008 02:26 PM
AMENDED
AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into
as of___________, 2008, by and between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., a
savings and loan holding company organized and operating under the laws of the
State of Delaware and having an office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New
York 11211 (“Company”) and Vincent F. Palagiano ("Mr. Palagiano").
W I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS,
Mr. Palagiano and the Company are parties to an Employment Agreement made and
entered into as of June 26, 1996 (the “Initial Effective Date”) pursuant to
which Mr. Palagiano serves the Company in the capacity of Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, The
Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh ( “Bank “); and
WHEREAS,
such Agreement was amended as of January 1, 2003 (the “Prior Agreement”);
and
WHEREAS,
the parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement for the purpose,
among others, of compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS,
the Company desires to assure for itself the continued availability of Mr.
Palagiano’s services and the ability of Mr. Palagiano to perform such services
with a minimum of personal distraction in the event of a pending or threatened
Change in Control (as hereinafter defined); and
WHEREAS,
Mr. Palagiano is willing to continue to serve the Company on the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and
obligations hereinafter set forth, the Company and Mr. Palagiano hereby agree as
follows:
1. Representations
and Warranties of the Parties.
(a) The
Company hereby represents and warrants to Mr. Palagiano that:
(i) it
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of its obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company; and
(iii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which it is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without
limitation, any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any court or
administrative agency, applicable to the Company or its business.
(b) Mr.
Palagiano hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
(i) he
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of his obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which he is a party or by
which he is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without limitation,
any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any court or administrative
agency, applicable to him.
2. Employment.
The
Company hereby continues the employment of Mr. Palagiano, and Mr. Palagiano
hereby accepts such continued employment, during the period and upon the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
3. Employment
Period.
(a) The
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be and remain in effect during the
period of employment established under this section 3 (“Employment
Period”). The Employment Period shall be for an initial term of three
years beginning on the Initial Effective Date and ending on the third
anniversary date of the Initial Effective Date, plus such extensions, if any, as
are provided pursuant to section 3(b).
(b) Except
as provided in section 3(c), beginning on the Initial Effective Date, the
Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional day
each day, unless either the Company or Mr. Palagiano elects not to extend the
Agreement further by giving written notice to the other party, in which case the
Employment Period shall end on the third anniversary of the date on which such
written notice is given. Upon termination of Mr. Palagiano’s
employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, any daily extensions
provided pursuant to this section 3(b), if not therefore discontinued, shall
automatically cease.
(c) If,
prior to the date on which the Employment Period would end pursuant to section
3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in section 13 of
this Agreement) occurs, then the Employment Period shall be extended through and
including the second anniversary of the earliest date after the effective date
of such Change in Control on which either the Company or Mr. Palagiano elects,
by written notice pursuant to section 3(d) of this Agreement to the non-electing
party, to discontinue the Employment Period; provided, however, that this
section shall not apply in the event that, prior to the Change in Control (as
defined in section 13 of this Agreement), Mr. Palagiano has provided written
notice to the Company of his intent to discontinue the Employment
Period.
(d) The
Company or Mr. Palagiano may, at any time by written notice given to the other,
elect to discontinue the daily extension of the Employment
Period. Any such notice given by the Company shall be accompanied by
a certified copy of a resolution, adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board duly called and
held, authorizing the giving of such notice.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) Mr. Palagiano’s
employment with the Company may be terminated during the Employment Period, in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (ii) nothing in
this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Mr. Palagiano’s
employment following the expiration of the Employment Period upon such terms and
conditions as the Company and Mr. Palagiano may mutually agree
upon.
(f) For
all purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the “Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period” as of any specified date shall mean (i) prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) the period commencing
on the date specified and ending on the later of the third anniversary of the
Initial Effective Date, the third anniversary of any earlier date on which
either the Company or Mr. Palagiano has elected to discontinue the daily
extensions of the Employment Period, or the third anniversary of Mr. Palagiano’s
termination of employment for any reason; and (ii) following a Change in Control
(as hereinafter defined) a period commencing on the date specified and ending on
the later of the second anniversary of the effective date of the Change in
Control, the second anniversary of any earlier date following the occurrence of
the Change in Control on which either Mr. Palagiano or the Company has elected
to discontinue the daily extensions of the Employment Period, or the second
anniversary of Mr. Palagiano’s termination of employment for any reason
whatsoever.
4. Duties.
During
the Employment Period, Mr. Palagiano shall:
(a) except
to the extent allowed under section 7 of this Agreement, devote his full
business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and use
his best efforts to advance the Company’s interests;
(b) serve
as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer if duly appointed and/or
elected to serve in such position; and
(c) have
such functions, duties and responsibilities not inconsistent with his title and
office as may be assigned to him by or under the authority of the Board of
Directors of the Company (“Board”), in accordance with organization Certificate,
By-laws, Applicable Laws, Statutes and Regulations, custom and practice of the
Company as in effect on the date first above written. Mr. Palagiano shall have
such authority as is necessary or appropriate to carry out his assigned duties.
Mr. Palagiano shall report to and be subject to direction and supervision by the
Board.
(d) none
of the functions, duties and responsibilities to be performed by Mr. Palagiano
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to include those functions, duties
and responsibilities performed by Mr. Palagiano in his capacity as director of
the Company.
5. Compensation
-- Salary and Bonus.
In
consideration for services rendered by Mr. Palagiano under this Agreement, the
Company shall pay to Mr. Palagiano a salary at an annual rate equal
to:
(a) during
the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending on December 31, 2009, no less
than $________;
(b) during
each calendar year that begins after December 31, 2009, such amount as the Board
may, in its discretion, determine, but in no event less than the rate in effect
on December 31, 2009; or
(c) for
each calendar year that begins on or after a Change in Control, the product of
Mr. Palagiano’s annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to such
calendar year, multiplied by the greatest of:
(i) 1.06;
(ii) the
quotient of (A) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers (or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other
measure of general consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith,
prescribe) for October of the immediately preceding calendar year, divided by
(B) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers
(or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other measure of general
consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith, prescribe) for October of
the second preceding calendar year; and
(iii) the
quotient of (A) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first
day of such calendar year, of the officers of the Company (other than Mr.
Palagiano) who are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers, divided by
(B) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first day of the
immediately preceding calendar year, of the officers of the Company (other than
Mr. Palagiano) who are assistant vice presidents or more senior
officers;
The
salary payable under this section 5 shall be paid in approximately equal
installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll
practices. Nothing in this section 5 shall be construed as
prohibiting the payment to Mr. Palagiano of a salary in excess of that
prescribed under this section 5 or of additional cash or non-cash compensation
in a form other than salary, to the extent that such payment is duly authorized
by or under the authority of the Board. No portion of the compensation paid to
Mr. Palagiano pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be compensation
received by Mr. Palagiano in his capacity as director of the
Company.
6. Employee
Benefit Plans and Programs; Other Compensation.
Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, Mr. Palagiano shall be treated as an
employee of the Company and be entitled to participate in and receive benefits
under the Company’s Retirement Plan, Incentive Savings Plan, group life and
health (including medical and major medical) and disability insurance plans, and
such other employee benefit plans and programs, including but not limited to any
long-term or short-term incentive compensation plans or programs (whether or not
employee benefit plans or programs), as the Company may maintain from time to
time, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans
and programs and compensation plans and programs and with the Company’s
customary practices. Following a Change in Control, all such benefits
to Mr. Palagiano shall be continued on terms and conditions substantially
identical to, and in no event less favorable than, those in effect prior to the
Change in Control.
7. Board
Memberships and Personal Activities.
(a) Mr.
Palagiano may serve as a member of the board of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to the Board from time
to time, and he may engage in personal business and investment activities for
his own account; provided, however, that such service and personal business and
investment activities shall not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties under this Agreement.
(b) Mr.
Palagiano may also serve as an officer or director of the Bank on such terms and
conditions as the Company and the Bank may mutually agree upon, and such service
shall not be deemed to materially interfere with Mr. Palagiano’s performance of
his duties hereunder or otherwise result in a material breach of this
Agreement. If Mr. Palagiano is discharged or suspended, or is subject
to any regulatory prohibition or restriction with respect to participation in
the affairs of the Bank, he shall (subject to the Company’s powers of
termination hereunder) continue to perform services for the Company in
accordance with this Agreement but shall not directly or indirectly provide
services to or participate in the affairs of the Bank in a manner inconsistent
with the terms of such discharge or suspension or any applicable regulatory
order.
8. Working
Facilities and Expenses.
Mr.
Palagiano’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s executive
offices at the address first above written, or at such other location in the New
York metropolitan area as determined by the Board. The Company shall
provide Mr. Palagiano, at his principal place of employment, with a private
office, stenographic services and other support services and facilities suitable
to his position with the Company and necessary or appropriate in connection with
the performance of his assigned duties under this Agreement. The
Company shall provide Mr. Palagiano with an automobile suitable to his position
with the Company in accordance with its prior practices, and such automobile
shall be used by Mr. Palagiano in carrying out his duties under this Agreement,
including commuting between his residence and his principal place of
employment. The Company shall (i) reimburse Mr. Palagiano for the
cost of maintenance and servicing such automobile and, for instance, gasoline
and oil for such automobile; (ii) reimburse Mr. Palagiano for his ordinary and
necessary business expenses, incurred in the performance of his duties under
this Agreement (including but not limited to travel and entertainment expenses);
and (iii) reimburse Mr. Palagiano for fees for memberships in such clubs and
organizations as Mr. Palagiano and the Company and such other expenses as Mr.
Palagiano and the Company shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate for
business purposes, upon presentation to the Company of an itemized account of
such expenses in such form as the Company may reasonably require, each such
reimbursement payment to be made promptly following receipt of the itemized
account and in any event not later than the last day of the year following the
year in which the expense was incurred. Mr. Palagiano shall be
entitled to no less than four (4) weeks of paid vacation during each year in the
Employment Period. Mr. Palagiano shall be responsible for the payment
of any taxes on account of his personal use of the automobile provided by the
Company and on account of any other benefit provided herein.
9. Termination
Giving Rise to Severance Benefits.
(a) In
the event that Mr. Palagiano’s employment with the Company shall terminate
during the Employment Period other than on account of:
(i) a
Termination for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this
Agreement);
(ii) a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Palagiano other than a Resignation for Good Reason
(within the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement);
(iii) a
termination on account of Mr. Palagiano’s death; or
(iv) a
termination after both of the following conditions exist: (A) Mr. Palagiano has
been absent from the full-time service of the Company on account of his
Disability (as defined in section 11(b) of this Agreement) for at least six (6)
consecutive months; and (B) Mr. Palagiano shall have failed to return to work in
the full-time service of the Company within thirty (30) days after written
notice requesting such return is given to Mr. Palagiano by the
Company;
then the
Company shall provide to Mr. Palagiano the benefits and pay to Mr. Palagiano the
amounts provided under section 9(b) of this Agreement.
(b) In
the event that Mr. Palagiano’s employment with the Company shall terminate under
circumstances described in section 9(a) of this Agreement, the following
benefits and amounts shall be paid or provided to Mr. Palagiano (or, in the
event of his death, to his estate), in accordance with section 30, on his
termination of employment:
(i) his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment
with the Company, payable when due but in no event later than thirty (30) days
following his termination of employment with the Company;
(ii) (A)
the benefits, if any, to which Mr. Palagiano and his family and dependents are
entitled as a former employee, or family or dependents of a former employee,
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained for the benefit of the Company’s officers and employees, in
accordance with the terms of such plans and programs in effect on the date of
his termination of employment, or if his termination of employment occurs after
a Change in Control, on the date of his termination of employment or on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Palagiano, where credit is given for three additional years of
service and age in determining eligibility and benefits for any plan and program
where age and service are relevant factors, and (B) payment for all unused
vacation days and floating holidays in the year in which his employment is
terminated, at his highest annual rate of salary for such year;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical,
dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits), in addition to
that provided pursuant to section 9(b)(ii) of this Agreement and after taking
into account the coverage provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the
extent necessary to provide Mr. Palagiano and his family and dependents for a
period of three years following termination of employment, coverage identical to
and in any event no less favorable than the coverage to which they would have
been entitled under such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of
employment, or, if his termination of employment occurs after a Change in
Control, on the date of his termination of employment or during the one-year
period ending on the date of such Change in Control, whichever results in more
favorable benefits as determined by Mr. Palagiano) if he had continued working
for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest
annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that
the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the
Agreement;
(iv) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the salary and the
bonus that Mr. Palagiano would have earned if he had worked for the Company
during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of
salary (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases
under section 5(c) would apply) and the highest bonus as a percentage of the
rate of salary provided for under this Agreement, where such present value is to
be determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded,
in the case of salary, with the frequency corresponding to the Company’s regular
payroll periods with respect to its officers, and, in the case of bonus,
annually;
(v) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (A) the present
value of the benefits to which he would be entitled under any defined benefit
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company (including any
“excess benefit plan” within the meaning of section 3(36) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or other special
or supplemental plan) as in effect on the date of his termination, if he had
worked for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the
highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has
occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the
Agreement and been fully vested in such plan or plans and had continued working
for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, such benefits
to be determined as of the date of termination of employment by adding to the
service actually recognized under such plans an additional period equal to the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period and by adding to the compensation
recognized under such plans for the year in which termination of employment
occurs all amounts payable under sections 9(b)(i), (iv) and (vii), over (B) the
present value of the benefits to which he is actually entitled under any such
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company as of the date of his
termination where such present values are to be determined using a
discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded monthly, and the
mortality tables prescribed under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 (“Code”); provided, however, that if payments are made under this section
9(b)(v) as a result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under
such defined benefit plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to
such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same time,
and in the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the present
value of the benefits attributable to the Company’s contribution to which he
would be entitled under any defined contribution plans maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Company (including any “excess benefit plan” within
the meaning of section 3(36) of ERISA, or other special or supplemental plan) as
in effect on the date of his termination, if he had worked for the Company
during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of
compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual
increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement, and made the
maximum amount of employee contributions, if any, required or permitted under
such plan or plans, and been eligible for the highest rate in matching
contributions under such plan or plans during the Remaining Unexpired Employment
Period which is prior to Mr. Palagiano’s termination of employment with the
Company, and been fully vested in such plan or plans, over (B) the present value
of the benefits attributable to the Company’s contributions to which he is
actually entitled under such plans as of the date of his termination of
employment with the Company, where such present values are to be determined
using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded with the
frequency corresponding to the Company’s regular payroll periods with respect to
its officers; provided, however, that if payments are made under this section
9(b)(vi) as a result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under
such defined contribution plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable
to such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same
time, and in the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to Mr. Palagiano under any incentive
compensation plan maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company (other
than bonus payments to which section 9(b)(iv) of this Agreement is applicable)
if he had continued working for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period and had earned an incentive award in each calendar year that
ends during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period in an amount equal to the
product of (A) the maximum percentage rate of compensation at which an award was
ever available to Mr. Palagiano under such incentive compensation plan,
multiplied by (B) the compensation that would have been paid to Mr. Palagiano
during each calendar year at the highest annual rate of compensation (assuming,
if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under section
5(c) would apply) under the Agreement, such payments to be made at the same time
and in the same manner as payments are made to other officers of the Company
pursuant to the terms of such incentive compensation plan; provided, however,
that payments under this section 9(b)(vii) shall not be made to Mr. Palagiano
for any year on account of which no payments are made to any of the Company’s
officers under any such incentive compensation plan; and
(viii) the
benefits to which Mr. Palagiano is entitled under the Company’s Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan (or other excess benefits plan with the meaning of
section 3(36) of ERISA or other special or supplemental plan) shall be paid to
him in a lump sum, where such lump sum is computed using the mortality tables
under the Company’s tax-qualified pension plan and a discount rate of 6% per
annum. If the amount may be increased by a subsequent Change in
Control, any additional payment shall be made at the time and in the form
provided under the relevant plan, or, if no such time or form is provided, upon
the first of the following events to occur on or after the date of such Change
in Control: a change in control event (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) with respect to Mr. Palagiano, Mr. Palagiano’s
separation from service (within the meaning of section 1.409A-1(h)), Mr.
Palagiano’s death or Mr. Palagiano’s disability (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4)). From the date of such Change of
Control until the date of payment, any additional payment so deferred shall be
held in trust for Mr. Palagiano, the terms of which trust shall be those set
forth in section 30.
(c) Mr.
Palagiano shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided
for in this section 9 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the
amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this section 9 be reduced by
any compensation earned by Mr. Palagiano as the result of employment by another
employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be
owed by Mr. Palagiano to the Company, or otherwise except as specifically
provided in section 9(b) (iii) of this Agreement or except as provided in
section 28 to avoid duplication of payments. The Company and Mr.
Palagiano hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by Mr.
Palagiano as a consequence of any such termination of employment are not capable
of accurate measurement as of the date first above written and that the benefits
and payments provided for in this Agreement constitute a reasonable estimate
under the circumstances of all damages sustained as a consequence of any such
termination of employment, other than damages arising under or out of any stock
option, restricted stock or other non-qualified stock acquisition or investment
plan or program, it being understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not
determine the measurement of damages under any such plan or program in respect
of any termination of employment.
10. Termination
Without Severance Benefits.
In the
event that Mr. Palagiano’s employment with the Company shall terminate during
the Employment Period on account of:
(a) Termination
for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this Agreement);
(b) voluntary
resignation by Mr. Palagiano other than a Resignation for Good Reason (within
the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement); or
(c) Mr.
Palagiano’s death;
then the
Company shall have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the
payment to Mr. Palagiano (or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment,
and the provision of such other benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a
former employee under the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and payment for all unused vacation days and
floating holidays in the year in which his employment is terminated, at his
highest annual salary for such year.
11. Death
and Disability.
(a) Death. If
Mr. Palagiano’s employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Palagiano’s death
during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to Mr. Palagiano’s legal representatives under this Agreement, other
than for payment of amounts and provision of benefits under sections 9(b) (i)
and (ii); provided, however, that if Mr. Palagiano dies while in the employment
of the Company, his designated beneficiary(ies) shall receive a death benefit,
payable through life insurance or otherwise, which is the equivalent on a net
after-tax basis of the death benefit payable under a term life insurance policy,
with a stated death benefit of three times Mr. Palagiano’s then Annual Base
Salary.
(b) Disability. If
Mr. Palagiano’s employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Palagiano’s Disability
as defined in section 11(c) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to Mr. Palagiano, other than for payment
of amounts and provision of benefits under section 9(b) (i) and (ii); provided,
however, that in the event of Mr. Palagiano’s Disability while in the employment
of the Company, the Company will pay to him, in accordance with section 30, a
lump sum amount equal to three times his then annual base salary.
(c) For
purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall be defined in accordance with the
terms of the Company’s long term disability policy.
(d) Payments
under this section 11 shall be made upon Mr. Palagiano’s death or termination
due to Disability.
12. Definition
of Termination for Cause and Resignation for Good Reason.
(a) Mr.
Palagiano’s termination of employment with the Company shall be deemed a
“Termination for Cause” if such termination occurs upon:
(i) Mr.
Palagiano’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties
with the Company (other than any failure resulting from incapacity due to
physical or mental illness or any actual or anticipated failure following notice
by Mr. Palagiano of an intended Resignation for Good Reason) after a written
demand for substantial performance is delivered to him by the Board, which
demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes Mr.
Palagiano has not substantially performed his duties, and the failure to cure
such breach within sixty (60) days following written notice thereof from the
Company; or
(ii) the
intentional and willful engaging in dishonest conduct in connection with his
performance of services for the Company resulting in his conviction of or plea
of guilty or
nolo
contendere
to a felony, fraud, personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful
misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful
violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or
similar offenses), or final cease-and-desist order.
No act,
or failure to act, on Mr. Palagiano’s part shall be deemed willful unless done,
or omitted to be done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such
action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Any act, or failure
to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the
Board or based upon the written advice of counsel for the Company shall be
conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Mr. Palagiano in
good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no termination of Mr. Palagiano’s employment shall be a
Termination for Cause unless there shall have been delivered to Mr. Palagiano a
copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Board of Directors (or, following a Change in Control, an affirmative vote of
three-quarters of the Board of Directors) at a meeting of the Board called and
held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Mr. Palagiano and an
opportunity for Mr. Palagiano, together with his counsel, to be heard before the
Board) finding that in good faith opinion of the Board circumstances described
in section 12(a) (i) or (ii) exist and specifying the particulars thereof in
detail.
(b) Mr.
Palagiano’s termination of employment with the Company shall be deemed a
Resignation for Good Reason if such termination occurs following any one or more
of the following events:
(i) (A)
the assignment to Mr. Palagiano of any duties inconsistent with Mr. Palagiano’s
status as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company or
(B) a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of Mr. Palagiano’s
responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the
alteration;
(ii) a
reduction by the Company in Mr. Palagiano’s annual base salary as in effect on
the date first above written or as the same may be increased from time to time,
unless such reduction was mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority
having jurisdiction over the Company;
(iii) the
relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices to a location outside
the New York metropolitan area or the Company’s requiring Mr. Palagiano to be
based anywhere other than the Company’s principal executive offices except for
required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent
with Mr. Palagiano’s business travel obligations at the date first above
written;
(iv) the
failure by the Company, without Mr. Palagiano’s consent, to pay to Mr.
Palagiano, within seven (7) days of the date when due, (A) any portion of his
compensation, or (B) any portion of an installment of deferred compensation
under any deferred compensation program of the Company;
(v) the
failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Mr.
Palagiano participates on or after January 1, 2003 which is material to his
total compensation, including but not limited to the Retirement Plan and the
Company’s Incentive Savings Plan or any substitute plans unless an equitable
arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been
made with respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue his
participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not
materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and
the level of his participation relative to other participants, unless such
failure is the result of action mandated at the initiation of any regulatory
authority having jurisdiction over the Company;
(vi) the
failure by the Company to continue to provide Mr. Palagiano with benefits
substantially similar to those enjoyed by Mr. Palagiano as of January 1, 2003
under the Retirement Plan and the Company’s Incentive Savings Plan or under any
of the Company’s life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major
medical), dental, accident, and long-term disability insurance benefits, in
which Mr. Palagiano is participating, or the taking of any action by the Company
which would directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or
deprive Mr. Palagiano of the number of paid vacation days to which he is
entitled, on the basis of years of service with the Company, rank or otherwise,
in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy, unless such failure is
the result of action mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority
having jurisdiction over the Company;
(vii) the
failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in section 15(a) of
this Agreement;
(viii) any
purported termination of employment by the Company which is not effected
pursuant the provisions of section 12(a) regarding Termination for Cause or on
account of Disability;
(ix) a
material breach of this Agreement by the Company, which the Company fails to
cure within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from Mr.
Palagiano;
(x) a
requirement that Mr. Palagiano report to any person or group other than the
Board.
13. Definition
of Change in Control; Payment in the Event of a Change in Control.
(a) For
purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control of the Company shall
mean:
(i) the
occurrence of any event upon which any “person” (as such term is used in
sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(“Exchange Act”)), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of
employees of the Company; (B) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by
the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of stock of the Company; or (C) Mr. Palagiano, or any group otherwise
constituting a person in which Mr. Palagiano is a member, becomes the
“beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities issued by the Company representing
25% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then
outstanding securities; or
(ii) the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the Initial Effective
Date are members of the Board, together with individuals (other than any
individual designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the
Company to effect a transaction described in section 13(a) or 13(c) of this
Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the
Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the members of Board then in office who were either members of the
Board on the Initial Effective Date or whose nomination or election
was previously so approved cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
members of the Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose
initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened
election contest relating to the election of directors of the Company (as such
terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange
Act); or
(iii) (A) the
consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(1) either
(I) the members of the Board of the Company immediately prior to such merger or
consolidation constitute at least a majority of the members of the governing
body of the institution resulting from such merger or consolidation; or (II) the
shareholders of the Company own securities of the institution resulting from
such merger or consolidation representing 80% or more of the combined voting
power of all such securities then outstanding in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company before such
merger or consolidation; and
(2) the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement;
or
(B) the
shareholders of the Company approve either a plan of complete liquidation of the
Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
substantially all of its assets; and
(iv) any
event which would be described in section 13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) if the term
“Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein. Such event shall be
deemed to be a Change in Control under the relevant provision of section
13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii).
It is
understood and agreed that more than one Change in Control may occur at the same
or different times during the Employment Period and that the provisions of this
Agreement shall apply with equal force and effect with respect to each such
Change in Control.
(b) Upon
the occurrence during the Employment Period of a Change in Control, the Company
shall pay the following sums into a trust for the benefit of Mr.
Palagiano:
(i) a
lump sum amount equal to the aggregate amount that would be payable to Mr.
Palagiano under sections 9(b)(i), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of this
Agreement computed as if Mr. Palagiano had terminated employment in a
Resignation for Good Reason on the date of the Change in Control but as if no
Change in Control had occurred; plus
(ii) a
lump sum amount equal to the present value of the excess of:
(A) a
single life annuity, payable commencing immediately, in an amount equal to
26-2/3% of the aggregate base salary and annual bonus for the period of
thirty-six consecutive calendar months of employment during the final 120 months
of employment that yields the highest aggregate figure; over
(B) the
aggregate single life annuity benefits, payable commencing immediately under any
qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans of the Company or the
Bank.
where
base salary shall be determined without regard to pre-tax or after-tax
deductions for benefits under sections 401(k), 401(m), 125 or 132(f) of the Code
or otherwise and value shall be determined using the mortality table prescribed
under section 72 of the Code and a discount rate of 6% per annum compounded
annually.
Such
payments shall be paid to the trust whether or not Mr. Palagiano's employment
has terminated. The entire amount in the trust shall be paid to Mr. Palagiano on
the first day of the seventh month following his separation from service within
the meaning of section 409A of the Code. The terms of the trust shall
be those set forth in section 30. The Company may require, as a
condition of its obligation to make such payments, that Mr. Palagiano execute
and deliver to the Company a release, in such form and manner as the Company may
reasonably require, relieving the Bank of any obligation it might then have,
whether pursuant to an employment contract or otherwise, to pay severance
benefits to Mr. Palagiano in connection with a subsequent termination of
employment. Such a release shall not relieve the Bank of any
obligation that it may have to provide for Mr. Palagiano and his family and
dependents the accrued post-termination benefits to which they are entitled
under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Bank.
14.
No Effect on Employee Benefit Plans
or Programs
.
Except as
expressly provided in this Agreement, the termination of Mr. Palagiano’s
employment during the Employment Period or thereafter, whether by the Company or
by Mr. Palagiano, shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the
parties hereto under the Company’s or the Bank’s Retirement Plan and the
Company’s Incentive Savings Plan, group life, health (including hospitalization,
medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance
plans or such other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or
programs (whether or not employee benefit plans or programs) and, following the
conversion of the Company to stock form, any stock option and appreciation
rights plan, employee stock ownership plan and restricted stock plan, as may be
maintained by, or cover employees of, the Company from time to
time.
15. Successors
and Assigns.
(a) The
Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be
required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure
of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the
effectiveness of any such succession shall be deemed to constitute a material
breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.
(b) This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Mr. Palagiano, his
legal representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Company,
their respective successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or
consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation
to which all or substantially all of the respective assets and business of the
Company may be sold or otherwise transferred.
16. Notices.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including
any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such
party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may
by written notice specify to the other party:
If to Mr.
Palagiano:
[Home
address.]
If to the
Company:
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate Secretary
with a
copy to:
Thacher
Proffitt & Wood LLP
Two World
Financial Center
New York,
New York 10281
Attention:
W. Edward Bright, Esq.
17. Indemnification
and Attorneys’ Fees.
The
Company shall pay to or on behalf of Mr. Palagiano all reasonable costs,
including legal fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of his
consultation with legal counsel or in connection with or arising out of any
action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his
efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement;
provided, however, that this section 17 shall not obligate the Company to pay
costs and legal fees on behalf of Mr. Palagiano under this Agreement in excess
of $50,000. Any payment or reimbursement to effect such
indemnification shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which Mr. Palagiano incurs the expense or, if
later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or resolution that gives rise
to Mr. Palagiano’s right to reimbursement; provided, however, that Mr. Palagiano
shall have submitted to the Company documentation supporting such expenses at
such time and in such manner as the Company may reasonably require.
1
8.
Excise Tax
Indemnification.
(a) If
Mr. Palagiano’s employment terminates under circumstances entitling him (or in
the event of his death, his estate) to the Additional Termination Entitlements,
the Company shall pay to Mr. Palagiano (or in the event of his death, his
estate) an additional amount intended to indemnify him against the financial
effects of the excise tax imposed on excess parachute payments under section
280G of the Code (the “Tax Indemnity Payment”). The Tax Indemnity
Payment shall be determined under the following formula:
X =
E x
P
1-[(FI x (1-SLI)) + SLI + E +
M]
where
|
E
|
=
|
the
percentage rate at which an excise tax is assessed under section 4999 of
the Code;
|
|
P
|
=
|
the
amount with respect to which such excise tax is assessed, determined
without regard to this section 16;
|
|
FI
|
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of income tax applicable to Mr. Palagiano under the
Code for the taxable year in
question;
|
|
SLI
|
=
|
the
sum of the highest marginal rates of income tax applicable to Mr.
Palagiano under all applicable state and local laws for the taxable year
in question; and
|
|
M
|
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of Medicare tax applicable to Mr. Palagiano under
the Code for the taxable year in
question.
|
Such
computation shall be made at the expense of the Company by a member of the firm
of Thacher Proffitt & Wood, or by an attorney or a firm of independent
certified public accountants selected by Mr. Palagiano and reasonably
satisfactory to the Company (the “Tax Advisor”) and shall be based on the
following assumptions: (i) that a change in ownership, a change in effective
ownership or control, or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of
assets, of the Bank or the Company has occurred within the meaning of section
280G of the Code (a “280G Change of Control”); (ii) that all direct or indirect
payments made to or benefits conferred upon Mr. Palagiano on account of his
termination of employment are “parachute payments” within the meaning of section
280G of the Code; and (iii) that no portion of such payments is reasonable
compensation for services rendered prior to Mr. Palagiano’s termination of
employment.
(b) With
respect to any payment that is presumed to be a parachute payment for purposes
of section 280G of the Code, the Tax Indemnity Payment shall be made to Mr.
Palagiano on the earlier of the date the Company, the Bank or any direct or
indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or the Bank is required to
withhold such tax or the date the tax is required to be paid by Mr. Palagiano,
unless, prior to such date, the Company delivers to Mr. Palagiano the written
opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Mr. Palagiano, of the
Tax Advisor or of an attorney or firm of independent certified public
accountants selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Mr.
Palagiano, to the effect that Mr. Palagiano has a reasonable basis on which to
conclude that (i) no 280G Change in Control has occurred, or (ii) all or part of
the payment or benefit in question is not a parachute payment for purposes of
section 280G of the Code, or (iii) all or a part of such payment or benefit
constitutes reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the 280G
Change of Control, or (iv) for some other reason which shall be set forth in
detail in such letter, no excise tax is due under section 4999 of the Code with
respect to such payment or benefit (the “Opinion Letter”). If the Company
delivers an Opinion Letter, the Tax Advisor shall recompute, and the Company
shall make, the Tax Indemnity Payment in reliance on the information contained
in the Opinion Letter.
(c) In
the event that Mr. Palagiano’s liability for the excise tax under section 4999
of the Code for a taxable year is subsequently determined to be different than
the amount with respect to which the Tax Indemnity Payment is made, Mr.
Palagiano or the Company, as the case may be, shall pay to the other party at
the time that the amount of such excise tax is finally determined, an
appropriate amount, plus interest, such that the payment made under section
18(b), when increased by the amount of the payment made to Mr. Palagiano under
this section 18(c), or when reduced by the amount of the payment made to the
Company under this section 18(c), equals the amount that should have properly
been paid to Mr. Palagiano under section 18(a). The interest paid to
the Company under this section 18(c) shall be determined at the rate provided
under section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code. The payment made to Mr.
Palagiano shall include such amount of interest as is necessary to satisfy any
interest assessment made by the Internal Revenue Service and an additional
amount equal to any monetary penalties assessed by the Internal Revenue Service
on account of an underpayment of the excise tax. To confirm that the
proper amount, if any, was paid to Mr. Palagiano under this section 18, Mr.
Palagiano shall furnish to the Company a copy of each tax return which reflects
a liability for an excise tax, at least 20 days before the date on which such
return is required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service. Nothing in
this Agreement shall give the Company any right to control or otherwise
participate in any action, suit or proceeding to which Mr. Palagiano is a party
as a result of positions taken on his federal income tax return with respect to
his liability for excise taxes under section 4999 of the Code. Any
payment pursuant to this section 18(c) shall in any case be made no later than
the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which any
additional taxes for which the Tax Indemnity Payment is to be made are remitted
to the Internal Revenue Service.
19. Severability.
A
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
20. Waiver.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or
condition. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made
in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against who its
enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment of such right or
power at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of
such right or power at any other time or times.
21. Counterparts.
This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.
22. Governing
Law.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law
principles.
23. Headings
and Construction.
The
headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference
to a section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated.
24. Entire
Agreement; Modifications.
This
instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements,
understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof,
including the Employment Agreement dated June 26, 1996 between the Bank and Mr.
Palagiano, as amended. No modifications of this Agreement shall be
valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such
manner as the Company shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect
compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to
avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under Section 409A of the
Code, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall
not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to Mr. Palagiano on a present
value basis.
25. Arbitration
Clause.
Any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall
be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three
arbitrators in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American
Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on
the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; the expense of such
arbitration shall be borne by the Company.
26. Provisions
of Law.
Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Mr. Palagiano by the
Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and any regulations promulgated
thereunder.
27. Guarantee.
The
Company hereby agrees to guarantee the payment by the Bank of any benefits and
compensation to which Mr. Palagiano is or may be entitled to under the terms and
conditions of the employment agreement dated as of the _______ day of
_______, 2008 between the Bank and Mr. Palagiano, a copy of which is attached
hereto as Exhibit A.
28. Non-duplication.
In the
event that Mr. Palagiano shall perform services for the Bank or any other direct
or indirect subsidiary of the Company, any compensation or benefits provided to
Mr. Palagiano by such other employer shall be applied to offset the obligations
of the Company hereunder, it being intended that this Agreement set forth the
aggregate compensation and benefits payable to Mr. Palagiano for all services to
the Company and all of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.
29. Waiver
of Prior Rights.
Mr.
Palagiano hereby permanently and irrevocably waives any right that he now has or
may have had to collect termination benefits under the Amended and Restated
Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Palagiano made and entered into
as of June 26, 1996, as amended, or the Amended and Restated Employment
Agreement between the Bank and Mr. Palagiano made and entered into as of June
26, 1996, as amended, by virtue of any act, omission, fact, event or
circumstance whatsoever, whether or not known to Mr. Palagiano, that occurred or
was in existence on December 31, 2002, including but not limited to the
cessation of benefit accruals under the qualified and non-qualified defined
benefit plans of the Company and the Bank and the renegotiation of the
outstanding securities acquisition loan under the Company's Employee Stock
Ownership Plan. The Bank shall be a third party beneficiary of this
Agreement with full powers to enforce the waiver contained herein for its
benefit.
30. Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code.
Mr.
Palagiano and the Company acknowledge that each of the payments and benefits
promised to Mr. Palagiano under this Agreement must either comply with the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the regulations
thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end,
Mr. Palagiano and the Company agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in Section 8 and legal fee reimbursements
described in Section 17 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in Section 9(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Company’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in Section 9(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own
terms;
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 9(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(e) the
Tax Indemnity Payment provided under section 18 is intended to satisfy the
requirements for a “tax gross-up payment” described in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of Mr.
Palagiano’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid
on the later of the date sixty (60) days after Mr. Palagiano’s earliest
separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-1(h)) and, if Mr. Palagiano is a specified employee (within the meaning
of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from
service, the first day of the seventh month following Mr. Palagiano’s separation
from service. Each amount payable under this plan that is required to
be deferred beyond Mr. Palagiano’s separation from service, shall be deposited
on the date on which, but for such deferral, the Company would have paid such
amount to Mr. Palagiano, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of
Revenue Procedure 92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the
trustee of which shall be a financial institution selected by the Company with
the approval of Mr. Palagiano (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed), pursuant to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by
Mr. Palagiano (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed)
(the “Rabbi Trust”), and payments made shall include earnings on the investments
made with the assets of the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of
short-term investment grade fixed income securities or units of interest in
mutual funds or other pooled investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in
such securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and
administered in such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with
Section 409A.
31. Compliance
with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
In the
event the Company issues any debt or equity to the United States Treasury
("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") implemented under
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the following
provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this Agreement
or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement in
which Mr. Palagiano participates:
(a) Mr.
Palagiano shall repay to the Company any bonus or incentive compensation paid to
Mr. Palagiano while (i) Mr. Palagiano is a senior executive officer (within the
meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST
holds any debt or equity interest in the Company acquired under the CPP (such
period, the "CPP Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus or
incentive compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings, gains,
or other criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate,
"Performance Criteria") that are later proven to be materially
inaccurate. A Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially
inaccurate if so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the
written opinion of an independent attorney or firm of certified public
accountants selected by the Company and approved by Mr. Palagiano (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which determination
shall both state the accurate Performance Criterion and that the difference
between the accurate Performance Criterion and the Performance Criterion on
which the payment was based is material (a "Determination"). Upon
receipt of a Determination, the Company may supply to Mr. Palagiano a copy of
the Determination, a computation of the bonus or other incentive compensation
that would have been payable on the basis of the accurate Performance Criterion
set forth in the Determination (the "Determination Amount") and a written demand
for repayment of the amount (if any) by which the bonus or incentive
compensation actually paid exceeded the Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
Mr. Palagiano's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from
employment” (within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) Mr. Palagiano is
a Senior Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in
the Company issued under the CPP, then payments to Mr. Palagiano that are
contingent on such applicable severance from employment and designated to be
paid during the CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the
maximum amount which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an
"excess parachute payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code,
as modified by section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute
payment" under 31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any
reduction in payments required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all
payments otherwise due hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their
payment dates, and where multiple payments are due on the same date, the
reduction shall be apportioned ratably among the affected
payments. The required reduction (if any) shall be determined in
writing by an independent attorney or firm of certified public accountants
selected by the Company and approved by Mr. Palagiano (which approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 31(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be paid on
the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a
Rabbi Trust. Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any
investment earnings on the assets of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid
Amount.
This
section 31 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with section
111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been
issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if any, by and
between the UST and the Company, under which the UST acquires equity or debt
securities of the Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the "Closing Date,"
and such implementation, the "Relevant Implementation"). If after the
Closing Date the clawback requirement of section 31(a) shall not be required by
the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such requirement shall
have no further effect. If after the Closing Date the limitation on
golden parachute payments under section 31(b)(i) shall not be required by the
Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such limitation shall have no
further effect and any Unpaid Amount delayed under section 31(b)(ii) shall be
paid on the earliest date on which the Company reasonably anticipates that such
amount may be paid without violating such limitation.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and Mr.
Palagiano has hereto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
___________________________________________
VINCENT F. PALAGIANO
ATTEST
|
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
|
By:
By:
Assistant
Secretary for
the Board of Directors
[Seal]
AMENDED
AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of ____________, 2008, by
and between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., a savings and loan holding company
organized and operating under the laws of the State of Delaware and having an
office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Company”) and Michael
P. Devine ("Mr. Devine").
W I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Mr. Devine and the Company are
parties to an Employment Agreement made and entered into as of June 26, 1996
(the “Initial Effective Date”) pursuant to which Mr. Devine serves the Company
in the capacity of President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and its
wholly owned subsidiary, The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh ( “Bank “);
and
WHEREAS, such Agreement was amended as
of January 1, 2003 (the “Prior Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend
and restate the Prior Agreement for the purpose, among others, of compliance
with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure
for itself the continued availability of Mr. Devine’s services and the ability
of Mr. Devine to perform such services with a minimum of personal distraction in
the event of a pending or threatened Change in Control (as hereinafter defined);
and
WHEREAS, Mr. Devine is willing to
continue to serve the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
premises and the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the
Company and Mr. Devine hereby agree as follows:
1. Representations
and Warranties of the Parties.
(a) The
Company hereby represents and warrants to Mr. Devine that:
(i) it
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of its obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company; and
(iii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which it is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without
limitation, any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any court or
administrative agency, applicable to the Company or its business.
(b) Mr.
Devine hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
(i) he
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of his obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which he is a party or by
which he is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without limitation,
any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any court or administrative
agency, applicable to him.
2. Employment.
The Company hereby continues the
employment of Mr. Devine, and Mr. Devine hereby accepts such continued
employment, during the period and upon the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement.
3. Employment
Period.
(a) The
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be and remain in effect during the
period of employment established under this section 3 (“Employment
Period”). The Employment Period shall be for an initial term of three
years beginning on the Initial Effective Date and ending on the third
anniversary date of the Initial Effective Date, plus such extensions, if any, as
are provided pursuant to section 3(b).
(b) Except
as provided in section 3(c), beginning on the Initial Effective Date, the
Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional day
each day, unless either the Company or Mr. Devine elects not to extend the
Agreement further by giving written notice to the other party, in which case the
Employment Period shall end on the third anniversary of the date on which such
written notice is given. Upon termination of Mr. Devine’s employment
with the Company for any reason whatsoever, any daily extensions provided
pursuant to this section 3(b), if not therefore discontinued, shall
automatically cease.
(c) If,
prior to the date on which the Employment Period would end pursuant to section
3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in section 13 of
this Agreement) occurs, then the Employment Period shall be extended through and
including the second anniversary of the earliest date after the effective date
of such Change in Control on which either the Company or Mr. Devine elects, by
written notice pursuant to section 3(d) of this Agreement to the non-electing
party, to discontinue the Employment Period; provided, however, that this
section shall not apply in the event that, prior to the Change in Control (as
defined in section 13 of this Agreement), Mr. Devine has provided written notice
to the Company of his intent to discontinue the Employment Period.
(d) The
Company or Mr. Devine may, at any time by written notice given to the other,
elect to discontinue the daily extension of the Employment
Period. Any such notice given by the Company shall be accompanied by
a certified copy of a resolution, adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board duly called and
held, authorizing the giving of such notice.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) Mr. Devine’s
employment with the Company may be terminated during the Employment Period, in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (ii) nothing in
this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Mr. Devine’s
employment following the expiration of the Employment Period upon such terms and
conditions as the Company and Mr. Devine may mutually agree upon.
(f) For
all purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the “Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period” as of any specified date shall mean (i) prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) the period commencing
on the date specified and ending on the later of the third anniversary of the
Initial Effective Date, the third anniversary of any earlier date on which
either the Company or Mr. Devine has elected to discontinue the daily extensions
of the Employment Period, or the third anniversary of Mr. Devine’s termination
of employment for any reason; and (ii) following a Change in Control (as
hereinafter defined) a period commencing on the date specified and ending on the
later of the second anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control,
the second anniversary of any earlier date following the occurrence of the
Change in Control on which either Mr. Devine or the Company has elected to
discontinue the daily extensions of the Employment Period, or the second
anniversary of Mr. Devine’s termination of employment for any reason
whatsoever.
4. Duties.
During the Employment Period, Mr.
Devine shall:
(a) except
to the extent allowed under section 7 of this Agreement, devote his full
business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and use
his best efforts to advance the Company’s interests;
(b) serve
as President and Chief Operating Officer if duly appointed and/or elected to
serve in such position; and
(c) have
such functions, duties and responsibilities not inconsistent with his title and
office as may be assigned to him by or under the authority of the Board of
Directors of the Company (“Board”), in accordance with organization Certificate,
By-laws, Applicable Laws, Statutes and Regulations, custom and practice of the
Company as in effect on the date first above written. Mr. Devine shall have such
authority as is necessary or appropriate to carry out his assigned duties. Mr.
Devine shall report to and be subject to direction and supervision by the
Board.
(d) none
of the functions, duties and responsibilities to be performed by Mr. Devine
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to include those functions, duties
and responsibilities performed by Mr. Devine in his capacity as director of the
Company.
5. Compensation
-- Salary and Bonus.
In consideration for services rendered
by Mr. Devine under this Agreement, the Company shall pay to Mr. Devine a salary
at an annual rate equal to:
(a) during
the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending on December 31, 2009, no less
than $________;
(b) during
each calendar year that begins after December 31, 2009, such amount as the Board
may, in its discretion, determine, but in no event less than the rate in effect
on December 31, 2009; or
(c) for
each calendar year that begins on or after a Change in Control, the product of
Mr. Devine’s annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to such calendar
year, multiplied by the greatest of:
(i) 1.06;
(ii) the
quotient of (A) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers (or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other
measure of general consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith,
prescribe) for October of the immediately preceding calendar year, divided by
(B) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers
(or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other measure of general
consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith, prescribe) for October of
the second preceding calendar year; and
(iii) the
quotient of (A) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first
day of such calendar year, of the officers of the Company (other than Mr.
Devine) who are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers, divided by
(B) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first day of the
immediately preceding calendar year, of the officers of the Company (other than
Mr. Devine) who are assistant vice presidents or more senior
officers;
The
salary payable under this section 5 shall be paid in approximately equal
installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll
practices. Nothing in this section 5 shall be construed as
prohibiting the payment to Mr. Devine of a salary in excess of that prescribed
under this section 5 or of additional cash or non-cash compensation in a form
other than salary, to the extent that such payment is duly authorized by or
under the authority of the Board. No portion of the compensation paid to Mr.
Devine pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be compensation received by
Mr. Devine in his capacity as director of the Company.
6. Employee
Benefit Plans and Programs; Other Compensation.
Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, Mr. Devine shall be treated as an employee of the Company and be
entitled to participate in and receive benefits under the Company’s Retirement
Plan, Incentive Savings Plan, group life and health (including medical and major
medical) and disability insurance plans, and such other employee benefit plans
and programs, including but not limited to any long-term or short-term incentive
compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee benefit plans or
programs), as the Company may maintain from time to time, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and with the Company’s customary
practices. Following a Change in Control, all such benefits to Mr.
Devine shall be continued on terms and conditions substantially identical to,
and in no event less favorable than, those in effect prior to the Change in
Control.
7. Board
Memberships and Personal Activities.
(a) Mr.
Devine may serve as a member of the board of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to the Board from time
to time, and he may engage in personal business and investment activities for
his own account; provided, however, that such service and personal business and
investment activities shall not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties under this Agreement.
(b) Mr.
Devine may also serve as an officer or director of the Bank on such terms and
conditions as the Company and the Bank may mutually agree upon, and such service
shall not be deemed to materially interfere with Mr. Devine’s performance of his
duties hereunder or otherwise result in a material breach of this
Agreement. If Mr. Devine is discharged or suspended, or is subject to
any regulatory prohibition or restriction with respect to participation in the
affairs of the Bank, he shall (subject to the Company’s powers of termination
hereunder) continue to perform services for the Company in accordance with this
Agreement but shall not directly or indirectly provide services to or
participate in the affairs of the Bank in a manner inconsistent with the terms
of such discharge or suspension or any applicable regulatory order.
8. Working
Facilities and Expenses.
Mr. Devine’s principal place of
employment shall be at the Company’s executive offices at the address first
above written, or at such other location in the New York metropolitan area as
determined by the Board. The Company shall provide Mr. Devine, at his
principal place of employment, with a private office, stenographic services and
other support services and facilities suitable to his position with the Company
and necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of his assigned
duties under this Agreement. The Company shall provide Mr. Devine
with an automobile suitable to his position with the Company in
accordance with its prior practices, and such automobile shall be used by Mr.
Devine in carrying out his duties under this Agreement, including commuting
between his residence and his principal place of employment. The
Company shall (i) reimburse Mr. Devine for the cost of maintenance and servicing
such automobile and, for instance, gasoline and oil for such automobile; (ii)
reimburse Mr. Devine for his ordinary and necessary business expenses, incurred
in the performance of his duties under this Agreement (including but not limited
to travel and entertainment expenses); and (iii) reimburse Mr. Devine for fees
for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Mr. Devine and the Company
and such other expenses as Mr. Devine and the Company shall mutually agree are
necessary and appropriate for business purposes, upon presentation to the
Company of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Company may
reasonably require, each such reimbursement payment to be made promptly
following receipt of the itemized account and in any event not later than the
last day of the year following the year in which the expense was
incurred. Mr. Devine shall be entitled to no less than four (4) weeks
of paid vacation during each year in the Employment Period. Mr.
Devine shall be responsible for the payment of any taxes on account of his
personal use of the automobile provided by the Company and on account of any
other benefit provided herein.
9. Termination
Giving Rise to Severance Benefits.
(a) In
the event that Mr. Devine’s employment with the Company shall terminate during
the Employment Period other than on account of:
(i) a
Termination for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this
Agreement);
(ii) a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Devine other than a Resignation for Good Reason
(within the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement);
(iii) a
termination on account of Mr. Devine’s death; or
(iv) a
termination after both of the following conditions exist: (A) Mr. Devine has
been absent from the full-time service of the Company on account of his
Disability (as defined in section 11(b) of this Agreement) for at least six (6)
consecutive months; and (B) Mr. Devine shall have failed to return to work in
the full-time service of the Company within thirty (30) days after written
notice requesting such return is given to Mr. Devine by the
Company;
then the
Company shall provide to Mr. Devine the benefits and pay to Mr. Devine the
amounts provided under section 9(b) of this Agreement.
(b) In
the event that Mr. Devine’s employment with the Company shall terminate under
circumstances described in section 9(a) of this Agreement, the following
benefits and amounts shall be paid or provided to Mr. Devine (or, in the event
of his death, to his estate) , in accordance with section 30, on his termination
of employment:
(i) his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment
with the Company, payable when due but in no event later than thirty (30) days
following his termination of employment with the Company;
(ii) (A)
the benefits, if any, to which Mr. Devine and his family and dependents are
entitled as a former employee, or family or dependents of a former employee,
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained for the benefit of the Company’s officers and employees, in
accordance with the terms of such plans and programs in effect on the date of
his termination of employment, or if his termination of employment occurs after
a Change in Control, on the date of his termination of employment or on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Devine, where credit is given for three additional years of
service and age in determining eligibility and benefits for any plan and program
where age and service are relevant factors, and (B) payment for all unused
vacation days and floating holidays in the year in which his employment is
terminated, at his highest annual rate of salary for such year;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical,
dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits), in addition to
that provided pursuant to section 9(b)(ii) of this Agreement and after taking
into account the coverage provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the
extent necessary to provide Mr. Devine and his family and dependents for a
period of three years following termination of employment, coverage identical to
and in any event no less favorable than the coverage to which they would have
been entitled under such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of
employment, or, if his termination of employment occurs after a Change in
Control, on the date of his termination of employment or during the one-year
period ending on the date of such Change in Control, whichever results in more
favorable benefits as determined by Mr. Devine) if he had continued working for
the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest
annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that
the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the
Agreement;
(iv) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the salary and the
bonus that Mr. Devine would have earned if he had worked for the Company during
the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of salary
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) and the highest bonus as a percentage of the rate of
salary provided for under this Agreement, where such present value is to be
determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded, in
the case of salary, with the frequency corresponding to the Company’s regular
payroll periods with respect to its officers, and, in the case of bonus,
annually;
(v) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (A) the present
value of the benefits to which he would be entitled under any defined benefit
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company (including any
“excess benefit plan” within the meaning of section 3(36) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or other special
or supplemental plan) as in effect on the date of his termination, if he had
worked for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the
highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has
occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the
Agreement and been fully vested in such plan or plans and had continued working
for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, such benefits
to be determined as of the date of termination of employment by adding to the
service actually recognized under such plans an additional period equal to the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period and by adding to the compensation
recognized under such plans for the year in which termination of employment
occurs all amounts payable under sections 9(b)(i), (iv) and (vii), over (B) the
present value of the benefits to which he is actually entitled under any such
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company as of the date of his
termination where such present values are to be determined using a
discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded monthly, and the
mortality tables prescribed under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 (“Code”); provided, however, that if payments are made under this section
9(b)(v) as a result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under
such defined benefit plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to
such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same time,
and in the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the present
value of the benefits attributable to the Company’s contribution to which he
would be entitled under any defined contribution plans maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Company (including any “excess benefit plan” within
the meaning of section 3(36) of ERISA, or other special or supplemental plan) as
in effect on the date of his termination, if he had worked for the Company
during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of
compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual
increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement, and made the
maximum amount of employee contributions, if any, required or permitted under
such plan or plans, and been eligible for the highest rate in matching
contributions under such plan or plans during the Remaining Unexpired Employment
Period which is prior to Mr. Devine’s termination of employment with the
Company, and been fully vested in such plan or plans, over (B) the present value
of the benefits attributable to the Company’s contributions to which he is
actually entitled under such plans as of the date of his termination of
employment with the Company, where such present values are to be determined
using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded with the
frequency corresponding to the Company’s regular payroll periods with respect to
its officers; provided, however, that if payments are made under this section
9(b)(vi) as a result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under
such defined contribution plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable
to such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same
time, and in the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to Mr. Devine under any incentive
compensation plan maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company (other
than bonus payments to which section 9(b)(iv) of this Agreement is applicable)
if he had continued working for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period and had earned an incentive award in each calendar year that
ends during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period in an amount equal to the
product of (A) the maximum percentage rate of compensation at which an award was
ever available to Mr. Devine under such incentive compensation plan, multiplied
by (B) the compensation that would have been paid to Mr. Devine during each
calendar year at the highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change
in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would
apply) under the Agreement, such payments to be made at the same time and in the
same manner as payments are made to other officers of the Company pursuant to
the terms of such incentive compensation plan; provided, however, that payments
under this section 9(b)(vii) shall not be made to Mr. Devine for any year on
account of which no payments are made to any of the Company’s officers under any
such incentive compensation plan; and
(viii) the
benefits to which Mr. Devine is entitled under the Company’s Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan (or other excess benefits plan with the meaning of
section 3(36) of ERISA or other special or supplemental plan) shall be paid to
him in a lump sum, where such lump sum is computed using the mortality tables
under the Company’s tax-qualified pension plan and a discount rate of 6% per
annum. If the amount may be increased by a subsequent Change in Control, any
additional payment shall be made at the time and in the form provided under the
relevant plan, or, if no such time or form is provided, upon the first of the
following events to occur on or after the date of such Change in Control: a
change in control event (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(5)) with respect to Mr. Devine, Mr. Devine’s separation from service
(within the meaning of section 1.409A-1(h)), Mr. Devine’s death or Mr. Devine’s
disability (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(4)). From the date of such Change of Control until the
date of payment, any additional payment so deferred shall be held in trust for
Mr. Devine, the terms of which trust shall be those set forth in section
30.
(c) Mr.
Devine shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for
in this section 9 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount
of any payment or benefit provided for in this section 9 be reduced by any
compensation earned by Mr. Devine as the result of employment by another
employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be
owed by Mr. Devine to the Company, or otherwise except as specifically provided
in section 9(b) (iii) of this Agreement or except as provided in section 28 to
avoid duplication of payments. The Company and Mr. Devine hereby
stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by Mr. Devine as a consequence
of any such termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as
of the date first above written and that the benefits and payments provided for
in this Agreement constitute a reasonable estimate under the circumstances of
all damages sustained as a consequence of any such termination of employment,
other than damages arising under or out of any stock option, restricted stock or
other non-qualified stock acquisition or investment plan or program, it being
understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not determine the measurement of
damages under any such plan or program in respect of any termination of
employment.
10. Termination
Without Severance Benefits.
In the event that Mr. Devine’s
employment with the Company shall terminate during the Employment Period on
account of:
(a) Termination
for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this Agreement);
(b) voluntary
resignation by Mr. Devine other than a Resignation for Good Reason (within the
meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement); or
(c) Mr.
Devine’s death;
then the
Company shall have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the
payment to Mr. Devine (or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment,
and the provision of such other benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a
former employee under the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and payment for all unused vacation days and
floating holidays in the year in which his employment is terminated, at his
highest annual salary for such year.
11. Death
and Disability.
(a) Death. If
Mr. Devine’s employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Devine’s death during the
Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to
Mr. Devine’s legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment
of amounts and provision of benefits under sections 9(b) (i) and (ii); provided,
however, that if Mr. Devine dies while in the employment of the Company, his
designated beneficiary(ies) shall receive a death benefit, payable through life
insurance or otherwise, which is the equivalent on a net after-tax basis of the
death benefit payable under a term life insurance policy, with a stated death
benefit of three times Mr. Devine’s then Annual Base Salary.
(b) Disability. If
Mr. Devine’s employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Devine’s Disability as
defined in section 11(c) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to Mr. Devine, other than for payment of
amounts and provision of benefits under section 9(b) (i) and (ii); provided,
however, that in the event of Mr. Devine’s Disability while in the employment of
the Company, the Company will pay to him, in accordance with section 30, a lump
sum amount equal to three times his then annual base salary.
(c) For
purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall be defined in accordance with the
terms of the Company’s long term disability policy.
(d) Payments
under this section 11 shall be made upon Mr. Devine’s death or termination due
to Disability.
12. Definition
of Termination for Cause and Resignation for Good Reason.
(a) Mr.
Devine’s termination of employment with the Company shall be deemed a
“Termination for Cause” if such termination occurs upon:
(i) Mr.
Devine’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties with
the Company (other than any failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or
mental illness or any actual or anticipated failure following notice by Mr.
Devine of an intended Resignation for Good Reason) after a written demand for
substantial performance is delivered to him by the Board, which demand
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes Mr. Devine has
not substantially performed his duties, and the failure to cure such breach
within sixty (60) days following written notice thereof from the Company;
or
(ii) the intentional and willful
engaging in dishonest conduct in connection with his performance of services for
the Company resulting in his conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere
to a felony, fraud, personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct,
breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation of any
law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), or
final cease-and-desist order.
No act,
or failure to act, on Mr. Devine’s part shall be deemed willful unless done, or
omitted to be done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such
action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Any act, or failure
to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the
Board or based upon the written advice of counsel for the Company shall be
conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Mr. Devine in good
faith and in the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no termination of Mr. Devine’s employment shall be a Termination for
Cause unless there shall have been delivered to Mr. Devine a copy of a
resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of
Directors (or, following a Change in Control, an affirmative vote of
three-quarters of the Board of Directors) at a meeting of the Board called and
held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Mr. Devine and an opportunity
for Mr. Devine, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board) finding
that in good faith opinion of the Board circumstances described in section 12(a)
(i) or (ii) exist and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(b) Mr.
Devine’s termination of employment with the Company shall be deemed a
Resignation for Good Reason if such termination occurs following any one or more
of the following events:
(i) (A)
the assignment to Mr. Devine of any duties inconsistent with Mr. Devine’s status
as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company or (B) a
substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of Mr. Devine’s
responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the
alteration;
(ii) a
reduction by the Company in Mr. Devine’s annual base salary as in effect on the
date first above written or as the same may be increased from time to time,
unless such reduction was mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority
having jurisdiction over the Company;
(iii) the
relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices to a location outside
the New York metropolitan area or the Company’s requiring Mr. Devine to be based
anywhere other than the Company’s principal executive offices except for
required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent
with Mr. Devine’s business travel obligations at the date first above
written;
(iv) the
failure by the Company, without Mr. Devine’s consent, to pay to Mr. Devine,
within seven (7) days of the date when due, (A) any portion of his compensation,
or (B) any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred
compensation program of the Company;
(v) the
failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Mr.
Devine participates on or after January 1, 2003 which is material to his total
compensation, including but not limited to the Retirement Plan and the Company’s
Incentive Savings Plan or any substitute plans unless an equitable arrangement
(embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with
respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue his
participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not
materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and
the level of his participation relative to other participants, unless such
failure is the result of action mandated at the initiation of any regulatory
authority having jurisdiction over the Company;
(vi) the
failure by the Company to continue to provide Mr. Devine with benefits
substantially similar to those enjoyed by Mr. Devine as of January 1, 2003 under
the Retirement Plan and the Company’s Incentive Savings Plan or under any of the
Company’s life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical),
dental, accident, and long-term disability insurance benefits, in which Mr.
Devine is participating, or the taking of any action by the Company which would
directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive Mr.
Devine of the number of paid vacation days to which he is entitled, on the basis
of years of service with the Company, rank or otherwise, in accordance with the
Company’s normal vacation policy, unless such failure is the result of action
mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over
the Company;
(vii) the
failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in section 15(a) of
this Agreement;
(viii) any
purported termination of employment by the Company which is not effected
pursuant the provisions of section 12(a) regarding Termination for Cause or on
account of Disability;
(ix) a
material breach of this Agreement by the Company, which the Company fails to
cure within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from Mr.
Devine;
(x) a
change in the position to which Mr. Devine reports.
13. Definition
of Change in Control; Payment in the Event of a Change in Control.
(a) For
purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control of the Company shall
mean:
(i) the
occurrence of any event upon which any “person” (as such term is used in
sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(“Exchange Act”)), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of
employees of the Company; (B) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by
the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of stock of the Company; or (C) Mr. Devine, or any group otherwise
constituting a person in which Mr. Devine is a member, becomes the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of securities issued by the Company representing 25% or more of
the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
or
(ii) the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the Initial Effective
Date are members of the Board, together with individuals (other than any
individual designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the
Company to effect a transaction described in section 13(a) or 13(c) of this
Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the
Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the members of Board then in office who were either members of the
Board on the Initial Effective Date or whose nomination or election was
previously so approved cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
members of the Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose
initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened
election contest relating to the election of directors of the Company (as such
terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange
Act); or
(iii) (A) the
consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(1) either
(I) the members of the Board of the Company immediately prior to such merger or
consolidation constitute at least a majority of the members of the governing
body of the institution resulting from such merger or consolidation; or (II) the
shareholders of the Company own securities of the institution resulting from
such merger or consolidation representing 80% or more of the combined voting
power of all such securities then outstanding in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company before such
merger or consolidation; and
(2) the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement;
or
(B) the
shareholders of the Company approve either a plan of complete liquidation of the
Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
substantially all of its assets; and
(iv) any
event which would be described in section 13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) if the term
“Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein. Such event shall be
deemed to be a Change in Control under the relevant provision of section
13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii).
It is
understood and agreed that more than one Change in Control may occur at the same
or different times during the Employment Period and that the provisions of this
Agreement shall apply with equal force and effect with respect to each such
Change in Control.
(b) Upon
the occurrence during the Employment Period of a Change in Control, the Company
shall pay the following sums into a trust for the benefit of Mr.
Devine:
(i) a
lump sum amount equal to the aggregate amount that would be payable to Mr.
Devine under sections 9(b)(i), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of this
Agreement computed as if Mr. Devine had terminated employment in a Resignation
for Good Reason on the date of the Change in Control but as if no Change in
Control had occurred; plus
(ii) a
lump sum amount equal to the present value of the excess of:
(A) a
single life annuity, payable commencing immediately, in an amount equal to 25%
of the aggregate base salary and annual bonus for the period of thirty-six
consecutive calendar months of employment during the final 120 months of
employment that yields the highest aggregate figure; over
(B) the
aggregate single life annuity benefits, payable commencing immediately under any
qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans of the Company or the
Bank.
where
base salary shall be determined without regard to pre-tax or after-tax
deductions for benefits under sections 401(k), 401(m), 125 or 132(f) of the Code
or otherwise and value shall be determined using the mortality table prescribed
under section 72 of the Code and a discount rate of 6% per annum compounded
annually.
Such
payments shall be paid to the trust whether or not Mr. Devine's employment has
terminated. The entire amount in the trust shall be paid to Mr.
Devine on the first day of the seventh month following his separation from
service within the meaning of section 409A of the Code. The terms of
the trust shall be those set forth in section 30. The Company may
require, as a condition of its obligation to make such payments, that Mr. Devine
execute and deliver to the Company a release, in such form and manner as the
Company may reasonably require, relieving the Bank of any obligation it might
then have, whether pursuant to an employment contract or otherwise, to pay
severance benefits to Mr. Devine in connection with a subsequent termination of
employment. Such a release shall not relieve the Bank of any
obligation that it may have to provide for Mr. Devine and his family and
dependents the accrued post-termination benefits to which they are entitled
under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Bank.
14.
No Effect on Employee Benefit Plans
or Programs
.
Except as expressly provided in this
Agreement, the termination of Mr. Devine’s employment during the Employment
Period or thereafter, whether by the Company or by Mr. Devine, shall have no
effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Company’s
or the Bank’s Retirement Plan and the Company’s Incentive Savings Plan, group
life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental,
accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit
plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs) and, following the conversion of the Company to stock
form, any stock option and appreciation rights plan, employee stock ownership
plan and restricted stock plan, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of,
the Company from time to time.
15. Successors
and Assigns.
(a) The
Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be
required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure
of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the
effectiveness of any such succession shall be deemed to constitute a material
breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.
(b) This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Mr. Devine, his legal
representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Company, their
respective successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or
consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation
to which all or substantially all of the respective assets and business of the
Company may be sold or otherwise transferred.
16. Notices.
Any communication required or permitted
to be given under this Agreement, including any notice, direction, designation,
consent, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally, or five
(5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed
below or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify
to the other party:
If to Mr. Devine:
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
If to the Company:
Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.
209 Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn, New York 11211
Attention: Corporate
Secretary
with a copy to:
Thacher Proffitt & Wood
LLP
Two World Financial
Center
New York, New York 10281
Attention: W. Edward Bright,
Esq.
17. Indemnification
and Attorneys’ Fees.
The Company shall pay to or on behalf
of Mr. Devine all reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in
connection with or arising out of his consultation with legal counsel or in
connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may
be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the
terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that this section 17 shall not
obligate the Company to pay costs and legal fees on behalf of Mr. Devine under
this Agreement in excess of $50,000. . Any payment or reimbursement
to effect such indemnification shall be made no later than the last day of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which Mr. Devine incurs the expense
or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or resolution that
gives rise to Mr. Devine’s right to reimbursement; provided, however, that Mr.
Devine shall have submitted to the Company documentation supporting such
expenses at such time and in such manner as the Company may reasonably
require
18. Excise
Tax Indemnification.
(a) If
Mr. Devine’s employment terminates under circumstances entitling him (or in the
event of his death, his estate) to the Additional Termination Entitlements, the
Company shall pay to Mr. Devine (or in the event of his death, his estate) an
additional amount intended to indemnify him against the financial effects of the
excise tax imposed on excess parachute payments under section 280G of the Code
(the “Tax Indemnity Payment”). The Tax Indemnity Payment shall be
determined under the following formula:
X =
E x
P
1-[(FI x (1-SLI)) + SLI + E +
M]
where
|
E
|
=
|
the
percentage rate at which an excise tax is assessed under section 4999 of
the Code;
|
|
P
|
=
|
the
amount with respect to which such excise tax is assessed, determined
without regard to this section 16;
|
|
FI
|
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of income tax applicable to Mr. Devine under the
Code for the taxable year in
question;
|
|
SLI
|
=
|
the
sum of the highest marginal rates of income tax applicable to Mr. Devine
under all applicable state and local laws for the taxable year in
question; and
|
|
M
|
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of Medicare tax applicable to Mr. Devine under the
Code for the taxable year in
question.
|
Such
computation shall be made at the expense of the Company by a member of the firm
of Thacher Proffitt & Wood, or by an attorney or a firm of independent
certified public accountants selected by Mr. Devine and reasonably satisfactory
to the Company (the “Tax Advisor”) and shall be based on the following
assumptions: (i) that a change in ownership, a change in effective ownership or
control, or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets, of the
Bank or the Company has occurred within the meaning of section 280G of the Code
(a “280G Change of Control”); (ii) that all direct or indirect payments made to
or benefits conferred upon Mr. Devine on account of his termination of
employment are “parachute payments” within the meaning of section 280G of the
Code; and (iii) that no portion of such payments is reasonable compensation for
services rendered prior to Mr. Devine’s termination of employment.
(b) With
respect to any payment that is presumed to be a parachute payment for purposes
of section 280G of the Code, the Tax Indemnity Payment shall be made to Mr.
Devine on the earlier of the date the Company, the Bank or any direct or
indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or the Bank is required to
withhold such tax or the date the tax is required to be paid by Mr. Devine,
unless, prior to such date, the Company delivers to Mr. Devine the written
opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Mr. Devine, of the Tax
Advisor or of an attorney or firm of independent certified public accountants
selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Mr. Devine, to the effect
that Mr. Devine has a reasonable basis on which to conclude that (i) no 280G
Change in Control has occurred, or (ii) all or part of the payment or benefit in
question is not a parachute payment for purposes of section 280G of the Code, or
(iii) all or a part of such payment or benefit constitutes reasonable
compensation for services rendered prior to the 280G Change of Control, or (iv)
for some other reason which shall be set forth in detail in such letter, no
excise tax is due under section 4999 of the Code with respect to such payment or
benefit (the “Opinion Letter”). If the Company delivers an Opinion Letter, the
Tax Advisor shall recompute, and the Company shall make, the Tax Indemnity
Payment in reliance on the information contained in the Opinion
Letter.
(c) In
the event that Mr. Devine’s liability for the excise tax under section 4999 of
the Code for a taxable year is subsequently determined to be different than the
amount with respect to which the Tax Indemnity Payment is made, Mr. Devine or
the Company, as the case may be, shall pay to the other party at the time that
the amount of such excise tax is finally determined, an appropriate amount, plus
interest, such that the payment made under section 18(b), when increased by the
amount of the payment made to Mr. Devine under this section 18(c), or when
reduced by the amount of the payment made to the Company under this section
18(c), equals the amount that should have properly been paid to Mr. Devine under
section 18(a). The interest paid to the Company under this section
18(c) shall be determined at the rate provided under section 1274(b)(2)(B) of
the Code. The payment made to Mr. Devine shall include such amount of
interest as is necessary to satisfy any interest assessment made by the Internal
Revenue Service and an additional amount equal to any monetary penalties
assessed by the Internal Revenue Service on account of an underpayment of the
excise tax. To confirm that the proper amount, if any, was paid to
Mr. Devine under this section 18, Mr. Devine shall furnish to the Company a copy
of each tax return which reflects a liability for an excise tax, at least 20
days before the date on which such return is required to be filed with the
Internal Revenue Service. Nothing in this Agreement shall give the Company any
right to control or otherwise participate in any action, suit or proceeding to
which Mr. Devine is a party as a result of positions taken on his federal income
tax return with respect to his liability for excise taxes under section 4999 of
the Code. Any payment pursuant to this section 18(c) shall in any
case be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which any additional taxes for which the Tax Indemnity Payment
is to be made are remitted to the Internal Revenue Service.
19. Severability.
A determination that any provision of
this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other provision hereof.
20. Waiver.
Failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be
deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A waiver of any
provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and
signed by the party against who its enforcement is sought. Any waiver
or relinquishment of such right or power at any one or more times shall not be
deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or
times.
21. Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in two
(2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of
which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
22. Governing
Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
without reference to conflicts of law principles.
23. Headings
and Construction.
The headings of sections in this
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to qualify
the meaning of any section. Any reference to a section number shall
refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated.
24. Entire
Agreement; Modifications.
This instrument contains the entire
agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes
in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations
relating to the subject matter hereof, including the Employment Agreement dated
June 26, 1996 between the Bank and Mr. Devine, as amended. No
modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed
by the parties hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be subject
to amendment in the future in such manner as the Company shall reasonably deem
necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with Section 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder, and to avoid the imposition of penalties and
additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code, it being the express intent of
the parties that any such amendment shall not diminish the economic benefit of
the Agreement to Mr. Devine on a present value basis.
25. Arbitration
Clause.
Any dispute or controversy arising
under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by
arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in New York, New
York, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then
in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any
court having jurisdiction; the expense of such arbitration shall be borne by the
Company.
26. Provisions
of Law.
Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Mr. Devine by the
Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and any regulations promulgated
thereunder.
27. Guarantee.
The Company hereby agrees to guarantee
the payment by the Bank of any benefits and compensation to which Mr. Devine is
or may be entitled to under the terms and conditions of the employment agreement
dated as of the _____ day of ________, 2008 between the Bank and Mr. Devine, a
copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
28. Non-duplication.
In the event that Mr. Devine shall
perform services for the Bank or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the
Company, any compensation or benefits provided to Mr. Devine by such other
employer shall be applied to offset the obligations of the Company hereunder, it
being intended that this Agreement set forth the aggregate compensation and
benefits payable to Mr. Devine for all services to the Company and all of its
direct or indirect subsidiaries.
29. Waiver
of Prior Rights.
Mr. Devine hereby permanently and
irrevocably waives any right that he now has or may have had to collect
termination benefits under the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between
the Company and Mr. Devine made and entered into as of June 26, 1996, as
amended, or the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Bank and
Mr. Devine made and entered into as of June 26, 1996, as amended, by virtue of
any act, omission, fact, event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not known
to Mr. Devine, that occurred or was in existence on December 31, 2002, including
but not limited to the cessation of benefit accruals under the qualified and
non-qualified defined benefit plans of the Company and the Bank and the
renegotiation of the outstanding securities acquisition loan under the Company's
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The Bank shall be a third party
beneficiary of this Agreement with full powers to enforce the waiver contained
herein for its benefit.
30. Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code.
Mr.
Devine and the Company acknowledge that each of the payments and benefits
promised to Mr. Devine under this Agreement must either comply with the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the regulations
thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end,
Mr. Devine and the Company agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in Section 8 and legal fee reimbursements
described in Section 17 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in Section 9(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Company’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in Section 9(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own
terms;
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 9(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(e) the
Tax Indemnity Payment provided under section 18 is intended to satisfy the
requirements for a “tax gross-up payment” described in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of Mr.
Devine’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid on
the later of the date sixty (60) days after Mr. Devine’s earliest separation
from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h))
and, if Mr. Devine is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the
first day of the seventh month following Mr. Devine’s separation from
service. Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be
deferred beyond Mr. Devine’s separation from service, shall be deposited on the
date on which, but for such deferral, the Company would have paid such amount to
Mr. Devine, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue Procedure
92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of which shall
be a financial institution selected by the Company with the approval of Mr.
Devine (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), pursuant
to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by Mr. Devine (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi Trust”), and
payments made shall include earnings on the investments made with the assets of
the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term investment grade
fixed income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or other pooled
investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such
securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and
administered in such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with
Section 409A.
31. Compliance
with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
In the
event the Company issues any debt or equity to the United States Treasury
("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") implemented under
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the following
provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this Agreement
or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement in
which Mr. Devine participates:
(a) Mr.
Devine shall repay to the Company any bonus or incentive compensation paid to
Mr. Devine while (i) Mr. Devine is a senior executive officer (within the
meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST
holds any debt or equity interest in the Company acquired under the CPP (such
period, the "CPP Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus or
incentive compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings, gains,
or other criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate,
"Performance Criteria") that are later proven to be materially
inaccurate. A Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially
inaccurate if so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the
written opinion of an independent attorney or firm of certified public
accountants selected by the Company and approved by Mr. Devine (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which determination shall both
state the accurate Performance Criterion and that the difference between the
accurate Performance Criterion and the Performance Criterion on which the
payment was based is material (a "Determination"). Upon receipt of a
Determination, the Company may supply to Mr. Devine a copy of the Determination,
a computation of the bonus or other incentive compensation that would have been
payable on the basis of the accurate Performance Criterion set forth in the
Determination (the "Determination Amount") and a written demand for repayment of
the amount (if any) by which the bonus or incentive compensation actually paid
exceeded the Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
Mr. Devine's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from employment”
(within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) Mr. Devine is a Senior
Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in the
Company issued under the CPP, then payments to Mr. Devine that are contingent on
such applicable severance from employment and designated to be paid during the
CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the maximum amount
which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an "excess parachute
payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code, as modified by
section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute payment" under
31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any reduction in
payments required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all payments
otherwise due hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their payment
dates, and where multiple payments are due on the same date, the reduction shall
be apportioned ratably among the affected payments. The required
reduction (if any) shall be determined in writing by an independent attorney or
firm of certified public accountants selected by the Company and approved by Mr.
Devine (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 31(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be paid on
the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a
Rabbi Trust. Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any
investment earnings on the assets of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid
Amount.
This
section 31 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with section
111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been
issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if any, by and
between the UST and the Company, under which the UST acquires equity or debt
securities of the Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the "Closing Date,"
and such implementation, the "Relevant Implementation"). If after the
Closing Date the clawback requirement of section 31(a) shall not be required by
the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such requirement shall
have no further effect. If after the Closing Date the limitation on
golden parachute payments under section 31(b)(i) shall not be required by the
Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such limitation shall have no
further effect and any Unpaid Amount delayed under section 31(b)(ii) shall be
paid on the earliest date on which the Company reasonably anticipates that such
amount may be paid without violating such limitation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has
caused this Agreement to be executed and Mr. Devine has hereto set his hand, all
as of the day and year first above written.
______________________________________
MICHAEL P. DEVINE
ATTEST
|
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
|
By:
By:
Assistant
Secretary for
the Board of Directors
[Seal]
AMENDED
AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _____________, 2008, by
and between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., a savings and loan holding company
organized and operating under the laws of the State of Delaware and having an
office at 209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Company”) and Kenneth
J. Mahon ("Mr. Mahon").
W I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Mr. Mahon and the Company are
parties to an Employment Agreement made and entered into as of June 26, 1996
(the “Initial Effective Date”) pursuant to which Mr. Mahon serves the Company in
the capacity of First Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh ( “Bank “); and
WHEREAS, such Agreement was amended as
of January 1, 2003 (the “Prior Agreement”); and
WHEREAS,
the parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement for the purpose,
among others, of compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure
for itself the continued availability of Mr. Mahon’s services and the ability of
Mr. Mahon to perform such services with a minimum of personal distraction in the
event of a pending or threatened Change in Control (as hereinafter defined);
and
WHEREAS, Mr. Mahon is willing to
continue to serve the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
premises and the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the
Company and Mr. Mahon hereby agree as follows:
1. Representations
and Warranties of the Parties.
(a) The
Company hereby represents and warrants to Mr. Mahon that:
(i) it
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of its obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company; and
(iii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which it is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without
limitation, any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any court or
administrative agency, applicable to the Company or its business.
(b) Mr.
Mahon hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
(i) he
has all requisite power and authority to execute, enter into and deliver this
Agreement and to perform each and every one of his obligations hereunder;
and
(ii) neither
the execution or delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance of or
compliance with any of the terms and conditions hereof, is prevented or in any
way limited by (A) any agreement or instrument to which he is a party or by
which he is bound, or (B) any provision of law, including, without limitation,
any statute, rule or regulation or any order of any court or administrative
agency, applicable to him.
2. Employment.
The Company hereby continues the
employment of Mr. Mahon, and Mr. Mahon hereby accepts such continued employment,
during the period and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.
3. Employment
Period.
(a) The
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be and remain in effect during the
period of employment established under this section 3 (“Employment
Period”). The Employment Period shall be for an initial term of three
years beginning on the Initial Effective Date and ending on the third
anniversary date of the Initial Effective Date, plus such extensions, if any, as
are provided pursuant to section 3(b).
(b) Except
as provided in section 3(c), beginning on the Initial Effective Date, the
Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional day
each day, unless either the Company or Mr. Mahon elects not to extend the
Agreement further by giving written notice to the other party, in which case the
Employment Period shall end on the third anniversary of the date on which such
written notice is given. Upon termination of Mr. Mahon’s employment
with the Company for any reason whatsoever, any daily extensions provided
pursuant to this section 3(b), if not therefore discontinued, shall
automatically cease.
(c) If,
prior to the date on which the Employment Period would end pursuant to section
3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, a Change in Control (as defined in section 13 of
this Agreement) occurs, then the Employment Period shall be extended through and
including the second anniversary of the earliest date after the effective date
of such Change in Control on which either the Company or Mr. Mahon elects, by
written notice pursuant to section 3(d) of this Agreement to the non-electing
party, to discontinue the Employment Period; provided, however, that this
section shall not apply in the event that, prior to the Change in Control (as
defined in section 13 of this Agreement), Mr. Mahon has provided written notice
to the Company of his intent to discontinue the Employment Period.
(d) The
Company or Mr. Mahon may, at any time by written notice given to the other,
elect to discontinue the daily extension of the Employment
Period. Any such notice given by the Company shall be accompanied by
a certified copy of a resolution, adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board duly called and
held, authorizing the giving of such notice.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) Mr. Mahon’s employment
with the Company may be terminated during the Employment Period, in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (ii) nothing in this
Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Mr. Mahon’s employment
following the expiration of the Employment Period upon such terms and conditions
as the Company and Mr. Mahon may mutually agree upon.
(f) For
all purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the “Remaining Unexpired
Employment Period” as of any specified date shall mean (i) prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) the period commencing
on the date specified and ending on the later of the third anniversary of the
Initial Effective Date, the third anniversary of any earlier date on which
either the Company or Mr. Mahon has elected to discontinue the daily extensions
of the Employment Period, or the third anniversary of Mr. Mahon’s termination of
employment for any reason; and (ii) following a Change in Control (as
hereinafter defined) a period commencing on the date specified and ending on the
later of the second anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control,
the second anniversary of any earlier date following the occurrence of the
Change in Control on which either Mr. Mahon or the Company has elected to
discontinue the daily extensions of the Employment Period, or the second
anniversary of Mr. Mahon’s termination of employment for any reason
whatsoever.
4. Duties.
During the Employment Period, Mr. Mahon
shall:
(a) except
to the extent allowed under section 7 of this Agreement, devote his full
business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and use
his best efforts to advance the Company’s interests;
(b) serve
as First Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer if duly appointed
and/or elected to serve in such position; and
(c) have
such functions, duties and responsibilities not inconsistent with his title and
office as may be assigned to him by or under the authority of the Board of
Directors of the Company (“Board”), in accordance with organization Certificate,
By-laws, Applicable Laws, Statutes and Regulations, custom and practice of the
Company as in effect on the date first above written. Mr. Mahon shall have such
authority as is necessary or appropriate to carry out his assigned duties. Mr.
Mahon shall report to and be subject to direction and supervision by the
Board.
(d) none
of the functions, duties and responsibilities to be performed by Mr. Mahon
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to include those functions, duties
and responsibilities performed by Mr. Mahon in his capacity as director of the
Company.
5. Compensation
-- Salary and Bonus.
In consideration for services rendered
by Mr. Mahon under this Agreement, the Company shall pay to Mr. Mahon a salary
at an annual rate equal to:
(a) during
the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending on December 31, 2009, no less
than $________;
(b) during
each calendar year that begins after December 31, 2009, such amount as the Board
may, in its discretion, determine, but in no event less than the rate in effect
on December 31, 2009; or
(c) for
each calendar year that begins on or after a Change in Control, the product of
Mr. Mahon’s annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to such calendar
year, multiplied by the greatest of:
(i) 1.06;
(ii) the
quotient of (A) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers (or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other
measure of general consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith,
prescribe) for October of the immediately preceding calendar year, divided by
(B) the U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers
(or, if such index shall cease to be published, such other measure of general
consumer price levels as the Board may, in good faith, prescribe) for October of
the second preceding calendar year; and
(iii) the
quotient of (A) the average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first
day of such calendar year, of the officers of the Company (other than Mr. Mahon)
who are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers, divided by (B) the
average annual rate of salary, determined as of the first day of the immediately
preceding calendar year, of the officers of the Company (other than Mr. Mahon)
who are assistant vice presidents or more senior officers;
The
salary payable under this section 5 shall be paid in approximately equal
installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll
practices. Nothing in this section 5 shall be construed as
prohibiting the payment to Mr. Mahon of a salary in excess of that prescribed
under this section 5 or of additional cash or non-cash compensation in a form
other than salary, to the extent that such payment is duly authorized by or
under the authority of the Board. No portion of the compensation paid to Mr.
Mahon pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be compensation received by
Mr. Mahon in his capacity as director of the Company.
6. Employee
Benefit Plans and Programs; Other Compensation.
Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, Mr. Mahon shall be treated as an employee of the Company and be
entitled to participate in and receive benefits under the Company’s Retirement
Plan, Incentive Savings Plan, group life and health (including medical and major
medical) and disability insurance plans, and such other employee benefit plans
and programs, including but not limited to any long-term or short-term incentive
compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee benefit plans or
programs), as the Company may maintain from time to time, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and with the Company’s customary
practices. Following a Change in Control, all such benefits to Mr.
Mahon shall be continued on terms and conditions substantially identical to, and
in no event less favorable than, those in effect prior to the Change in
Control.
7. Board
Memberships and Personal Activities.
(a) Mr.
Mahon may serve as a member of the board of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to the Board from time
to time, and he may engage in personal business and investment activities for
his own account; provided, however, that such service and personal business and
investment activities shall not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties under this Agreement.
(b) Mr.
Mahon may also serve as an officer or director of the Bank on such terms and
conditions as the Company and the Bank may mutually agree upon, and such service
shall not be deemed to materially interfere with Mr. Mahon’s performance of his
duties hereunder or otherwise result in a material breach of this
Agreement. If Mr. Mahon is discharged or suspended, or is subject to
any regulatory prohibition or restriction with respect to participation in the
affairs of the Bank, he shall (subject to the Company’s powers of termination
hereunder) continue to perform services for the Company in accordance with this
Agreement but shall not directly or indirectly provide services to or
participate in the affairs of the Bank in a manner inconsistent with the terms
of such discharge or suspension or any applicable regulatory order.
8. Working
Facilities and Expenses.
Mr. Mahon’s principal place of
employment shall be at the Company’s executive offices at the address first
above written, or at such other location in the New York metropolitan area as
determined by the Board. The Company shall provide Mr. Mahon, at his
principal place of employment, with a private office, stenographic services and
other support services and facilities suitable to his position with the Company
and necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of his assigned
duties under this Agreement. The Company shall provide Mr. Mahon with
an automobile suitable to his position with the Company in accordance
with its prior practices, and such automobile shall be used by Mr. Mahon in
carrying out his duties under this Agreement, including commuting between his
residence and his principal place of employment. The Company shall
(i) reimburse Mr. Mahon for the cost of maintenance and servicing such
automobile and, for instance, gasoline and oil for such automobile; (ii)
reimburse Mr. Mahon for his ordinary and necessary business expenses, incurred
in the performance of his duties under this Agreement (including but not limited
to travel and entertainment expenses); and (iii) reimburse Mr. Mahon for fees
for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Mr. Mahon and the Company and
such other expenses as Mr. Mahon and the Company shall mutually agree are
necessary and appropriate for business purposes, upon presentation to the
Company of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Company may
reasonably require, each such reimbursement payment to be made promptly
following receipt of the itemized account and in any event not later than the
last day of the year following the year in which the expense was
incurred. Mr. Mahon shall be entitled to no less than four (4) weeks
of paid vacation during each year in the Employment Period. Mr. Mahon
shall be responsible for the payment of any taxes on account of his personal use
of the automobile provided by the Company and on account of any other benefit
provided herein.
9. Termination
Giving Rise to Severance Benefits.
(a) In
the event that Mr. Mahon’s employment with the Company shall terminate during
the Employment Period other than on account of:
(i) a
Termination for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this
Agreement);
(ii) a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Mahon other than a Resignation for Good Reason
(within the meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement);
(iii) a
termination on account of Mr. Mahon’s death; or
(iv) a
termination after both of the following conditions exist: (A) Mr. Mahon has been
absent from the full-time service of the Company on account of his Disability
(as defined in section 11(b) of this Agreement) for at least six (6) consecutive
months; and (B) Mr. Mahon shall have failed to return to work in the full-time
service of the Company within thirty (30) days after written notice requesting
such return is given to Mr. Mahon by the Company;
then the
Company shall provide to Mr. Mahon the benefits and pay to Mr. Mahon the amounts
provided under section 9(b) of this Agreement.
(b) In
the event that Mr. Mahon’s employment with the Company shall terminate under
circumstances described in section 9(a) of this Agreement, the following
benefits and amounts shall be paid or provided to Mr. Mahon (or, in the event of
his death, to his estate), in accordance with section 30, on his termination of
employment:
(i) his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment
with the Company, payable when due but in no event later than thirty (30) days
following his termination of employment with the Company;
(ii) (A)
the benefits, if any, to which Mr. Mahon and his family and dependents are
entitled as a former employee, or family or dependents of a former employee,
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained for the benefit of the Company’s officers and employees, in
accordance with the terms of such plans and programs in effect on the date of
his termination of employment, or if his termination of employment occurs after
a Change in Control, on the date of his termination of employment or on the date
of such Change in Control, whichever results in more favorable benefits as
determined by Mr. Mahon, where credit is given for three additional years of
service and age in determining eligibility and benefits for any plan and program
where age and service are relevant factors, and (B) payment for all unused
vacation days and floating holidays in the year in which his employment is
terminated, at his highest annual rate of salary for such year;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical,
dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits), in addition to
that provided pursuant to section 9(b)(ii) of this Agreement and after taking
into account the coverage provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the
extent necessary to provide Mr. Mahon and his family and dependents for a period
of three years following termination of employment, coverage identical to and in
any event no less favorable than the coverage to which they would have been
entitled under such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of
employment, or, if his termination of employment occurs after a Change in
Control, on the date of his termination of employment or during the one-year
period ending on the date of such Change in Control, whichever results in more
favorable benefits as determined by Mr. Mahon) if he had continued working for
the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest
annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that
the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the
Agreement;
(iv) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the salary and the
bonus that Mr. Mahon would have earned if he had worked for the Company during
the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of salary
(assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual increases under
section 5(c) would apply) and the highest bonus as a percentage of the rate of
salary provided for under this Agreement, where such present value is to be
determined using a discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded, in
the case of salary, with the frequency corresponding to the Company’s regular
payroll periods with respect to its officers, and, in the case of bonus,
annually;
(v) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (A) the present
value of the benefits to which he would be entitled under any defined benefit
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company (including any
“excess benefit plan” within the meaning of section 3(36) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or other special
or supplemental plan) as in effect on the date of his termination, if he had
worked for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the
highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has
occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the
Agreement and been fully vested in such plan or plans and had continued working
for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period, such benefits
to be determined as of the date of termination of employment by adding to the
service actually recognized under such plans an additional period equal to the
Remaining Unexpired Employment Period and by adding to the compensation
recognized under such plans for the year in which termination of employment
occurs all amounts payable under sections 9(b)(i), (iv) and (vii), over (B) the
present value of the benefits to which he is actually entitled under any such
plans maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company as of the date of his
termination where such present values are to be determined using a
discount rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded monthly, and the
mortality tables prescribed under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 (“Code”); provided, however, that if payments are made under this section
9(b)(v) as a result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under
such defined benefit plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to
such deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same time,
and in the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the present
value of the benefits attributable to the Company’s contribution to which he
would be entitled under any defined contribution plans maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Company (including any “excess benefit plan” within
the meaning of section 3(36) of ERISA, or other special or supplemental plan) as
in effect on the date of his termination, if he had worked for the Company
during the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period at the highest annual rate of
compensation (assuming, if a Change in Control has occurred, that the annual
increases under section 5(c) would apply) under the Agreement, and made the
maximum amount of employee contributions, if any, required or permitted under
such plan or plans, and been eligible for the highest rate in matching
contributions under such plan or plans during the Remaining Unexpired Employment
Period which is prior to Mr. Mahon’s termination of employment with the Company,
and been fully vested in such plan or plans, over (B) the present value of the
benefits attributable to the Company’s contributions to which he is actually
entitled under such plans as of the date of his termination of employment with
the Company, where such present values are to be determined using a discount
rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded with the frequency corresponding
to the Company’s regular payroll periods with respect to its officers; provided,
however, that if payments are made under this section 9(b)(vi) as a result of
this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined contribution
plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting
shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same
manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to Mr. Mahon under any incentive compensation
plan maintained by, or covering employees of, the Company (other than bonus
payments to which section 9(b)(iv) of this Agreement is applicable) if he had
continued working for the Company during the Remaining Unexpired Employment
Period and had earned an incentive award in each calendar year that ends during
the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period in an amount equal to the product of
(A) the maximum percentage rate of compensation at which an award was ever
available to Mr. Mahon under such incentive compensation plan, multiplied by (B)
the compensation that would have been paid to Mr. Mahon during each calendar
year at the highest annual rate of compensation (assuming, if a Change in
Control has occurred, that the annual increases under section 5(c) would apply)
under the Agreement, such payments to be made at the same time and in the same
manner as payments are made to other officers of the Company pursuant to the
terms of such incentive compensation plan; provided, however, that payments
under this section 9(b)(vii) shall not be made to Mr. Mahon for any year on
account of which no payments are made to any of the Company’s officers under any
such incentive compensation plan; and
(viii) the
benefits to which Mr. Mahon is entitled under the Company’s Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan (or other excess benefits plan with the meaning of
section 3(36) of ERISA or other special or supplemental plan) shall be paid to
him in a lump sum, where such lump sum is computed using the mortality tables
under the Company’s tax-qualified pension plan and a discount rate of 6% per
annum. If the amount may be increased by a subsequent Change in Control, any
additional payment shall be made at the time and in the form provided under the
relevant plan, or, if no such time or form is provided, upon the first of the
following events to occur on or after the date of such Change in
Control: a change in control event (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) with respect to Mr. Mahon, Mr. Mahon’s separation from
service (within the meaning of section 1.409A-1(h)), Mr. Mahon’s death or Mr.
Mahon’s disability (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(4)). From the date of such Change of Control until the
date of payment, any additional payment so deferred shall be held in trust for
Mr. Mahon, the terms of which trust shall be those set forth in section
30.
(c) Mr.
Mahon shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for
in this section 9 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount
of any payment or benefit provided for in this section 9 be reduced by any
compensation earned by Mr. Mahon as the result of employment by another
employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be
owed by Mr. Mahon to the Company, or otherwise except as specifically provided
in section 9(b) (iii) of this Agreement or except as provided in section 28 to
avoid duplication of payments. The Company and Mr. Mahon hereby
stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by Mr. Mahon as a consequence
of any such termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as
of the date first above written and that the benefits and payments provided for
in this Agreement constitute a reasonable estimate under the circumstances of
all damages sustained as a consequence of any such termination of employment,
other than damages arising under or out of any stock option, restricted stock or
other non-qualified stock acquisition or investment plan or program, it being
understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not determine the measurement of
damages under any such plan or program in respect of any termination of
employment.
10. Termination
Without Severance Benefits.
In the event that Mr. Mahon’s
employment with the Company shall terminate during the Employment Period on
account of:
(a) Termination
for Cause (within the meaning of section 12(a) of this Agreement);
(b) voluntary
resignation by Mr. Mahon other than a Resignation for Good Reason (within the
meaning of section 12(b) of this Agreement); or
(c) Mr.
Mahon’s death;
then the
Company shall have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the
payment to Mr. Mahon (or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his
earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment,
and the provision of such other benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a
former employee under the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs and
compensation plans and programs and payment for all unused vacation days and
floating holidays in the year in which his employment is terminated, at his
highest annual salary for such year.
11. Death
and Disability.
(a) Death. If
Mr. Mahon’s employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Mahon’s death during the
Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to
Mr. Mahon’s legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment
of amounts and provision of benefits under sections 9(b) (i) and (ii); provided,
however, that if Mr. Mahon dies while in the employment of the Company, his
designated beneficiary(ies) shall receive a death benefit, payable through life
insurance or otherwise, which is the equivalent on a net after-tax basis of the
death benefit payable under a term life insurance policy, with a stated death
benefit of three times Mr. Mahon’s then Annual Base Salary.
(b) Disability. If
Mr. Mahon’s employment is terminated by reason of Mr. Mahon’s Disability as
defined in section 11(c) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to Mr. Mahon, other than for payment of
amounts and provision of benefits under section 9(b) (i) and (ii); provided,
however, that in the event of Mr. Mahon’s Disability while in the employment of
the Company, the Company will pay to him, in accordance with section 30, a lump
sum amount equal to three times his then annual base salary.
(c) For
purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall be defined in accordance with the
terms of the Company’s long term disability policy.
(d) Payments
under this section 11 shall be made upon Mr. Mahon’s death or termination due to
Disability.
12. Definition
of Termination for Cause and Resignation for Good Reason.
(a) Mr.
Mahon’s termination of employment with the Company shall be deemed a
“Termination for Cause” if such termination occurs upon:
(i) Mr.
Mahon’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties with
the Company (other than any failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or
mental illness or any actual or anticipated failure following notice by Mr.
Mahon of an intended Resignation for Good Reason) after a written demand for
substantial performance is delivered to him by the Board, which demand
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes Mr. Mahon has not
substantially performed his duties, and the failure to cure such breach within
sixty (60) days following written notice thereof from the Company;
or
(ii) the
intentional and willful engaging in dishonest conduct in connection with his
performance of services for the Company resulting in his conviction of or plea
of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony, fraud, personal dishonesty,
incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal
profit, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic
violations or similar offenses), or final cease-and-desist order.
No act,
or failure to act, on Mr. Mahon’s part shall be deemed willful unless done, or
omitted to be done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such
action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Any act, or failure
to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the
Board or based upon the written advice of counsel for the Company shall be
conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Mr. Mahon in good
faith and in the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no termination of Mr. Mahon’s employment shall be a Termination for
Cause unless there shall have been delivered to Mr. Mahon a copy of a resolution
duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors
(or, following a Change in Control, an affirmative vote of three-quarters of the
Board of Directors) at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose
(after reasonable notice to Mr. Mahon and an opportunity for Mr. Mahon, together
with his counsel, to be heard before the Board) finding that in good faith
opinion of the Board circumstances described in section 12(a) (i) or (ii) exist
and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(b) Mr.
Mahon’s termination of employment with the Company shall be deemed a Resignation
for Good Reason if such termination occurs following any one or more of the
following events:
(i) (A)
the assignment to Mr. Mahon of any duties inconsistent with Mr. Mahon’s status
as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company or (B) a
substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of Mr. Mahon’s
responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the
alteration;
(ii) a
reduction by the Company in Mr. Mahon’s annual base salary as in effect on the
date first above written or as the same may be increased from time to time,
unless such reduction was mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority
having jurisdiction over the Company;
(iii) the
relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices to a location outside
the New York metropolitan area or the Company’s requiring Mr. Mahon to be based
anywhere other than the Company’s principal executive offices except for
required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent
with Mr. Mahon’s business travel obligations at the date first above
written;
(iv) the
failure by the Company, without Mr. Mahon’s consent, to pay to Mr. Mahon, within
seven (7) days of the date when due, (A) any portion of his compensation, or (B)
any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred
compensation program of the Company;
(v) the
failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation plan in which Mr.
Mahon participates on or after January 1, 2003 which is material to his total
compensation, including but not limited to the Retirement Plan and the Company’s
Incentive Savings Plan or any substitute plans unless an equitable arrangement
(embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with
respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue his
participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not
materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and
the level of his participation relative to other participants, unless such
failure is the result of action mandated at the initiation of any regulatory
authority having jurisdiction over the Company;
(vi) the
failure by the Company to continue to provide Mr. Mahon with benefits
substantially similar to those enjoyed by Mr. Mahon as of January 1, 2003 under
the Retirement Plan and the Company’s Incentive Savings Plan or under any of the
Company’s life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical),
dental, accident, and long-term disability insurance benefits, in which Mr.
Mahon is participating, or the taking of any action by the Company which would
directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive Mr.
Mahon of the number of paid vacation days to which he is entitled, on the basis
of years of service with the Company, rank or otherwise, in accordance with the
Company’s normal vacation policy, unless such failure is the result of action
mandated at the initiation of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over
the Company;
(vii) the
failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in section 15(a) of
this Agreement;
(viii) any
purported termination of employment by the Company which is not effected
pursuant the provisions of section 12(a) regarding Termination for Cause or on
account of Disability;
(ix) a
material breach of this Agreement by the Company, which the Company fails to
cure within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from Mr.
Mahon;
(x) a
change in the position to which Mr. Mahon reports.
13. Definition
of Change in Control; Payment in the Event of a Change in Control.
(a) For
purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control of the Company shall
mean:
(i) the
occurrence of any event upon which any “person” (as such term is used in
sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(“Exchange Act”)), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of
employees of the Company; (B) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by
the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of stock of the Company; or (C) Mr. Mahon, or any group otherwise
constituting a person in which Mr. Mahon is a member, becomes the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of securities issued by the Company representing 25% or more of
the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
or
(ii) the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the Initial Effective
Date are members of the Board, together with individuals (other than any
individual designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the
Company to effect a transaction described in section 13(a) or 13(c) of this
Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the
Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the members of Board then in office who were either members of the
Board on the Initial Effective Date or whose nomination or election was
previously so approved cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
members of the Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose
initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened
election contest relating to the election of directors of the Company (as such
terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange
Act); or
(iii)
(A) the
consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(1) either
(I) the members of the Board of the Company immediately prior to such merger or
consolidation constitute at least a majority of the members of the governing
body of the institution resulting from such merger or consolidation; or (II) the
shareholders of the Company own securities of the institution resulting from
such merger or consolidation representing 80% or more of the combined voting
power of all such securities then outstanding in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company before such
merger or consolidation; and
(2) the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement;
or
(B) the
shareholders of the Company approve either a plan of complete liquidation of the
Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
substantially all of its assets; and
(iv) any
event which would be described in section 13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) if the term
“Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein. Such event shall be
deemed to be a Change in Control under the relevant provision of section
13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii).
It is
understood and agreed that more than one Change in Control may occur at the same
or different times during the Employment Period and that the provisions of this
Agreement shall apply with equal force and effect with respect to each such
Change in Control.
(b) Upon
the occurrence during the Employment Period of a Change in Control, the Company
shall pay the following sums into a trust for the benefit of Mr.
Mahon:
(i) a
lump sum amount equal to the aggregate amount that would be payable to Mr. Mahon
under sections 9(b)(i), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of this Agreement
computed as if Mr. Mahon had terminated employment in a Resignation for Good
Reason on the date of the Change in Control but as if no Change in Control had
occurred; plus
(ii) a
lump sum amount equal to the present value of the excess of:
(A) a
single life annuity, payable commencing at the earliest date on which Mr. Mahon
would, if he retired, be eligible for unreduced early retirement benefits under
the Bank's qualified defined benefit plan, in an amount equal to 16-2/3% of the
aggregate base salary and annual bonus for the period of thirty-six consecutive
calendar months of employment during the final 120 months of employment that
yields the highest aggregate figure; over
(B) the
aggregate single life annuity benefits, payable commencing at the earliest date
on which Mr. Mahon would, if he retired, be eligible for unreduced early
retirement benefits under the Bank's qualified defined benefit plan, under any
qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans of the Company or the
Bank.
where
base salary shall be determined without regard to pre-tax or after-tax
deductions for benefits under sections 401(k), 401(m), 125 or 132(f) of the Code
or otherwise and value shall be determined using the mortality table prescribed
under section 72 of the Code and a discount rate of 6% per annum compounded
annually.
Such
payments shall be paid to the trust whether or not Mr. Mahon's employment has
terminated. The entire amount in the trust shall be paid to Mr. Mahon
on the first day of the seventh month following his separation from service
within the meaning of section 409A of the Code. The terms of the
trust shall be those set forth in section 30. The Company may
require, as a condition of its obligation to make such payments, that Mr. Mahon
execute and deliver to the Company a release, in such form and manner as the
Company may reasonably require, relieving the Bank of any obligation it might
then have, whether pursuant to an employment contract or otherwise, to pay
severance benefits to Mr. Mahon in connection with a subsequent termination of
employment. Such a release shall not relieve the Bank of any
obligation that it may have to provide for Mr. Mahon and his family and
dependents the accrued post-termination benefits to which they are entitled
under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Bank.
14.
No Effect on Employee Benefit Plans
or Programs
.
Except as expressly provided in this
Agreement, the termination of Mr. Mahon’s employment during the Employment
Period or thereafter, whether by the Company or by Mr. Mahon, shall have no
effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Company’s
or the Bank’s Retirement Plan and the Company’s Incentive Savings Plan, group
life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental,
accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit
plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs) and, following the conversion of the Company to stock
form, any stock option and appreciation rights plan, employee stock ownership
plan and restricted stock plan, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of,
the Company from time to time.
15. Successors
and Assigns.
(a) The
Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be
required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure
of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the
effectiveness of any such succession shall be deemed to constitute a material
breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.
(b) This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Mr. Mahon, his legal
representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Company, their
respective successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or
consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation
to which all or substantially all of the respective assets and business of the
Company may be sold or otherwise transferred.
16. Notices.
Any communication required or permitted
to be given under this Agreement, including any notice, direction, designation,
consent, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally, or five
(5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed
below or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify
to the other party:
If to Mr. Mahon:
________________________
________________________
________________________
If to the Company:
Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.
209 Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn, New York 11211
Attention: Corporate
Secretary
with a copy to:
Thacher Proffitt & Wood
LLP
Two World Financial
Center
New York, New York 10281
Attention: W. Edward Bright,
Esq.
17. Indemnification
and Attorneys’ Fees.
The Company shall pay to or on behalf
of Mr. Mahon all reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in
connection with or arising out of his consultation with legal counsel or in
connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may
be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the
terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that this section 17 shall not
obligate the Company to pay costs and legal fees on behalf of Mr. Mahon under
this Agreement in excess of $50,000. Any payment or reimbursement to
effect such indemnification shall be made no later than the last day of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which Mr. Mahon incurs the expense
or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or resolution that
gives rise to Mr. Mahon’s right to reimbursement; provided, however, that Mr.
Mahon shall have submitted to the Company documentation supporting such expenses
at such time and in such manner as the Company may reasonably
require.
1
8.
Excise Tax
Indemnification.
(a) If
Mr. Mahon’s employment terminates under circumstances entitling him (or in the
event of his death, his estate) to the Additional Termination Entitlements, the
Company shall pay to Mr. Mahon (or in the event of his death, his estate) an
additional amount intended to indemnify him against the financial effects of the
excise tax imposed on excess parachute payments under section 280G of the Code
(the “Tax Indemnity Payment”). The Tax Indemnity Payment shall be
determined under the following formula:
X =
E x
P
1-[(FI x (1-SLI)) + SLI + E +
M]
where
|
E
|
=
|
the
percentage rate at which an excise tax is assessed under section 4999 of
the Code;
|
|
P
|
=
|
the
amount with respect to which such excise tax is assessed, determined
without regard to this section 16;
|
|
FI
|
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of income tax applicable to Mr. Mahon under the Code
for the taxable year in question;
|
|
SLI
|
=
|
the
sum of the highest marginal rates of income tax applicable to Mr. Mahon
under all applicable state and local laws for the taxable year in
question; and
|
|
M
|
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of Medicare tax applicable to Mr. Mahon under the
Code for the taxable year in
question.
|
Such
computation shall be made at the expense of the Company by a member of the firm
of Thacher Proffitt & Wood, or by an attorney or a firm of independent
certified public accountants selected by Mr. Mahon and reasonably satisfactory
to the Company (the “Tax Advisor”) and shall be based on the following
assumptions: (i) that a change in ownership, a change in effective ownership or
control, or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets, of the
Bank or the Company has occurred within the meaning of section 280G of the Code
(a “280G Change of Control”); (ii) that all direct or indirect payments made to
or benefits conferred upon Mr. Mahon on account of his termination of employment
are “parachute payments” within the meaning of section 280G of the Code; and
(iii) that no portion of such payments is reasonable compensation for services
rendered prior to Mr. Mahon’s termination of employment.
(b) With
respect to any payment that is presumed to be a parachute payment for purposes
of section 280G of the Code, the Tax Indemnity Payment shall be made to Mr.
Mahon on the earlier of the date the Company, the Bank or any direct or indirect
subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or the Bank is required to withhold such
tax or the date the tax is required to be paid by Mr. Mahon, unless, prior to
such date, the Company delivers to Mr. Mahon the written opinion, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Mr. Mahon, of the Tax Advisor or of an
attorney or firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the
Company and reasonably satisfactory to Mr. Mahon, to the effect that Mr. Mahon
has a reasonable basis on which to conclude that (i) no 280G Change in Control
has occurred, or (ii) all or part of the payment or benefit in question is not a
parachute payment for purposes of section 280G of the Code, or (iii) all or a
part of such payment or benefit constitutes reasonable compensation for services
rendered prior to the 280G Change of Control, or (iv) for some other reason
which shall be set forth in detail in such letter, no excise tax is due under
section 4999 of the Code with respect to such payment or benefit (the “Opinion
Letter”). If the Company delivers an Opinion Letter, the Tax Advisor shall
recompute, and the Company shall make, the Tax Indemnity Payment in reliance on
the information contained in the Opinion Letter.
(c) In
the event that Mr. Mahon’s liability for the excise tax under section 4999 of
the Code for a taxable year is subsequently determined to be different than the
amount with respect to which the Tax Indemnity Payment is made, Mr. Mahon or the
Company, as the case may be, shall pay to the other party at the time that the
amount of such excise tax is finally determined, an appropriate amount, plus
interest, such that the payment made under section 18(b), when increased by the
amount of the payment made to Mr. Mahon under this section 18(c), or when
reduced by the amount of the payment made to the Company under this section
18(c), equals the amount that should have properly been paid to Mr. Mahon under
section 18(a). The interest paid to the Company under this section
18(c) shall be determined at the rate provided under section 1274(b)(2)(B) of
the Code. The payment made to Mr. Mahon shall include such amount of
interest as is necessary to satisfy any interest assessment made by the Internal
Revenue Service and an additional amount equal to any monetary penalties
assessed by the Internal Revenue Service on account of an underpayment of the
excise tax. To confirm that the proper amount, if any, was paid to
Mr. Mahon under this section 18, Mr. Mahon shall furnish to the Company a copy
of each tax return which reflects a liability for an excise tax, at least 20
days before the date on which such return is required to be filed with the
Internal Revenue Service. Nothing in this Agreement shall give the Company any
right to control or otherwise participate in any action, suit or proceeding to
which Mr. Mahon is a party as a result of positions taken on his federal income
tax return with respect to his liability for excise taxes under section 4999 of
the Code. Any payment pursuant to this section 18(c) shall in any
case be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which any additional taxes for which the Tax Indemnity Payment
is to be made are remitted to the Internal Revenue Service.
19. Severability.
A determination that any provision of
this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other provision hereof.
20. Waiver.
Failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be
deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A waiver of any
provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and
signed by the party against who its enforcement is sought. Any waiver
or relinquishment of such right or power at any one or more times shall not be
deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or
times.
21. Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in two
(2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of
which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
22. Governing
Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
without reference to conflicts of law principles.
23. Headings
and Construction.
The headings of sections in this
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to qualify
the meaning of any section. Any reference to a section number shall
refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated.
24. Entire
Agreement; Modifications.
This instrument contains the entire
agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes
in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations
relating to the subject matter hereof, including the Employment Agreement dated
June 26, 1996 between the Bank and Mr. Mahon, as amended. No
modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed
by the parties hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be subject
to amendment in the future in such manner as the Company shall reasonably deem
necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with Section 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder, and to avoid the imposition of penalties and
additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code, it being the express intent of
the parties that any such amendment shall not diminish the economic benefit of
the Agreement to Mr. Mahon on a present value basis.
25. Arbitration
Clause.
Any dispute or controversy arising
under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by
arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in New York, New
York, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then
in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any
court having jurisdiction; the expense of such arbitration shall be borne by the
Company.
26. Provisions
of Law.
Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Mr. Mahon by the
Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and any regulations promulgated
thereunder.
27. Guarantee.
The Company hereby agrees to guarantee
the payment by the Bank of any benefits and compensation to which Mr. Mahon is
or may be entitled to under the terms and conditions of the employment agreement
dated as of the ______ day of __________, 2008 between the Bank and Mr. Mahon, a
copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
28. Non-duplication.
In the event that Mr. Mahon shall
perform services for the Bank or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the
Company, any compensation or benefits provided to Mr. Mahon by such other
employer shall be applied to offset the obligations of the Company hereunder, it
being intended that this Agreement set forth the aggregate compensation and
benefits payable to Mr. Mahon for all services to the Company and all of its
direct or indirect subsidiaries.
29. Waiver
of Prior Rights.
Mr. Mahon hereby permanently and
irrevocably waives any right that he now has or may have had to collect
termination benefits under the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between
the Company and Mr. Mahon made and entered into as of June 26, 1996, as amended,
or the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Bank and Mr. Mahon
made and entered into as of June 26, 1996, as amended, by virtue of any act,
omission, fact, event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not known to Mr.
Mahon, that occurred or was in existence on December 31, 2002, including but not
limited to the cessation of benefit accruals under the qualified and
non-qualified defined benefit plans of the Company and the Bank and the
renegotiation of the outstanding securities acquisition loan under the Company's
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The Bank shall be a third party
beneficiary of this Agreement with full powers to enforce the waiver contained
herein for its benefit.
30. Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code.
Mr. Mahon
and the Company acknowledge that each of the payments and benefits promised to
Mr. Mahon under this Agreement must either comply with the requirements of
Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the regulations thereunder or
qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end, Mr. Mahon and
the Company agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in Section 8 and legal fee reimbursements
described in Section 17 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in Section 9(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Company’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in Section 9(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own
terms;
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 9(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(e) the
Tax Indemnity Payment provided under section 18 is intended to satisfy the
requirements for a “tax gross-up payment” described in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of Mr.
Mahon’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid on
the later of the date sixty (60) days after Mr. Mahon’s earliest separation from
service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) and, if
Mr. Mahon is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the first day
of the seventh month following Mr. Mahon’s separation from
service. Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be
deferred beyond Mr. Mahon’s separation from service, shall be deposited on the
date on which, but for such deferral, the Company would have paid such amount to
Mr. Mahon, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue Procedure
92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of which shall
be a financial institution selected by the Company with the approval of Mr.
Mahon (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), pursuant
to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by Mr. Mahon (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi Trust”), and
payments made shall include earnings on the investments made with the assets of
the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term investment grade
fixed income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or other pooled
investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such
securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and
administered in such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with
Section 409A.
31. Compliance
with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
In the
event the Company issues any debt or equity to the United States Treasury
("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") implemented under
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the following
provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this Agreement
or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement in
which Mr. Mahon participates:
(a) Mr.
Mahon shall repay to the Company any bonus or incentive compensation paid to Mr.
Mahon while (i) Mr. Mahon is a senior executive officer (within the meaning of
31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST holds any debt
or equity interest in the Company acquired under the CPP (such period, the "CPP
Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus or incentive
compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings, gains, or other
criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate, "Performance
Criteria") that are later proven to be materially inaccurate. A
Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially inaccurate if so
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the written opinion of an
independent attorney or firm of certified public accountants selected by the
Company and approved by Mr. Mahon (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), which determination shall both state the accurate
Performance Criterion and that the difference between the accurate Performance
Criterion and the Performance Criterion on which the payment was based is
material (a "Determination"). Upon receipt of a Determination, the
Company may supply to Mr. Mahon a copy of the Determination, a computation of
the bonus or other incentive compensation that would have been payable on the
basis of the accurate Performance Criterion set forth in the Determination (the
"Determination Amount") and a written demand for repayment of the amount (if
any) by which the bonus or incentive compensation actually paid exceeded the
Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
Mr. Mahon's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from employment”
(within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) Mr. Mahon is a Senior
Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in the
Company issued under the CPP, then payments to Mr. Mahon that are contingent on
such applicable severance from employment and designated to be paid during the
CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the maximum amount
which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an "excess parachute
payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code, as modified by
section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute payment" under
31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any reduction in
payments required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all payments
otherwise due hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their payment
dates, and where multiple payments are due on the same date, the reduction shall
be apportioned ratably among the affected payments. The required
reduction (if any) shall be determined in writing by an independent attorney or
firm of certified public accountants selected by the Company and approved by Mr.
Mahon (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 31(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be paid on
the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a
Rabbi Trust. Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any
investment earnings on the assets of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid
Amount.
This
section 31 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with section
111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been
issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if any, by and
between the UST and the Company, under which the UST acquires equity or debt
securities of the Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the "Closing Date,"
and such implementation, the "Relevant Implementation"). If after the
Closing Date the clawback requirement of section 31(a) shall not be required by
the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such requirement shall
have no further effect. If after the Closing Date the limitation on
golden parachute payments under section 31(b)(i) shall not be required by the
Relevant Implementation of section 111(b) of EESA, such limitation shall have no
further effect and any Unpaid Amount delayed under section 31(b)(ii) shall be
paid on the earliest date on which the Company reasonably anticipates that such
amount may be paid without violating such limitation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has
caused this Agreement to be executed and Mr. Mahon has hereto set his hand, all
as of the day and year first above written.
__________________________________
KENNETH J. MAHON
ATTEST
|
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
|
By:
By:
Assistant
Secretary for
the Board of Directors
[Seal]
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE
RETENTION AGREEMENT
by
and among
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH,
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
and
TIMOTHY
B. KING / MICHAEL PUCELLA
made and
entered into as of
_________________,
2008
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE
RETENTION AGREEMENT
This
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE RETENTION
AGREEMENT
(“Agreement”
)
is made and entered into as of ________, 2008 by and among
THE DIME SAVINGS BANK of
WILLIAMSBURGH
, a savings bank organized and operating under the federal
laws of the United States and having its executive offices at 209 Havemeyer
Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Bank”);
DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES,
INC
., a business corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware and having its executive offices at 209 Havemeyer Street,
Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Holding Company”); and Timothy B. King, an individual
residing at __________________ (“Officer”)
W
I
T
N
E
S
S
E
T
H
:
WHEREAS
, the Officer and the
Bank are parties to an Employee Retention Agreement (“Prior Agreement”) made and
entered into as of June 26, 1999 (“Initial Effective Date”), pursuant to which
the Bank has agreed to provide certain payments to the Officer in the event that
his employment is terminated under certain circumstances as a result of a Change
of Control; and
WHEREAS
, the parties desire to
amend and restate the Prior Agreement for the purpose, among others, of
compliance with the applicable requirements of section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS
, the Bank desires to
assure for itself the continued availability of the Officer’s services and the
ability of the Officer to perform such services with a minimum of personal
distraction in the event of a pending or threatened Change of Control,
and
WHEREAS
, the Officer is
willing to continue to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and obligations
hereinafter set forth, the Bank, the Holding Company and the Officer hereby
agree as follows:
|
Section
1.
|
Effective
Date
|
(a) This
Agreement shall be effective as of the Initial Effective Date and shall remain
in effect during the term of this Agreement which shall be for a period of three
(3) years commencing on the Initial Effective Date, plus such extensions as are
provided pursuant to section 1(b);
provided, however,
that if
the term of this Agreement has not otherwise terminated, the term of this
Agreement will terminate on the date of the Officer’s termination of employment
with the Bank; and
provided,
further,
that the obligations under section 8 of this Agreement shall
survive the term of this Agreement if payments become due
hereunder.
(b) Prior
to each anniversary date of this Agreement, the Board shall consider the
advisability of an extension of the term in light of the circumstances then
prevailing and may, in its discretion, approve an extension to take effect as of
the upcoming anniversary date. If an extension is approved, the term of this
Agreement shall be extended so that it will expire three (3) years after such
anniversary date.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) the Officer’s employment with the
Bank may be terminated at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a
continuation of the Officer’s employment following the expiration of the
Assurance Period upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and the Officer may
mutually agree upon.
|
Section
2.
|
Assurance
Period.
|
(a) The
assurance period (“Assurance Period”) shall be for a period commencing on the
date of a Change of Control, as defined in section 10 of this Agreement, and
ending on the third anniversary of the date on which the Assurance Period
commences, plus such extensions as are provided pursuant to the following
sentence. The Assurance Period shall be automatically extended for one (1)
additional day each day, unless either the Bank or the Officer elects not to
extend the Assurance Period further by giving written notice to the other party,
in which case the Assurance Period shall become fixed and shall end on the third
anniversary of the date on which such written notice is given;
provided, however,
that if
following a Change of Control, the Office of Thrift Supervision (or its
successor) is the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the Agreement shall be
subject to extension not more frequently than annually and only upon review and
approval of the Board.
(b) Upon
termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank, any daily extensions
provided pursuant to the preceding sentence, if not theretofore discontinued,
shall cease and the remaining unexpired Assurance Period under this Agreement
shall be a fixed period ending on the later of the third anniversary of the date
of the Change of Control, as defined in section 10 of this Agreement, or the
third anniversary of the date on which the daily extensions were
discontinued.
During
the period of the Officer’s employment that falls within the Assurance Period,
the Officer shall: (a) except to the extent allowed under section 6 of this
Agreement, devote his full business time and attention (other than during
weekends, holidays, vacation periods, and periods of illness, disability or
approved leave of absence) to the business and affairs of the Bank and use his
best efforts to advance the Bank’s interests; (b) serve in the position to which
the Officer is appointed by the Bank, which, during the Assurance Period, shall
be the position that the Officer held on the day before the Assurance Period
commenced or any higher office at the Bank to which he may subsequently be
appointed; and (c) subject to the direction of the Board and the By-laws of the
Bank, have such functions, duties, responsibilities and authority commonly
associated with such position.
|
Section
4.
|
Compensation
.
|
In
consideration for the services rendered by the Officer during the Assurance
Period, the Bank shall pay to the Officer during the Assurance Period a salary
at an annual rate equal to the greater of:
(a) the
annual rate of salary in effect for the Officer on the day before the Assurance
Period commenced; or
(b) such
higher annual rate as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the
Board;
provided, however
, that in no
event shall the Officer’s annual rate of salary under this Agreement in effect
at a particular time during the Assurance Period be reduced without the
Officer’s prior written consent. The annual salary payable under this section 4
shall be subject to review at least once annually and shall be paid in
approximately equal installments in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll
practices. Nothing in this section 4 shall be deemed to prevent the Officer from
receiving additional compensation other than salary for his services to the
Bank, or additional compensation for his services to the Holding Company, upon
such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the
Board or the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
|
Section
5.
|
Employee Benefit Plans
and Programs
|
Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Officer shall, during the Assurance
Period, be treated as an employee of the Bank and be eligible to participate in
and receive benefits under any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit or
defined contribution retirement plan, group life, health (including
hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term
disability insurance plans, and such other employee benefit plans and programs,
including, but not limited to, any incentive compensation plans or programs
(whether or not employee benefit plans or programs), any stock option and
appreciation rights plan, employee stock ownership plan and restricted
stock plan, as may from time to time be maintained by, or cover employees of,
the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit
plans and programs and compensation plans and programs and with the Bank’s
customary practices.
|
Section
6.
|
Board
Memberships
.
|
The
Officer may serve as a member of the boards of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to and as may be
approved by the Board (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and
he may engage in personal business and investment activities for his own
account;
provided, however,
that such service and personal business and investment activities shall
not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this
Agreement.
|
Section
7.
|
Working Facilities and
Expenses.
|
During
the Assurance Period, the Officer’s principal place of employment shall be at
the Bank’s executive offices at the address first above written, or at such
other location within the City of New York at which the Bank shall maintain its
principal executive offices, or at such other location as the Bank and the
Officer may mutually agree upon. The Bank shall provide the Officer, at his
principal place of employment, with a private office and support services and
facilities suitable to his position with the Bank and necessary or appropriate
in connection with the performance of his assigned duties under this Agreement.
The Bank shall reimburse the Officer for his ordinary and necessary business
expenses, including, without limitation, the Officer’s travel and
entertainment expenses, incurred in connection with the performance of the
Officer’s duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an
itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably
require, each such reimbursement payment to be made promptly following receipt
of the itemized account and in any event not later than the last year in which
the expense was incurred.
|
Section
8.
|
Termination of
Employment with Severance
Benefits
.
|
(a) In
the event that the Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Assurance Period, or prior to the commencement of the Assurance Period but
within three (3) months of and in connection with a Change of Control as defined
in section 10 of this Agreement on account of:
(i) The
Officer’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank within ninety (90)
days following:
(A) the
failure of the Bank’s Board to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect the
Officer to serve in the same position in which the Officer was serving, on the
day before the Assurance Period commenced or a more senior office;
(B) the
failure of the stockholders of the Holding Company to elect or re-elect the
Officer as a member of the Board, if he was a member of the Board on the day
before the Assurance Period commenced;
(C) the
expiration of a thirty (30) day period following the date on which the Officer
gives written notice to the Bank of its material failure, whether by amendment
of the Bank’s Organization Certificate or By-laws, action of the Board or the
Holding Company’s stockholders or otherwise, to vest in the Officer the
functions, duties, or responsibilities vested in the Officer on the day before
the Assurance Period commenced (or the functions, duties and responsibilities of
a more senior office to which the Officer may be appointed), unless during such
thirty (30) day period, the Bank fully cures such failure;
(D) the
failure of the Bank to cure a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank,
within thirty (30) days following written notice from the Officer of such
material breach;
(E) a
reduction in the compensation provided to the Officer, or a material reduction
in the benefits provided to the Officer under the Bank’s program of employee
benefits, compared with the compensation and benefits that were provided to the
Officer on the day before the Assurance Period commenced;
(F) a
change in the Officer’s principal place of employment that would result in a
one-way commuting time in excess of the greater of (I) 30 minutes or (II) the
Officer’s commuting time immediately prior to such change; or
(ii) the
discharge of the Officer by the Bank for any reason other than for “cause” as
provided in section 9(a);
then,
subject to section 21, the Bank shall provide the benefits and pay to the
Officer the amounts provided for under section 8(b) of this Agreement;
provided, however,
that if
benefits or payments become due hereunder as a result of the Officer’s
termination of employment prior to the commencement of the Assurance Period, the
benefits and payments provided for under section 8(b) of this Agreement shall be
determined as though the Officer had remained in the service of the Bank (upon
the terms and conditions in effect at the time of his actual termination of
service) and had not terminated employment with the Bank until the date on which
the Officer’s Assurance Period would have commenced.
(b) Upon
the termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank under circumstances
described in section 8(a) of this Agreement, the Bank shall pay and provide to
the Officer (or, in the event of the Officer’s death, to the Officer’s estate)
on his termination of employment, subject to section 24 :
(i) the
Officer’s earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, all
items which constitute wages under section 190.1 of the New York Labor Law and
the payment of which is not otherwise provided for under this section 8(b)) as
of the date of the termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank, such
payment to be made at the time and in the manner prescribed by law applicable to
the payment of wages but in no event later than thirty (30) days after
termination of employment;
(ii) the
benefits, if any, to which the Officer is entitled as a former employee under
the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs
maintained for the benefit of the Bank’s officers and employees;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical),
accident and long term disability insurance benefits, in addition to that
provided pursuant to section 8(b)(ii) and after taking into account the coverage
provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the extent necessary to provide
for the Officer, for the remaining unexpired Assurance Period, coverage
equivalent to the coverage to which the Officer would have been entitled under
such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of employment, or, if
his termination of employment occurs after a Change of Control, on the date of
such Change of Control, whichever benefits are greater) if the Officer had
continued working for the Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period
at the highest annual rate of compensation achieved during the Officer’s period
of actual employment with the Bank;
(iv)
a lump sum payment, in an amount equal to the present value of the salary
that the Officer would have earned if the Officer had continued working for the
Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period at the highest annual rate
of salary achieved during the Officer’s period of actual employment with the
Bank, where such present value is to be determined using a discount rate equal
to the applicable short-term federal rate prescribed under section 1274(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Code”) (“Applicable Short-Term Rate”),
compounded using the compounding periods corresponding to the Bank’s regular
payroll periods for its officers, such lump sum to be paid in lieu of all other
payments of salary provided for under this Agreement in respect of the period
following any such termination;
(v)
a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:
(A) the
present value of the aggregate benefits to which the Officer would be entitled
under any and all qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans
maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank if the Officer were 100%
vested thereunder and had continued working for the Bank during the remaining
unexpired Assurance Period, such benefits to be determined as of the date of
termination of employment by adding to the service actually recognized under
such plans an additional period equal to the remaining unexpired Assurance
Period and by adding to the compensation recognized under such plans for the
year in which termination of employment occurs all amounts payable under
sections 8(b)(I), (iv) and (vii);
(B) the
present value of the benefits to which the Officer is actually entitled under
such defined benefit pension plans as of the date of his
termination;
where
such present values are to be determined using the mortality tables prescribed
under section 415(b)(2)(E)(v) of the Code and a discount rate, compounded
monthly, equal to the applicable long-term federal rate prescribed under section
1274(d) of the Code for the month in which his employment terminates; provided,
however, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(v) as a result of
this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans
to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be
paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as
benefits under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the additional
employer contributions (or if greater in the case of a leveraged employee stock
ownership plan or similar arrangement, the additional assets allocable to him
through debt service, based on the fair market value of such assets at
termination of employment) to which he would have been entitled under any and
all qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plans maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Bank, if he were 100% vested thereunder and had
continued working for the Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period
at the highest annual rate of compensation achieved during the Officer’s period
of actual employment with the Bank, and making the maximum amount of employee
contributions, if any, required under such plan or plans, such present value to
be determined on the basis of the discount rate, compounded using the
compounding period that corresponds to the frequency with which employer
contributions are made to the relevant plan, equal to the Applicable Short-Term
Rate;
provided,
however
, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(vi) as a
result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined
contribution plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such
deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in
the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to the Officer under any cash bonus or
long-term or short-term cash incentive compensation plan maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Bank, if he had continued working for the Bank
during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period and had earned the
maximum bonus or incentive award in each calendar year that ends during the
remaining unexpired Assurance Period, such payments to be equal to the product
of:
(A) the
maximum percentage rate at which an award was ever available to the Officer
under such incentive compensation plan; multiplied by
(B) the
salary that would have been paid to the Officer during each such calendar year
at the highest annual rate of salary achieved during the remaining unexpired
Assurance Period, such payments to be made without discounting for early payment
.
The Bank
and the Officer hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the
Officer following any such termination of employment are not capable of accurate
measurement as of the date first above written and that the payments and
benefits contemplated by this section 8(b) constitute a reasonable estimate
under the circumstances of all damages sustained as a consequence of any such
termination of employment, other than damages arising under or out of any stock
option, restricted stock or other non-qualified stock acquisition or investment
plan or program, it being understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not
determine the measurement of damages under any such plan or program in respect
of any termination of employment. Such damages shall be payable without any
requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Officer’s
efforts, if any, to mitigate damages. The Bank and the Officer further agree
that the Bank may condition the payments and benefits (if any) due under
sections 8(b)(iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) on the receipt of the Officer’s
resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or
committee member with respect to the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or
affiliate of either of them.
|
Section
9.
|
Termination without
Severance Benefits.
|
In the
event that the Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Assurance Period on account of:
(a) the
discharge of the Officer for “cause,” which, for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated
duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic
violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material
breach of this Agreement, in each case as measured against standards generally
prevailing at the relevant time in the savings and community banking industry;
provided, however,
that
the Officer shall not be deemed to have been discharged for cause unless and
until he shall have received a written notice of termination from the Board,
accompanied by a resolution duly adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of
the entire Board at a meeting called and held for such purpose (after reasonable
notice to the Officer and a reasonable opportunity for the Officer to make oral
and written presentations to the members of the Board, on his own behalf, or
through a representative, who may be his legal counsel, to refute the grounds
for the proposed determination) finding that in the good faith opinion of the
Board grounds exist for discharging the Officer for cause; or
(b) the
Officer’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank for reasons other
than those specified in section 8(a)(I); or
(c) the
Officer’s death; or
(d) a
determination that the Officer is eligible for long-term disability benefits
under the Bank’s long-term disability insurance program or, if there is no such
program, under the federal Social Security Act; then the Bank shall have no
further obligations under this Agreement, other than the payment to the Officer
(or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his earned but unpaid salary
as of the date of the termination of his employment, and the provision of such
other benefits, if any, to which the Officer is entitled as a former employee
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank.
Section
10.
|
Change of
Control.
|
(a) A
Change of Control of the Bank (“Change of Control”) shall be deemed to have
occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:
(i) the
reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank, respectively, with one or
more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
(A) at
least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such
transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by
persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of
the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Bank; and
(B) at
least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in
substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to
such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors of the Bank;
(ii) the
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank or beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in
concert;
(iii) a
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Bank, or approval by the stockholders
of the Bank of a plan for such liquidation or dissolution;
(iv) the
occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least fifty
percent (50%) of the members of the Board do not belong to any of the following
groups:
(A) individuals
who were members of the Board on the date of this Agreement; or
(B) individuals
who first became members of the Board after the date of this Agreement
either:
(1) upon
election to serve as a member of the Board by affirmative vote of three-quarters
(3/4) of the members of such Board, or a nominating committee thereof, in office
at the time of such first election; or
(2) upon
election by the stockholders of the Board to serve as a member of the Board, but
only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three quarters(3/4) of the
members of the Board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the
time of such first nomination;
provided, however,
that such
individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened
election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation
of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of
the Bank; or
(v) any
event which would be described in section 10(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the
term “Holding Company” were substituted for the term “Bank”
therein.
(b) In
no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a
result of any acquisition of securities or assets of the Holding Company, the
Bank or any subsidiary of either of them, by the Holding Company, the Bank or
any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by
any of them.
Section
11.
|
Excise Tax
Indemnification.
|
(a) This
section 11 shall apply if the Officer’s employment is terminated in
circumstances giving rise to liability for excise taxes under section 4999 of
the Code. If this Section 11 applies, then, if for any taxable year, the Officer
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code
with respect to any payment in the nature of compensation made by the Company or
any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Holding Company to (or for
the benefit of) the Officer, the Holding Company shall pay to the Officer an
amount equal to X determined under the following formula:
X
|
=
|
E x
P
|
1 -
[(FI x (1 - SLI)) + SLI + E + M]
|
where
|
E
=
|
the
rate at which the excise tax is assessed under section 4999 of the
Code;
|
|
P
=
|
the
amount with respect to which such excise tax is assessed, determined
without regard to this section 11;
|
|
FI
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of income tax applicable to the Officer under the
Code for the taxable year in
question;
|
|
SLI
=
|
the
sum of the highest marginal rates of income tax applicable to the Officer
under all applicable state and local laws for the taxable year in
question; and
|
|
M
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of Medicare tax applicable to the Officer under the
Code for the taxable year in
question.
|
With
respect to any payment in the nature of compensation that is made to (or for the
benefit of) the Officer under the terms of this Agreement, or otherwise,
and on which an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code will be assessed,
the payment determined under this section 11(a) shall be made to the
Officer on the earlier of (i) the date the Holding Company or any direct or
indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Holding Company is required to withhold
such tax, or (ii) the date the tax is required to be paid by the
Officer.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything in this section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the Officer’s
liability for the excise tax under section 4999 of the Code for a taxable year
is subsequently determined to be different than the amount determined
by the formula (X + P) x E, where X, P and E have the
meanings provided in section 11(a), the Officer or the Holding Company, as the
case may be, shall pay to the other party at the time that the amount of such
excise tax is finally determined, an appropriate amount, plus
interest, such that the payment made under section 11(a), when increased by the
amount of the payment made to the Officer under this section 11(b) by the
Holding Company, or when reduced by the amount of the payment made to the
Company under this section 11(b) by the Officer, equals the amount that should
have properly been paid to the Officer under section 11(a). The interest paid
under this section 11(b) shall be determined at the rate provided under section
1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code. To confirm that the proper amount, if any, was paid
to the Officer under this section 11, the Officer shall furnish to the Holding
Company a copy of each tax return which reflects a liability for an excise tax
payment made by the Holding Company, at least 20 days before the date on which
such return is required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service. Any
payment pursuant to this Section 11(b) shall in any case be made no later than
the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which any
additional taxes for which the payment is to be made are remitted to the
Internal Revenue Service.
(c) The
provisions of this section 11 are designed to reflect the provisions of
applicable federal, state and local tax laws in effect on the date of this
Agreement. If, after the date hereof, there shall be any change in any such
laws, this section 11 shall be modified in such manner as the Officer and the
Holding Company may mutually agree upon if and to the extent necessary to assure
that the Officer is fully indemnified against the economic effects of the tax
imposed under section 4999 of the Code or any similar federal, state or local
tax.
Section
12.
|
No Effect on Employee
Benefit Plans or Programs
.
|
The
termination of the Officer’s employment during the Assurance Period or
thereafter, whether by the Bank or by the Officer, shall have no effect on the
rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Bank’s qualified and
non-qualified defined benefit or defined contribution retirement plans, group
life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental,
accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit
plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs) and any defined contribution plan, employee stock
ownership plan, stock option and appreciation rights plan, and restricted stock
plan, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Bank from time to
time;
provided, however,
that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to duplicate any
compensation or benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering
the Officer to which the Bank or the Holding Company is a party and any
duplicative amount payable under any such agreement, plan or program shall be
applied as an offset to reduce the amounts otherwise payable
hereunder.
Section
13.
|
Successors and
Assigns.
|
This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Officer, his
legal representatives and testate or intestate distributes, and the Bank and the
Holding Company, their respective successors and assigns, including any
successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person
or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the respective
assets and business of the Bank or the Holding Company may be sold or otherwise
transferred.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including
any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such
party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may
by written notice specify to the other party:
If to the
Officer:
Mr.
Timothy B. King
___________
______________
If to the
Bank:
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate
Secretary
If to the
Holding Company:
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate
Secretary
Section
15.
|
Indemnification and
Attorneys’ Fees.
|
The Bank
shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Officer against rea
sonable costs,
including legal fees, incurred by the Officer in connection with or arising out
of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Officer may be involved, as a
result of the Officer’s efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms
of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Officer shall have substantially
prevailed on the merits pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of
competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding, or in a
settlement;
provided, further,
that this section 15 shall not obligate the Bank to pay costs and legal
fees on behalf of the Officer under this Agreement in excess of $20,000. For
purposes of this Agreement, any settlement agreement which provides for payment
of any amounts in settlement of the Bank’s obligations hereunder shall be
conclusive evidence of the Officer’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder,
and any such indemnification payments shall be in addition to amounts payable
pursuant to such settlement agreement, unless such settlement agreement
expressly provides otherwise. Any payment or reimbursement to effect such
indemnification shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the Officer incurs the expense or, if
later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or resolution that gives rise
to the Officer’s right to reimbursement; provided, however, that the Officer
shall have submitted to the Bank documentation supporting such expenses at such
time and in such manner as the Bank may reasonably require.
Section
16.
|
Severability.
|
A
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A
waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as
a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more
times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at
any other time or times.
Section
18.
|
Counterparts.
|
This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.
Section
19.
|
Governing
Law
.
|
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
federal laws of the United States, and in the absence of controlling federal
law, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law
principles.
Section
20.
|
Headings and
Construction.
|
The
headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a
section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated.
Section
21.
|
Entire Agreement;
Modifications
.
|
This
instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements,
understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof
including the Employee Retention Agreement made and entered into as of June 26,
1996. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing
and signed by the parties hereto;
provided, however
, that this
Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such manner as the Bank
and the Holding Company shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect
compliance with section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to
avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under section 409A of the
Code, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall
not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to the Officer on a present
value basis.
Section
22.
|
Required Regulatory
Provisions.
|
The
following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various
laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Bank:
(a) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate
amount of compensation payable to the Officer by the Bank under section 8(b)
hereof (exclusive of amounts described in section 8(b) (i)) exceed the three
times the Officer’s average annual total compensation for the last five
consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with
the Bank (or for his entire period of employment with the Bank if less than five
calendar years). This section 22(a) shall not affect or limit payments made by
the Holding Company hereunder pursuant to sections 8(b), 11 or otherwise. The
Holding Company agrees that, if this section 22(a) would limit payments by the
Bank to the Officer pursuant to section 8(b) or otherwise, the Holding Company
shall make such payments to the Officer.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Officer by the
Bank, whether pursuant to this agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (“FDI Act
”
),
12 U.S.C. Sec. 1828(k), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is suspended from
office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
affairs of the Bank pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1)
of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the Bank’s obligations
under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of Service of such
notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice
are dismissed, the Bank, in its discretion, may (i) pay to the Officer all or
part of the compensation withheld while the Bank’s obligations hereunder were
suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part, any of the obligations which
were suspended.
(d) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is removed and/or
permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs
by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C.
sec. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the order, but vested
rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be
effected.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Bank is in default (within the
meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1813(x)(1), all
prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of
the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the
Officer shall not be effected.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the
Bank hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of
this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the
Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) or his designee or the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), at the time the FDIC enters into
an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the
authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. sec. 1823(c);
(ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or
designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by such Director to be in
an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and obligations of the parties
shall not be affected.
If and to
the extent any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required by
applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though
eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
The
Holding Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Officer
the payment of all amounts, and the performance of all other obligations, due
from the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as and when due
without any requirement of presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice of
dishonor or nonpayment. For purposes of this section 23, the application of
sections 21(a), (c), (d), (e) or (f) to the Bank shall have no effect on the
Holding Company’s obligations hereunder.
Section
24.
Compliance with
Section 409A of the Code
.
The
Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company acknowledge that each of the payments
and benefits promised to the Officer under this Agreement must either comply
with the requirements of section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the
regulations thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end,
the Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in section 7 and legal fee reimbursements
described in section 15 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in section 8(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in section 8(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own
terms;
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 8(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(e) the
tax indemnity payment provided under section 11 is intended to satisfy the
requirements for a “tax gross-up payment” described in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of the
Officer’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid
on the later of the date sixty (60) days after the Officer’s earliest separation
from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h))
and, if the Officer is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the
first day of the seventh month following the Officer’s separation from service.
Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be deferred beyond the
Officer’s separation from service, shall be deposited on the date on which, but
for such deferral, the Holding Company would have paid such amount to the
Officer, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue Procedure
92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of which shall
be a financial institution selected by the Holding Company with the approval of
the Officer (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
pursuant to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by the Officer
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi
Trust”), and payments made shall include earnings on the investments made with
the assets of the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term
investment grade fixed income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or
other pooled investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such
securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and administered in
such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with Section
409A.
Section
25.
|
Compliance with the Emergency
Economic Stabilization Act of
2008
.
|
In the
event the Holding Company issues any debt or equity to the United States
Treasury ("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP")
implemented under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the
following provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this
Agreement or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or
arrangement in which the Officer participates:
(a) The
Officer shall repay to the Holding Company any bonus or incentive compensation
paid to the Officer while (i) the Officer is a senior executive officer (within
the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST
holds any debt or equity interest in the Holding Company acquired under the CPP
(such period, the "CPP Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus
or incentive compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings,
gains, or other criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate,
"Performance Criteria") that are later proven to be materially
inaccurate. A Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially
inaccurate if so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the
written opinion of an independent attorney or firm of certified public
accountants selected by the Holding Company and approved by the Officer (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which determination
shall both state the accurate Performance Criterion and that the difference
between the accurate Performance Criterion and the Performance Criterion on
which the payment was based is material (a "Determination"). Upon
receipt of a Determination, the Holding Company may supply to the Officer a copy
of the Determination, a computation of the bonus or other incentive compensation
that would have been payable on the basis of the accurate Performance Criterion
set forth in the Determination (the "Determination Amount") and a written demand
for repayment of the amount (if any) by which the bonus or incentive
compensation actually paid exceeded the Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
the Officer's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from employment”
(within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) the Officer is a Senior
Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in the
Holding Company issued under the CPP, then payments to the Officer that are
contingent on such applicable severance from employment and designated to be
paid during the CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the
maximum amount which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an
"excess parachute payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code,
as modified by section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute
payment" under 31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any
reduction in payments required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all
payments otherwise due hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their
payment dates, and where multiple payments are due on the same date, the
reduction shall be apportioned ratably among the affected
payments. The required reduction (if any) shall be determined in
writing by an independent attorney or firm of certified public accountants
selected by the Holding Company and approved by the Officer (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 25(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be paid on
the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a
Rabbi Trust. Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any
investment earnings on the assets of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid
Amount.
This
section 25 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with section
111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been
issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if any, by and
between the UST and the Holding Company, under which the UST acquires equity or
debt securities of the Holding Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the
"Closing Date," and such implementation, the "Relevant
Implementation"). If after the Closing Date the clawback requirement
of section 25(a) shall not be required by the Relevant Implementation of section
111(b) of EESA, such requirement shall have no further effect. If
after the Closing Date the limitation on golden parachute payments under section
25(b)(i) shall not be required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b)
of EESA, such limitation shall have no further effect and any Unpaid Amount
delayed under section 25(b)(ii) shall be paid on the earliest date on which the
Holding Company reasonably anticipates that such amount may be paid without
violating such limitation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the Bank
and the Holding Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and the
Officer has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
_______________________________________
TIMOTHY
B. KING / MICHAEL PUCELLA
ATTEST:
|
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK of WILLIAMSBURGH
|
By:
________________________
Secretary
[Seal] By:
___________________________________
Name : Vincent F.
Palagiano
Title : Chairman of the Board &
CEO
ATTEST: DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:
________________________
Secretary By:
___________________________________
[Seal]
Name : Vincent F.
Palagiano
Title : Chairman of the Board &
CEO
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this ____day of ______, 2008 before
me personally came Timothy B. King, to me known, and known to me to be the
individual described in the foregoing instrument, who, being by me duly sworn,
did depose and say that he resides at the address set forth in said instrument,
and that he signed his name to the foregoing instrument.
Notary Public
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this___ day of ______, 2008 before
me personally came Vincent F. Palagiano to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 44 Direnzo Court, Staten Island,
N.Y., that he is a member of the Board of Directors of THE DIME SAVINGS BANK OF
WILLIAMSBURGH, the savings bank described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument; that he knows the seal of said mutual savings bank; that the seal
affixed to said instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
the Board of Directors of said savings bank; and that he signed his name thereto
by like authority.
Notary Public
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this ____day of _______, 2008 before
me personally came Vincent F. Palagiano, to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 44 Direnzo Court, Staten Island, N.
Y., that he is a member of the Board of Directors of DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES,
INC., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument;
that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said
instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of
Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like
order.
Notary Public
Modification of Employee
Retention Agreement
This
Modification
of Employee Retention Agreement
(“Modification”) is made and entered into
as of December 31, 2008 by and among
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
, a savings bank organized and operating
under the federal laws of the United States and having its executive offices at
209 Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Bank”);
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc
., a business corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware and having its executive offices at 209
Havemeyer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Holding Company”); and
___________________
,
an individual residing at _______________ ___________________________
(“Officer”).
W
i t n e s s e t h
WHEREAS
, the Bank, the Holding
Company and the Officer are parties to an Employee Retention Agreement
(“Agreement”) made and entered into as of February 22, 2007, pursuant to which
the Bank has agreed to provide certain payments to the Officer in the event that
his employment is terminated under certain circumstances as a result of a Change
of Control, and the Bank desires to assure for itself the continued availability
of the Officer’s services and the ability of the Officer to perform such
services with a minimum of personal distraction in the event of a pending or
threatened Change of Control, and the Officer is willing to continue to serve
the Bank on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
WHEREAS
, the parties desire to
modify the Agreement for the purpose, among others, of compliance with the
applicable requirements of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
and
WHEREAS
, section 21 of the
Agreement provides for modification of the Agreement in a writing signed by the
parties thereto;
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and obligations
hereinafter set forth, the Bank, the Holding Company and the Officer hereby
agree as follows:
1.
|
The
last sentence of section 7 of the Agreement is modified to add the
following clause at the end
thereof:
|
each such
reimbursement payment to be made promptly following receipt of the itemized
account and in any event not later than the last year in which the expense was
incurred.
2.
|
Section
8(b) of the Agreement is modified to add the words “on his termination of
employment, subject to section 24” after the clause “(or, in the event of
the Officer’s death, to the Officer’s
estate)”.
|
3.
|
Section
8(b)(iv), (v) and (vi) of the Agreement are modified to strike the text
"within thirty (30) days following the Officer’s termination of employment
with the Bank," where it appears
therein.
|
4.
|
Section
8(b)(v) of the Agreement is modified to add the following text to the end
thereof:
|
provided,
however, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(v) as a result of
this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans
to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be
paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as
benefits under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
5.
|
Section
8(b)(vi) of the Agreement is modified to add the following text to the end
thereof:
|
provided,
however, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(vi) as a result of
this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans
to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be
paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as
benefits under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
6.
|
Subsection
8(b)(vii)(B) of the Agreement is modified to read as
follows:
|
(B) the
salary that would have been paid to the Officer during each such calendar year
at the highest annual rate of salary achieved during the remaining unexpired
Assurance Period, such payments to be made without discounting for early
payment.
7.
|
The
text in section 10(a)(i) of the Agreement that precedes section
10(a)(i)(A) is modified to read as
follows:
|
(i) the
reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank, respectively, with one or
more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
8.
|
Section
10(a)(ii) of the Agreement is modified to read as
follows:
|
(ii) the
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank or beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in
concert, or approval by the stockholders of the Bank of any transaction which
would result in an acquisition;
9.
|
Section
11(b) of the Agreement is modified to add the following sentence to the
end thereof:
|
Any
payment pursuant to this Section 11(b) shall in any case be made no later than
the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which any
additional taxes for which the payment is to be made are remitted to the
Internal Revenue Service.
10.
|
Section
15 of the Agreement is modified to add the following sentence to the end
thereof:
|
Any
payment or reimbursement to effect such indemnification shall be made no later
than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Officer incurs the expense or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the
settlement or resolution that gives rise to the Officer’s right to
reimbursement; provided, however, that the Officer shall have submitted to the
Bank documentation supporting such expenses at such time and in such manner as
the Bank may reasonably require.
11.
|
The
last sentence of section 21 of the Agreement is modified to read as
follows:
|
No
modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed
by the parties hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be subject
to amendment in the future in such manner as the Bank and the Holding Company
shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with section
409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to avoid the imposition of
penalties and additional taxes under section 409A of the Code, it being the
express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall not diminish the
economic benefit of the Agreement to the Officer on a present value
basis.
12.
|
The
Agreement is modified to include a new section 24, entitled “Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code,” to read in its entirety as
follows:
|
Section
24.
Compliance with Section 409A
of the Code
.
The
Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company acknowledge that each of the payments
and benefits promised to the Officer under this Agreement must either comply
with the requirements of section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the
regulations thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end,
the Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in section 7 and legal fee reimbursements
described in section 15 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in section 8(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in section 8(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own
terms;
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 8(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(e) the
tax indemnity payment provided under section 11 is intended to satisfy the
requirements for a “tax gross-up payment” described in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of the
Officer’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid
on the later of the date sixty (60) days after the Officer’s earliest separation
from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h))
and, if the Officer is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the
first day of the seventh month following the Officer’s separation from service.
Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and administered in such manner
as shall be necessary to effect compliance with Section 409A.
13.
|
The
Agreement is modified to include a new section 25, entitled “Compliance
with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008,” to read in its
entirety as follows:
|
Section
25.
|
Compliance with the Emergency
Economic Stabilization Act of
2008
.
|
In the
event the Holding Company issues any debt or equity to the United States
Treasury ("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP")
implemented under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), and
the Officer becomes a senior executive officer (within the meaning of 31 C.F.R.
Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer"), the Officer acknowledges that any
compensation payable to the Officer under this Agreement or under any
compensation, bonus, incentive or other benefit plan, arrangement or agreement
of or with the Holding Company or the Bank, shall be subject to the limits of
section 111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that
has been issued and is in effect as of the date of such issue of debt or equity
to the UST pursuant to the CPP.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Holding Company have caused this Modification
to be executed and the Officer has hereunto set his or her hand.
Name:
THE DIME
SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH
By:
Name: Vincent
F. Palagiano
Title: Chairman
& Chief Executive Officer
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:
Name: Vincent
F. Palagiano
Title: Chairman
& Chief Executive Officer
Page of
[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
[TPW: NYLEGAL:790152.3]
16057-00010 12/23/2008 03:03 PM
BENEFIT
MAINTENANCE PLAN
OF
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
_________________________________
Adopted
Effective as of November 1, 1992
Amended
and Restated Effective as of December 31, 2008
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I -DEFINITIONS
|
|
Section
1.1
|
Actuarial
Equivalent
|
1
|
Section
1.2
|
Affiliated
Employer
|
1
|
Section
1.3
|
Applicable
Limitation
|
1
|
Section
1.4
|
Bank
|
2
|
Section
1.5
|
Beneficiary
|
2
|
Section
1.6
|
Board
|
2
|
Section
1.7
|
Change
in Control
|
2
|
Section
1.8
|
Code
|
2
|
Section
1.9
|
Committee
|
2
|
Section
1.10
|
Company
|
2
|
Section
1.11
|
Disability
|
2
|
Section
1.12
|
Eligible
Employee
|
2
|
Section
1.13
|
Employee
|
3
|
Section
1.14
|
Employer
|
3
|
Section
1.15
|
Employer
Contributions
|
3
|
Section
1.16
|
ERISA
|
3
|
Section
1.17
|
ESOP
|
3
|
Section
1.18
|
Exchange
Act
|
3
|
Section
1.19
|
Fair
Market Value of a Share
|
3
|
Section
1.20
|
Former
Participant
|
3
|
Section
1.21
|
Savings
Plan
|
3
|
Section
1.22
|
Memorandum
Account
|
4
|
Section
1.23
|
Participant
Account
|
4
|
Section
1.24
|
Plan
|
4
|
Section
1.25
|
Retirement
Plan
|
4
|
Section
1.26
|
Specified
Employee
|
4
|
Section
1.27
|
Share
|
4
|
Section
1.28
|
Stock
Unit
|
4
|
Section
1.29
|
Termination
of Service
|
4
|
Section
1.30
|
Unforeseeable
Emergency
|
4
|
ARTICLE
II -PARTICIPATION
|
5
|
Section
2.1
|
Eligibility
for Participation
|
5
|
Section
2.2
|
Commencement
of Participation
|
5
|
Section
2.3
|
Termination
of Participation
|
5
|
ARTICLE
III -BENEFITS TO PARTICIPANTS
|
5
|
Section
3.1
|
Supplemental
Retirement Benefit
|
5
|
Section
3.2
|
Supplemental
Savings Benefiit
|
6
|
Section
3.3
|
Supplemental
ESOP Benefits
|
8
|
ARTICLE
IV -DEATH BENEFITS
|
11
|
Section
4.1
|
Supplemental
Retirement Plan Death Benefits
|
11
|
Section
4.2
|
Supplemental
Savings Plan Death Benefits
|
11
|
Section
4.3
|
Supplemental
ESOP Death Benefits
|
11
|
Section
4.4
|
Beneficiaries
|
11
|
ARTICLE
V -DISTRIBUTIONS
|
12
|
Section
5.1
|
Scheduled
Distributions to Participant
|
12
|
Section
5.2
|
Mandatory
Cashout of Small Balances
|
13
|
Section
5.3
|
Restrictions
on Payments to Specified Employees
|
13
|
Section
5.4
|
One-Time
Election During
|
13
|
ARTICLE
VI -TRUST FUND
|
14
|
Section
6.1
|
Establishment
of Trust
|
14
|
Section
6.2
|
Contributions
to Trust
|
14
|
Section
6.3
|
Unfunded
Character of Plan
|
14
|
Section
6.4
|
Payments
in the Event of a Change in Control
|
14
|
ARTICLE
VII -ADMINISTRATION
|
15
|
Section
7.1
|
The
Committee
|
15
|
Section
7.2
|
Liability
of Committee Members and their Delegates
|
16
|
Section
7.3
|
Plan
Expenses
|
16
|
Section
7.3
|
Facility
of Payment
|
16
|
ARTICLE
VIII -AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
|
16
|
Section
8.1
|
Amendment
by the Company
|
16
|
Section
8.2
|
Termination
|
17
|
Section
8.3
|
Amendment
or Termination by Other Employers
|
17
|
ARTICLE
IX -MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
|
17
|
Section
9.1
|
Construction
and Language
|
17
|
Section
9.2
|
Headings
|
17
|
Section
9.3
|
Non-Alienation
of Benefits
|
18
|
Section
9.4
|
Indemnification
|
18
|
Section
9.5
|
Severability
|
18
|
Section
9.6
|
Waiver
|
18
|
Section
9.7
|
Governing
Law
|
18
|
Section
9.8
|
Taxes
|
19
|
Section
9.9
|
No
Deposit Account
|
19
|
Section
9.10
|
No
Right to Continued Employment
|
19
|
Section
9.11
|
Status
of Plan Under ERISA
|
19
|
Section
9.12
|
Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code
|
19
|
ARTICLE
X -EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAN
|
20
|
Benefit Maintenance
Plan
Of
Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.
ARTICLE I
Wherever
appropriate to the purposes of the Plan, capitalized terms shall have the
meanings assigned to them under the Retirement Plan, Savings Plan or ESOP, as
applicable;
provided,
however
, that the following special definitions shall apply for purposes
of the Plan, unless a different meaning is clearly indicated by the
context:
Section
1.1
Actuarial
Equivalent
means
a benefit of equivalent value determined on the basis of interest rate and
mortality assumptions prescribed under the Retirement Plan. If it
shall be necessary to determine an Actuarial Equivalent in any case for which
interest rate and mortality assumptions shall not have been prescribed under the
Retirement Plan, the Actuarial Equivalent shall be determined using the interest
rate and mortality assumptions prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal
Revenue pursuant to section 417(e) of the Code for the month in which the
determination is being made.
Section
1.2
Affiliated
Employer
means any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of
corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the Code) that includes the
Company; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under
common control (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company; any
organization (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of an affiliated
service group (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code) that includes the
Company; any leasing organization (as defined in section 414(n) of the Code) to
the extent that any of its employees are required pursuant to section 414(n) of
the Code to be treated as employees of the Company; and any other entity that is
required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under section
414(o) of the Code.
Section
1.3
Applicable
Limitation
means any of the following: (a) the limitation on annual
compensation that may be recognized under a tax-qualified plan for benefit
computation purposes pursuance to section 401(a)(17) of the Code; (b) the
maximum limitation on annual benefits payable by a tax-qualified defined benefit
plan pursuant to section 415(b) of the Code; (c) the maximum limitation on
annual additions to a tax-qualified defined contribution plan pursuant to
section 415(c) of the Code; (d) the maximum limitation on aggregate annual
benefits and annual additions under a combination of tax-qualified defined
benefit and defined contribution plans maintained by a single employer pursuant
to section 415(e) of the Code; (e) the maximum limitation on annual elective
deferrals to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to section 402(g)
of the Code; (f) the annual limitation on elective deferrals under a qualified
cash or deferred arrangement by highly compensated employees pursuant to section
401(k) of the Code; and (g) the annual limitation on voluntary employee
contributions by, and employer matching contributions for, highly compensated
employees pursuant to section 401(m) of the Code.
Section
1.4
Bank
means The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, a federal stock savings bank, and
its successors or assigns.
Section
1.5
Beneficiary
means any person, other
than a Participant or Former Participant, who is determined to be entitled to
benefits under the terms of the Plan.
Section
1.6
Board
means the Board of
Directors of the Company.
Section
1.7
Change
in Control
means, with respect to a Participant: (a) a change
in ownership of the Participant’s Relevant Corporation (as defined below); (b) a
change in effective control of the Participant’s Relevant Corporation; or (c) a
change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the
Participant’s Relevant Corporation. The existence of a Change in
Control shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with section 409A of
the Code and the regulations thereunder. For purposes of this
section, Relevant Corporation means, with respect to a Participant on any
date: (w) the corporation for which the Participant is performing
services on such date; (x) all corporations that are liable to the Participant
for the benefits due to him under the Plan; (y) a corporation that is a majority
shareholder of a corporation described in section 1.7(w) or (x); or (z) any
corporation in a chain of corporations each of which is a majority shareholder
of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation described in
section 1.7(w) or (x).
Section
1.8
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including the corresponding provisions
of any prior law or succeeding law).
Section
1.9
Committee
means the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or such other person,
committee or other entity as shall be designated by or on behalf of the Board to
perform the duties set forth in Article VII.
Section
1.10
Company
means, Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, any successor
thereto.
Section
1.11
Disability
means,
with respect to a Participant, any medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous
period of at least twelve (12) months and as a result of which either: (a) the
Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity or (b) the
Participant has been receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at
least three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of
the Participant’s employer; provided, however, that a Participant will be deemed
disabled and a Disability will be deemed to exist under the Plan if such
Participant is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security
Administration or Railroad Retirement Board. The existence of a
Disability shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with section 409A
and the regulations thereunder.
Section
1.12
Eligible
Employee
means an Employee who is eligible for participation in the Plan
in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Section
1.13
Employee
means any person, including an officer, who is employed by the
Employer.
Section
1.14
Employer
means Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., and any successor thereto and The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh and any successor thereto and any Affiliated
Employer which, with the prior written approval of the Board of Directors of
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and subject to such terms and conditions as may
be imposed by the Board of Directors of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., shall
adopt this Plan.
Section
1.15
Employer
Contributions
means contributions by any Employer to the Savings Plan or
the ESOP.
Section
1.16
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time
to time (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding
law).
Section
1.17
ESOP
means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and
Certain Affiliates, as amended from time to time (including the corresponding
provisions of any successor qualified employee stock ownership plan adopted by
the Company).
Section
1.18
Exchange
Act
means
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (including the
corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).
Section
1.19
Fair
Market Value of a Share
means, with respect to a Share on a specified
date:
(a) the
final reported sales price on the date in question (or if there is no reported
sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale
occurred) as reported in the principal consolidated reporting system with
respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal United
States securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to
trading; or
(b) if
the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the
closing bid quotation with respect to a Share on such date on the National
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System, or, if no such
quotation is provided, on another similar system, selected by the Committee,
then in use; or
(c) if
sections 1.19(a) and (b) are not applicable, the fair market value of a Share as
the Committee may determine.
Section
1.20
Former
Participant
means a person whose participation in the Plan has terminated
as provided under section 1.30.
Section
1.21
Savings
Plan
means the 401(k) Savings Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh, as amended from time to time (including the provisions of any
successor qualified defined contribution plan adopted by the
Company).
Section
1.22
Memorandum
Account
means,
collectively, all of the accounts that hold all of the deferred compensation
credited to a Participant under Article III reduced to reflect
distributions.
Section
1.23
Participant
Account
means
any person who is participating in the Plan in accordance with its
terms.
Section
1.24
Plan
means the Benefit Maintenance Plan of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., as
amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any
successor plan adopted by the Company).
Section
1.25
Retirement
Plan
means the Retirement Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh,
as amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any
successor qualified defined benefit plan adopted by the Bank).
Section
1.26
Specified
Employee
has
the meaning set forth in section 409A of the Code.
Section
1.27
Share
means a share of common
stock, par value $.01 per share, of Dime Community Bancshares.,
Inc.
Section
1.28
Stock
Unit
means a right to receive a payment under the Plan in an amount
equal, on the date as of which such Payment is made, to the Fair Market Value of
a Share.
Section
1.29
Termination
of Service
means cessation of all services to all Relevant Employers (as
defined below) in all capacities other than as a director of such Relevant
Employer’s board of directors. The occurrence of a Termination of
Service shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the rules for
determining whether a "separation from service" has occurred under section 409A
of the Code and the regulations thereunder. For purposes of this
section, Relevant Employer means, with respect to a Participant on any date: any
Employer for whom the Participant performs services and with respect to whom the
Participant's rights under this Plan arise, and any corporation, or trade or
business whether or not incorporated, that is considered a "single employer"
with such Employer within the meaning of section 414(b) or section 414(c) of the
Code; provided that when applying sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) of the Code
or Treasury Regulation section 1.414(c)-2 pursuant to section 414(b) or section
414(c) of the Code, the phrase "at least 50 percent" shall be used instead of
the phrase "at least 80 percent" in each place it appears therein.
Section
1.30
Unforeseeable
Emergency
means,
with respect to a Participant, a severe financial hardship to the Participant
resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s
spouse, beneficiary or dependent (within the meaning of section 152 of the Code,
without regard to sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) of the Code), loss
of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary
and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control
of the Participant. The existence of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall
be determined by the Committee in accordance with section 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder.
ARTICLE
II
PARTICIPATION
Section
2.1
Eligibility for
Participation
.
Only
Eligible Employees may be or become Participants. An Employee shall become an
Eligible Employee if:
(a) he
has been designated an Eligible Employee by resolution of the Committee;
and
(b) he
is a Participant in the Retirement Plan, the Savings Plan or the ESOP, or any
combination thereof, and the benefits to which he is entitled thereunder are
limited by one or more of the Applicable Limitations;
provided, however
, that no
person shall be named an Eligible Employee, nor shall any person who has been an
Eligible Employee continue as an Eligible Employee, to the extent that such
person's participation, or continued participation, in the Plan would cause the
Plan to fail to be considered maintained for the primary purpose of providing
deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated
employees for purposes of ERISA.
Section
2.2
Commencement of
Participation
An
Employee shall become a Participant on the date when he first becomes an
Eligible Employee, unless the Committee shall, by resolution, establish an
earlier or later effective date of participation for a Participant.
Termination of
Participation
Participation
in the Plan shall cease on the earlier of (a) the date of the Participant's
Termination of Service or (b) the date on which he ceases to be an Eligible
Employee.
ARTICLE
III
BENEFITS TO
PARTICIPANTS
Section
3.1
Supplemental Retirement
Benefit
(a) A
Participant whose benefits under the Retirement Plan are limited by one or more
of the Applicable Limitations shall be eligible for a supplemental retirement
benefit under this Plan in an amount equal to the excess of:
(i) the
retirement benefit to which he would be entitled under the Retirement Plan in
the absence of the Applicable Limitations; over
(ii) the
actual retirement benefit to which he is entitled under the Retirement
Plan;
in each
case computed as of the date on which his benefit under the Retirement Plan is
scheduled to commence and on the basis of the benefit form selected by him under
the Retirement Plan;
provided,
however
, that if the Participant dies before the payment of such
supplemental retirement benefit begins, no benefit shall be payable under this
section 3.1 and the survivor benefit, if any, which may be payable shall be
determined under section 4.1.
(b) The
supplemental retirement benefit provided for in this section 3.1 shall be paid
in the form of a single life annuity commencing on the first day of the month
coincident with or next following the Participant's Termination of Service or,
if later, the first day of the month coincident with or next following
Participant's 65th birthday. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may,
subject to the restrictions in section 5.1, within thirty (30) days after first
becoming eligible to participate in the Plan for purpose of receiving a
supplemental retirement benefit, elect that such supplemental retirement benefit
(to the extent that such benefit is attributable to compensation for services
performed after such election) be paid in a different form or commencing at a
different time by filing a written election, in such form and manner as the
Committee may provide, within such thirty (30) day period, and the amount of
such benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payable in the
absence of such an election.
(c) Notwithstanding
section 3.1(b), subject to the consent of the Committee in its sole and absolute
discretion, each Participant may, by written election given in such form and
manner as the Committee may prescribe, elect to change the time and manner of
distribution of the balance credited to the supplemental retirement benefit;
provided, however,
that:
(i) any
such election shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after it is
received by the Committee;
(ii) in
the case of an election to defer a payment to be made on account of an event
other than the Participant’s death, Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency, the
first payment made under such election shall not occur until at least five (5)
years later than such payment would otherwise have been made (or begin to be
made); and
(iii) any
such election is subject to the restrictions in section 5.1.
Section
3.2
Supplemental Savings
Benefit
.
(a) A
Participant whose benefits under the Savings Plan are limited by one or more of
the Applicable Limitations shall be eligible for a supplemental savings benefit
under this Plan in an amount equal to:
(i) the
aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of
amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in
the Savings Plan) that would have been credited to the Participant's account
under the Savings Plan in the absence of the Applicable Limitations if for all
relevant periods he had made the maximum amount of elective deferrals under
section 402(g) of the Code or voluntary employee contributions under section
401(a) of the Code required to qualify for the maximum possible allocation of
Employer Contributions (and without regard to the amount of elective deferrals
or voluntary employee contributions actually made); over
(ii) the
aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of
amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in
the Savings Plan) actually credited to the Participant's account under the
Savings Plan for such periods;
adjusted
for earnings and losses as provided in section 3.2(b);
provided, however
, that if
the Participant dies before the payment of such supplemental savings benefit
begins, no benefit shall be payable under this section 3.2 and the survivor
benefit, if any, which may be payable shall be determined under section
4.2.
(b) The
Committee shall cause to be maintained a bookkeeping account to reflect all
Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts forfeited upon the
termination of employment of others participating in the Savings Plan) that
cannot be made to a Participant's account under the Savings Plan due to the
Applicable Limitations and amounts under section 3.2(c), and shall cause such
bookkeeping account to be credited with all such Employer Contributions as of
the date on which such Employer Contributions would have been credited to the
Participant's account in the Savings Plan in the absence of the Applicable
Limitations. The balance credited to such bookkeeping account shall be adjusted
for distributions, withdrawals, earnings or losses as follows:
(i) except
as provided in section 3.2(b)(ii), the balance credited to such bookkeeping
account shall be credited with interest as of the last day of each calendar
month at a rate for such month equal to one-twelfth of the annualized yield on
30-year Treasury Securities, Constant Maturities, prescribed by the Commissioner
of Internal Revenue for such month pursuant to section 417(e) of the Code;
or
(ii) if
and to the extent permitted by the Committee, as though such Employer
Contributions had been contributed to a trust fund and invested, for the benefit
of the Participant, in such investments at such time or times as the Participant
shall have designated in such form and manner as the Committee shall
prescribe.
(iii) The
balance credited to the bookkeeping account shall be reduced for any
distributions or withdrawals.
(c) Effective
June 15, 2008, the balance credited to the bookkeeping accounts of Messrs.
Timothy King and Michael Pucella under this section 3.2 shall be adjusted as
follows:
(i) in
the case of Mr. King, the balance credited to his a bookkeeping account shall be
credited with an additional Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty-Eight Dollars
($7,768); and
(ii) in
the case of Mr. Pucella, the balance credited to his bookkeeping account shall
be credited with an additional Six Thousand One Hundred Ninety-One Dollars
($6,191).
(d) The
supplemental savings benefit payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in
a single lump sum within the first thirty days of the calendar year following
the calendar year in which the Participant's Termination of Service occurs and
shall be equal to the balance credited to his bookkeeping account as of the last
day of the last calendar month to end prior to the date of payment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may, subject to the restrictions in
section 5.1, within thirty (30) days after first becoming eligible to
participate in the Plan for purposes of receiving a supplemental savings
benefit, elect that such supplemental savings benefit (to the extent that such
benefit is attributable to compensation for services performed after such
election) be paid in a different form or commencing at a different time by
filing a written election, in such form and manner as the Committee may
prescribe, within such thirty (30) day period.
(e) Notwithstanding
section 3.2(d), subject to the consent of the Committee in its sole and absolute
discretion, each Participant may, by written election given in such form and
manner as the Committee may prescribe, elect to change the time and manner of
distribution of the balance credited to the supplemental savings benefit;
provided, however, that:
(i) any
such election shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after it is
received by the Committee;
(ii) in
the case of an election to defer a payment to be made on account of an event
other than the Participant’s death, Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency, the
first payment made under such election shall not occur until at least five (5)
years later than such payment would otherwise have been made (or begin to be
made); and
(iii) any
such election is subject to the restrictions in section 5.1.
Section
3.3
Supplemental ESOP
Benefits
(a) A
Participant whose benefits under the ESOP are limited by one of more of the
Applicable Limitations shall be eligible for a supplemental ESOP benefit under
this Plan in an amount equal to the sum of:
(i) for
each period for which an allocation of Shares is made under the ESOP, a number
of Stock Units the excess of (A) the number of Shares that bears the same
relationship to such Participant's compensation taken into account in
determining allocations under the ESOP (without regard to any limit on such
compensation pursuant to any Applicable Limitation) as the number of Shares
allocated for such period under the ESOP to an individual whose allocation is
not limited by any Applicable Limitation bears to such person's compensation
taken into account in determining allocations under the ESOP over (b) the actual
number of Shares allocated to such Participant under the ESOP for such period,
taking into account in both cases Shares allocated as a result of forfeitures;
and
(ii) if
and to the extent that Employer Contributions to the ESOP result in allocations
to the Participant's account of assets other than Shares for any period, an
amount for each period equal to the excess (if any) of (A) the dollar amount
that bears the same relationship to such Participant's compensation taken into
account in allocating Employer Contributions under the ESOP (without regard to
any limit on such compensation pursuant to any Applicable Limitation) as the
dollar amount of Employer Contributions allocated for such period under the ESOP
to an individual whose allocation is not limited by any Applicable Limitation
bears to such person's compensation taken into account in determining
allocations under the ESOP over (b) the actual dollar amount of Employer
Contributions allocated to such Participant under the ESOP for such period,
taking into account in both cases dollar amounts allocated as a result of
forfeitures.
adjusted
for earnings and losses as provided in section 3.3(b);
provided, however
, that if
the Participant dies before the payment of such supplemental ESOP benefit
begins, no benefit shall be payable under this section 3.3 and the survivor
benefit, if any, which may be payable shall be determined under section
4.3.
(b) The
Committee shall cause to be maintained a bookkeeping account to reflect all
Shares and Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts
forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the
ESOP) that cannot be allocated to a Participant's account under the ESOP due to
the Applicable Limitations and amounts under section 3.3(c), and shall cause
such bookkeeping account to be credited with such Employer Contributions and
Stock Units reflecting such Shares as of the date on which such Employer
Contributions and Shares, respectively, would have been credited to the
Participant's account in the ESOP in the absence of the Applicable Limitations.
The balance credited to such bookkeeping account shall be adjusted for
distributions, withdrawals, earnings or losses as follows:
(i) all
Stock Units shall be adjusted from time to time so that the value of a Stock
Unit on any date is equal to the Fair Market Value of Share on such date and the
number of Stock Units shall be adjusted as and when appropriate to reflect any
stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, exchange, conversion, or other
event generally affecting the number of Shares held by all holders of Shares;
and
(ii) (A) except
as provided in section 3.3(b)(ii)(B), the balance credited to such bookkeeping
account that does not consist of Stock Units shall be credited with interest as
of the last day of each calendar month at a rate for such month
equal to one twelfth of the annualized yield on 30-year Treasury
Securities, Constant Maturities, prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal
Revenue for such month pursuant to section 417(e) of the Code; or
(B) if
and to the extent permitted by the Committee, the balance credited to such
bookkeeping account that does not consist of Stock Units shall be adjusted as
though such Employer Contributions had been contributed to a trust find and
invested, for the benefit of the Participant, in such investments at such time
or times as the Participant shall have designated in such form and manner as the
Committee shall prescribe;
(iii) The
balance credited to the bookkeeping account shall be reduced for any
distributions or withdrawals.
provided, however
, that to
the extent that the Participant shall receive on a current basis any dividend
paid with respect to Shares credited to his account under the ESOP, the
bookkeeping account established for him under this Plan shall not be adjusted to
reflect such dividend and, instead, the Participant shall be paid an amount per
Stock Unit equal to the dividend par Share received by the Participant under the
ESOP, at substantially the same time as such dividend is paid under the
ESOP.
(c) Effective
June 15, 2008, the balance credited to the bookkeeping accounts of Messrs.
Timothy King and Michael Pucella under this section 3.3 shall be adjusted as
follows:
(i) in
the case of Mr. King, the balance credited to his a bookkeeping account shall be
credited with an additional Twenty-Seven Thousand Sixty-Nine Dollars ($27,069);
and
(ii) in
the case of Mr. Pucella, the balance credited to his bookkeeping account shall
be credited with an additional Twenty-Two Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Three
Dollars ($22,573).
(d) The
supplemental ESOP benefit payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in a
single lump sum within the first thirty days of the calendar year in which the
Participant's Termination of Service occurs and shall be in an amount equal to
the balance credited to his bookkeeping account. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
a Participant may, subject to the restrictions in section 5.1, within thirty
(30) days after first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan for purposes
of receiving a supplemental ESOP benefit, elect that such supplemental ESOP
benefit (to the extent that such benefit is attributable to compensation for
services performed after such election) be paid in a different form or
commencing at a different time by filing a written election, in such form and
manner as the Committee may prescribe, within such thirty (30) day
period.
(e) Notwithstanding
section 3.3(d), subject to the consent of the Committee in its sole and absolute
discretion, each Participant may, by written election given in such form and
manner as the Committee may prescribe, elect to change the time and manner of
distribution of the balance credited to the supplemental retirement benefit;
provided, however, that:
(i) any
such election shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after it is
received by the Committee;
(ii) in
the case of an election to defer a payment to be made on account of an event
other than the Participant’s death, Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency, the
first payment made under such election shall not occur until at least five (5)
years later than such payment would otherwise have been made (or begin to be
made); and
(iii) any
such election is subject to the restrictions in section 5.1.
ARTICLE
IV
DEATH
BENEFITS
Section
4.1
Supplemental Retirement Plan
Death Benefits
.
If a
Participant who is eligible for a supplemental retirement benefit under section
3.1 dies before the payment of such benefit begins, a supplemental survivor's
retirement benefit shall be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary under this
Plan in amount equal to the excess (if any) of (a) the survivor's benefit that
would have been payable under the Retirement Plan commencing at the earliest
permissible date in the absence of the Applicable Limitations if the Participant
had effectively designated such Beneficiary as his beneficiary under the
Retirement Plan, over (b) the survivor's benefit would have been payable under
the Retirement Plan commencing at the earliest permissible date after giving
effect too the Applicable Limitations if the Participate had effectively
designated such Beneficiary as his beneficiary under the Retirement
Plan. Such benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum which is the
Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit described in the preceding sentence within
the first thirty days of the calendar year following the death of the
Participant.
Section
4.2
Supplemental Savings Plan
Death Benefits
.
If a
Participant who is eligible for a supplemental savings benefit under section 3.2
dies before the payment of such benefit begins, a supplemental survivor's
savings benefit shall be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary under this
Plan in amount equal to the balance credited to the bookkeeping account
established for the Participant under section 3.2(b). Such benefit shall be paid
in a single lump within the first thirty days of the calendar year following the
death of the Participant and the bookkeeping account established for such
Participant pursuant to section 3.2(b) shall continue to be adjusted as provided
therein through the last day of the last calendar month to end prior to the date
of payment.
Section
4.3
Supplement ESOP Death
Benefits
.
If a
Participant who is eligible for a supplemental ESOP benefit under section 3.3
dies before the payment of such benefit begins, a supplemental ESOP benefit
shall be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan in amount
equal to the balance credited to the bookkeeping account established for the
Participant under section 3.3(b). Such benefit shall be paid in a single lump
within the first thirty days of the calendar year following the death of the
Participant, and the bookkeeping account established for such Participant
pursuant to section 3.3(b) shall continue to be adjusted as provided therein
through the last day of the last calendar month to end prior to the date of
payment.
Section
4.4
Beneficiaries
A
Participant or Former Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries
to receive any survivor benefits payable under the Plan upon his death. Any such
designation, or change therein or revocation thereof, shall be made in writing
in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee, shall be revocable until the
death of the Participant, and shall thereafter be irrevocable;
provided, however
, that any
change or revocation shall be effective only if received by the Committee prior
to the Participant's or Former Participant's death. If a Participant
or Former Participant shall die without having effectively named a Beneficiary,
he shall be deemed to have named his estate as his sole Beneficiary. If a
Participant or Former Participant and his designated Beneficiary shall die in
circumstances which give rise to doubt as to which of them shall have been the
first to die, the Participant or Former Participant shall be deemed to have
survived the Beneficiary. If a Participant or Former Participant
designates more than one Beneficiary, all shall be deemed to have equal shares
unless the Participant or Former Participant shall expressly provide
otherwise.
ARTICLE
V
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section
5.1
Scheduled Distributions to
Participant
.
If a
Participant so elects in his initial election to participate or in any
subsequent deferral election, payment of balances attributable to amounts
deferred pursuant to such election may be made:
(a) in
a single payment as of a designated date (not earlier than the first date such
balances are otherwise payable) specified by the Participant in his
election;
(b) in
the case of benefits under section 3.1 of this Plan, in a single life annuity or
such different form of payment provided for benefits under the Retirement Plan
as the Committee may provide; or
(c) in
the case of benefits under sections 3.2 or 3.3 of this Plan, in monthly,
quarterly or annual installments over such number of years (not to exceed
fifteen (15)) and payable beginning on such date (not earlier than the first
date such balances are otherwise payable) specified by the Participant in his
election. In the event that payment is to be made in installments,
each installment shall be equal to the balance credited to the Participant’s
Memorandum Account (or, if applicable, the portion of such Participant’s
Memorandum Account attributable to sections 3.2 or 3.3 of this Plan) as of the
last day of the quarter ending immediately prior to the date on which payment is
to be made, divided by the number of installment payments remaining to be paid
(including the payment then being computed).
Section
5.2
Mandatory Cashout of Small
Balances
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, if, as of December 31 of any calendar year
following a Participant’s Termination of Service, the balance credited to his
Memorandum Account is less than or equal to the applicable dollar amount under
section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, the entire balance credited to his Memorandum
Account shall be distributed in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable
during the immediately following calendar year; provided, however that if the
Participant has deferrals of compensation under any other account balance plan
that would be aggregated with this plan for purposes of section 409A of the Code
pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(B), no distribution
shall be allowed under this section unless (a) the sum of (i) the balance
credited to the Participant's Memorandum Account and (ii) all amounts deferred
under such other plan or plans is less than or equal to the applicable dollar
amount under 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, (b) all such other plans provide for such
a mandatory cashout distribution, and (c) all amounts deferred under all such
plans are distributed at the same time.
Section
5.3
Restrictions on Payments to
Specified Employees
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent required under section 409A
of the Code, any payment under this Plan that is made to a Specified Employee on
account of his Termination of Service shall be delayed and shall be paid on the
first day of the seventh month following such Participant’s Termination of
Service.
Section
5.4
One-Time Election During
2008
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, subject to the consent of the Committee in
its sole and absolute discretion, a Participant may, at any time prior to
January 1, 2009, elect a new time and form of payment for the balance credited
to his Memorandum Account (or, if applicable, the portion of such Participant’s
Memorandum Account attributable to section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3 of this Plan) as of
December 31, 2008;
provided,
however,
that the payment (or the first payment in a series of payments)
(a) shall be made no earlier than January 1, 2009, (b) shall be made, in the
case of amounts attributable to section 3.1 of this Plan, in a single lump sum,
a single life annuity, or such different form of payment provided for benefits
under the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2008 as the Committee may provide,
(c) shall be made, in the case of amounts attributable to section 3.2 or 3.3 of
this Plan, in a single lump sum or by monthly, quarterly or annual installments
for a period not to exceed fifteen (15) years, and (c) shall be made no earlier
than January 1 of the year immediately following the year of such Participant’s
Termination of Service. Such an election shall be made in the form
and manner to be determined by the Committee.
ARTICLE
VI
TRUST
FUND
Section
6.1
Establishment of
Trust
The
Company may establish a trust fund which may be used to accumulate funds to
satisfy benefit liabilities to Participants, Former Participants and their
Beneficiaries under the Plan;
provided, however
, that the
assets of such trust shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the
Company in the event that it is determined that the Company is insolvent; and
provided, further
, that
the trust agreement shall contain such terms, conditions and provisions as shall
be necessary to cause the Company to be considered the owner of the trust fund
for federal, state or local income tax purposes with respect to all amounts
contributed to the trust fund or any income attributable to the investments of
the trust fund. The Company shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in
establishing and maintaining such trust. Any payments made to a Participant,
Former Participant or Beneficiary from a trust established under this section
6.1 shall offset payments which would otherwise be payable by the Company in the
absence of the establishment of such trust. Any such trust will conform to the
terms of the model trust described in Revenue Procedure 92-64, as the same may
be modified from time to time.
Section
6.2
Contributions to
Trus
If a
trust is established in accordance with section 6.1, the Company shall make
contributions to such trust in such amounts and at such times as may be
specified by the Committee or as may be required pursuant to the terms of the
agreement governing the establishment and operation of such trust.
Section
6.3
Unfunded Character of
Plan
.
Notwithstanding
the establishment of a trust pursuant to section 6.1, the Plan shall be unfunded
for purposes of the Code and ERISA. Any liability of the Bank, the Company or
another Employer to any person with respect to benefits payable under the Plan
shall be based solely upon such contractual obligations, if any, as shall be
created by the Plan, and shall give rise only to a claim against the general
assets of the Bank, the Company or such Employer. No such liability shall be
deemed to be secured by any pledge or any other encumbrance on any specific
property of the Bank, the Company or any other Employer.
Section
6.4
Payments in the Event of a
Change in Contro
l
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control of the
Company that occurs on or after January 1, 2008, all benefits under the Plan
that have not been paid prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control
(including but not limited to the remaining installment payments in a series of
installments) shall be paid in a single lump sum upon the occurrence of the
Change in Control; provided, however, to the extent such payments are regarded
as payments on account of a Termination of Service to an individual who is a
Specified Employee, payment shall, to the extent required to comply with section
409A of the Code, be deferred until the first day of the seventh calendar month
to begin after the occurrence of the individual's Termination of
Service.
ARTICLE
VII
ADMINISTRATION
Section
7.1
The
Committee
Except
for the functions reserved to the Company or the Board, the Administration of
the Plan shall be the responsibility of the Committee. The Committee shall have
the power and the duty to take all actions and to make all decisions necessary
or proper to carry out the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to any
question involving the general administration and interpretation of the Plan
shall be final, conclusive and binding. Any discretionary actions to be taken
under the Plan by the Committee shall be uniform in their nature and applicable
to all persons similarly situated. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Committee shall have the following powers:
(a) to
furnish to all Participants, upon request, copies of the Plan and to require any
person to furnish such information as it may request for the purpose of the
proper administration of the Plan as a condition to receiving any benefits under
the Plan;
(b) to
make and enforce such rules and regulations and prescribe the use of such forms
as it shall deem necessary for the efficient administration of the
Plan;
(c) to
interpret the Plan, and to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions,
and the determinations of the Committee in respect thereof shall be binding,
final and conclusive upon all interested parties;
(d) to
decide on questions concerning the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan;
(e) to
determine the amount of benefits which shall be payable to any person in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to hear and decide claims for
benefits, and to provide a full and fair review to any Participant whose claim
for benefits has been denied in whole or in part;
(f) to
designate a person, who may or may not be a member of the Committee, as “plan
administrator” for purposes of the ERISA;
(g) to
allocate any such powers and duties to or among individual members of the
Committee; and
(h) the
power to designate persons other than Committee members to carry out any duty or
power which would otherwise be a responsibility of the Committee or
Administrator, under the terms of the Plan.
Section
7.2
Liability of Committee
Members and their Delegates
To the
extent permitted by law, the Committee and any person to whom it may delegate
any duty or power in connection with administering the Plan, the Bank, the
Company, Employer, and the officers and directors thereof shall be entitled to
rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken or
suffered by them in good faith In the reliance upon, any actuary, counsel,
accountant, other specialist, or other person selected by the Committee, or in
reliance upon any tables, valuations, certificates, opinions or reports which
shall be furnished by any of them. Farther, to the extent permitted by law, no
member of the Committee, nor the Bank, the Company, any Employer, nor the
officers or directors thereof, shall be liable for any neglect, omission or
wrongdoing of any other members of the Committee, agent, officer or employee of
the Bank, the Company or any Employer. Any person claiming benefits under the
Plan shall look solely to the Employer for redress.
Section
7.3
Plan
Expenses
All
expenses incurred prior to the termination of the Plan that shall arise in
connection with the administration of the Plan (including, but not limited to
administrative expenses, proper charges and disbursements, compensation and
other expenses and charges of any actuary, counsel, accountant, specialist, or
other person who shall be employed by the Committee in connection with the
administration of the Plan), shall be paid by the Company.
Section
7.4
Facility of
Payment
If the
Company is unable to make payment to any Participant, Former Participant
Beneficiary, or any other person to whom a payment is due under the Plan,
because it cannot ascertain the identity or whereabouts of such Participant,
Former Participant Beneficiary, or other person after reasonable efforts have
been made to identify or locate such person (including a notice of the payment
so due mailed to the last known address of such Participant, Former Participant
Beneficiary, or other person shown on the records of the Employer), such payment
and all subsequent payments otherwise due to such Participant, Former
Participant or other person shall be forfeited twenty-four (24) months after the
date such payment first became due; provided, however, that such payment and any
subsequent payments shall be reinstated, retroactively, no later than sixty (60)
days after the date on which the Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary,
or other person is identified or located.
ARTICLE
VIII
AMENDMENT
AND TERMINATION
Section
8.1
Amendment by the
Company
The
Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time and
from to time, by action of the Board, to amend the Plan in whole or in part. In
no event, however, shall any such amendment adversely affect the right of any
Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary to receive any benefits under the
Plan in respect of participation for any period ending on or before the later of
the date on which such amendment is adopted or the date on which it is made
effective.
Section
8.2
Termination
The
Company also reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, by action
of the Board, to terminate the Plan. In such event, undistributed benefits
attributable to participation prior to the date of termination shall be
distributed as though each Participant terminated employment with the Bank, the
Company and all other Employers as of the effective date of termination of the
Plan.
Section
8.3
Amendment or Termination by
Other Employers
In the
event that a corporation of trade or business other than the Company shall adopt
this Plan, such corporation or trade or business shall, by adopting the Plan,
empower the Company to amend or terminate the Plan, insofar as it shall cover
employees of such corporation or trade or business, upon the terms and
conditions set forth in sections 8.1 and 8.2; provided, however, that any such
corporation or trade or business may, by action of its board of directors or
other governing body, amend or terminate the Plan, insofar as it shall cover
employees of such corporation or trade or business, at different times and in a
different manner. In the event of any such amendment or termination by action of
the board of directors or either governing body of such a corporation or trade
or business, a separate plan shall be deemed to have been established for the
employees of such corporation or trade or business, and any amounts set aside to
provide for the satisfaction of benefit liabilities with respect to Employees of
such corporation or trade or business shall be segregated from the assets set
aside for the purposes of this Plan at the earliest practicable date and shall
be dealt with in accordance with the documents governing such separate
plan.
ARTICLE
XIX
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
Section
9.1
Construction and
Language
Wherever
appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural,
words in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the
masculine gender shall be deemed equally to refer to the feminine or the neuter.
Any reference to an Article or section shall be to an Article or section of the
Plan, unless otherwise indicated.
Section
9.2
Headings
The
headings of Articles and sections are included solely for convenience of
reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the
Agreement, the text shall control.
Section
9.3
Non-Alienation of
Benefits
Except as
may otherwise be required by law, no distribution or payment under the Plan to
any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary shall be subject in any
manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to so
anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the
same shall be void; nor shall any such distribution or payment be in any way
liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts
of any person entitled to such distribution or payment. If any Participant,
Former Participant or Beneficiary is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to
anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any
such distribution or payment, voluntarily or involuntarily, the Committee, in
its sole discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment or may hold or
cause to be held or applied such distribution or payment, or any part thereof,
to or for the benefit of such Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary, in
such manner as the Committee still direct;
provided
, however, that no
such action by the Committee shall cause the acceleration or deferral of any
benefit payments from the date on which such payments are scheduled to be
made.
Section
9.4
Indemnification
The
Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Participant, Former
Participant and Beneficiary, against their reasonable costs, including legal
fees, incurred by them or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which
they may be involved, as a result of their efforts, in good faith, to defend or
enforce the obligation of the Bank, the Company and any other Employer under the
terms of the Plan.
Section
9.5
Severability
A
determination that any provision of the Plan is invalid or unenforceable shall
not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
Section
9.6
Waiver
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
of the Plan shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition. A
waiver of any provision of the Plan must be made in writing, designated as a
waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more
times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at
any other time or times.
Section
9.7
Governing
Law
The Plan
shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State
of New York without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof,
except to the extent that such laws are preempted by the federal laws of the
United States. Any payments made pursuant to this Plan are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and any regulations
promulgated thereunder.
Section
9.8
Taxes
The
Employer shall have the right to retain a sufficient portion of any payment made
under the Plan to cover the amount required to be withheld pursuant to any
applicable federal, state and local tax law.
Section
9.9
No Deposit
Account
Nothing
in the Plan shall be held or construed to establish any deposit account for any
Participant or any deposit liability on the part of the Bank. Participants'
rights hereunder shall be equivalent to those of a general unsecured creditor of
each Employer.
Section
9.10
No Right to Continued
Employment
Neither
the establishment of the Plan, nor any provisions of the Plan nor any action of
the Plan Administrator, the Committee or any Employer shall be held or construed
to confer upon any Employee any right to a continuation of employment by the
Employer. The Employer reserves the right to dismiss any Employee or otherwise
deal with any Employee to the same extent as though the Plan had not been
adopted.
Section
9.11
Status of Plan Under
ERISA
The Plan
is intended to be (a) to the maximum extent permitted under applicable laws, an
unfunded, non-qualified excess benefit plan as contemplated by section 3(36) of
ERISA for the purpose of providing benefits in excess of the limitations imposed
under section 415 of the Code, and (b) to the extent not so permitted, an
unfunded, non-qualified plan maintained primarily for the purpose of
providing deferred compensation for highly compensated employees, as
contemplated by sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. The Plan is
not intended to comply with the requirements of section 401(a) of the Code or to
be subject to Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. The Plan shall be
administered and, construed so as to effectuate this intent.
Section
9.12
Compliance with Section 409A
of the Code
The Plan
is intended to be a non-qualified deferred compensation plan described in
section 409A of the Code. The Plan shall be operated, administered
and construed to give effect to such intent. In addition,
notwithstanding Article VIII, the Plan shall be subject to amendment, with or
without advance notice to Participants and other interested parties, and on a
prospective or retroactive basis, including but not limited to amendment in a
manner that adversely affects the rights of participants and other interested
parties, to the extent necessary to effect such compliance.
ARTICLE
X
EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAN
This
amended and restated Plan is effective from and after December 31,
2008. Prior to December 31, 2008, the previous version of the Plan
that was amended and restated in June 1997 and incorporates amendments 1, 2, 3
& 4 shall control.
Severance
Pay Plan
of
The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh
________________________
Adopted
on February 8, 1996
Effective
on November 1, 1995, Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1,
2008
SEVERANCE
PAY PLAN OF THE
DIME
SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH
Article
I
Purpose
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh adopts this Severance Pay Plan for the benefit of
its eligible Employees. The Bank recognizes that, as a public company, it will
be subject to the possibility of a negotiated or unsolicited change of control
which may result in a loss of employment for some of its Employees and that it
may acquire other companies in transactions which may result in a loss of
employment for the employees of the Acquired Companies. The purpose of the Plan
is to encourage the Bank's Employees and those of Acquired Companies to continue
working for their employers with their full time and attention devoted to their
employer's affairs by providing prescribed income security and job placement
assistance in the event of an Involuntary Severance following a Change of
Control. Effective as of_ January 1, 2008, the Plan is amended and
restated to comply with the applicable requirements of section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code.”)
Article
II
Definitions
For
purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to
them below, unless a different meaning is plainly indicated by the
context:
Section
2.1
Acquired
Company
means any of the following companies which is acquired by, or
merged or consolidated with, the Bank:
1. Pioneer
Savings Bank, F.S.B
2. Conestoga
Bancorp, Inc
Section
2.2
Acquired
Employee
means a person who is employed by an Acquired Company at the
time when such company becomes an Acquired Company and who becomes an employee
of the Bank immediately thereafter. An Acquired Employee whose employment by the
Bank terminates for any reason and who is subsequently re-employed by the Bank
shall not be considered an Acquired Employee following such
re-employment.
Section
2.3
Bank
means The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (or its successors or assigns,
whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, statutory receivership,
operation of law or otherwise) and any affiliate of The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh which, with the approval of the Board of Directors of The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, and subject to such conditions as may be imposed
by such Board, adopts this Plan.
Section
2.4
Board
means the Board of Directors of The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh.
Section
2.5
Cause
means, with respect to the conduct of an Employee in connection with his
employment with the Bank, personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct,
breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to
perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other
than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order in
each case as measured against standards generally prevailing at the relevant
time in the savings and community banking industry; provided, however, that
following a Change of Control of the Bank or a company which owns 100% of the
outstanding common stock of the Bank, an Employee shall not be deemed to have
been discharged for Cause unless and until he shall have received a written
notice of termination from the Board, accompanied by a resolution duly adopted
by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board at a meeting called and
held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Employee and a reasonable
opportunity for the Employee to make oral and written presentations to the
members of the Board, on his own behalf, or through a representative, who may be
his legal counsel, to refute the grounds for the proposed determination)finding
that in the good faith opinion of the Board grounds exist for discharging the
Employee for
"Cause"
.
Section
2.6
Change
of Control
means
(a) with
respect to The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh:
(i) the
occurrence of any event upon which any
"person"
(as such term is
used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (
"Exchange
Act"
)), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of employees of The
Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh; (B) a corporation owned, directly or
indirectly, by the stockholders of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh; or (C) any group constituting a person in which
employees of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh are substantial members,
becomes the
"beneficial
owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities issued by The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of all of
The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh's then outstanding securities;
or
(ii) the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the date the Plan is
adopted are members of the Board, together with individuals whose election by
the Board or nomination for election by The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh's
stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
members of the Board then in office who were either members of the Board on the
date this Plan is adopted or whose nomination or election was previously so
approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the
Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election
contest relating to the election of directors of The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act); or
(iii) the
shareholders of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh (or, if The Dime Savings
Bank of Williamsburgh is not then a stock form institution, the Board of The
Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh) approve either:
(A) a
merger or consolidation of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(I) either
(1) the members of the Board of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
immediately prior to such merger or consolidation constitute at least a majority
of the members of the governing body of the institution resulting from such
merger or consolidation; or (2) the shareholders of The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh own securities of the institution resulting from such merger or
consolidation representing 80% or more of the combined voting power of all such
securities then outstanding in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of voting securities of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh before
such merger or consolidation; and
(II) the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh's
obligations under the Plan; or
(B) a
plan of complete liquidation of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh or an
agreement for the sale or disposition by The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
of all or substantially all of its assets; and
(b) with
respect to any company which owns 100% of the outstanding common stock The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, any event that would be described in section
2.6(a) if the name of such company were substituted for
"
The Dime
Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh
"
therein; and
(c) with
respect to an Acquired Company, the transaction by which such company becomes an
Acquired Company.
In no
event, however, shall the transaction by which The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh converts from a mutual savings bank to a stock savings bank, or
any transaction by which a company wholly owned by The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh becomes the parent company of The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh be deemed a Change of Control.
Section
2.7
Employee
means any person, including an Officer, who is employed by the Bank, other than:
(a) a person who is compensated on an hourly rate basis; (b) a person who works
for the Bank on a part-time or temporary basis; (c) an Employee receiving
long-term disability benefits; or (d) a person who has an employment
contract
, change of
control agreement or other agreement with the Bank or who is covered by other
programs which provide severance benefits or by their terms exclude such person
from participation in this Plan.
Section
2.8
FDI
Act
means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as the same may be amended
from time to time, and the corresponding provisions of any successor
statute.
Section
2.9
Involuntary
Severance
means (a) the discharge or dismissal of an Employee by the Bank
other than for Cause, or the resignation by the Employee from his position with
the Bank, which resignation the Employee is asked or compelled by the Bank to
tender other than for Cause; or (b) termination of employment at an Employee's
election within sixty (60) days after any action following a Change of Control
which, either alone or together with other actions, results in: (i) the
reduction in the Employee's Salary by more than 20%; (ii) the assignment of the
Employee to a job requiring relocation of his residence in order to be able to
commute without unreasonable difficulty, expense or inconvenience; (iii) the
assignment of the Employee to duties or to an office or working space which
involves unreasonable personal embarrassment; or (iv) a material adverse change
in the Employee's title, position or responsibilities at the Bank.
Section
2.10
Officer
means, in the case of an Employee, an officer of the Bank and in the case of an
Acquired Employee, a person who is an officer of the Acquired Company
immediately prior to the closing of the transaction pursuant to which such
company becomes an Acquired Company.
Section
2.11
OTS
means the Office of Thrift Supervision of the United States Department of the
Treasury, and its successors.
Section
2.12
Plan
means this Severance Pay Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, as the
same may be amended from time to time.
Section
2.13
Plan
Administrator
means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh.
Section
2.14
Plan
Year
means the calendar year.
Section
2.15
Salary
means (a) in the case of an Employee, the highest basic annual rate of salary of
the Employee for his services to the Bank (excluding overtime, bonuses and other
forms of additional compensation) attained by the Employee during his employment
with the Bank, and (b) in the case of an Acquired Employee, the highest basic
annual rate of salary of an the Acquired Employee for his services to the
Acquired Company (excluding overtime, bonuses and other forms of additional
compensation) attained by the Employee during his employment with the Acquired
Company.
Section
2.16
Service
means service rendered by an Employee that is, or would be, recognized under the
Retirement Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh in RSI Retirement
Trust for vesting purposes as of the date of the Employee's Involuntary
Severance.
Article
III
Benefits
(a) An
Employee with at least one (1) year of Service whose employment with the Bank is
terminated under circumstances constituting an Involuntary Severance, other than
for Cause, as a result of, within twelve months following or within three (3)
months prior to, a Change of Control with respect to the Bank or any company
which owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank shall be entitled to
the following benefits:
(i) if
the Employee is or has, at any time after
November 1, 1995
,
been an Officer of the Bank, he shall be entitled, as severance pay, to a weekly
payment in an amount equal to one week's Salary, commencing with the first week
following the date of the Employee's Involuntary Severance and continuing for
twice the number of weeks as the Employee has whole years of Service, or, if
less, for thirty-nine (39) weeks; or
(ii) if
the Employee is not an Employee described in section 3.1(a)(i), he shall be
entitled, as severance pay, to a weekly payment in an amount equal to one week's
Salary, commencing with the first week following the date of the Employee's
Involuntary Severance and continuing for the same number of weeks as the
Employee has whole years of Service, or, if less, for twenty-six (26) weeks;
provided, however, that in no event shall any Employee described in section
3.1(a)(i) or (ii) receive, as severance pay under this Plan, less than four
weeks' Salary.
(b) Each
Employee who is entitled to payments under section 3.1(a)(i) or (ii) shall, for
the duration of such payments, continue to be eligible for all of the benefits
provided under the Bank's employee benefit plans and programs (excluding
tax-qualified plans and other plans which by law must restrict participation to
active employees) as if he were still an Employee and working at the Bank,
except that he shall cease to accrue vacation and shall be paid a lump sum
payment at the date of his Involuntary Severance in lieu of any unused accrued
vacation.
(c) Each
Employee who is entitled to benefits under section 3.1(a)(i) or (ii) shall also
be entitled to outplacement services as follows:
(i) an
Employee described in section 3.1(a)(i) shall be entitled to utilize the
services of an outplacement counseling firm at the Bank's expense for assistance
in preparing a resume, developing interviewing skills, identifying career
opportunities and evaluating job offers and for access to office and secretarial
facilities, provided that the fee for such services shall not exceed 12% of the
Employee's Salary; and
(ii) if
the Employee is not an Employee described in section 3.1(a)(i), he shall be
entitled to utilize the services of an outplacement counseling firm at the
Bank's expense, for assistance in preparing a resume, developing interviewing
skills, identifying career opportunities and evaluating job offers, provided
that the fee for such services shall not exceed 6% of the Employee's Salary or
$1,000, whichever is higher.
The
outplacement firm utilized by any Employee or group of Employees shall be
selected by the Plan Administrator or, if permitted by the Plan Administrator
selected by the Employee or Employees subject to the Plan Administrator's
approval.
(a) An
Acquired Employee with at least one (1) year of Service whose employment with
the Bank is terminated under circumstances constituting an Involuntary
Severance, other than for Cause within twelve months following a Change of
Control with respect to the relevant Acquired Company shall be entitled to the
following benefits:
(i) if
the Employee was an Officer of the Acquired Company, he shall be entitled, as
severance pay, to a weekly payment in an amount equal to one week's Salary,
commencing with the first week following the date of the Employee's Involuntary
Severance and continuing for twice the number of weeks as the Employee has whole
years of Service, or, if less, for thirty-nine (39) weeks; or
(ii) if
the Employee is not an Employee described in section 3.1(a)(i), he shall be
entitled, as severance pay, to a weekly payment in an amount equal to one week's
Salary, commencing with the first week following the date of the Employee's
Involuntary Severance and continuing for the same number of weeks as the
Employee has whole years of Service, or, if less, for twenty-six (26) weeks;
provided, however, that in no event shall any Employee described in section
3.1(a)(i) or (ii) receive, as severance pay under this Plan, less than four
weeks' Salary.
(b) Each
Employee who is entitled to payments under section 3.1(a)(i) or (ii) shall, for
the duration of such payments, continue to be eligible for all of the benefits
provided under the Bank's employee benefit plans and programs (excluding
tax-qualified plans and other plans which by law must restrict participation to
active employees) as if he were still an Employee and working at the Bank,
except that he shall cease to accrue vacation and shall be paid a lump sum
payment at the date of his Involuntary Severance in lieu of any unused accrued
vacation.
(c) Each
Employee who is entitled to benefits under section 3.1(a)(i) or (ii) shall also
be entitled to outplacement services as follows:
(i) an
Employee described in section 3.1(a)(i) shall be entitled to utilize the
services of an outplacement counseling firm at the Bank's expense for assistance
in preparing a resume, developing interviewing skills, identifying career
opportunities and evaluating job offers and for access to office and secretarial
facilities, provided that the fee for such services shall not exceed 12% of the
Employee's Salary; and
(ii) if
the Employee is not an Employee described in section 3.1(a)(i), he shall be
entitled to utilize the services of an outplacement counseling firm at the
Bank's expense, for assistance in preparing a resume, developing interviewing
skills, identifying career opportunities and evaluating job offers, provided
that the fee for such services shall not exceed 6% of the Employee's Salary or
$1,000, whichever is higher.
The
outplacement firm utilized by any Employee or group of Employees shall be
selected by the Plan Administrator or, if permitted by the Plan Administrator
selected by the Employee or Employees subject to the Plan Administrator's
approval. Any payment which is reimbursed to the Employee under this
section 3.2(c) shall be made on or before the last day of the Employee’s taxable
year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.
The
benefits to be provided under this Article III of the Plan to an Employee shall
be completely vested and nonforfeitable upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control with respect to the Bank or any company which owns 100% of the
outstanding common stock of the Bank.
The Bank
shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Employee against costs or
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by him or arising out
of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of
his efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce his rights under this Plan;
provided, however, that the Employee shall have substantially prevailed on the
merits pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent
jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding, or in a
settlement. For purposes of this Agreement, any settlement agreement which
provides for payment of any amounts in settlement of the Bank's obligations
hereunder shall be conclusive evidence of the Employee's entitlement to
indemnification hereunder, and any such indemnification payments shall be in
addition to amounts payable pursuant to such settlement agreement, unless such
settlement agreement expressly provides otherwise. Any payment which is
reimbursed to the Employee under this section 3.4 shall be made on or before the
last day of the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the
expense was incurred.
Article
IV
Administration
The term
"Named Fiduciary"
shall
mean (but only to the extent of the responsibilities of each of them) the Plan
Administrator and the Board. This Article V is intended to allocate to each
Named Fiduciary the responsibility for the prudent execution of the functions
assigned to him or it, and none of such responsibilities or any other
responsibility shall be shared by two or more of such Named Fiduciaries.
Whenever one Named Fiduciary is required by the Plan to follow the directions of
another Named Fiduciary, the two Named Fiduciaries shall not be deemed to have
been assigned a shared responsibility, but the responsibility of the Named
Fiduciary giving the directions shall be deemed his sole responsibility, and the
responsibility of the Named Fiduciary receiving those directions shall be to
follow them insofar as such instructions are on their face proper under
applicable law.
The Plan
Administrator shall subject to the responsibilities of the Board, have the
responsibility for the day-to-day control, management, operation and
administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have the following
responsibilities:
(a) To
maintain records necessary or appropriate for the administration of the
Plan;
(b) To
give and receive such instructions, notices, information, materials, reports and
certifications as may be necessary or appropriate in the administration of the
Plan;
(c) To
prescribe forms and make rules and regulations consistent with the terms of the
Plan and with the interpretations and other actions of the
Committee;
(d) To
require such proof or evidence of any matter from any person as may be necessary
or appropriate in the administration of the Plan;
(e) To
prepare and file, distribute or furnish all reports, plan descriptions, and
other information concerning the Plan, including, without limitation, filings
with the Secretary of Labor and employee communications as shall be required of
the Plan Administrator under ERISA;
(f) To
determine any question arising in connection with the Plan, including any
question of Plan interpretation, and the Plan Administrator's decision or action
in respect thereof shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons
having an interest under the Plan;
(g) To
review and dispose of claims under the Plan filed pursuant to section 4.3 and
appeals of claims decisions pursuant to section 4.4;
(h) If
the Plan Administrator shall determine that by reason of illness, senility,
insanity, or for any other reason, it is undesirable to make any payment to the
person entitled thereto, to direct the application of any amount so payable to
the use or benefit of such person in any manner that the Plan Administrator may
deem advisable or to direct in the Plan Administrator's discretion the
withholding of any payment under the Plan due to any person under legal
disability until a representative competent to receive such payment in his
behalf shall be appointed pursuant to law;
(i) To
discharge such other responsibilities or follow such directions as may be
assigned or given by the Board; and
(j) To
perform any duty or take any action which is allocated to the Plan Administrator
under the Plan.
The Plan
Administrator shall have the power and authority necessary or appropriate to
carry out his responsibilities.
Any claim
relating to benefits under the Plan shall be filed with the Plan Administrator
on a form prescribed by it. If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the Plan
Administrator shall give the claimant written notice of such denial, which
notice shall specifically set forth:
(a) The
reasons for the denial;
(b) The
pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial was based;
(c) Any
additional material or information necessary for the claimant to
perfect his claim and an explanation of why such material or information is
needed; and
(d) An
explanation of the Plan's procedure for review of the denial of the
claim.
In the
event that the claim is not granted and notice of denial of a claim is not
furnished by the 30th day after such claim was filed, the claim shall be deemed
to have been denied on that day for the purpose of permitting the claimant to
request review of the claim.
Any
person whose claim filed pursuant to section 4.3 has been denied in whole or in
part by the Plan Administrator may request review of the claim by the Plan
Administrator, upon a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. The claimant
shall file such form (including a statement of his position) with the Plan
Administrator no later than 60 days after the mailing or delivery of the written
notice of denial provided for in section 4.3, or, if such notice is not
provided, within 60 days after such claim is deemed denied pursuant to section
4.3. The claimant shall be permitted to review pertinent documents. A decision
shall be rendered by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the claimant not
later than 30 days after receipt of the claimant's written request for review.
However, if the Plan Administrator finds it necessary, due to special
circumstances (for example, the need to hold a hearing), to extend this period
and so notifies the claimant in writing, the decision shall be rendered as soon
as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the claimant's request
for review. The Plan Administrator's decision shall be in writing and shall
specifically set forth:
(a) The
reasons for the decision; and
(b) The
pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
Any such
decision of the Plan Administrator shall be binding upon the claimant and the
Bank, and the Plan Administrator shall take appropriate action to carry out such
decision.
Any Named
Fiduciary may:
(a) Allocate
any of his or its responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities) under
the Plan to such other person or persons as he or it may designate, provided
that such allocation and designation shall be in writing and filed with the Plan
Administrator;
(b) Employ
one or more persons to render advice to him or it with regard to any of his or
its responsibilities under the Plan; and
(c) Consult
with counsel, who may be counsel to the Bank.
(a) Any
person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the
administrative review procedures provided in section 4.4 prior to initiating any
claim for judicial review.
(b) No
bond or other security shall be required of the Plan Administrator, or any
officer or Employee of the Bank to whom fiduciary responsibilities are allocated
by a Named Fiduciary, except as may be required by ERISA.
(c) Subject
to any limitation on the application of this section 4.6(c) pursuant to ERISA,
neither the Plan Administrator, nor any officer or Employee of the Bank to whom
fiduciary responsibilities are allocated by a Named Fiduciary, shall be liable
for any act of omission or commission by himself or by another person, except
for his own individual willful and intentional malfeasance.
(d) The
Plan Administrator may, except with respect to actions under section 4.4,
shorten, extend or waive the time (but not beyond 60 days) required by the Plan
for filing any notice or other form with the Plan Administrator, or taking any
other action under the Plan.
(e) Any
person, group of persons, committee, corporation or organization may serve in
more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.
(f) Any
action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any
decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive
and binding on the Bank and all interested parties and shall be subject to
judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court
of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and
capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.
Article
V
Miscellaneous
No
Employee shall have any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan except in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The establishment of the Plan shall
not be construed as conferring upon any Employee or other person any legal right
to a continuation of employment or to any terms or conditions of employment, nor
as limiting or qualifying the right of the Bank to discharge any
Employee.
The right
to receive a benefit under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation, or assignment, nor shall such right be liable for or
subject to debts,
contracts
,
liabilities, or torts.
No
provisions in this Plan shall be deemed to duplicate any compensation or
benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering the Employee to
which the Bank is a party and any duplicative amount payable under any such
agreement, plan or program shall be applied as an offset to reduce the amounts
otherwise payable hereunder.
Whenever
appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural;
words used in the plural may be read in the singular; and the masculine gender
shall be deemed equally to refer to the feminine gender or the neuter. Any
reference to a section number shall refer to a section of this Plan, unless
otherwise stated.
The
headings of sections are included solely for convenience of reference, and if
there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text
shall control.
Except to
the extent preempted by federal law, the Plan shall be construed, administered
and enforced according to the laws of the State of New York applicable to
contracts
between
citizens and residents of the State of New York entered into and to be performed
entirely within such jurisdiction.
The
invalidity or unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any provision of this
Plan shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of
such provision or of any other provision of this Plan, and any provision, or
part thereof, deemed to be invalid or unenforceable shall be reformed as
necessary to render it valid and enforceable to the maximum possible
extent.
The Bank
intends to keep this Plan in effect, but, subject to the provisions of section 4
hereunder, the Bank expressly reserves the right to terminate or amend the Plan,
in whole or in part, at any time by action of the Board; provided, however, that
no such amendment or termination which adversely affects the current or
prospective rights of any Employee shall be effective earlier than six (6)
months after written notice thereof is given to such Employee.
The
following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various
laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Bank:
(a) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate
amount of compensation payable to any person under Article III of this Plan
exceed the three times such person's average annual total compensation for the
last five consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of
employment with the Bank (or for his entire period of employment with the Bank
and its predecessors, if less than five calendar years).
(b) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Employee by the
Bank, whether pursuant to this Plan or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned
upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the FDI Act and any regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Employee is suspended from
office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
affairs of the Bank pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1)
of the FDI Act, the Bank's obligations under this Plan shall be suspended as of
the date of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If
the charges in such notice are dismissed, the Bank, in its discretion, may (i)
pay to the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while the Bank's
obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part,
any of the obligations which were suspended.
(d) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Employee is removed and/or
permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs
by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, all
prospective obligations of the Bank under this Plan shall terminate as of the
effective date of the order, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and
the Employee shall not be affected.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Bank is in default (within the
meaning of section 3(
x
)(1) of the FDI Act, all
prospective obligations of the Bank under this Plan shall terminate as of the
date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the Employee
shall not be affected.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the
Bank hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of
this Plan is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the
Director of the OTS or his designee or the FDIC, at the time the FDIC enters
into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the
authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act; (ii) by the Director of the
OTS or his designee at the time such Director or designee approves a supervisory
merger to resolve problems related to the operation of the Bank or when the Bank
is determined by such Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The
vested rights and obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
If and to
the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required by
applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative
automatically as though eliminated by formal amendment of the Plan.
Payments
from this Plan shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local
income withholding taxes.
This Plan
is an
"employee welfare
benefit plan"
within the meaning of section 3(1) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (
"ERISA"
) and shall be
construed, administered and enforced according to the provisions of
ERISA.
Section
5.12
Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code
.
The
Company intends that each of the payments and benefits under this Plan must
either comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A")
and the regulations thereunder or qualify for an exception from
compliance. To that end, the Company intends that:
(a) the
benefits and payments described in Section 3.2(a) for severance benefits are
expected to comply with or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A
pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or section
1.409A-3(b);
(b) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 3.2(b) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(c) the
outplacement services provided in section 3.2(c) are intended to satisfy the
requirements for a "reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such requirements;
and
(d) the
legal fee reimbursements described in Section 3.4 are intended to satisfy the
requirements for a "reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements.
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of the
Employee’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid
on the later of the date sixty (60) days after the Employee’s earliest
separation from service within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-1(h)) and, if the Employee is a specified employee (within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from
service, the first day of the seventh month following the Employee’s separation
from service. Each amount payable under this plan that is required to
be deferred beyond the Employee’s separation from service, shall be deposited on
the date on which, but for such deferral, the Company would have paid such
amount to the Employee, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of
Revenue Procedure 92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the
trustee of which shall be a financial institution selected by the Company with
the approval of the Employee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed), pursuant to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by
the Employee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the
“Rabbi Trust”), and payments made shall include earnings on the investments made
with the assets of the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of
short-term investment grade fixed income securities or units of interest in
mutual funds or other pooled investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in
such securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and
administered in such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with
Section 409A.
retirement
plan for board members
of
dime
community bancorp, inc.
_____________________________
Adopted
on February 8, 1996
Effective
as of June 26, 1996, Amended Effective December 31, 2008
Retirement plan for board
members
of
dime community bancorp,
inc.
Article
I
DEFINITIONS
The
following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this Plan unless a
different meaning is plainly indicated by the context:
·
Annual
Compensation
means,
on any date for any Board Member, the amount of compensation paid to such Board
Member for service as a Board Member during the twelve (12) month period ending
on such date, including retainer payments, fees paid solely on the basis of
attendance at meetings as a Board Member and any amounts thereof deferred at the
request of the Board Member, but excluding compensation in the form of stock
options, appreciation rights or restricted property, or other special forms of
remuneration. In the case of a Board Member who is a non-employee director and
who later becomes an employee-director, "Annual Compensation" means the amount
of such compensation during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding
service as a employee-director.
·
Bank
means
The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh, a federal stock savings bank, and any
successor thereto.
·
Beneficiary
means
the Person or Persons designated by the Participant or Retired Participant to
receive a survivor benefit under one of the optional forms of retirement
allowance provided under section 3.3. If more than one Person is designated,
each shall have an equal share unless the Participant or Retired Participant
directed otherwise.
·
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
·
Board
Member
means any individual who is a voting member of the Board or a
voting member of the Board of Directors of the Bank or a voting member of the
board of directors of a Participating Company.
·
Change
in Control of the Bank
means (a) a change in ownership or effective
control of the Bank or any company which owns 100% of the outstanding common
stock the Bank; or (c) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the
assets of the Bank or any company which owns 100% of the outstanding
common stock the Bank. The existence of a Change in Control shall be determined
by the Committee in accordance with section 409A of the Code and the regulations
thereunder.
In no
event, however, shall the transaction by which the Bank converts from a mutual
savings bank to a stock savings bank, or any transaction by which a company
wholly owned by the Bank becomes the parent company of the Bank be deemed a
Change of Control of the Bank.
·
Code
means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including the corresponding provisions of any
succeeding law).
·
Committee
means
the Compensation Committee of the Board and any successor thereto.
·
Company
means Dime Community Bancorp, Inc. and any successor thereto.
·
Participant
means a Board Member who satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in
section 2.1 and whose participation in the Plan has not terminated pursuant to
section 2.2.
·
Participating
Company
means any savings bank, savings and loan association, bank,
corporation, financial institution or other business organization or institution
which, with the prior approval of the Board, and subject to such terms and
conditions as may be imposed by the Board, shall adopt this Plan for the benefit
of members of its board of directors.
·
Person
means an individual, a corporation, a bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan
association, a financial institution, a partnership, an association, a
joint-stock company, a trust, an estate, any unincorporated organization and any
other business organization or institution.
·
Predecessor
Board
means, with the prior approval of the Board and subject to such
terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Board, the board of trustees or
the board of directors of a Participating Company, prior to the date such a
company became a Participating Company.
·
Plan
means the Retirement Plan for Board Members, as amended from time to time. The
Plan may be referred to as the "Retirement Plan for Board Members of Dime
Community Bancorp, Inc."
·
Reorganization
Date
means the effective date of the transaction pursuant to which The
Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company.
·
Retired
Participant
means a former Participant who is receiving a retirement
allowance under this Plan or who is entitled to receive a retirement allowance
under this Plan at a future date.
·
Spouse
means an individual who is legally married to a Participant or Retired
Participant.
·
Years
of Service
means the period beginning on the first day of the month in
which an individual becomes a Board Member and ending on the last day of the
month in which such individual ceases to be a Board Member, but excluding (a)
any period during which the individual was a salaried officer of the Company or
any Participating Company, and (b) any period during which the individual was a
salaried officer of any other institution whose board of directors or board of
trustees is considered a Predecessor Board. The Years of Service of an
individual with two or more non-consecutive periods of service as a Board Member
shall be equal to the sum of such non-consecutive periods. For purposes of
determining an individual's Years of Service, service as a member of a
Predecessor Board shall be deemed service as a Board Member. The maximum number
of Years of Service of any Board Member for purposes of the Plan shall be
10.
Article
II
ELIGIBILITY
Section
2.1
Participation
.
A person
who is a Board Member on the Reorganization Date shall become a Participant in
the Plan on the Reorganization Date. A person who becomes a Board Member after
the Reorganization Date shall become a Participant in the Plan immediately upon
becoming a Board Member. Any person who was a Board Member prior to the
Reorganization Date, but who ceased to be a Board Member prior to the
Reorganization Date, shall not be eligible for benefits under this Plan unless
he again becomes a Board Member after the Reorganization Date.
Section
2.2
Termination
of Participation
.
Participation
in the Plan shall cease on the date a Participant ceases to be a Board Member
for whatever reason.
Article
III
RETIREMENT
BENEFITS
Section
3.1
Normal
Benefits
.
·
Any
Participant who terminates service as a Board Member after attaining age 65
shall be entitled to a normal retirement allowance from the Bank, commencing as
of the first day of the month following the month in which he ceases to be a
Board Member, in an annual amount equal to his Annual Compensation as of the
date on which he ceases to be a Board Member multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is his Years of Service and the denominator of which is
10.
·
A
Participant who ceases to be a Board Member prior to attaining age 65 but after
completing 10 Years of Service shall be entitled to a deferred retirement
allowance beginning on the first day of the month following the date he attains
age 65, in an annual amount equal to his Annual Compensation as of the date on
which he ceases to be a Board Member. In lieu thereof, such person may elect to
have a retirement allowance commence as of the first day of any month after the
later of (i) the month in which he attains age 55 or (ii) the month in which he
ceases to be a Board Member, and the amount of the retirement allowance shall be
equal to the amount payable at age 65 multiplied by a factor specified in
Appendix A. Any such election shall be made at least 30 days prior to
termination of service as a Board Member; provided that any such election made
by a Participant on or after January 1, 2005 must be made pursuant to
section 3.8 or section 3.9.
Section
3.2
Payments
.
Retirement
allowances under section 3.1 shall be paid in monthly installments, each
installment being one-twelfth of the annual retirement allowance. The first
payment shall be made in accordance with section 3.1 and installments shall
continue until the Retired Participant's death.
Section
3.3
Optional
Forms of Retirement Allowance
.
(a)
With the
approval of the Committee and on such terms and conditions as the Committee may
prescribe, a Participant or Retired Participant entitled to a retirement
allowance under section 3.1 may elect, at any time prior to termination of
service as a Board Member, to convert the allowance otherwise payable on his
account into any one of the following optional forms of retirement allowance;
provided that any such election made on or after January 1, 2005 by a
Participant, or a Retired Participant whose termination of service as a Board
Member occurs on or after January 1, 2005, must be made pursuant to
section 3.8 or section 3.9 of the Plan unless such election would only
change the Participant's or Retired Participant's form of payment from one form
of life annuity to another, actuarially equivalent form of life annuity with the
same commencement date and such election is made at a time before any annuity
payment has been made to such Participant or Retired Participant under this
Plan:
·
Option 1
(100% Survivor Option). A reduced retirement allowance payable during his life,
with the provision that after his death an amount equal to his reduced
retirement allowance shall continue during the life of, and shall be paid to,
such person, if then living, as he shall have named as his Beneficiary in his
written election of the option.
·
Option 2
(50% Survivor Option). A reduced retirement allowance payable during his life,
with the provision that after his death an amount equal to one- half of his
reduced retirement allowance shall continue during the life of, and shall be
paid to, such person, if then living, as he shall have named as his Beneficiary
in his written election of the option.
·
Option 3
(5, 10 or 15 Year Term Certain). A reduced retirement allowance payable during
his life, with the provision that an amount equal to his reduced retirement
allowance shall continue to be paid for a term certain elected by the
Participant or Retired Participant of 5, 10 or 15 years from the commencement of
such retirement allowance, and, in the event of his death before the end of such
term, the same amount shall continue to be paid for the remainder of such term
to the person (or persons) whom he shall have named as his Beneficiary (or
Beneficiaries) in his written election of the option or any change
thereof.
·
Where
Option 1 or Option 2 has been elected, if payments begin during the Retired
Participant's lifetime and if the Beneficiary is living at the date of the
Retired Participant's death, then the payments to the Beneficiary shall commence
as of the first day of the month after the month in which the Retired
Participant died and shall continue during the lifetime of the Beneficiary, the
last installment being payable on the first day of the month during which the
Beneficiary dies. Where Option 3 has been elected, if payments begin during the
Retired Participant's lifetime, and if the Participant or Retired Participant
dies prior to the expiration of the term elected, then the payments to the
Beneficiary shall commence as of the first day of the month after the month in
which the Participant or Retired Participant died, and payments shall continue
for the remainder of such term.
·
If Option
1 or Option 2 has been elected and the designated Beneficiary dies after the
retirement allowance has commenced to be paid to the Retired Participant who
designated him but before the death of such Retired Participant, the amount of
the reduced retirement allowance to which such Retired Participant is then
entitled shall remain unchanged and all payments shall cease upon the death of
the Retired Participant.
·
The
retirement allowance payable to a Participant or Retired Participant electing
one of the optional forms of retirement allowance set forth in section 3.3(a)
shall be determined by multiplying the retirement allowance otherwise payable
under section 3.1 by the appropriate adjustment factor set forth in Appendix
B.
·
Any
election under this section 3.3 shall be made in writing in the form and manner
prescribed by the Committee, shall be irrevocable after termination of service
as a Board Member.
Section
3.4
Payments
of Small Amounts
.
Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan, if the present value of the retirement
allowance payable to a Participant or Retired Participant and his Beneficiary
shall at any time after termination of service as a Board Member and prior to
the commencement of payment thereof be less than $10,000, then the Committee may
direct that it be paid in such lump sum in lieu of all other benefits under the
Plan provided, however that if the Participant has deferrals of compensation
under any other account balance plan that would be aggregated with this plan for
purposes of section 409A of the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(B), no distribution shall be allowed under this section unless
(a) the sum of (i) the present value of the retirement allowance payable to the
Participant and (ii) all amounts deferred under such other plan or plans is less
than or equal to the applicable dollar amount under 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code,
(b) all such other plans provide for such a mandatory cashout distribution, and
(c) all amounts deferred under all such plans are distributed at the same time.
For purposes of this section 3.4, present values shall be determined using the
interest rate and mortality assumptions then in use under section 415 of the
Code for purposes of valuing lump sum payments under tax-qualified defined
benefit plans, assuming payment would begin at the later of age 65 or the date
of termination of service.
Section
3.5
Automatic
Death Benefit for Spouse
.
If (a) a
Participant or Retired Participant who is entitled to a retirement allowance
under section 3.1 should die prior to the commencement of such retirement
allowance and prior to electing an optional form of retirement allowance under
section 3.3 or (b) a Participant who is not entitled to a retirement allowance
under section 3.1 should die while a Board Member, and if such Participant or
Retired Participant is survived by a Spouse, there shall be paid to such
surviving Spouse, until such Spouse dies, a monthly survivor's allowance in an
amount equal to that amount which would have been provided to such Spouse had
the Participant or Retired Participant retired immediately prior to his death
(whether or not he would have been eligible for retirement) and had he
effectively elected to take Option 2 under section 3.3 with his Spouse as his
Beneficiary and with payments commencing on the first day of the month following
his death.
Section
3.6
Beneficiaries
.
(b)
A
Participant or Retired Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries
to receive any survivor benefits payable upon his death under an optional form
of benefit elected pursuant to section 3.3.
(c)
If the
Participant or Retired Participant elects Option 1 or Option 2 under section
3.3, he may only designate one Beneficiary and such Beneficiary must be a
natural person. Any designation shall be made in writing in the form and manner
prescribed by the Committee, shall be revocable until the retirement allowance
commences to be paid, and shall thereafter be irrevocable.
(d)
If the
Participant or Retired Participant elects Option 3 under section 3.3, he may
designate one or more Beneficiaries who may be, but need not be, natural
persons. Any such election shall be made in writing in the form and manner
prescribed by the Committee, shall be revocable until the retirement allowance
commences to be paid, and shall thereafter be irrevocable; provided, however,
that the Participant or Retired Participant may change or revoke the Beneficiary
or Beneficiaries designated at any time or from time to time, but such changes
or revocations shall be effective only if received by the Committee prior to the
Participant's or Retired Participant's death.
(e)
A
Beneficiary designated by a Participant or Retired Participant to receive a
survivor benefit, other than a benefit payable for such Beneficiary's life, may
designate a Beneficiary of his own to receive such survivor benefit in the event
the Beneficiary designated by the Participant or Retired Participant dies prior
to receiving complete payment of such survivor benefit. If a Participant or
Retired Participant who has elected Option 3 dies without a Beneficiary, then
the present value of any unpaid installments shall be paid to the estate of such
Participant or Retired Participant in lieu of all other payments. If a
Beneficiary of a deceased Retired Participant entitled to payments under Option
3 dies without a Beneficiary, then the present value of any unpaid installments
shall be paid to the estate of such Beneficiary in lieu of all other payments.
In determining such present values, the interest rate and life expectancy tables
prescribed under section 415 of the Code for purposes of valuing lump sum
payments under tax-qualified defined benefit plans shall be used.
Section
3.7
Payment
upon Change in Control
.
Upon a
Change of Control of the Bank, each Board Member shall be entitled to an
immediate lump sum payment of the present value of a single life annuity,
commencing upon a Change of Control of the Bank and continuing for life in an
annual amount equal to his Annual Compensation multiplied by a fraction (not
greater than one) the numerator of which is his Years of Service and the
denominator of which is 10. In determining such present values, the interest
rate and life expectancy tables prescribed under section 415 of the Code for
purposes of valuing lump sum payments under tax-qualified defined benefit plans
shall be used.
Section
3.8
One-Time
Election in 2008
.
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, subject to the consent of the Committee in
its sole and absolute discretion, a Participant may, at any time prior to
January 1, 2009, elect a new time and form of payment for the present value of
the retirement allowance payable to the Participant as of December 31, 2008;
provided, however,
that
the payment (or the first payment in a series of payments) (a) shall be made no
earlier than January 1, 2009, (b) any such election regarding the time of
payment shall be subject to the limits of section 3.1(b) of the Plan other than
limits on when elections may be made and limits on which amounts deferred shall
be affected by such elections, and (c) any such election regarding the form of
payments may select only between the form of payment described in section 3.2 of
the Plan and the forms of payment described in Options 1, 2, and 3 as set forth
in section 3.3 of the Plan. Such an election shall be made in the
form and manner to be determined by the Committee.
Section
3.9
Other
Changes
of Time or Form of Payment after 2004
.
Any
election to change the time of payment pursuant to section 3.1(b) of the Plan or
change the form of payment pursuant to section 3.3 of the Plan that (x) is made
on or after January 1, 2005 by a Participant or a Retired Participant whose
termination of service as a Board Member is on or after January 1, 2005, (y) is
not provided for under section 3.7 of the Plan and (z) is not a change between
actuarially equivalent life annuities as provided for in section 3.3(a), shall
be subject to the following limits:
(i) any
such election shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after it is
received by the Committee;
(ii) the
first payment made under such election shall not occur until at least five (5)
years later than such payment would otherwise have been made (or begin to be
made); and
(iii) any
such election related to a payment to be made according to a fixed schedule
beginning on a fixed date may not be made less than twelve (12) months prior to
such fixed date.
Article
IV
ADMINISTRATION
Section
4.1
Duties
of the Committee
.
The
Committee shall have full responsibility for the management, operation,
interpretation and administration of the Plan in accordance with its terms, and
shall have such authority as is necessary or appropriate in carrying out its
responsibilities. Actions taken by the Committee pursuant to this section 4.1
shall be conclusive and binding upon the Bank, the Company, the Participating
Companies, Participants, Retired Participants and other interested
parties.
Section
4.2
Liabilities
of the Committee
.
Neither
the Committee nor its individual members shall be deemed to be a fiduciary with
respect to this Plan; nor shall any of the foregoing individuals or entities be
liable to any Participant or Retired Participant in connection with the
management, operation, interpretation or administration of the Plan, any such
liability being solely that of the Company.
Section
4.3
Expenses
.
Any
expenses incurred in the management, operation, interpretation or administration
of the Plan shall be paid by the Company. In no event shall the benefits
otherwise payable under this Plan be reduced to offset the expenses incurred in
managing, operating, interpreting or administering the Plan.
Article
V
AMENDMENT AND
TERMINATION
Section
5.1
Amendment
and Termination
.
The Board
shall have the right to amend the Plan, from time to time and at any time, in
whole or in part, and to terminate the Plan; provided, however, that no such
amendment or termination shall reduce the accrued benefits of, or impose more
stringent vesting requirements on any benefits accrued by, any Participant,
Retired Participant or Beneficiary through the date of the amendment or
termination of the Plan.
Article
VI
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
Section
6.1
Plan
Documents
.
The
Secretary of the Board shall provide a copy of this Plan to each Board Member
who becomes a Participant in the Plan.
Section
6.2
Construction
of Language
.
Wherever
appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural,
words in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the
masculine gender shall be deemed equally to refer to the feminine or the neuter.
Any reference to an article or section shall be to an article or section of the
Plan, unless otherwise indicated.
Section
6.3
Non-Alienation
of Benefits
.
The right
to receive a benefit under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation or assignment, nor shall such rights be liable for or
subject to debts, contracts, liabilities or torts.
Section
6.4
Indemnification
.
The
Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Board Member,
Participant, Retired Participant and the Beneficiaries of each, against their
reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by them, or arising out of any
action, suit or proceeding in which they may be involved, as a result of their
efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of the Plan.
Section
6.5
Severability
.
A
determination that any provision of the Plan is invalid or unenforceable shall
not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
Section
6.6
Waiver
.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
of the Plan shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition. A
waiver of any provision of the Plan must be made in writing, designated as a
waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more
times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at
any other time or times.
Section
6.7
Notice
.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under the Plan, including any
notice, direction, designation, comment, instruction, objection or waiver, shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally or 5 days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party
at the address listed below, or at such other address as one such party may by
written notice specify to the other party:
(a) if
to the Company:
Dime
Community Bancorp, Inc.
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate Secretary
|
(b)
|
if
to any party other than the
Company,
|
|
to
such party at the address last
furnished
|
|
by
such party by written notice to the
Company.
|
Section
6.8
Operation
as an Unfunded Plan
.
The Plan
is intended to be (a) a contractual obligation of the Company to pay the
benefits as and when due in accordance with its terms, (b) an unfunded and
non-qualified plan such that the benefits payable shall not be taxable to the
recipients until such benefits are paid and (c) a plan covering persons who are
independent contractors of the Company. The Plan is not intended to be subject
to or comply with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, or of section 401(a) of the Code. The Company may
establish a trust to which assets may be transferred by the Company in order to
provide a portion or all of the benefits otherwise payable by the Company under
the Plan; provided, however, that the assets of such trust shall be subject to
the claims of the creditors of the Company in the event that it is determined
that the Company is insolvent or that grounds exist for the appointment of a
conservator or receiver. The Plan shall be administered and construed so as to
effectuate these intentions.
Section
6.9
Required
Regulatory Provisions
.
Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any benefits paid by the Company,
whether pursuant to this Plan or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon
their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDI
Act"), 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and any regulations promulgated
thereunder.
Section
6.10
Governing
Law
.
The Plan
shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State
of New York applicable to contracts between citizens and residents of the State
of New York entered into and to be performed entirely within such jurisdiction,
except to the extent that such laws are preempted by federal law.
Section
6.11
Compliance
with Section 409A of the Code
.
The Plan
is intended to be a non-qualified deferred compensation plan described in
section 409A of the Code. The Plan shall be operated, administered
and construed to give effect to such intent. In addition,
notwithstanding Article V, the Plan shall be subject to amendment, with or
without advance notice to Participants and other interested parties, and on a
prospective or retroactive basis, including but not limited to amendment in a
manner that adversely affects the rights of participants and other interested
parties, to the extent necessary to effect such compliance.
Appendix
A
Early
Commencement Factors
Number
of
Years Factor
Payments
Commence
Prior
to Age 65
0 1.0000
1
.
9205
2
.
8496
3
.
7860
4
.
7289
5
.
6774
6
.
6308
7
.
5885
8
.
5500
9
.
5149
10
.
4829
Appendix
B
Factors
for Determining Optional Benefit Forms under Section 3.3
Age
|
Option
1
|
Option
2
|
5
Year
Certain
|
Option
3
10
Year Certain
|
15
Year
Certain
|
50
|
90.0%
|
94.7%
|
99.6%
|
98.4%
|
97.1%
|
51
|
89.4
|
94.4
|
99.6
|
98.3
|
96.6
|
52
|
88.8
|
94.1
|
99.6
|
98.2
|
96.2
|
53
|
88.2
|
93.7
|
99.5
|
98.1
|
95.8
|
54
|
87.6
|
93.4
|
99.5
|
98.0
|
95.4
|
55
|
87.0
|
93.0
|
99.4
|
97.9
|
95.0
|
56
|
86.4
|
92.7
|
99.3
|
97.5
|
94.2
|
57
|
85.8
|
92.4
|
99.2
|
97.1
|
93.4
|
58
|
85.2
|
92.0
|
99.1
|
96.7
|
92.6
|
59
|
84.6
|
91.7
|
98.9
|
96.3
|
91.8
|
60
|
84.0
|
91.3
|
98.8
|
95.9
|
91.0
|
61
|
83.2
|
90.8
|
98.6
|
95.2
|
90.0
|
62
|
82.4
|
90.4
|
98.4
|
94.5
|
89.0
|
63
|
81.6
|
89.9
|
98.2
|
93.8
|
88.0
|
64
|
80.8
|
89.4
|
98.0
|
93.1
|
87.0
|
65
|
80.0
|
88.9
|
97.8
|
92.4
|
86.0
|
66
|
79.3
|
88.5
|
97.4
|
91.4
|
84.4
|
67
|
78.6
|
88.0
|
97.1
|
90.4
|
82.8
|
68
|
77.9
|
87.6
|
96.7
|
89.4
|
81.2
|
69
|
77.2
|
87.1
|
96.4
|
88.4
|
79.6
|
70
|
76.5
|
86.7
|
96.0
|
87.4
|
78.0
|
71
|
75.9
|
86.3
|
95.4
|
85.8
|
76.0
|
72
|
75.3
|
85.9
|
94.8
|
84.2
|
74.0
|
73
|
74.7
|
85.5
|
94.2
|
82.6
|
72.0
|
74
|
74.1
|
85.1
|
93.6
|
81.0
|
70.0
|
75
|
73.5
|
84.7
|
93.0
|
79.4
|
68.0
|
For
Options 1 and 2, the survivorship factors shown above assume that the
Participant (or Retired Participant) and the Beneficiary are the same age. For
each whole year that the Beneficiary is older than the Participant (or Retired
Participant), add Factor B in the case of Option 2, to the percentage shown
above (but never go above 99.0%). For each whole year that the Beneficiary is
younger than the Participant (or Retired Participant), subtract Factor B in the
case of Option 2, from the percentages shown above. Factor B for all members for
Option 1 is .7% for the first 10 years, .5% for the next 10 years and .3% for
over 20 years, and Factor B for Option 2 is .4% for the first 10 years, .3% for
the next 10 years and .2% for over 20 years.
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE
RETENTION AGREEMENT
by
and among
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH,
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
and
CHRISTOPHER
D. MAHER
made and
entered into as of
_________________,
2008
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE
RETENTION AGREEMENT
This
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE RETENTION
AGREEMENT
(“Agreement”
)
is made and entered into as of ________, 2008 by and among
THE DIME SAVINGS BANK of
WILLIAMSBURGH
, a savings bank organized and operating under the federal
laws of the United States and having its executive offices at 209 Havemeyer
Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Bank”);
DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES,
INC
., a business corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware and having its executive offices at 209 Havemeyer Street,
Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Holding Company”); and Christopher D. Maher, an
individual residing at __________________ (“Officer”)
W
I
T
N
E
S
S
E
T
H
:
WHEREAS
, the Officer and the
Bank are parties to an Employee Retention Agreement (“Prior Agreement”) made and
entered into as of June 26, 1999 (“Initial Effective Date”), pursuant to which
the Bank has agreed to provide certain payments to the Officer in the event that
his employment is terminated under certain circumstances as a result of a Change
of Control; and
WHEREAS
, the parties desire to
amend and restate the Prior Agreement for the purpose, among others, of
compliance with the applicable requirements of section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS
, the Bank desires to
assure for itself the continued availability of the Officer’s services and the
ability of the Officer to perform such services with a minimum of personal
distraction in the event of a pending or threatened Change of Control,
and
WHEREAS
, the Officer is
willing to continue to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and obligations
hereinafter set forth, the Bank, the Holding Company and the Officer hereby
agree as follows:
|
Section
1.
|
Effective
Date
|
(a) This
Agreement shall be effective as of the Initial Effective Date and shall remain
in effect during the term of this Agreement which shall be for a period of three
(3) years commencing on the Initial Effective Date, plus such extensions as are
provided pursuant to section 1(b);
provided, however,
that if
the term of this Agreement has not otherwise terminated, the term of this
Agreement will terminate on the date of the Officer’s termination of employment
with the Bank; and
provided,
further,
that the obligations under section 8 of this Agreement shall
survive the term of this Agreement if payments become due
hereunder.
(b) Prior
to each anniversary date of this Agreement, the Board shall consider the
advisability of an extension of the term in light of the circumstances then
prevailing and may, in its discretion, approve an extension to take effect as of
the upcoming anniversary date. If an extension is approved, the term of this
Agreement shall be extended so that it will expire three (3) years after such
anniversary date.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) the Officer’s employment with the
Bank may be terminated at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a
continuation of the Officer’s employment following the expiration of the
Assurance Period upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and the Officer may
mutually agree upon.
|
Section
2.
|
Assurance
Period.
|
(a) The
assurance period (“Assurance Period”) shall be for a period commencing on the
date of a Change of Control, as defined in section 10 of this Agreement, and
ending on the third anniversary of the date on which the Assurance Period
commences, plus such extensions as are provided pursuant to the following
sentence. The Assurance Period shall be automatically extended for one (1)
additional day each day, unless either the Bank or the Officer elects not to
extend the Assurance Period further by giving written notice to the other party,
in which case the Assurance Period shall become fixed and shall end on the third
anniversary of the date on which such written notice is given;
provided, however,
that if
following a Change of Control, the Office of Thrift Supervision (or its
successor) is the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the Agreement shall be
subject to extension not more frequently than annually and only upon review and
approval of the Board.
(b) Upon
termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank, any daily extensions
provided pursuant to the preceding sentence, if not theretofore discontinued,
shall cease and the remaining unexpired Assurance Period under this Agreement
shall be a fixed period ending on the later of the third anniversary of the date
of the Change of Control, as defined in section 10 of this Agreement, or the
third anniversary of the date on which the daily extensions were
discontinued.
During
the period of the Officer’s employment that falls within the Assurance Period,
the Officer shall: (a) except to the extent allowed under section 6 of this
Agreement, devote his full business time and attention (other than during
weekends, holidays, vacation periods, and periods of illness, disability or
approved leave of absence) to the business and affairs of the Bank and use his
best efforts to advance the Bank’s interests; (b) serve in the position to which
the Officer is appointed by the Bank, which, during the Assurance Period, shall
be the position that the Officer held on the day before the Assurance Period
commenced or any higher office at the Bank to which he may subsequently be
appointed; and (c) subject to the direction of the Board and the By-laws of the
Bank, have such functions, duties, responsibilities and authority commonly
associated with such position.
|
Section
4.
|
Compensation
.
|
In
consideration for the services rendered by the Officer during the Assurance
Period, the Bank shall pay to the Officer during the Assurance Period a salary
at an annual rate equal to the greater of:
(a) the
annual rate of salary in effect for the Officer on the day before the Assurance
Period commenced; or
(b) such
higher annual rate as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the
Board;
provided, however
, that in no
event shall the Officer’s annual rate of salary under this Agreement in effect
at a particular time during the Assurance Period be reduced without the
Officer’s prior written consent. The annual salary payable under this section 4
shall be subject to review at least once annually and shall be paid in
approximately equal installments in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll
practices. Nothing in this section 4 shall be deemed to prevent the Officer from
receiving additional compensation other than salary for his services to the
Bank, or additional compensation for his services to the Holding Company, upon
such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the
Board or the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
|
Section
5.
|
Employee Benefit Plans
and Programs
|
Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Officer shall, during the Assurance
Period, be treated as an employee of the Bank and be eligible to participate in
and receive benefits under any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit or
defined contribution retirement plan, group life, health (including
hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term
disability insurance plans, and such other employee benefit plans and programs,
including, but not limited to, any incentive compensation plans or programs
(whether or not employee benefit plans or programs), any stock option and
appreciation rights plan, employee stock ownership plan and restricted
stock plan, as may from time to time be maintained by, or cover employees of,
the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit
plans and programs and compensation plans and programs and with the Bank’s
customary practices.
|
Section
6.
|
Board
Memberships
.
|
The
Officer may serve as a member of the boards of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to and as may be
approved by the Board (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and
he may engage in personal business and investment activities for his own
account;
provided, however,
that such service and personal business and investment activities shall
not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this
Agreement.
|
Section
7.
|
Working Facilities and
Expenses.
|
During
the Assurance Period, the Officer’s principal place of employment shall be at
the Bank’s executive offices at the address first above written, or at such
other location within the City of New York at which the Bank shall maintain its
principal executive offices, or at such other location as the Bank and the
Officer may mutually agree upon. The Bank shall provide the Officer, at his
principal place of employment, with a private office and support services and
facilities suitable to his position with the Bank and necessary or appropriate
in connection with the performance of his assigned duties under this Agreement.
The Bank shall reimburse the Officer for his ordinary and necessary business
expenses, including, without limitation, the Officer’s travel and
entertainment expenses, incurred in connection with the performance of the
Officer’s duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an
itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably
require, each such reimbursement payment to be made promptly following receipt
of the itemized account and in any event not later than the last year in which
the expense was incurred.
|
Section
8.
|
Termination of
Employment with Severance
Benefits
.
|
(a) In
the event that the Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Assurance Period, or prior to the commencement of the Assurance Period but
within three (3) months of and in connection with a Change of Control as defined
in section 10 of this Agreement on account of:
(i) The
Officer’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank within ninety (90)
days following:
(A) the
failure of the Bank’s Board to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect the
Officer to serve in the same position in which the Officer was serving, on the
day before the Assurance Period commenced or a more senior office;
(B) the
failure of the stockholders of the Holding Company to elect or re-elect the
Officer as a member of the Board, if he was a member of the Board on the day
before the Assurance Period commenced;
(C) the
expiration of a thirty (30) day period following the date on which the Officer
gives written notice to the Bank of its material failure, whether by amendment
of the Bank’s Organization Certificate or By-laws, action of the Board or the
Holding Company’s stockholders or otherwise, to vest in the Officer the
functions, duties, or responsibilities vested in the Officer on the day before
the Assurance Period commenced (or the functions, duties and responsibilities of
a more senior office to which the Officer may be appointed), unless during such
thirty (30) day period, the Bank fully cures such failure;
(D) the
failure of the Bank to cure a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank,
within thirty (30) days following written notice from the Officer of such
material breach;
(E) a
reduction in the compensation provided to the Officer, or a material reduction
in the benefits provided to the Officer under the Bank’s program of employee
benefits, compared with the compensation and benefits that were provided to the
Officer on the day before the Assurance Period commenced;
(F) a
change in the Officer’s principal place of employment that would result in a
one-way commuting time in excess of the greater of (I) 30 minutes or (II) the
Officer’s commuting time immediately prior to such change; or
(ii) the
discharge of the Officer by the Bank for any reason other than for “cause” as
provided in section 9(a);
then,
subject to section 21, the Bank shall provide the benefits and pay to the
Officer the amounts provided for under section 8(b) of this Agreement;
provided, however,
that if
benefits or payments become due hereunder as a result of the Officer’s
termination of employment prior to the commencement of the Assurance Period, the
benefits and payments provided for under section 8(b) of this Agreement shall be
determined as though the Officer had remained in the service of the Bank (upon
the terms and conditions in effect at the time of his actual termination of
service) and had not terminated employment with the Bank until the date on which
the Officer’s Assurance Period would have commenced.
(b) Upon
the termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank under circumstances
described in section 8(a) of this Agreement, the Bank shall pay and provide to
the Officer (or, in the event of the Officer’s death, to the Officer’s estate)
on his termination of employment, subject to section 24 :
(i) the
Officer’s earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, all
items which constitute wages under section 190.1 of the New York Labor Law and
the payment of which is not otherwise provided for under this section 8(b)) as
of the date of the termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank, such
payment to be made at the time and in the manner prescribed by law applicable to
the payment of wages but in no event later than thirty (30) days after
termination of employment;
(ii) the
benefits, if any, to which the Officer is entitled as a former employee under
the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs
maintained for the benefit of the Bank’s officers and employees;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical),
accident and long term disability insurance benefits, in addition to that
provided pursuant to section 8(b)(ii) and after taking into account the coverage
provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the extent necessary to provide
for the Officer, for the remaining unexpired Assurance Period, coverage
equivalent to the coverage to which the Officer would have been entitled under
such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of employment, or, if
his termination of employment occurs after a Change of Control, on the date of
such Change of Control, whichever benefits are greater) if the Officer had
continued working for the Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period
at the highest annual rate of compensation achieved during the Officer’s period
of actual employment with the Bank;
(iv)
a lump sum payment, in an amount equal to the present value of the salary
that the Officer would have earned if the Officer had continued working for the
Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period at the highest annual rate
of salary achieved during the Officer’s period of actual employment with the
Bank, where such present value is to be determined using a discount rate equal
to the applicable short-term federal rate prescribed under section 1274(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Code”) (“Applicable Short-Term Rate”),
compounded using the compounding periods corresponding to the Bank’s regular
payroll periods for its officers, such lump sum to be paid in lieu of all other
payments of salary provided for under this Agreement in respect of the period
following any such termination;
(v)
a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:
(A) the
present value of the aggregate benefits to which the Officer would be entitled
under any and all qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans
maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank if the Officer were 100%
vested thereunder and had continued working for the Bank during the remaining
unexpired Assurance Period, such benefits to be determined as of the date of
termination of employment by adding to the service actually recognized under
such plans an additional period equal to the remaining unexpired Assurance
Period and by adding to the compensation recognized under such plans for the
year in which termination of employment occurs all amounts payable under
sections 8(b)(I), (iv) and (vii);
(B) the
present value of the benefits to which the Officer is actually entitled under
such defined benefit pension plans as of the date of his
termination;
where
such present values are to be determined using the mortality tables prescribed
under section 415(b)(2)(E)(v) of the Code and a discount rate, compounded
monthly, equal to the applicable long-term federal rate prescribed under section
1274(d) of the Code for the month in which his employment terminates; provided,
however, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(v) as a result of
this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans
to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be
paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as
benefits under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the additional
employer contributions (or if greater in the case of a leveraged employee stock
ownership plan or similar arrangement, the additional assets allocable to him
through debt service, based on the fair market value of such assets at
termination of employment) to which he would have been entitled under any and
all qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plans maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Bank, if he were 100% vested thereunder and had
continued working for the Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period
at the highest annual rate of compensation achieved during the Officer’s period
of actual employment with the Bank, and making the maximum amount of employee
contributions, if any, required under such plan or plans, such present value to
be determined on the basis of the discount rate, compounded using the
compounding period that corresponds to the frequency with which employer
contributions are made to the relevant plan, equal to the Applicable Short-Term
Rate;
provided,
however
, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(vi) as a
result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined
contribution plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such
deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in
the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to the Officer under any cash bonus or
long-term or short-term cash incentive compensation plan maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Bank, if he had continued working for the Bank
during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period and had earned the
maximum bonus or incentive award in each calendar year that ends during the
remaining unexpired Assurance Period, such payments to be equal to the product
of:
(A) the
maximum percentage rate at which an award was ever available to the Officer
under such incentive compensation plan; multiplied by
(B) the
salary that would have been paid to the Officer during each such calendar year
at the highest annual rate of salary achieved during the remaining unexpired
Assurance Period, such payments to be made without discounting for early payment
.
The Bank
and the Officer hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the
Officer following any such termination of employment are not capable of accurate
measurement as of the date first above written and that the payments and
benefits contemplated by this section 8(b) constitute a reasonable estimate
under the circumstances of all damages sustained as a consequence of any such
termination of employment, other than damages arising under or out of any stock
option, restricted stock or other non-qualified stock acquisition or investment
plan or program, it being understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not
determine the measurement of damages under any such plan or program in respect
of any termination of employment. Such damages shall be payable without any
requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Officer’s
efforts, if any, to mitigate damages. The Bank and the Officer further agree
that the Bank may condition the payments and benefits (if any) due under
sections 8(b)(iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) on the receipt of the Officer’s
resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or
committee member with respect to the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or
affiliate of either of them.
|
Section
9.
|
Termination without
Severance Benefits.
|
In the
event that the Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Assurance Period on account of:
(a) the
discharge of the Officer for “cause,” which, for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated
duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic
violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material
breach of this Agreement, in each case as measured against standards generally
prevailing at the relevant time in the savings and community banking industry;
provided, however,
that
the Officer shall not be deemed to have been discharged for cause unless and
until he shall have received a written notice of termination from the Board,
accompanied by a resolution duly adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of
the entire Board at a meeting called and held for such purpose (after reasonable
notice to the Officer and a reasonable opportunity for the Officer to make oral
and written presentations to the members of the Board, on his own behalf, or
through a representative, who may be his legal counsel, to refute the grounds
for the proposed determination) finding that in the good faith opinion of the
Board grounds exist for discharging the Officer for cause; or
(b) the
Officer’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank for reasons other
than those specified in section 8(a)(I); or
(c) the
Officer’s death; or
(d) a
determination that the Officer is eligible for long-term disability benefits
under the Bank’s long-term disability insurance program or, if there is no such
program, under the federal Social Security Act; then the Bank shall have no
further obligations under this Agreement, other than the payment to the Officer
(or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his earned but unpaid salary
as of the date of the termination of his employment, and the provision of such
other benefits, if any, to which the Officer is entitled as a former employee
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank.
Section
10.
|
Change of
Control.
|
(a) A
Change of Control of the Bank (“Change of Control”) shall be deemed to have
occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:
(i) the
reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank, respectively, with one or
more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
(A) at
least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such
transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by
persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of
the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Bank; and
(B) at
least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in
substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to
such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors of the Bank;
(ii) the
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank or beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in
concert;
(iii) a
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Bank, or approval by the stockholders
of the Bank of a plan for such liquidation or dissolution;
(iv) the
occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least fifty
percent (50%) of the members of the Board do not belong to any of the following
groups:
(A) individuals
who were members of the Board on the date of this Agreement; or
(B) individuals
who first became members of the Board after the date of this Agreement
either:
(1) upon
election to serve as a member of the Board by affirmative vote of three-quarters
(3/4) of the members of such Board, or a nominating committee thereof, in office
at the time of such first election; or
(2) upon
election by the stockholders of the Board to serve as a member of the Board, but
only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three quarters(3/4) of the
members of the Board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the
time of such first nomination;
provided, however,
that such
individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened
election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation
of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of
the Bank; or
(v) any
event which would be described in section 10(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the
term “Holding Company” were substituted for the term “Bank”
therein.
(b) In
no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a
result of any acquisition of securities or assets of the Holding Company, the
Bank or any subsidiary of either of them, by the Holding Company, the Bank or
any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by
any of them.
Section
11.
|
Excise Tax
Indemnification.
|
(a) This
section 11 shall apply if the Officer’s employment is terminated in
circumstances giving rise to liability for excise taxes under section 4999 of
the Code. If this Section 11 applies, then, if for any taxable year, the Officer
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code
with respect to any payment in the nature of compensation made by the Company or
any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Holding Company to (or for
the benefit of) the Officer, the Holding Company shall pay to the Officer an
amount equal to X determined under the following formula:
X
|
=
|
E x
P
|
1 -
[(FI x (1 - SLI)) + SLI + E + M]
|
where
|
E
=
|
the
rate at which the excise tax is assessed under section 4999 of the
Code;
|
|
P
=
|
the
amount with respect to which such excise tax is assessed, determined
without regard to this section 11;
|
|
FI
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of income tax applicable to the Officer under the
Code for the taxable year in
question;
|
|
SLI
=
|
the
sum of the highest marginal rates of income tax applicable to the Officer
under all applicable state and local laws for the taxable year in
question; and
|
|
M
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of Medicare tax applicable to the Officer under the
Code for the taxable year in
question.
|
With
respect to any payment in the nature of compensation that is made to (or for the
benefit of) the Officer under the terms of this Agreement, or otherwise,
and on which an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code will be assessed,
the payment determined under this section 11(a) shall be made to the
Officer on the earlier of (i) the date the Holding Company or any direct or
indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Holding Company is required to withhold
such tax, or (ii) the date the tax is required to be paid by the
Officer.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything in this section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the Officer’s
liability for the excise tax under section 4999 of the Code for a taxable year
is subsequently determined to be different than the amount determined
by the formula (X + P) x E, where X, P and E have the
meanings provided in section 11(a), the Officer or the Holding Company, as the
case may be, shall pay to the other party at the time that the amount of such
excise tax is finally determined, an appropriate amount, plus
interest, such that the payment made under section 11(a), when increased by the
amount of the payment made to the Officer under this section 11(b) by the
Holding Company, or when reduced by the amount of the payment made to the
Company under this section 11(b) by the Officer, equals the amount that should
have properly been paid to the Officer under section 11(a). The interest paid
under this section 11(b) shall be determined at the rate provided under section
1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code. To confirm that the proper amount, if any, was paid
to the Officer under this section 11, the Officer shall furnish to the Holding
Company a copy of each tax return which reflects a liability for an excise tax
payment made by the Holding Company, at least 20 days before the date on which
such return is required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service. Any
payment pursuant to this Section 11(b) shall in any case be made no later than
the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which any
additional taxes for which the payment is to be made are remitted to the
Internal Revenue Service.
(c) The
provisions of this section 11 are designed to reflect the provisions of
applicable federal, state and local tax laws in effect on the date of this
Agreement. If, after the date hereof, there shall be any change in any such
laws, this section 11 shall be modified in such manner as the Officer and the
Holding Company may mutually agree upon if and to the extent necessary to assure
that the Officer is fully indemnified against the economic effects of the tax
imposed under section 4999 of the Code or any similar federal, state or local
tax.
Section
12.
|
No Effect on Employee
Benefit Plans or Programs
.
|
The
termination of the Officer’s employment during the Assurance Period or
thereafter, whether by the Bank or by the Officer, shall have no effect on the
rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Bank’s qualified and
non-qualified defined benefit or defined contribution retirement plans, group
life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental,
accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit
plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs) and any defined contribution plan, employee stock
ownership plan, stock option and appreciation rights plan, and restricted stock
plan, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Bank from time to
time;
provided, however,
that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to duplicate any
compensation or benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering
the Officer to which the Bank or the Holding Company is a party and any
duplicative amount payable under any such agreement, plan or program shall be
applied as an offset to reduce the amounts otherwise payable
hereunder.
Section
13.
|
Successors and
Assigns.
|
This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Officer, his
legal representatives and testate or intestate distributes, and the Bank and the
Holding Company, their respective successors and assigns, including any
successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person
or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the respective
assets and business of the Bank or the Holding Company may be sold or otherwise
transferred.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including
any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such
party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may
by written notice specify to the other party:
If to the
Officer:
Mr.
Christopher D. Maher
___________
______________
If to the
Bank:
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate
Secretary
If to the
Holding Company:
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate
Secretary
Section
15.
|
Indemnification and
Attorneys’ Fees.
|
The Bank
shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Officer against rea
sonable costs,
including legal fees, incurred by the Officer in connection with or arising out
of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Officer may be involved, as a
result of the Officer’s efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms
of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Officer shall have substantially
prevailed on the merits pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of
competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding, or in a
settlement;
provided, further,
that this section 15 shall not obligate the Bank to pay costs and legal
fees on behalf of the Officer under this Agreement in excess of $20,000. For
purposes of this Agreement, any settlement agreement which provides for payment
of any amounts in settlement of the Bank’s obligations hereunder shall be
conclusive evidence of the Officer’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder,
and any such indemnification payments shall be in addition to amounts payable
pursuant to such settlement agreement, unless such settlement agreement
expressly provides otherwise. Any payment or reimbursement to effect such
indemnification shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the Officer incurs the expense or, if
later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or resolution that gives rise
to the Officer’s right to reimbursement; provided, however, that the Officer
shall have submitted to the Bank documentation supporting such expenses at such
time and in such manner as the Bank may reasonably require.
Section
16.
|
Severability.
|
A
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A
waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as
a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more
times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at
any other time or times.
Section
18.
|
Counterparts.
|
This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.
Section
19.
|
Governing
Law
.
|
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
federal laws of the United States, and in the absence of controlling federal
law, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law
principles.
Section
20.
|
Headings and
Construction.
|
The
headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a
section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated.
Section
21.
|
Entire Agreement;
Modifications
.
|
This
instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements,
understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof
including the Employee Retention Agreement made and entered into as of June 26,
1996. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing
and signed by the parties hereto;
provided, however
, that this
Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such manner as the Bank
and the Holding Company shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect
compliance with section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to
avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under section 409A of the
Code, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall
not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to the Officer on a present
value basis.
Section
22.
|
Required Regulatory
Provisions.
|
The
following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various
laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Bank:
(a) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate
amount of compensation payable to the Officer by the Bank under section 8(b)
hereof (exclusive of amounts described in section 8(b) (i)) exceed the three
times the Officer’s average annual total compensation for the last five
consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with
the Bank (or for his entire period of employment with the Bank if less than five
calendar years). This section 22(a) shall not affect or limit payments made by
the Holding Company hereunder pursuant to sections 8(b), 11 or otherwise. The
Holding Company agrees that, if this section 22(a) would limit payments by the
Bank to the Officer pursuant to section 8(b) or otherwise, the Holding Company
shall make such payments to the Officer.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Officer by the
Bank, whether pursuant to this agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (“FDI Act
”
),
12 U.S.C. Sec. 1828(k), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is suspended from
office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
affairs of the Bank pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1)
of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the Bank’s obligations
under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of Service of such
notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice
are dismissed, the Bank, in its discretion, may (i) pay to the Officer all or
part of the compensation withheld while the Bank’s obligations hereunder were
suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part, any of the obligations which
were suspended.
(d) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is removed and/or
permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs
by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C.
sec. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the order, but vested
rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be
effected.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Bank is in default (within the
meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1813(x)(1), all
prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of
the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the
Officer shall not be effected.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the
Bank hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of
this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the
Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) or his designee or the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), at the time the FDIC enters into
an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the
authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. sec. 1823(c);
(ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or
designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by such Director to be in
an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and obligations of the parties
shall not be affected.
If and to
the extent any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required by
applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though
eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
The
Holding Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Officer
the payment of all amounts, and the performance of all other obligations, due
from the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as and when due
without any requirement of presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice of
dishonor or nonpayment. For purposes of this section 23, the application of
sections 21(a), (c), (d), (e) or (f) to the Bank shall have no effect on the
Holding Company’s obligations hereunder.
Section
24.
Compliance with
Section 409A of the Code
.
The
Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company acknowledge that each of the payments
and benefits promised to the Officer under this Agreement must either comply
with the requirements of section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the
regulations thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end,
the Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in section 7 and legal fee reimbursements
described in section 15 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in section 8(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in section 8(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own
terms;
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 8(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(e) the
tax indemnity payment provided under section 11 is intended to satisfy the
requirements for a “tax gross-up payment” described in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of the
Officer’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid
on the later of the date sixty (60) days after the Officer’s earliest separation
from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h))
and, if the Officer is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the
first day of the seventh month following the Officer’s separation from service.
Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be deferred beyond the
Officer’s separation from service, shall be deposited on the date on which, but
for such deferral, the Holding Company would have paid such amount to the
Officer, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue Procedure
92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of which shall
be a financial institution selected by the Holding Company with the approval of
the Officer (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
pursuant to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by the Officer
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi
Trust”), and payments made shall include earnings on the investments made with
the assets of the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term
investment grade fixed income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or
other pooled investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such
securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and administered in
such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with Section
409A.
Section
25.
|
Compliance with the Emergency
Economic Stabilization Act of
2008
.
|
In the
event the Holding Company issues any debt or equity to the United States
Treasury ("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP")
implemented under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the
following provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this
Agreement or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or
arrangement in which the Officer participates:
(a) The
Officer shall repay to the Holding Company any bonus or incentive compensation
paid to the Officer while (i) the Officer is a senior executive officer (within
the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST
holds any debt or equity interest in the Holding Company acquired under the CPP
(such period, the "CPP Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus
or incentive compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings,
gains, or other criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate,
"Performance Criteria") that are later proven to be materially
inaccurate. A Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially
inaccurate if so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the
written opinion of an independent attorney or firm of certified public
accountants selected by the Holding Company and approved by the Officer (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which determination
shall both state the accurate Performance Criterion and that the difference
between the accurate Performance Criterion and the Performance Criterion on
which the payment was based is material (a "Determination"). Upon
receipt of a Determination, the Holding Company may supply to the Officer a copy
of the Determination, a computation of the bonus or other incentive compensation
that would have been payable on the basis of the accurate Performance Criterion
set forth in the Determination (the "Determination Amount") and a written demand
for repayment of the amount (if any) by which the bonus or incentive
compensation actually paid exceeded the Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
the Officer's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from employment”
(within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) the Officer is a Senior
Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in the
Holding Company issued under the CPP, then payments to the Officer that are
contingent on such applicable severance from employment and designated to be
paid during the CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the
maximum amount which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an
"excess parachute payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code,
as modified by section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute
payment" under 31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any
reduction in payments required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all
payments otherwise due hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their
payment dates, and where multiple payments are due on the same date, the
reduction shall be apportioned ratably among the affected
payments. The required reduction (if any) shall be determined in
writing by an independent attorney or firm of certified public accountants
selected by the Holding Company and approved by the Officer (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 25(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be paid on
the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a
Rabbi Trust. Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any
investment earnings on the assets of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid
Amount.
This
section 25 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with section
111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been
issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if any, by and
between the UST and the Holding Company, under which the UST acquires equity or
debt securities of the Holding Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the
"Closing Date," and such implementation, the "Relevant
Implementation"). If after the Closing Date the clawback requirement
of section 25(a) shall not be required by the Relevant Implementation of section
111(b) of EESA, such requirement shall have no further effect. If
after the Closing Date the limitation on golden parachute payments under section
25(b)(i) shall not be required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b)
of EESA, such limitation shall have no further effect and any Unpaid Amount
delayed under section 25(b)(ii) shall be paid on the earliest date on which the
Holding Company reasonably anticipates that such amount may be paid without
violating such limitation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the Bank
and the Holding Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and the
Officer has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
_______________________________________
Christopher
D. Maher
ATTEST:
|
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK of WILLIAMSBURGH
|
By:
________________________
Secretary
[Seal] By:
___________________________________
Name : Vincent F.
Palagiano
Title : Chairman of the Board &
CEO
ATTEST: DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:
________________________
Secretary By:
___________________________________
[Seal]
Name : Vincent F.
Palagiano
Title : Chairman of the Board &
CEO
[TPW:
NYLEGAL:791602.2] 16057-00010 12/29/2008 08:01 PM
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this ____day of ______, 2008 before
me personally came Christopher D. Maher, to me known, and known to me to be the
individual described in the foregoing instrument, who, being by me duly sworn,
did depose and say that he resides at the address set forth in said instrument,
and that he signed his name to the foregoing instrument.
Notary Public
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this___ day of ______, 2008 before
me personally came Vincent F. Palagiano to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 44 Direnzo Court, Staten Island,
N.Y., that he is a member of the Board of Directors of THE DIME SAVINGS BANK OF
WILLIAMSBURGH, the savings bank described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument; that he knows the seal of said mutual savings bank; that the seal
affixed to said instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
the Board of Directors of said savings bank; and that he signed his name thereto
by like authority.
Notary Public
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this ____day of _______, 2008 before
me personally came Vincent F. Palagiano, to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 44 Direnzo Court, Staten Island, N.
Y., that he is a member of the Board of Directors of DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES,
INC., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument;
that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said
instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of
Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like
order.
Notary Public
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE
RETENTION AGREEMENT
by
and among
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH,
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
and
DANIEL
J. HARRIS
made and
entered into as of
_________________,
2008
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE
RETENTION AGREEMENT
This
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYEE
RETENTION AGREEMENT
(“Agreement”
)
is made and entered into as of ________, 2008 by and among
THE DIME SAVINGS BANK of
WILLIAMSBURGH
, a savings bank organized and operating under the federal
laws of the United States and having its executive offices at 209 Havemeyer
Street, Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Bank”);
DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES,
INC
., a business corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware and having its executive offices at 209 Havemeyer Street,
Brooklyn, New York 11211 (“Holding Company”); and Daniel J. Harris, an
individual residing at __________________ (“Officer”)
W
I
T
N
E
S
S
E
T
H
:
WHEREAS
, the Officer and the
Bank are parties to an Employee Retention Agreement (“Prior Agreement”) made and
entered into as of June 26, 1999 (“Initial Effective Date”), pursuant to which
the Bank has agreed to provide certain payments to the Officer in the event that
his employment is terminated under certain circumstances as a result of a Change
of Control; and
WHEREAS
, the parties desire to
amend and restate the Prior Agreement for the purpose, among others, of
compliance with the applicable requirements of section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 (“the Code”); and
WHEREAS
, the Bank desires to
assure for itself the continued availability of the Officer’s services and the
ability of the Officer to perform such services with a minimum of personal
distraction in the event of a pending or threatened Change of Control,
and
WHEREAS
, the Officer is
willing to continue to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and obligations
hereinafter set forth, the Bank, the Holding Company and the Officer hereby
agree as follows:
|
Section
1.
|
Effective
Date
|
(a) This
Agreement shall be effective as of the Initial Effective Date and shall remain
in effect during the term of this Agreement which shall be for a period of three
(3) years commencing on the Initial Effective Date, plus such extensions as are
provided pursuant to section 1(b);
provided, however,
that if
the term of this Agreement has not otherwise terminated, the term of this
Agreement will terminate on the date of the Officer’s termination of employment
with the Bank; and
provided,
further,
that the obligations under section 8 of this Agreement shall
survive the term of this Agreement if payments become due
hereunder.
(b) Prior
to each anniversary date of this Agreement, the Board shall consider the
advisability of an extension of the term in light of the circumstances then
prevailing and may, in its discretion, approve an extension to take effect as of
the upcoming anniversary date. If an extension is approved, the term of this
Agreement shall be extended so that it will expire three (3) years after such
anniversary date.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary: (i) the Officer’s employment with the
Bank may be terminated at any time, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a
continuation of the Officer’s employment following the expiration of the
Assurance Period upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and the Officer may
mutually agree upon.
|
Section
2.
|
Assurance
Period.
|
(a) The
assurance period (“Assurance Period”) shall be for a period commencing on the
date of a Change of Control, as defined in section 10 of this Agreement, and
ending on the third anniversary of the date on which the Assurance Period
commences, plus such extensions as are provided pursuant to the following
sentence. The Assurance Period shall be automatically extended for one (1)
additional day each day, unless either the Bank or the Officer elects not to
extend the Assurance Period further by giving written notice to the other party,
in which case the Assurance Period shall become fixed and shall end on the third
anniversary of the date on which such written notice is given;
provided, however,
that if
following a Change of Control, the Office of Thrift Supervision (or its
successor) is the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the Agreement shall be
subject to extension not more frequently than annually and only upon review and
approval of the Board.
(b) Upon
termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank, any daily extensions
provided pursuant to the preceding sentence, if not theretofore discontinued,
shall cease and the remaining unexpired Assurance Period under this Agreement
shall be a fixed period ending on the later of the third anniversary of the date
of the Change of Control, as defined in section 10 of this Agreement, or the
third anniversary of the date on which the daily extensions were
discontinued.
During
the period of the Officer’s employment that falls within the Assurance Period,
the Officer shall: (a) except to the extent allowed under section 6 of this
Agreement, devote his full business time and attention (other than during
weekends, holidays, vacation periods, and periods of illness, disability or
approved leave of absence) to the business and affairs of the Bank and use his
best efforts to advance the Bank’s interests; (b) serve in the position to which
the Officer is appointed by the Bank, which, during the Assurance Period, shall
be the position that the Officer held on the day before the Assurance Period
commenced or any higher office at the Bank to which he may subsequently be
appointed; and (c) subject to the direction of the Board and the By-laws of the
Bank, have such functions, duties, responsibilities and authority commonly
associated with such position.
|
Section
4.
|
Compensation
.
|
In
consideration for the services rendered by the Officer during the Assurance
Period, the Bank shall pay to the Officer during the Assurance Period a salary
at an annual rate equal to the greater of:
(a) the
annual rate of salary in effect for the Officer on the day before the Assurance
Period commenced; or
(b) such
higher annual rate as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the
Board;
provided, however
, that in no
event shall the Officer’s annual rate of salary under this Agreement in effect
at a particular time during the Assurance Period be reduced without the
Officer’s prior written consent. The annual salary payable under this section 4
shall be subject to review at least once annually and shall be paid in
approximately equal installments in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll
practices. Nothing in this section 4 shall be deemed to prevent the Officer from
receiving additional compensation other than salary for his services to the
Bank, or additional compensation for his services to the Holding Company, upon
such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the
Board or the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
|
Section
5.
|
Employee Benefit Plans
and Programs
|
Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Officer shall, during the Assurance
Period, be treated as an employee of the Bank and be eligible to participate in
and receive benefits under any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit or
defined contribution retirement plan, group life, health (including
hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term
disability insurance plans, and such other employee benefit plans and programs,
including, but not limited to, any incentive compensation plans or programs
(whether or not employee benefit plans or programs), any stock option and
appreciation rights plan, employee stock ownership plan and restricted
stock plan, as may from time to time be maintained by, or cover employees of,
the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit
plans and programs and compensation plans and programs and with the Bank’s
customary practices.
|
Section
6.
|
Board
Memberships
.
|
The
Officer may serve as a member of the boards of directors of such business,
community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to and as may be
approved by the Board (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and
he may engage in personal business and investment activities for his own
account;
provided, however,
that such service and personal business and investment activities shall
not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this
Agreement.
|
Section
7.
|
Working Facilities and
Expenses.
|
During
the Assurance Period, the Officer’s principal place of employment shall be at
the Bank’s executive offices at the address first above written, or at such
other location within the City of New York at which the Bank shall maintain its
principal executive offices, or at such other location as the Bank and the
Officer may mutually agree upon. The Bank shall provide the Officer, at his
principal place of employment, with a private office and support services and
facilities suitable to his position with the Bank and necessary or appropriate
in connection with the performance of his assigned duties under this Agreement.
The Bank shall reimburse the Officer for his ordinary and necessary business
expenses, including, without limitation, the Officer’s travel and
entertainment expenses, incurred in connection with the performance of the
Officer’s duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an
itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably
require, each such reimbursement payment to be made promptly following receipt
of the itemized account and in any event not later than the last year in which
the expense was incurred.
|
Section
8.
|
Termination of
Employment with Severance
Benefits
.
|
(a) In
the event that the Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Assurance Period, or prior to the commencement of the Assurance Period but
within three (3) months of and in connection with a Change of Control as defined
in section 10 of this Agreement on account of:
(i) The
Officer’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank within ninety (90)
days following:
(A) the
failure of the Bank’s Board to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect the
Officer to serve in the same position in which the Officer was serving, on the
day before the Assurance Period commenced or a more senior office;
(B) the
failure of the stockholders of the Holding Company to elect or re-elect the
Officer as a member of the Board, if he was a member of the Board on the day
before the Assurance Period commenced;
(C) the
expiration of a thirty (30) day period following the date on which the Officer
gives written notice to the Bank of its material failure, whether by amendment
of the Bank’s Organization Certificate or By-laws, action of the Board or the
Holding Company’s stockholders or otherwise, to vest in the Officer the
functions, duties, or responsibilities vested in the Officer on the day before
the Assurance Period commenced (or the functions, duties and responsibilities of
a more senior office to which the Officer may be appointed), unless during such
thirty (30) day period, the Bank fully cures such failure;
(D) the
failure of the Bank to cure a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank,
within thirty (30) days following written notice from the Officer of such
material breach;
(E) a
reduction in the compensation provided to the Officer, or a material reduction
in the benefits provided to the Officer under the Bank’s program of employee
benefits, compared with the compensation and benefits that were provided to the
Officer on the day before the Assurance Period commenced;
(F) a
change in the Officer’s principal place of employment that would result in a
one-way commuting time in excess of the greater of (I) 30 minutes or (II) the
Officer’s commuting time immediately prior to such change; or
(ii) the
discharge of the Officer by the Bank for any reason other than for “cause” as
provided in section 9(a);
then,
subject to section 21, the Bank shall provide the benefits and pay to the
Officer the amounts provided for under section 8(b) of this Agreement;
provided, however,
that if
benefits or payments become due hereunder as a result of the Officer’s
termination of employment prior to the commencement of the Assurance Period, the
benefits and payments provided for under section 8(b) of this Agreement shall be
determined as though the Officer had remained in the service of the Bank (upon
the terms and conditions in effect at the time of his actual termination of
service) and had not terminated employment with the Bank until the date on which
the Officer’s Assurance Period would have commenced.
(b) Upon
the termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank under circumstances
described in section 8(a) of this Agreement, the Bank shall pay and provide to
the Officer (or, in the event of the Officer’s death, to the Officer’s estate)
on his termination of employment, subject to section 24 :
(i) the
Officer’s earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, all
items which constitute wages under section 190.1 of the New York Labor Law and
the payment of which is not otherwise provided for under this section 8(b)) as
of the date of the termination of the Officer’s employment with the Bank, such
payment to be made at the time and in the manner prescribed by law applicable to
the payment of wages but in no event later than thirty (30) days after
termination of employment;
(ii) the
benefits, if any, to which the Officer is entitled as a former employee under
the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs
maintained for the benefit of the Bank’s officers and employees;
(iii) continued
group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical),
accident and long term disability insurance benefits, in addition to that
provided pursuant to section 8(b)(ii) and after taking into account the coverage
provided by any subsequent employer, if and to the extent necessary to provide
for the Officer, for the remaining unexpired Assurance Period, coverage
equivalent to the coverage to which the Officer would have been entitled under
such plans (as in effect on the date of his termination of employment, or, if
his termination of employment occurs after a Change of Control, on the date of
such Change of Control, whichever benefits are greater) if the Officer had
continued working for the Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period
at the highest annual rate of compensation achieved during the Officer’s period
of actual employment with the Bank;
(iv)
a lump sum payment, in an amount equal to the present value of the salary
that the Officer would have earned if the Officer had continued working for the
Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period at the highest annual rate
of salary achieved during the Officer’s period of actual employment with the
Bank, where such present value is to be determined using a discount rate equal
to the applicable short-term federal rate prescribed under section 1274(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Code”) (“Applicable Short-Term Rate”),
compounded using the compounding periods corresponding to the Bank’s regular
payroll periods for its officers, such lump sum to be paid in lieu of all other
payments of salary provided for under this Agreement in respect of the period
following any such termination;
(v)
a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:
(A) the
present value of the aggregate benefits to which the Officer would be entitled
under any and all qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans
maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank if the Officer were 100%
vested thereunder and had continued working for the Bank during the remaining
unexpired Assurance Period, such benefits to be determined as of the date of
termination of employment by adding to the service actually recognized under
such plans an additional period equal to the remaining unexpired Assurance
Period and by adding to the compensation recognized under such plans for the
year in which termination of employment occurs all amounts payable under
sections 8(b)(I), (iv) and (vii);
(B) the
present value of the benefits to which the Officer is actually entitled under
such defined benefit pension plans as of the date of his
termination;
where
such present values are to be determined using the mortality tables prescribed
under section 415(b)(2)(E)(v) of the Code and a discount rate, compounded
monthly, equal to the applicable long-term federal rate prescribed under section
1274(d) of the Code for the month in which his employment terminates; provided,
however, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(v) as a result of
this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined benefit plans
to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such deemed vesting shall be
paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in the same manner, as
benefits under the corresponding non-qualified plan;
(vi) a
lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the additional
employer contributions (or if greater in the case of a leveraged employee stock
ownership plan or similar arrangement, the additional assets allocable to him
through debt service, based on the fair market value of such assets at
termination of employment) to which he would have been entitled under any and
all qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plans maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Bank, if he were 100% vested thereunder and had
continued working for the Bank during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period
at the highest annual rate of compensation achieved during the Officer’s period
of actual employment with the Bank, and making the maximum amount of employee
contributions, if any, required under such plan or plans, such present value to
be determined on the basis of the discount rate, compounded using the
compounding period that corresponds to the frequency with which employer
contributions are made to the relevant plan, equal to the Applicable Short-Term
Rate;
provided,
however
, that if payments are made under this section 8(b)(vi) as a
result of this section deeming otherwise unvested amounts under such defined
contribution plans to be vested, the payments, if any, attributable to such
deemed vesting shall be paid in the same form, and paid at the same time, and in
the same manner, as benefits under the corresponding non-qualified
plan;
(vii) the
payments that would have been made to the Officer under any cash bonus or
long-term or short-term cash incentive compensation plan maintained by, or
covering employees of, the Bank, if he had continued working for the Bank
during the remaining unexpired Assurance Period and had earned the
maximum bonus or incentive award in each calendar year that ends during the
remaining unexpired Assurance Period, such payments to be equal to the product
of:
(A) the
maximum percentage rate at which an award was ever available to the Officer
under such incentive compensation plan; multiplied by
(B) the
salary that would have been paid to the Officer during each such calendar year
at the highest annual rate of salary achieved during the remaining unexpired
Assurance Period, such payments to be made without discounting for early payment
.
The Bank
and the Officer hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the
Officer following any such termination of employment are not capable of accurate
measurement as of the date first above written and that the payments and
benefits contemplated by this section 8(b) constitute a reasonable estimate
under the circumstances of all damages sustained as a consequence of any such
termination of employment, other than damages arising under or out of any stock
option, restricted stock or other non-qualified stock acquisition or investment
plan or program, it being understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not
determine the measurement of damages under any such plan or program in respect
of any termination of employment. Such damages shall be payable without any
requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Officer’s
efforts, if any, to mitigate damages. The Bank and the Officer further agree
that the Bank may condition the payments and benefits (if any) due under
sections 8(b)(iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) on the receipt of the Officer’s
resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or
committee member with respect to the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or
affiliate of either of them.
|
Section
9.
|
Termination without
Severance Benefits.
|
In the
event that the Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate during the
Assurance Period on account of:
(a) the
discharge of the Officer for “cause,” which, for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated
duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic
violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material
breach of this Agreement, in each case as measured against standards generally
prevailing at the relevant time in the savings and community banking industry;
provided, however,
that
the Officer shall not be deemed to have been discharged for cause unless and
until he shall have received a written notice of termination from the Board,
accompanied by a resolution duly adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of
the entire Board at a meeting called and held for such purpose (after reasonable
notice to the Officer and a reasonable opportunity for the Officer to make oral
and written presentations to the members of the Board, on his own behalf, or
through a representative, who may be his legal counsel, to refute the grounds
for the proposed determination) finding that in the good faith opinion of the
Board grounds exist for discharging the Officer for cause; or
(b) the
Officer’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank for reasons other
than those specified in section 8(a)(I); or
(c) the
Officer’s death; or
(d) a
determination that the Officer is eligible for long-term disability benefits
under the Bank’s long-term disability insurance program or, if there is no such
program, under the federal Social Security Act; then the Bank shall have no
further obligations under this Agreement, other than the payment to the Officer
(or, in the event of his death, to his estate) of his earned but unpaid salary
as of the date of the termination of his employment, and the provision of such
other benefits, if any, to which the Officer is entitled as a former employee
under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and
programs maintained by, or covering employees of, the Bank.
Section
10.
|
Change of
Control.
|
(a) A
Change of Control of the Bank (“Change of Control”) shall be deemed to have
occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:
(i) the
reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank, respectively, with one or
more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
(A) at
least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such
transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by
persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of
the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Bank; and
(B) at
least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in
substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to
such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors of the Bank;
(ii) the
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank or beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in
concert;
(iii) a
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Bank, or approval by the stockholders
of the Bank of a plan for such liquidation or dissolution;
(iv) the
occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least fifty
percent (50%) of the members of the Board do not belong to any of the following
groups:
(A) individuals
who were members of the Board on the date of this Agreement; or
(B) individuals
who first became members of the Board after the date of this Agreement
either:
(1) upon
election to serve as a member of the Board by affirmative vote of three-quarters
(3/4) of the members of such Board, or a nominating committee thereof, in office
at the time of such first election; or
(2) upon
election by the stockholders of the Board to serve as a member of the Board, but
only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three quarters(3/4) of the
members of the Board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the
time of such first nomination;
provided, however,
that such
individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened
election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation
of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of
the Bank; or
(v) any
event which would be described in section 10(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the
term “Holding Company” were substituted for the term “Bank”
therein.
(b) In
no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a
result of any acquisition of securities or assets of the Holding Company, the
Bank or any subsidiary of either of them, by the Holding Company, the Bank or
any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by
any of them.
Section
11.
|
Excise Tax
Indemnification.
|
(a) This
section 11 shall apply if the Officer’s employment is terminated in
circumstances giving rise to liability for excise taxes under section 4999 of
the Code. If this Section 11 applies, then, if for any taxable year, the Officer
shall be liable for the payment of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code
with respect to any payment in the nature of compensation made by the Company or
any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Holding Company to (or for
the benefit of) the Officer, the Holding Company shall pay to the Officer an
amount equal to X determined under the following formula:
X
|
=
|
E x
P
|
1 -
[(FI x (1 - SLI)) + SLI + E + M]
|
where
|
E
=
|
the
rate at which the excise tax is assessed under section 4999 of the
Code;
|
|
P
=
|
the
amount with respect to which such excise tax is assessed, determined
without regard to this section 11;
|
|
FI
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of income tax applicable to the Officer under the
Code for the taxable year in
question;
|
|
SLI
=
|
the
sum of the highest marginal rates of income tax applicable to the Officer
under all applicable state and local laws for the taxable year in
question; and
|
|
M
=
|
the
highest marginal rate of Medicare tax applicable to the Officer under the
Code for the taxable year in
question.
|
With
respect to any payment in the nature of compensation that is made to (or for the
benefit of) the Officer under the terms of this Agreement, or otherwise,
and on which an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code will be assessed,
the payment determined under this section 11(a) shall be made to the
Officer on the earlier of (i) the date the Holding Company or any direct or
indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Holding Company is required to withhold
such tax, or (ii) the date the tax is required to be paid by the
Officer.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything in this section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the Officer’s
liability for the excise tax under section 4999 of the Code for a taxable year
is subsequently determined to be different than the amount determined
by the formula (X + P) x E, where X, P and E have the
meanings provided in section 11(a), the Officer or the Holding Company, as the
case may be, shall pay to the other party at the time that the amount of such
excise tax is finally determined, an appropriate amount, plus
interest, such that the payment made under section 11(a), when increased by the
amount of the payment made to the Officer under this section 11(b) by the
Holding Company, or when reduced by the amount of the payment made to the
Company under this section 11(b) by the Officer, equals the amount that should
have properly been paid to the Officer under section 11(a). The interest paid
under this section 11(b) shall be determined at the rate provided under section
1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code. To confirm that the proper amount, if any, was paid
to the Officer under this section 11, the Officer shall furnish to the Holding
Company a copy of each tax return which reflects a liability for an excise tax
payment made by the Holding Company, at least 20 days before the date on which
such return is required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service. Any
payment pursuant to this Section 11(b) shall in any case be made no later than
the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which any
additional taxes for which the payment is to be made are remitted to the
Internal Revenue Service.
(c) The
provisions of this section 11 are designed to reflect the provisions of
applicable federal, state and local tax laws in effect on the date of this
Agreement. If, after the date hereof, there shall be any change in any such
laws, this section 11 shall be modified in such manner as the Officer and the
Holding Company may mutually agree upon if and to the extent necessary to assure
that the Officer is fully indemnified against the economic effects of the tax
imposed under section 4999 of the Code or any similar federal, state or local
tax.
Section
12.
|
No Effect on Employee
Benefit Plans or Programs
.
|
The
termination of the Officer’s employment during the Assurance Period or
thereafter, whether by the Bank or by the Officer, shall have no effect on the
rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Bank’s qualified and
non-qualified defined benefit or defined contribution retirement plans, group
life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental,
accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit
plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs (whether or not employee
benefit plans or programs) and any defined contribution plan, employee stock
ownership plan, stock option and appreciation rights plan, and restricted stock
plan, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Bank from time to
time;
provided, however,
that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to duplicate any
compensation or benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering
the Officer to which the Bank or the Holding Company is a party and any
duplicative amount payable under any such agreement, plan or program shall be
applied as an offset to reduce the amounts otherwise payable
hereunder.
Section
13.
|
Successors and
Assigns.
|
This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Officer, his
legal representatives and testate or intestate distributes, and the Bank and the
Holding Company, their respective successors and assigns, including any
successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person
or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the respective
assets and business of the Bank or the Holding Company may be sold or otherwise
transferred.
Any
communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including
any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is
delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such
party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may
by written notice specify to the other party:
If to the
Officer:
Mr.
Daniel J. Harris
___________
______________
If to the
Bank:
The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate
Secretary
If to the
Holding Company:
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
209
Havemeyer Street
Brooklyn,
New York 11211
Attention:
Corporate
Secretary
Section
15.
|
Indemnification and
Attorneys’ Fees.
|
The Bank
shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Officer against rea
sonable costs,
including legal fees, incurred by the Officer in connection with or arising out
of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Officer may be involved, as a
result of the Officer’s efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms
of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Officer shall have substantially
prevailed on the merits pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of
competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding, or in a
settlement;
provided, further,
that this section 15 shall not obligate the Bank to pay costs and legal
fees on behalf of the Officer under this Agreement in excess of $20,000. For
purposes of this Agreement, any settlement agreement which provides for payment
of any amounts in settlement of the Bank’s obligations hereunder shall be
conclusive evidence of the Officer’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder,
and any such indemnification payments shall be in addition to amounts payable
pursuant to such settlement agreement, unless such settlement agreement
expressly provides otherwise. Any payment or reimbursement to effect such
indemnification shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the Officer incurs the expense or, if
later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or resolution that gives rise
to the Officer’s right to reimbursement; provided, however, that the Officer
shall have submitted to the Bank documentation supporting such expenses at such
time and in such manner as the Bank may reasonably require.
Section
16.
|
Severability.
|
A
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.
Failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A
waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as
a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any
waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more
times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at
any other time or times.
Section
18.
|
Counterparts.
|
This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.
Section
19.
|
Governing
Law
.
|
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
federal laws of the United States, and in the absence of controlling federal
law, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law
principles.
Section
20.
|
Headings and
Construction.
|
The
headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a
section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise
stated.
Section
21.
|
Entire Agreement;
Modifications
.
|
This
instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements,
understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof
including the Employee Retention Agreement made and entered into as of June 26,
1996. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing
and signed by the parties hereto;
provided, however
, that this
Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such manner as the Bank
and the Holding Company shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect
compliance with section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and to
avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under section 409A of the
Code, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall
not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to the Officer on a present
value basis.
Section
22.
|
Required Regulatory
Provisions.
|
The
following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various
laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Bank:
(a) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate
amount of compensation payable to the Officer by the Bank under section 8(b)
hereof (exclusive of amounts described in section 8(b) (i)) exceed the three
times the Officer’s average annual total compensation for the last five
consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with
the Bank (or for his entire period of employment with the Bank if less than five
calendar years). This section 22(a) shall not affect or limit payments made by
the Holding Company hereunder pursuant to sections 8(b), 11 or otherwise. The
Holding Company agrees that, if this section 22(a) would limit payments by the
Bank to the Officer pursuant to section 8(b) or otherwise, the Holding Company
shall make such payments to the Officer.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Officer by the
Bank, whether pursuant to this agreement or otherwise, are subject to and
conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (“FDI Act
”
),
12 U.S.C. Sec. 1828(k), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is suspended from
office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
affairs of the Bank pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1)
of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the Bank’s obligations
under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of Service of such
notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice
are dismissed, the Bank, in its discretion, may (i) pay to the Officer all or
part of the compensation withheld while the Bank’s obligations hereunder were
suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part, any of the obligations which
were suspended.
(d) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is removed and/or
permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs
by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C.
sec. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the order, but vested
rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be
effected.
(e) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Bank is in default (within the
meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1813(x)(1), all
prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of
the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the
Officer shall not be effected.
(f) Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the
Bank hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of
this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the
Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) or his designee or the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), at the time the FDIC enters into
an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the
authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. sec. 1823(c);
(ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or
designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by such Director to be in
an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and obligations of the parties
shall not be affected.
If and to
the extent any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required by
applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though
eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
The
Holding Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Officer
the payment of all amounts, and the performance of all other obligations, due
from the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as and when due
without any requirement of presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice of
dishonor or nonpayment. For purposes of this section 23, the application of
sections 21(a), (c), (d), (e) or (f) to the Bank shall have no effect on the
Holding Company’s obligations hereunder.
Section
24.
Compliance with
Section 409A of the Code
.
The
Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company acknowledge that each of the payments
and benefits promised to the Officer under this Agreement must either comply
with the requirements of section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") and the
regulations thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end,
the Officer, the Bank and the Holding Company agree that:
(a) the
expense reimbursements described in section 7 and legal fee reimbursements
described in section 15 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a
"reimbursement plan" described in Treasury Regulation section
1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such
requirements;
(b) the
payment described in section 8(b)(i) is intended to be excepted from compliance
with Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as
payment made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing
arrangement;
(c) the
benefits and payments described in section 8(b)(ii) are expected to comply with
or be excepted from compliance with Section 409A on their own
terms;
(d) the
welfare benefits provided in kind under section 8(b)(iii) are intended to be
excepted from compliance with Section 409A as welfare benefits pursuant to
Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(a)(5) and/or as benefits not includible in
gross income; and
(e) the
tax indemnity payment provided under section 11 is intended to satisfy the
requirements for a “tax gross-up payment” described in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
In the
case of a payment that is not excepted from compliance with Section 409A, and
that is not otherwise designated to be paid immediately upon a permissible
payment event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(a), the
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of the
Officer’s termination of employment to the date of actual payment) to and paid
on the later of the date sixty (60) days after the Officer’s earliest separation
from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h))
and, if the Officer is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the
first day of the seventh month following the Officer’s separation from service.
Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be deferred beyond the
Officer’s separation from service, shall be deposited on the date on which, but
for such deferral, the Holding Company would have paid such amount to the
Officer, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue Procedure
92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of which shall
be a financial institution selected by the Holding Company with the approval of
the Officer (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
pursuant to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by the Officer
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi
Trust”), and payments made shall include earnings on the investments made with
the assets of the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term
investment grade fixed income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or
other pooled investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such
securities. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed and administered in
such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with Section
409A.
Section
25.
|
Compliance with the Emergency
Economic Stabilization Act of
2008
.
|
In the
event the Holding Company issues any debt or equity to the United States
Treasury ("UST") pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP")
implemented under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the
following provisions shall take precedence over any contrary provisions of this
Agreement or any other compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or
arrangement in which the Officer participates:
(a) The
Officer shall repay to the Holding Company any bonus or incentive compensation
paid to the Officer while (i) the Officer is a senior executive officer (within
the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) ("Senior Executive Officer") and (ii) the UST
holds any debt or equity interest in the Holding Company acquired under the CPP
(such period, the "CPP Compliance Period"), if and to the extent that such bonus
or incentive compensation was paid on the basis of a statement of earnings,
gains, or other criteria (each, a "Performance Criterion," and in the aggregate,
"Performance Criteria") that are later proven to be materially
inaccurate. A Performance Criterion shall be proven to be materially
inaccurate if so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in the
written opinion of an independent attorney or firm of certified public
accountants selected by the Holding Company and approved by the Officer (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which determination
shall both state the accurate Performance Criterion and that the difference
between the accurate Performance Criterion and the Performance Criterion on
which the payment was based is material (a "Determination"). Upon
receipt of a Determination, the Holding Company may supply to the Officer a copy
of the Determination, a computation of the bonus or other incentive compensation
that would have been payable on the basis of the accurate Performance Criterion
set forth in the Determination (the "Determination Amount") and a written demand
for repayment of the amount (if any) by which the bonus or incentive
compensation actually paid exceeded the Determination Amount.
(b) (i) If
the Officer's employment terminates in an “applicable severance from employment”
(within the meaning of 31 C.F.R. Part 30) while (A) the Officer is a Senior
Executive Officer, and (B) the UST holds a debt or equity interest in the
Holding Company issued under the CPP, then payments to the Officer that are
contingent on such applicable severance from employment and designated to be
paid during the CPP Compliance Period shall be limited, if necessary, to the
maximum amount which may be paid without causing any amount paid to be an
"excess parachute payment" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) of the Code,
as modified by section 280G(e) of the Code, referred to as a "golden parachute
payment" under 31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the "Maximum Payment Amount"). Any
reduction in payments required to achieve such limit shall be applied to all
payments otherwise due hereunder in the reverse chronological order of their
payment dates, and where multiple payments are due on the same date, the
reduction shall be apportioned ratably among the affected
payments. The required reduction (if any) shall be determined in
writing by an independent attorney or firm of certified public accountants
selected by the Holding Company and approved by the Officer (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii) To
the extent not prohibited by law, the aggregate amount by which payments
designated to be paid during the CPP Compliance Period are reduced pursuant to
section 25(b)(i) (the "Unpaid Amount") shall be delayed to and shall be paid on
the first business day following the last day of the CPP Compliance
Period. Pending payment, the Unpaid Amount shall be deposited in a
Rabbi Trust. Payment of the Unpaid Amount shall include any
investment earnings on the assets of the Rabbi Trust attributable to the Unpaid
Amount.
This
section 25 shall be operated, administered and construed to comply with section
111(b) of EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been
issued and is in effect as of the closing date of the agreement, if any, by and
between the UST and the Holding Company, under which the UST acquires equity or
debt securities of the Holding Company under the CPP (such date, if any, the
"Closing Date," and such implementation, the "Relevant
Implementation"). If after the Closing Date the clawback requirement
of section 25(a) shall not be required by the Relevant Implementation of section
111(b) of EESA, such requirement shall have no further effect. If
after the Closing Date the limitation on golden parachute payments under section
25(b)(i) shall not be required by the Relevant Implementation of section 111(b)
of EESA, such limitation shall have no further effect and any Unpaid Amount
delayed under section 25(b)(ii) shall be paid on the earliest date on which the
Holding Company reasonably anticipates that such amount may be paid without
violating such limitation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the Bank
and the Holding Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and the
Officer has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
_______________________________________
Daniel J.
Harris
ATTEST:
|
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK of WILLIAMSBURGH
|
By:
________________________
Secretary
[Seal] By:
___________________________________
Name : Vincent F.
Palagiano
Title : Chairman of the Board &
CEO
ATTEST: DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:
________________________
Secretary By:
___________________________________
[Seal]
Name : Vincent F.
Palagiano
Title : Chairman of the Board &
CEO
[TPW:
NYLEGAL:791603.2] 16057-00010 12/29/2008 08:14 PM
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this ____day of ______, 2008 before
me personally came Daniel J. Harris, to me known, and known to me to be the
individual described in the foregoing instrument, who, being by me duly sworn,
did depose and say that he resides at the address set forth in said instrument,
and that he signed his name to the foregoing instrument.
Notary Public
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this___ day of ______, 2008 before
me personally came Vincent F. Palagiano to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 44 Direnzo Court, Staten Island,
N.Y., that he is a member of the Board of Directors of THE DIME SAVINGS BANK OF
WILLIAMSBURGH, the savings bank described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument; that he knows the seal of said mutual savings bank; that the seal
affixed to said instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
the Board of Directors of said savings bank; and that he signed his name thereto
by like authority.
Notary Public
STATE OF
NEW YORK )
:ss.:
COUNTY OF
KINGS )
On this ____day of _______, 2008 before
me personally came Vincent F. Palagiano, to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 44 Direnzo Court, Staten Island, N.
Y., that he is a member of the Board of Directors of DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES,
INC., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument;
that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said
instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of
Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like
order.
Notary Public
DIME
COMMUNITY BANCSHARES, INC.
ANNUAL
INCENTIVE PLAN
Amended
and Restated as of December 31, 2008
SECTION
1.
Purpose.
The purpose of the Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. ("Dime") Annual Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to provide
incentives for senior executives and other key employees whose performance in
fulfilling the responsibilities of their positions can have a major impact on
the profitability and future growth of Dime (the "Company"). The Plan is part of
an overall compensation program which ties the achievement of annual strategic
and operating goals with compensation. Effective as of December 31,
2008, this Plan is amended and restated in order to comply with the applicable
requirements of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(“Code”).
SECTION
2.
Definitions.
For the purposes of the Plan, the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
"Award" shall mean the payment of an
award by the Committee to a Participant pursuant to Section 4.
"Applicable Period" shall mean, with
respect to any Award Year, a period commencing on or before the first day of
such Award Year and ending no later than the earlier of (i) the 90th day of such
Award Year or (ii) the date on which 25% of such Award Year has been completed.
Any action required under the Plan to be taken within the period specified in
the previous sentence may be taken at a later date with respect to Participants
who are not Covered Officers and with respect to Covered Officers if Section
162(m) is amended to permit such later date.
"Award Year" shall mean any fiscal
year, or other performance period designated by the Committee, with respect to
the Company's performance in which an Award is granted.
"Board" shall mean the Board of
Directors of the Company.
"Committee" shall mean the Committee
designated pursuant to Section 3. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the
Compensation Committee designated by the Board shall be the Committee under the
Plan.
"Covered Officer" shall mean at any
date (i) any individual who, with respect to the previous taxable year of the
Company, was a "covered employee" of the Company within the meaning of Section
162(m), as hereinafter defined; provided, however, that the term "Covered
Officer" shall not include any such individual who is designated by the
Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award or at any subsequent
time, as reasonably expected not to be such a "covered employee" with respect to
the current taxable year of the Company and (ii) any individual who is
designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award or at
any subsequent time, as reasonably expected to be such a "covered employee" with
respect to the current taxable year of the Company or with respect to the
taxable year of the Company in which any applicable Award will be
paid.
"Individual Award Opportunity" shall
mean the performance-based award opportunity for a Participant for a given Award
Year as specified by the Committee within the Applicable Period, which may be
expressed in dollars or on a formula basis that is consistent with the
provisions of this Plan.
"Participant" shall mean a senior
executive or other key employee of the Company selected by the Committee in
accordance with Section 4(a) who receives an Individual Award
Opportunity.
"Section 162(m)" shall mean Section
162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules promulgated thereunder
or any successor provision thereto as in effect from time to time.
SECTION
3. Administration.
(a) Committee.
Subject to the authority and powers of the Board in relation to the Plan as
hereinafter provided, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee designated
by the Board consisting of two or more members of the Board each of whom is an
"outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m). The Committee shall
have full authority to interpret the Plan and from time to time to adopt such
rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best, including
without limitation:
(i) to
designate Participants and Individual Award Opportunities and/or bonus pool
award opportunities;
(ii) to
designate and thereafter administer the performance goals and other Award terms
and conditions;
(iii) to
determine and certify the bonus amounts earned for any Award Year;
(iv) to
determine the effect on an Award of a termination of employment;
and
(v) to
decide whether, under what circumstances, and subject to what terms, bonus
payouts are to be paid on a deferred basis, including automatic deferrals at the
Committee's election as well as elective deferrals at the election of
Participants.
(b) Committee
Determinations. All determinations by the Committee shall be made by the
affirmative vote of a majority of its members, but any determination reduced to
writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully as effective as
if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held. All
decisions by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all orders
or resolutions of the Board pursuant thereto shall be final, conclusive and
binding on all persons, including the Participants, the Company and its
subsidiaries, and stockholders.
SECTION
4. Eligibility
for and Payment of Awards.
(a) Eligible
Employees. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, within the Applicable Period,
the Committee may select officers or employees of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries who will be eligible to earn Awards under the Plan with respect to
such year and determine the amount of the Individual Award Opportunities and the
conditions under which they may be earned.
(b) Payment
of Awards. Awards under the Plan shall be paid in cash or shares of Company
stock, subject to applicable withholding taxes, on May 15th of the calendar year
following the end of the Plan Year.
The
Committee may require that a Participant must still be employed as of the end of
the Award Year and/or the date on which the bonus is calculated, in order to be
eligible for an award for such Award Year and the Committee may adopt such
forfeiture, proration or other rules as it deems appropriate, in its sole
discretion, regarding the impact on an Award of a Participant's termination of
employment. In such event, the shares of Company stock delivered in payment of
an award that has been earned shall have an aggregate fair market value
(determined as of the date the award is earned) equal to the dollar amount of
the earned award, and fair market value for this purpose shall be determined on
the basis of the closing sales price for a share of Company common stock on the
relevant date (or if there is no reported sale on such date, on the last
preceding date on which any reported sale occurred) as reported in the principal
consolidated reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to
trading on the principal United States securities exchange on which the Shares
are listed or admitted to trading (including the Nasdaq Stock Market as a
national securities exchange for this purpose), as of the close of the market in
New York City and without regard to after-hours trading activity.
(c) During
the Applicable Period, the Committee shall establish the Individual Award
Opportunities for such Award Year, which shall be based on achievement of stated
target performance goals, and may be stated in dollars or on a formula
basis.
(d) Awards
to Covered Officers.
(i) Notwithstanding
the provisions of Sections 4(a), 4(b), and 4(c) hereof, any Award to any Covered
Officer shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(d).
Subject to the discretion of the Committee as set forth in Section 6(b) hereof,
the maximum amount of the Award that may be granted with respect to any Award
Year to any Covered Officer at the time of such grant shall be
$1,500,000.
(ii) Any
provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Covered Officer shall
be entitled to any payment of an Award with respect to an Award Year unless the
members of the Committee shall have certified in accordance with Section 162(m)
the extent to which the applicable performance goals have been
satisfied.
SECTION
5. Performance
Goals
For any given Award Year, the Committee
shall, within the Applicable Period, set one or more objective performance goals
for each Participant and/or each group of Participants and/or each bonus pool
(if applicable). The performance goals shall be limited to one or more of the
following Company, subsidiary, operating unit or division financial performance
measures:
(i) earnings
per share *
(ii) net
income *
(iii) return
on average equity *
(iv) return
on average assets *
(v) core
earnings *
(vi) stock
price
(vii) operating
income
(viii) operating
efficiency ratio;
(ix) net
interest rate spread;
(x) loan
production volumes;
(xi) non-performing
loans;
(xii) cash
flow
;
(xiii) strategic
business objectives, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting
specified cost targets, business expansion goals, and goals relating to
acquisitions or divestitures
(xiv) except
in the case of a Covered Officer, any other performance criteria established by
the Committee
(xv) any
combination of (i) through (xiv) above.
*
Performance goals indicated may be established on the basis of reported earnings
or cash earnings.
Each goal
may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, may be based on or
otherwise employ comparisons based on internal targets, the past performance of
the Company and/or the past or current performance of other
companies.
SECTION
6. General
Provisions.
(a) Adjustments.
If the performance criteria for any Award Year shall have been affected by
special factors (including material changes in accounting policies or practices,
material acquisitions or dispositions of property, or other unusual items) that
in the Committee's judgment should or should not be taken into account, in whole
or in part, in the equitable administration of the Plan, the Committee may, for
any purpose of the Plan, adjust such criteria and make payments accordingly
under the Plan.
(b) No
Adjustments for Covered Officers. Notwithstanding the provisions of
subparagraph (a) above, any adjustments made in accordance with or for the
purposes of subparagraph (a) shall be disregarded for purposes of calculating
the performance criteria if and to the extent that such adjustments would have
the effect of increasing the amount of an Award to a Covered Officer. In
addition, the Committee may, in the exercise of its discretion, reduce or
eliminate the amount of an Award to a Covered Officer otherwise calculated in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d) prior to payment
thereof.
(c) No
Assignment. No portion of any Award under the Plan may be assigned or
transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution
prior to the payment thereof.
(d) Tax
Requirements. All payments made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject
to withholding in respect of income and other taxes required by law to be
withheld, in accordance with procedures to be established by the
Committee.
(e) No
Additional Participant Rights. The selection of an individual for
participation in the Plan shall not give such Participant any right to be
retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and the right
of the Company or any such subsidiary to dismiss or discharge any such
Participant, or to terminate any arrangement pursuant to which any such
Participant provides services to the Company is specifically reserved. The
benefits provided for Participants under the Plan shall be in addition to, and
shall in no way preclude, other forms of compensation to or in respect of such
Participants.
(f) Liability. The
Board and the Committee shall be entitled to rely on the advice of counsel and
other experts, including the independent accountants for the Company. No member
of the Board or of the Committee or any officers of the Company or its
subsidiaries shall be liable for any act or failure to act under the Plan,
except in circumstances involving bad faith on the part of such member or
officer.
(g) Other
Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall
prevent the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company from adopting
or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which arrangements may
be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific
cases.
(h) Governing
Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules
and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined
in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
SECTION
7. Amendment
and Termination of the Plan.
The Board may at any time terminate, in
whole or in part, or from time to time amend the Plan, provided that, except as
otherwise provided in the Plan, no such amendment or termination shall adversely
affect the rights of any Participant under any Awards deferred by such
Participant pursuant to Section 4(b). In the event of such termination, in whole
or in part, of the Plan, the Committee may in its sole discretion direct the
payment to Participants of any Awards not theretofore paid out prior to the
respective dates upon which payments would otherwise be made hereunder to such
Participants, in a lump sum or installments as the Committee shall prescribe
with respect to each such Participant. The Board may at any time and from time
to time delegate to the Committee any or all of its authority under this Section
6. Any amendment to the Plan that would affect any Covered Officer shall be
approved by the Company's stockholders if required by and in accordance with
Section 162(m).
SECTION
8.
Re-approval by
Shareholders
.
Any material terms of the performance
goals described in Section 5 shall be disclosed to and re-approved by
shareholders no later than the first shareholder meeting that occurs in the
fifth year following the year in which shareholders previously approved the
performance goals.
SECTION
9. Section
409A Compliance.
Dime acknowledges that the payments
promised to the Participants under this Plan must either comply with the
requirements of section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and the regulations
thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end,
Dime asserts that the payment described in section 4(b) of this Plan is intended
to be a payment upon a specified time or fixed schedule pursuant to Section
409A(a)(2)(A)(iv). In the case of a payment promised
under this Plan that is not exempt from Section 409A, and that is to be paid
upon a separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
1.409A-1(h)) to a Participant who is a specified employee within the meaning of
section 409A of the Code at the time of such separation from service, such
payment shall not be made prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred (with
interest at the annual rate of 6%, compounded monthly from the date of
separation from service to the date of actual payment) to and paid on the first
day of the seventh month to begin after the separation from service and, if the
Participant is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the first day
of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from
service. Each amount payable under this plan that is required to be
deferred beyond the Participant’s separation from service, shall be deposited on
the date on which, but for such deferral, Dime would have paid such amount to
the Participant, in a grantor trust which meets the requirements of Revenue
Procedure 92-65 (as amended or superseded from time to time), the trustee of
which shall be a financial institution selected by Dime with the approval of the
Participant (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
pursuant to a trust agreement the terms of which are approved by the Participant
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (the “Rabbi
Trust”), and payments made shall include earnings on the investments made with
the assets of the Rabbi Trust, which investments shall consist of short-term
investment grade fixed income securities or units of interest in mutual funds or
other pooled investment vehicles designed to invest primarily in such
securities. Furthermore, this Plan shall be construed and
administered in such manner as shall be necessary to effect compliance with
Section 409A.
EXHIBIT
10.30
AMENDMENT
NUMBER FIVE
TO
THE
DIME SAVINGS BANK OF WILLIAMSBURGH
401(k)
SAVINGS PLAN
Pursuant
to Section 11.1 of The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan,
As Amended and Restated Effective April 1, 2001, Including Provisions Effective
Retroactive to January 1, 1997 ("Plan"), the Plan is amended, effective as of
January 1, 2009:
1.
INTRODUCTION
– The
last sentence of the sixteenth paragraph of the Introduction shall be amended in
its entirety to read as follows:
In
addition, the Plan complies with final regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9),
IRS procedural guidance (Notice 2005-5) addressing required “automatic
rollovers” under Section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Code, 2006 final regulations under
Code Section 401(k) and Code Section 401(m) and Code Section 402A addressing the
optional treatment of elective deferrals as Roth Contributions.
2.
INTRODUCTION
– The
Introduction shall be further amended by adding the following new paragraph as
the seventeenth paragraph to read as follows and all subsequent paragraphs of
the Introduction shall follow accordingly:
Effective
January 1, 2009, Roth Contributions shall be available to Participants for
deferral.
3.
ARTICLE I
– Section
1.1, the definition of “Accounts,” shall be amended by adding the following new
sentence to the end thereof to read as follows:
Effective
January 1, 2009, Accounts shall also include the Roth Contribution
Account.
4.
ARTICLE I
– Section
1.3, the definition of “Actual Deferral Percentage,” shall be amended by adding
the words “Roth Contributions” immediately following the words Before-Tax
Contributions.
5.
ARTICLE I
– Section
1.7, the definition of Allocation Compensation, shall be amended by adding the
following new paragraph as the second paragraph and the former second paragraph
shall follow accordingly:
Allocation
Compensation shall exclude any amount included in reported compensation as a
result of the grant or vesting of restricted stock, the exercise of stock
options or disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock options.
6.
ARTICLE I
– The first
paragraph of Section 1.18, the definition of Compensation, shall be amended by
adding the words “and effective January 1, 2009, Elective Contributions”
immediately following the words “Before-Tax Contributions.”
7.
ARTICLE I
– Article I
shall be amended by adding the following new definition as Section 1.24 to read
as follows and the former Section 1.24, all subsequent sections of Article I and
any cross references thereto shall follow accordingly:
|
1.24
|
Elective
Contributions
means, with respect to any taxable year, the sum of
Before-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions, as set forth under
Section 3.1.
|
8.
ARTICLE I
– Article I
shall be amended by adding the following as the new Sections 1.64 and 1.65 to
read as follows and the former Sections 1.64 and 1.65, all subsequent sections
of Article I and any cross references thereto shall follow
accordingly:
|
1.64
|
Roth Contribution
Account
means the separate, individual account established on
behalf of a Participant to which Roth Contributions and Catch-Up
Contributions, if any, made by the Participant are credited, together with
all earnings and appreciation thereon, and against which are charged any
withdrawals, loans and other distributions made from such account and any
losses, depreciation or expenses allocable to amounts credited to such
account. Earnings and appreciation credited on Roth
Contributions are before-tax
amounts.
|
|
1.65
|
Roth
Contributions
means, effective January 1, 2009, the after-tax
contributions made in accordance with the Compensation Reduction
Agreements of Participants pursuant to Section 3.1. Roth
Contributions shall be treated as elective deferrals for all purposes
under the Plan. A Roth Contribution is an elective deferral
that is:
|
|
(a)
|
designated
irrevocably by the Participant at the time of the cash or deferral
election as a Roth elective deferral that is being made instead of all or
a portion of the Before-Tax Contributions the Participant is otherwise
eligible to make under the Plan;
and
|
|
(b)
|
treated
by the Employer as includible in the Participant’s income at the time the
Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had
not made a cash or deferred
election.
|
9.
ARTICLE II
– Section
2.3 shall be amended by adding the following new paragraphs to the end thereof
to read as follows:
Effective
January 1, 2009 and except as hereafter provided with respect to Plan Years in
which a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution is made in accordance with Section
3.12, an Eligible Employee may elect to participate as of the first day of any
payroll period of any calendar month following satisfaction of the eligibility
requirements set forth in Section 2.1, and either: (a) an election for
Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions in accordance with Section
3.1, or (b) eligibility for Special Contributions in accordance with Section
3.5.
An
election for Before-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions shall be
evidenced by completing and filing the form or forms (including electronic
forms) prescribed by the Committee not less than ten (10) days prior to the date
participation is to commence. Such form or forms shall include, but
not be limited to, a Compensation Reduction Agreement, a designation of
Beneficiary, and an investment direction as described in Section
6.1. By completing and filing such form or forms, the Eligible
Employee authorizes the Employer to make the applicable payroll deductions from
Compensation, commencing on the first applicable payday coincident with or next
following the effective date of the Eligible Employee's election to
participate. In the case of Special Contributions and/or Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contributions, a Participant shall complete a form or forms
prescribed by the Committee, designating a Beneficiary and an investment
direction as described in Section 6.1. Employees of an Acquired
Company who are eligible to participate on the date of the transaction by which
such company became an Acquired Company, may also elect to participate as of the
first day of the payroll period in which such transaction occurs.
For any
Plan Year in which a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution is made in accordance
with Section 3.12, all Employees who meet the requirements of an Eligible
Employee during such Plan Year shall participate in the Plan.
10.
ARTICLE III
– The
heading of Section 3.1 shall be amended by adding “and Effective January 1,
2009, Elective Contributions” immediately following the words “Before-Tax
Contributions” and the Table of Contents shall be revised
accordingly.
11.
ARTICLE III
– Section
3.1 shall be amended by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof to
read as follows:
Effective
January 1, 2009, the Employer shall make Before-Tax Contributions and/or
after-tax Roth Contributions for each payroll period in an amount equal to the
amount by which a Participant's Compensation has been reduced with respect to
such period under his Compensation Reduction Agreement. Subject to
the limitations set forth in Sections 3.2 and 3.11, the amount of reduction
authorized by the Eligible Employee shall be whole percentages and/or fractions
thereof of Compensation and shall not be less than one percent (1%) nor greater
than twenty-five percent (25%). The Before-Tax Contributions, if
any, made on behalf of a Participant shall be credited to such Participant's
Before-Tax Contribution Account and shall be invested in accordance with Article
VI of the Plan. The Roth Contributions, if any, made by a Participant
shall be credited to such Participant's Roth Contribution Account, and shall be
invested in accordance with Article VI of the Plan.
12.
ARTICLE III
– The
heading of Section 3.2 shall be amended by adding “and Effective January 1,
2009, Limitation on Elective Contributions” immediately following the words
“Before-Tax Contributions” and the Table of Contents shall be revised
accordingly.
13.
ARTICLE III
– The
portion of Section 3.2(a) that precedes the first colon shall be amended in its
entirety to read as follows:
Except as
provided in Section 3.2(e), commencing January 1, 1997 and prior to January 1,
2009, the percentage of Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Participant
who is a Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited so that the Average Actual
Deferral Percentage for the group of such Highly Compensated Employees for the
Plan Year does not exceed the greater of:
14.
ARTICLE III
– The
penultimate sentence of Section 3.2(b) shall be amended by adding the words “and
effective January 1, 2009, Elective Contributions” immediately following the
words “Before-Tax Contributions.”
15.
ARTICLE III
– Section
3.2(c) shall be amended by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof
to read as follows:
Effective
January 1, 2009, if Elective Contributions made on behalf of a Participant
during any Plan Year exceed the dollar limitation set forth in subsection (b),
such contributions, including any earnings thereon as determined under Section
3.8, shall be characterized as Compensation payable to the Participant and shall
be paid to the Participant from his Before-Tax Contribution Account and/or Roth
Contribution Account no later than April 15th of the calendar year following the
close of such Plan Year. Distribution of excess Elective
Contributions for a year shall be made to the Participant first from his
Before-Tax Contribution Account, then from his Roth Contribution Account or a
combination of both his Before-Tax Contribution Account and Roth Contribution
Account, unless the Participant specifies otherwise.
16.
ARTICLE III
– Section
3.2 shall be further amended by adding the following new subsection (e) to the
end thereof to read as follows:
|
(e)
|
Effective
January 1, 2009, the percentage of Elective Contributions made on behalf
of a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited so
that the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of such
Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not exceed the greater
of:
|
|
(i)
|
the
Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Eligible
Employees who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the preceding
Plan Year multiplied by 1.25;
or
|
|
(ii)
|
the
Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Eligible
Employees who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the preceding
Plan Year multiplied by two (2), provided, that the difference in the
Average Actual Deferral Percentage for eligible Highly Compensated
Employees and eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed
two percent (2%).
|
The
preceding Plan Year testing method can only be modified if the Plan meets the
requirements for changing to current Plan Year testing as set forth in Code
Section 401(k) and final Regulations under Section 1.401(k)-2, or any successor
future guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
The above
subsections (i) and (ii) shall be subject to the distribution provisions of the
last paragraph of Section 3.11(f).
The
amount of excess Elective Contributions attributable to a given Highly
Compensated Employee for a Plan Year is the amount, if any, by which the Highly
Compensated Employee’s Elective Contributions taken into account under this
Section 3.2(e) must be reduced for the Highly Compensated Employee’s Actual
Deferral Ratio to equal the highest permitted Actual Deferral Ratio under the
Plan. To calculate the highest permitted Actual Deferral Ratio, the
Actual Deferral Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual
Deferral Ratio is reduced by the amount required to cause the Highly Compensated
Employee’s Actual Deferral Ratio to equal the Actual Deferral Ratio of the
Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest Actual Deferral
Ratio. If a lesser reduction would satisfy the Actual Deferral
Percentage test, only this lesser reduction is used in determining the highest
permitted Actual Deferral Ratio.
The
process described in the preceding paragraph must be repeated until the Actual
Deferral Percentage test is satisfied. The sum of all reductions for
all Highly Compensated Employees determined under the preceding paragraph is the
total amount of excess Elective Contributions for the Plan Year.
For
purposes of this Section 3.2(e), the Actual Deferral Ratio of an eligible
Employee for a Plan Year is the sum of the Employee’s Elective Contributions
taken into account for such year, and the Special Contributions taken
into account for such year, divided by the Employee’s Compensation taken into
account for such year. For purposes of this Section 3.2(e),
Compensation means compensation as defined under Regulations Section
1.414(s)-1(c)(2) and (4), including the Employee’s wages, salary, fees for
professional services and other amounts received for personal services actually
rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the extent that such
amounts are includible in gross income, (including, but not limited to,
commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable
plan, but excluding contributions made by the Employer to any other pension,
deferred compensation, welfare or other employee benefit plan, amounts realized
from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option or the sale of a qualified
stock option, and other amounts which receive special tax
benefits. If no Elective Contributions or Special Contributions are
taken into account for the eligible Employee for the Plan Year, the eligible
Employee’s Actual Deferral Ratio is equal to zero (0).
If
Elective Contributions made on behalf of a Participant during any Plan Year
exceed the maximum amount applicable to a Participant as set forth above, any
such contributions, including any earnings thereon as determined under Section
3.8, shall be characterized as Compensation payable to the Participant and shall
be paid to the Participant from his Before-Tax Contribution Account and/or Roth
contribution Account, as applicable, no later than two and one-half (2-1/2)
months after the close of such Plan Year. Distribution of excess
Elective Contributions for a year shall be made to the Participant first from
his Before-Tax Contribution Account, then from his Roth Contribution Account, or
a combination of both his Before-Tax Contribution Account and Roth Contribution
Account, unless the Participant specifies otherwise.
Excess
Elective Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date
of distribution. The income or loss allocable to excess Elective
Contributions is the sum of: (i) income or loss allocable to the
Participant’s Before-Tax Contribution Account and/or Roth Contribution Account,
if implemented, for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is such Participant’s excess Elective Contributions for the year and the
denominator is the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Elective
Contributions without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable
year; and (ii) ten percent (10%) of the amount determined under subsection (i)
multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the
Participant’s taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the month of
distribution if distribution occurs after the fifteenth (15
th
) of
such month.
The
amount of excess Elective Contributions to be distributed or recharacterized
shall be reduced by excess Elective Contributions previously distributed for the
taxable year ending in the same Plan Year and excess Elective Contributions to
be distributed for a taxable year shall be reduced by excess Elective
Contributions previously distributed or recharacterized for the Plan Year
beginning in such taxable year.
In the
event that the Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or
410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or
more other plans satisfy the requirements of Section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b)
of the Code only if aggregated with the Plan, then this Section 3.2(e) shall be
applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentages of Eligible Employees as
if all such plans were a single plan.
If any
Highly Compensated Employee is a Participant in two (2) or more cash or deferred
arrangements of the Employer, for purposes of determining the Actual Deferral
Percentage with respect to such Highly Compensated Employee, all cash or
deferred arrangements shall be treated as one (1) cash or deferred
arrangement.
If
applicable, in the event the Plan is disaggregated into separate plans under the
rules of Section 410(b) of the Code, then each separate plan can apply a
different testing method.
If
applicable, additional Elective Contributions that are made by reason of a
Participant’s qualified military service pursuant to Section 414(u) of the Code,
shall not be taken into account under the Actual Deferral Percentage
test.
If
applicable, Special Contributions may be taken into account in determining the
Actual Deferral Ratio for an Eligible Employee for a Plan Year, but only to the
extent such Special Contributions satisfy the requirements set forth in Sections
1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the Treasury
regulations.
17.
ARTICLE III
– The
heading of Section 3.3 shall be amended by adding “and Effective January 1,
2009, Changes in Elective Contributions” immediately following the words
“Before-Tax Contributions” and the Table of Contents shall be revised
accordingly.
18.
ARTICLE III
– Section
3.3 shall be amended by adding the following new paragraphs to the end thereof
to read as follows:
Effective
January 1, 2009, unless (a) an election is made to the contrary, or (b) a
Participant receives a Hardship distribution pursuant to Section 7.3(c)(iii),
the percentage of Elective Contributions made under the third paragraph of
Section 3.1 shall continue in effect as long as the Participant has a
Compensation Reduction Agreement in force. A Participant who has a
Compensation Reduction Agreement in force may, by completing the applicable form
(including an electronic version), prospectively increase or decrease the rate
of Elective Contributions to any of the percentages authorized under the third
paragraph of Section 3.1 or suspend Elective Contributions without withdrawing
from participation in the Plan. Such election must be filed at least
ten (10) days prior to the first day of the payroll period with respect to which
such change is to become effective. A Participant who has Elective
Contributions suspended may resume such contributions by completing and filing
the applicable form (including an electronic version). An election
may be made at any time which would prospectively increase, decrease, suspend or
resume Elective Contributions of a Participant. A Participant may
terminate his Elective Contributions at any time.
Elective
Contributions based on Compensation for the period during which such
contributions had been suspended or decreased may not be made up at a later
date.
19.
ARTICLE III
– The
first two paragraphs of Section 3.8 and Section 3.8(a) shall be amended by
adding the words “and effective January 1, 2009, and/or Roth Contributions,”
immediately following the words “Before-Tax Contributions,” wherever such words
appear therein.
20.
ARTICLE III
–
Sections 3.8(a) shall be amended by adding the words “and effective January 1,
2009, and/or Roth Contribution Account,” immediately following the words
“Before-Tax Contribution Account,” wherever such words appear
therein.
21.
ARTICLE III
– Section
3.8(b) shall be amended by adding the words “Prior to January 1, 2009,”
immediately preceding the beginning of such subsection and by adding the
following new paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:
Effective
January 1, 2009, the amount of earnings attributable to the Participant's
Before-Tax Contribution Account and/or Roth Contribution Account for the period
commencing with the first day of the Plan Year in which payment is made to the
Participant and ending with the date of payment to the Participant multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess Before-Tax Contributions and
Special Contributions made to the Before-Tax Contribution Account and/or Roth
Contributions made to the Roth Contribution Account on the Participant's behalf
during the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the payment is
made to the Participant, and the denominator of which is the Net Value of the
Participant's Before-Tax Contribution Account and/or Roth Contribution Account
on the first day of the Plan Year in which the payment is made to the
Participant.
22.
ARTICLE III
– The
first paragraph of Section 3.9 shall be amended by adding the words “and
effective January 1, 2009, and/or Roth Contributions,” immediately following the
words “Before-Tax Contributions.”
23.
ARTICLE III
– Section
3.11(a)(i)(B) shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(B) Roth
Contributions and any other Employee contributions;
24.
ARTICLE III
–
Sections 3.11(a)(i)(I) and (II), Section 3.11(e)(i) shall be amended by adding
the words “and effective January 1, 2009, and/or Roth Contributions,”
immediately following the words “Before-Tax Contributions.”
25.
ARTICLE III
– Section
3.11(f) shall be amended by adding the words “and effective January 1, 2009,
Elective Contributions” immediately following the words “Before-Tax
Contributions” wherever such words appear therein.
26.
ARTICLE III
– The
first paragraph of Section 3.12 shall be amended by adding the following new
sentence immediately preceding the last sentence thereof to read as
follows:
Effective
January 1, 2009, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions, if any, shall no longer
be made to The Employees Stock Ownership Plan of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
and Certain Affiliates.
27.
ARTICLE IV
– Section
4.1(a) shall be amended by adding the words “effective January 1, 2009, the Net
Value of his Roth Contribution Account” immediately following the words “the Net
Value of his Before-Tax Contribution Account.”
28.
ARTICLE IV
– The
first paragraph of Section 4.2 shall be amended by adding the following new
sentence to the end thereof to read as follows:
In no
event shall Forfeitures be allocated to a Participant’s Roth Contribution
Account.
29.
ARTICLE V
– The
second paragraph of Section 5.3 shall be amended by adding the words “, Roth
Contributions,” immediately following the words “Before-Tax
Contributions.”
30.
ARTICLE VI
– The
first paragraph of Section 6.1 shall be amended by adding the words “, Roth
Contributions,” immediately following the words “Before-Tax
Contributions.”
31.
ARTICLE VI
– Section
6.2, 6.3 and 6.4(b) shall be amended by adding the words “and effective January
1, 2009,” immediately following the words “June 30, 2001,” wherever such words
appear therein.
32.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.1 shall be amended by adding the following new subsection (e) to read as
follows:
(e)
|
A
distribution from a Participant's designated Roth Contribution Account,
that meets the requirements of a qualified distribution, shall not be
includible in the Participant's gross income. For purposes of
this Article VII, a qualified distribution is a distribution that is
both:
|
|
(i)
|
made
after the 5-taxable year period of participation, as defined in A-4 of
Treasury Regulations Section 1.402A-1, has been completed;
and
|
|
(ii)
|
made
on or after the date the Participant attains age fifty-nine and one-half
(59-1/2), made to a Beneficiary or the estate of the Participant on or
after the Participant's death, or attributable to the Participant's being
disabled within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section
72(m)(7).
|
33.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.2(a) shall be amended by adding the following as the new subsections (iii) and
(iv) and the former subsections (iii) and (iv) and all subsequent subsections of
Section 7.2(a) shall follow accordingly:
|
(iii)
|
the
lesser of: (A) his Roth Contributions and (B) the Net Value of
his Roth Contribution Account, if
any;
|
|
(iv)
|
the
Net Value of his Roth Contribution Account not withdrawn under subsection
(iii) above;
|
34.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.2(c), Section 7.3(c)(ii)(C), Section 7.3(g) and Section 7.3(h) shall be
amended by adding the words “and effective January 1, 2009, Elective
Contributions” immediately following the words “Before-Tax
Contributions.”
35.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.3(d) shall be amended by adding the following as the new subsection (ii) and
the former subsection (ii) and all subsequent subsections of Section 7.3(d)
shall follow accordingly:
(ii) Roth
Contribution Account,
36.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.3(e) shall be amended by adding the following as the new subsection (ii) and
the former subsection (ii) and all subsequent subsections of Section 7.3(e)
shall follow accordingly:
|
(ii)
|
the
Participant's Roth Contribution
Account;
|
37.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.8(a), shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
|
(a)
|
"Direct
Rollover" means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Distributee. The Plan will not provide for a
Direct Rollover for distributions from a Participant’s Roth Contribution
Account if the amount of the distributions that are Eligible Rollover
Distributions are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a
year. In addition, any distribution from a Participant’s Roth
Contribution Account is not taken into account in determining whether
distributions from the Participant’s other Accounts are reasonably
expected to total less than $200 during a
year.
|
38.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.8(c) shall be amended by adding the following new paragraph as the second
paragraph to read as follows:
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is
attributable to payments or distributions from an Employee’s Roth Contribution
Account, Eligible Retirement Plan, with respect to such portion, means only (i)
another designated Roth contribution account under an applicable retirement plan
described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) or (ii) a Roth IRA described in Code
Section 408A, and only to the extent the Eligible Rollover Distribution is
permitted under Code Section 402(c).
39.
ARTICLE VII
– Section
7.8(d) shall be amended by adding the following new paragraph as the second
paragraph to read as follows:
Eligible
Rollover Distributions from a Participant’s Roth Contribution Account are taken
into account in determining whether the vested interest in the Net Value of the
Employee’s Accounts is less than or equal to one thousand dollars ($1,000) for
purposes of determining distributions pursuant to Sections 7.5 and
7.6.
40.
ARTICLE VIII
–
Section 8.2 and Section 8.6(c) shall be amended by adding the words “, Roth
Contribution Account,” immediately following the words “Before-Tax Contribution
Account.”
41.
ARTICLE VIII
–
Section 8.4(b) shall be amended by adding the following as the new subsection
(iii) and the former subsection (iii) and all subsequent subsections of Section
8.4(b) shall follow accordingly:
(iii) Roth
Contribution Account;
42.
ARTICLE VIII
–
Section 8.6(c) shall be amended by adding the words “and effective January 1,
2009, Elective Contributions” immediately following the words “Before-Tax
Contributions.”
43.
ARTICLE XII
– Section
12.3(a) shall be amended by adding the words “, Roth Contributions” immediately
following the last two references to “Special Contributions”
therein.
44.
ARTICLE XII
– Section
12.3(c)(iii) shall be amended by adding the words “and effective January 1,
2009, Elective Contributions” immediately following the words “Before-Tax
Contributions.”
45.
ARTICLE XII
– Section
12.3(d) shall be amended by adding the words “and/or Roth Contributions”
immediately following the words “Before-Tax Contributions.”
46.
ADDENDUM A
– Item 4
of Addendum A, the definition of “Rollover Contribution Account” shall be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:
Effective
January 1, 2002, the Plan will additionally accept Eligible Rollover
Contributions and/or direct rollovers of distributions from the following types
of plans: (i) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the
Code (excluding after-tax Employee contributions); (ii) an eligible plan under
Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision
of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision
of a state; (iii) the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement
account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or Section 408(b) of the Code
that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be included in gross
income; and (iv) effective January 1, 2009, a designated Roth contribution
account under another qualified plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) to a
Participant’s Roth Contribution Account, provided the eligible rollover
distribution is permitted under Code Section 402(c).
Employee
Stock Ownership Plan
of
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
and
Certain Affiliates
Amended
and restated as of January 1, 2008
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I - DEFINITIONS
|
Section
1.1
|
Account
|
1
|
Section
1.2
|
Affiliated
Employer
|
1
|
Section
1.3
|
Allocation
Compensation
|
1
|
Section
1.4
|
Acquired
Company
|
2
|
Section
1.5
|
Bank
|
2
|
Section
1.6
|
Board
|
2
|
Section
1.7
|
Beneficiary
|
2
|
Section
1.8
|
Break
in Service
|
2
|
Section
1.9
|
Change
in Control
|
2
|
Section
1.10
|
Code
|
2
|
Section
1.11
|
Committee
|
2
|
Section
1.12
|
Designated
Beneficiary
|
3
|
Section
1.13
|
Disability
|
3
|
Section
1.14
|
Domestic
Relations Order
|
3
|
Section
1.15
|
Dividend
Maintenance Contribution
|
4
|
Section
1.16
|
Effective
Date
|
4
|
Section
1.17
|
Eligible
Employee
|
4
|
Section
1.18
|
Eligible
Participant
|
4
|
Section
1.19
|
Employee
|
4
|
Section
1.20
|
Employer
|
4
|
Section
1.21
|
Employment
Commencement Date
|
4
|
Section
1.22
|
ERISA
|
4
|
Section
1.23
|
ESOP
Contribution
|
4
|
Section
1.24
|
Fair
Market Value
|
4
|
Section
1.25
|
Family
Member
|
5
|
Section
1.26
|
Financed
Share
|
5
|
Section
1.27
|
Five
Percent Owner
|
5
|
Section
1.28
|
Forfeitures
|
5
|
Section
1.29
|
Former
Participant
|
5
|
Section
1.30
|
401(k)
Safe Harbor Contribution
|
5
|
Section
1.31
|
401(k)
Safe Harbor Contribution Account
|
5
|
Section
1.32
|
General
Investment Account
|
6
|
Section
1.33
|
Highly
Compensated Employee
|
6
|
Section
1.34
|
Hour
of Service
|
7
|
Section
1.35
|
Investment
Account
|
7
|
Section
1.36
|
Investment
Fund
|
7
|
Section
1.37
|
Loan
Repayment Account
|
7
|
Section
1.38
|
Loan
Repayment Contribution
|
7
|
Section
1.39
|
Maternity
or Paternity Leave
|
7
|
Section
1.40
|
Military
Service
|
8
|
Section
1.41
|
Named
Fiduciary
|
8
|
Section
1.42
|
Officer
|
8
|
Section
1.43
|
Participant
|
8
|
Section
1.44
|
Period
of Service
|
8
|
Section
1.45
|
Period
of Severance
|
8
|
Section
1.46
|
Plan
|
8
|
Section
1.47
|
Plan
Administrator
|
9
|
Section
1.48
|
Plan
Year
|
9
|
Section
1.49
|
Qualified
Domestic Relations Order
|
9
|
Section
1.50
|
Qualified
Military Service
|
9
|
Section
1.51
|
Qualified
Participant
|
9
|
Section
1.52
|
Retirement
|
9
|
Section
1.53
|
Retroactive
Contribution
|
9
|
Section
1.54
|
Share
|
9
|
Section
1.55
|
Share
Acquisition Loan
|
9
|
Section
1.56
|
Share
Investment Account
|
9
|
Section
1.57
|
Tender
Offer
|
9
|
Section
1.58
|
Total
Compensation
|
10
|
Section
1.59
|
Trust
|
10
|
Section
1.60
|
Trust
Agreement
|
10
|
Section
1.61
|
Trust
Fund
|
10
|
Section
1.62
|
Trustee
|
10
|
Section
1.63
|
Valuation
Date
|
10
|
ARTICLE
II - PARTICIPATION
|
Section
2.1
|
Eligibility
for Participation.
|
11
|
Section
2.2
|
Commencement
of Participation.
|
11
|
Section
2.3
|
Termination
of Participation.
|
11
|
Section
2.4
|
Adjustments
to Period of Service.
|
12
|
ARTICLE
III - SPECIAL PROVISIONS
|
Section
3.1
|
Military
Service.
|
12
|
Section
3.2
|
Maternity
or Paternity Leave.
|
13
|
Section
3.3
|
Leave
of Absence.
|
13
|
Section
3.4
|
Family
and Medical Leave.
|
14
|
ARTICLE
IV - CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS NOT PERMITTED
|
Section
4.1
|
Contributions
by Participants Not Permitted.
|
14
|
ARTICLE
V - CONTRIBUTIONS BY THE EMPLOYER
|
Section
5.1
|
In
General.
|
14
|
Section
5.2
|
Loan
Repayment Contributions.
|
14
|
Section
5.3
|
ESOP
Contributions.
|
15
|
|
|
|
Section
5.4
|
Retroactive
Contributions.
|
15
|
Section
5.5
|
Time
and Manner of Payment.
|
16
|
ARTICLE
VI - SHARE ACQUISITION LOANS
|
Section
6.1
|
In
General.
|
16
|
Section
6.2
|
Collateral;
Liability for Repayment.
|
17
|
Section
6.3
|
Loan
Repayment Account.
|
17
|
Section
6.4
|
Release
of Financed Shares.
|
18
|
Section
6.5
|
Restrictions
on Financed Shares.
|
19
|
ARTICLE
VII - ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS
|
Section
7.1
|
Allocation
Among Eligible Participants.
|
19
|
Section
7.2
|
Allocation
of Released Shares or Other Property.
|
19
|
Section
7.3
|
Allocation
of ESOP Contributions.
|
19
|
ARTICLE
VIII - LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
|
Section
8.1
|
Optional
Limitations on Allocations of ESOP Contributions.
|
20
|
Section
8.2
|
General
Limitations on Contributions.
|
20
|
ARTICLE
IX - VESTING
|
Section
9.1
|
Vesting.
|
24
|
Section
9.2
|
Vesting
on Death, Disability Retirement or Change in Control.
|
25
|
Section
9.3
|
Vesting
of 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution Account.
|
25
|
Section
9.4
|
Forfeitures
on Termination of Employment.
|
25
|
Section
9.5
|
Amounts
Credited Upon Re?Employment.
|
25
|
Section
9.6
|
Allocation
of Forfeitures.
|
26
|
ARTICLE
X - THE TRUST FUND
|
Section
10.1
|
The
Trust Fund.
|
26
|
Section
10.2
|
Investments.
|
26
|
Section
10.3
|
Distributions
for Diversification of Investments.
|
27
|
Section
10.4
|
Use
of Commingled Trust Funds.
|
28
|
Section
10.5
|
Management
and Control of Assets.
|
28
|
ARTICLE
XI - VALUATION OF INTERESTS IN THE TRUST FUND
|
Section
11.1
|
Establishment
of Investment Accounts.
|
28
|
Section
11.2
|
Share
Investment Accounts.
|
28
|
Section
11.3
|
General
Investment Accounts.
|
29
|
Section
11.4
|
Valuation
of Investment Accounts.
|
29
|
Section
11.5
|
Annual
Statements.
|
29
|
ARTICLE
XII - SHARES
|
Section
12.1
|
Specific
Allocation of Shares.
|
29
|
Section
12.2
|
Dividends.
|
30
|
Section
12.3
|
Voting
Rights.
|
30
|
Section
12.4
|
Tender
Offers.
|
32
|
ARTICLE
XIII - PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
|
Section
13.1
|
In
General.
|
35
|
Section
13.2
|
Designation
of Beneficiaries.
|
35
|
Section
13.3
|
Distributions
to Participants and Former Participants.
|
36
|
Section
13.4
|
Manner
of Payment.
|
39
|
Section
13.5
|
Minimum
Required Distributions.
|
40
|
Section
13.6
|
Direct
Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions.
|
42
|
Section
13.7
|
Valuation
of Shares Upon Distribution to a Participant.
|
44
|
Section
13.8
|
Put
Options.
|
44
|
Section
13.9
|
Right
of First Refusal.
|
45
|
ARTICLE
XIV - CHANGE IN CONTROL
|
Section
14.1
|
Definition
of Change in Control.
|
46
|
Section
14.2
|
Vesting
on Change of Control.
|
47
|
Section
14.3
|
Repayment
of Loan.
|
47
|
Section
14.4
|
Plan
Termination After Change in Control.
|
48
|
Section
14.5
|
Amendment
of Article XIV.
|
48
|
ARTICLE
XV - ADMINISTRATION
|
Section
15.1
|
Named
Fiduciaries.
|
48
|
Section
15.2
|
Plan
Administrator.
|
49
|
Section
15.3
|
Committee
Responsibilities.
|
50
|
Section
15.4
|
Claims
Procedure.
|
51
|
Section
15.5
|
Claims
Review Procedure.
|
51
|
Section
15.6
|
Allocation
of Fiduciary Responsibilities and Employment of Advisors.
|
52
|
Section
15.7
|
Other
Administrative Provisions.
|
52
|
ARTICLE
XVI - AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND TAX QUALIFICATION
|
Section
16.1
|
Amendment
and Termination by Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
|
53
|
Section
16.2
|
Amendment
or Termination Other Than by Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.
|
53
|
Section
16.3
|
Conformity
to Internal Revenue Code.
|
54
|
Section
16.4
|
Contingent
Nature of Contributions.
|
54
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XVII - SPECIAL RULES FOR TOP HEAVY PLAN YEARS
|
Section
17.1
|
In
General.
|
55
|
Section
17.2
|
Definition
of Top Heavy Plan.
|
55
|
Section
17.3
|
Determination
Date.
|
56
|
Section
17.4
|
Cumulative
Accrued Benefits.
|
56
|
Section
17.5
|
Key
Employees.
|
56
|
Section
17.6
|
Required
Aggregation Group.
|
57
|
Section
17.7
|
Permissible
Aggregation Group.
|
58
|
Section
17.8
|
Special
Requirements During Top Heavy Plan Years.
|
58
|
ARTICLE
XVIII - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
|
Section
18.1
|
Governing
Law.
|
59
|
Section
18.2
|
No
Right to Continued Employment.
|
59
|
Section
18.3
|
Construction
of Language.
|
59
|
Section
18.4
|
Headings.
|
59
|
Section
18.5
|
Merger
with Other Plans.
|
59
|
Section
18.6
|
Non-alienation
of Benefits.
|
59
|
Section
18.7
|
Procedures
Involving Domestic Relations Orders.
|
60
|
Section
18.8
|
Leased
Employees.
|
61
|
Section
18.9
|
Status
as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
|
61
|
ARTICLE
XIX - ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
|
Section
19.1
|
401(k)
Safe Harbor Contribution.
|
62
|
Section
19.2
|
Dividend
Maintenance Contributions.
|
63
|
Section
19.3
|
Application
of Dividends on Certain Financed Shares.
|
64
|
Section
19.4
|
Additional
Loan Repayment Contributions.
|
64
|
Section
19.5
|
Amendment
of Article XIX.
|
65
|
Employee
Stock Ownership Plan
of
Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc.
ARTICLE
I
Definitions
The
following definitions shall apply for the purposes of the Plan, unless a
different meaning is clearly indicated by the context:
Section
1.1
Account
means
an account established for each Participant to which is allocated such
Participant’s share, if any, of all Financed Shares and other property that are
released from the Loan Repayment Account in accordance with section 6.4,
together with his share, if any, of any ESOP Contributions and 401(k) Safe
Harbor Contributions that may be made by the Employer.
Section
1.2
Affiliated
Employer
means any corporation
which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section
414(b) of the Code) that includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether
or not incorporated) that is under common control (as defined in section 414(c)
of the Code) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated)
that is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in section 414(m) of
the Code) that includes the Employer; any leasing organization (as defined in
section 414(n) of the Code) to the extent that any of its employees are required
pursuant to section 414(n) of the Code to be treated as employees of the
Employer; and any other entity that is required to be aggregated with the
Employer pursuant to regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.
Section
1.3
Allocation
Compensation
during
any period means the compensation taken into account in determining the
allocation of benefits and contributions among Participants and consists of the
aggregate compensation received by an Employee from the Employer as reported to
the Internal Revenue Service as wages for such period pursuant to section 6041
(a) of the Code, plus the amount by which such Employee’s compensation with
respect to such period has been reduced pursuant to a compensation reduction
agreement under the terms of any of the following plans which may be maintained
by the Employer:
(a)
a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the
Code;
(b)
a
salary reduction simplified employee pension plan described in section 408(k) of
the Code;
(c)
a
tax deferred annuity plan described in section 403(b) of the Code;
(d)
a
cafeteria plan described in section 125 of the Code; or
(e)
a
qualified transportation fringe benefit program described in section 132(f) of
the Code.
Notwithstanding
anything in this section 1.3 to the contrary, beginning March 1, 2004, an
Employee’s Allocation Compensation shall not include any amounts required to be
reported to the Internal Revenue Service as wages pursuant to section 6041(a)
that are attributable to the exercise of options by the Employee. In
no event, however, shall an Employee’s Allocation Compensation for any calendar
year include any compensation in excess of $150,000 for calendar years prior to
2002 and $200,000 for calendar years after 2001. The dollar limitation set forth
in the preceding sentence shall be indexed in accordance with regulations
prescribed under section 401(a)(17) of the Code. If there are less than twelve
(12) months in the Plan Year, the dollar limitation (as adjusted) shall be
prorated by multiplying such limitation by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of months in the Plan Year and the denominator of which is twelve
(12). For purposes of applying the foregoing limitations in Plan Years beginning
before January 1, 1997 to any person who is a Five Percent Owner or who is one
of the ten Highly Compensated Employees with the highest Total Compensation
(determined prior to the application of this sentence), any Allocation
Compensation paid to the spouse of such person or to any lineal descendant of
such person who has not attained age 19 on or before the last day of such
calendar year shall be deemed to have been paid to such person and, in such
case, the dollar limitation on compensation in section 401(a)(17) of the Code
shall be allocated among such persons in proportion to the Allocation
Compensation actually paid to each person.
Section
1.4
Acquired
Company
means
any of the following which have been acquired by or merged into an Employer: (a)
Conestoga Bancorp, Inc.; and (b) Pioneer Savings Bank, F.S.B.
Section
1.5
Bank
means
The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh.
Section
1.6
Board
means
the Board of Directors of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
Section
1.7
Beneficiary
means
the person or persons designated by a Participant or Former Participant or other
person entitled to a benefit under the Plan, or otherwise determined to be
entitled to a benefit under the Plan. If more than one person is designated,
each shall have an equal share unless the person making the designation directed
otherwise. The word “person” includes an individual, a trust, an estate or any
other person that is permitted to be named as a Beneficiary.
Section
1.8
Break in
Service
means
a Period of Severance of at least 365 consecutive days.
Section
1.9
Change in
Control
means
an event described in section 14.1.
Section
1.10
Code
means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including the corresponding provisions of any
succeeding law).
Section
1.11
Committee
means
the Compensation Committee described in section 15.3.
Section
1.12
Designated
Beneficiary
means
a natural person designated by a Participant or Former Participant as a
Beneficiary and shall not include any Beneficiary designated by a person other
than a Participant or Former Participant or any Beneficiary other than a natural
person. If a natural person is the beneficiary of a trust which a Participant or
Former Participant has named as his Beneficiary, such natural person shall be
treated as a Designated Beneficiary if: (a) the trust is a valid trust under
applicable state law (or would be a valid trust except for the fact that it does
not have a corpus); (b) the trust is irrevocable or will, by its terms, become
irrevocable upon the death of the Participant or Former Participant; (c) the
beneficiaries of the trust who are beneficiaries with respect to the trust’s
interest as a Beneficiary are identifiable from the terms of the trust
instrument; and (d) the following information is furnished to the
Committee:
(i)
by
the Participant or Former Participant, if any distributions are required to be
made pursuant to section 13.5 prior to the death of the Participant or Former
Participant, and (in the case of distribution after December 31, 2002) only the
Participant’s or Former Participant’s spouse is primary Beneficiary, either: (A)
a copy of the trust instrument, together with a written undertaking by the
Participant or Former Participant to furnish to the Committee a copy of any
subsequent amendment within a reasonable time after such amendment is made; or
(B)(I) a list of all of the beneficiaries of the trust (including contingent and
remainderman beneficiaries with a description of the conditions on their
entitlement); (II) a certification of the Participant or Former Participant to
the effect that, to the best of his knowledge, such list is correct and complete
and that the conditions of section 1.12(a), (b) and (c) are satisfied; (III) a
written undertaking to provide a new certification to the extent that an
amendment changes any information previously certified; and (IV) a written
undertaking to furnish a copy of the trust instrument to the Committee on
demand; and
(ii)
by
the trustee of the trust within nine months after the death of the Participant
or Former Participant (prior to January 1, 2003) or by October 31
st
of this
calendar year that includes the first anniversary of the Participant’s or Former
Participant’s death (after December 31, 2002), if any distributions are required
to be made pursuant to section 13.5 after the death of the Participant or Former
Participant, either: (A) a copy of the actual trust instrument for the trust; or
(B)(I) a final list of all of the beneficiaries of the trust (including
contingent and remainderman beneficiaries with a description of the conditions
on their entitlement) as of the date of death; (II) a certification of the
trustee to the effect that, to the best of his knowledge, such list is correct
and complete and that the conditions of section 1.12(a), (b) and (c) are
satisfied; and (III) a written undertaking to furnish a copy of the trust
instrument to the Committee on demand.
Section
1.13
Disability
means
a condition of total incapacity, mental or physical, for further performance of
duty with the Employer, which the Plan Administrator shall have determined, on
the basis of competent medical evidence, is likely to be permanent.
Section
1.14
Domestic Relations
Order
means
a judgment, decree or order (including the approval of a property settlement)
that is made pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law
and relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital
property rights to a spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant or Former
Participant.
Section
1.15
Dividend Maintenance
Contribution
means
an ESOP Contribution that is made pursuant to section 19.2.
Section
1.16
Effective
Date
means
July 1, 1995.
Section
1.17
Eligible
Employee
means
an Employee who is eligible for participation in the Plan in accordance with
Article II.
Section
1.18
Eligible
Participant
means,
for any Plan Year, an Employee who is a Participant during all or any part of
such Plan Year and either remains a Participant on the last day of such Plan
Year or terminated employment during such Plan Year for death, Disability or
Retirement;
provided
however
, that no Employee shall be an Eligible Participant for the Plan
Year that includes the effective date of the transaction pursuant to which the
Bank becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. if he
terminates employment with the Employer prior to such effective
date.
Section
1.19
Employee
means
any person, including an officer, who is employed by the Employer.
Section
1.20
Employer
means
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., and any successor thereto and any Affiliated
Employer which, with the prior written approval of the Board of Directors of
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and subject to such terms and conditions as may
be imposed by the Board of Directors of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., shall
adopt this Plan.
Section
1.21
Employment Commencement
Date
means
the date on which a person first performs an Hour of Service, except that if an
Employee separates from service with the Employer, incurs a Break in Service and
subsequently returns to service with the Employer, his Employment Commencement
Date shall be the date on which he first performs an Hour of Service following
the Break in Service.
Section
1.22
ERISA
means
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
time (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding
law).
Section
1.23
ESOP
Contribution
means
Shares or amounts of money contributed to the Plan by the Employer in accordance
with section 5.3 or Dividend Maintenance Contributions made in accordance with
section 19.2.
Section
1.24
Fair Market
Value
on
any date means:
(a)
with
respect to a Share:
(i)
the
final quoted sale price on the date in question (or, if there is no reported
sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale
occurred) as reported in the principal consolidated reporting system with
respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal United
States securities exchange on which like Shares are listed or admitted to
trading; or
(ii)
if
like Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the
closing bid quotation with respect to a Share on such date on the National
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or, if no such
quotation is provided, on another similar system, selected by the Committee,
then in use; or
(iii)
if
sections 1.24(a)(i) and (ii) are not applicable, the fair market value of a
Share as determined by an appraiser independent of the Employer and experienced
and expert in the field of corporate appraisal.
(b)
with
respect to property other than Shares, the fair market value determined in the
manner determined by the Trustee.
Section
1.25
Family
Member
means,
with respect to any person, such person’s spouse and lineal ascendants or
descendants and the spouses of such lineal ascendants or
descendants.
Section
1.26
Financed
Share
means:
(a) a Share that has been purchased with the proceeds of a Share Acquisition
Loan, that has been allocated to the Loan Repayment Account in accordance with
section 6.3 and that has not been released in accordance with section 6.4; or
(b) a Share that constitutes a dividend paid with respect to a Share described
in section 1.26(a), that has been allocated to the Loan Repayment Account in
accordance with section 6.3 and that has not been released in accordance with
section 6.4.
Section
1.27
Five Percent
Owner
means,
for any Plan Year, a person who, during such Plan Year, owned (or was considered
as owning for purposes of section 318 of the Code): (a) more than 5% of the
value of all classes of outstanding stock of the Employer; or (b) stock
possessing more than 5% of the combined voting power of all classes of
outstanding stock of the Employer.
Section
1.28
Forfeitures
means
the amounts forfeited by Participants and Former Participants on termination of
employment prior to full vesting, pursuant to section 9.3, less amounts credited
because of re-employment, pursuant to section 9.4.
Section
1.29
Former
Participant
means
a Participant whose participation in the Plan has terminated pursuant to section
2.3.
Section
1.30
401(k) Safe Harbor
Contribution
means
contributions to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to section 19.1.
Section
1.31
401(k) Safe Harbor
Contribution Account
means
a sub-account established for each Participant within the Participant’s Account
to which are credited all 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions made for such
Participant, together with any earnings or appreciation thereon or other
additions thereto, and against which are charged any losses or other
depreciation thereon, benefit payments expenses and other deductions properly
chargeable thereto.
Section
1.32
General Investment
Account
means
an Investment Account established and maintained in accordance with Article
XI.
Section
1.33
Highly Compensated
Employee
means,
for any Plan Year, an Employee who:
(a)
for
Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, any Employee or person employed by
an Affiliated Employer who:
(i)
at
any time during such Plan Year or the immediately preceding Plan Year was a Five
Percent Owner; or
(ii)
is
a member of the group consisting of the 100 Employees and persons employed by
any Affiliated Employer who received the greatest Total Compensation for such
Plan Year and during such Plan Year:
(A)
received
Total Compensation for such Plan Year in excess of $75,000 (or such higher
amount as may be permitted under section 414(q) of the Code); or
(B)
received
Total Compensation for such Plan Year that was in excess of both (I) $50,000 (or
such higher amount as may be permitted under section 414(q) of the Code) and
(II) the Total Compensation for such Plan Year of at least 80% of the Employees
and persons employed by any Affiliated Employer for such Plan Year;
or
(C)
was
an Officer of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer and received Total
Compensation for such Plan Year in excess of 50% of the amount in effect under
section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Plan Year; or
(iii)
during
the immediately preceding Plan Year:
(A)
received
Total Compensation for such Plan Year in excess of $75,000 (or such higher
amount as may be permitted under section 414(q) of the Code); or
(B)
received
Total Compensation, for such Plan Year that was in excess of both (I) $50,000
(or such higher amount as may be permitted under section 414(q) of the Code) and
(II) the Total Compensation for such Plan Year of at least 80% of the Employees
and persons employed by an Affiliated Employer for such Plan Year;
or
(C)
was
an Officer of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer and received Total
Compensation for such Plan Year in excess of 50% of the amount in effect under
section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Plan Year; or
(b)
for
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Employee or person employed by
an Affiliated Employer who:
(i)
was
a Five Percent Owner at any time during such Plan Year or any prior Plan Year;
or
(ii)
received
Total Compensation during the immediately preceding Plan Year (A) in excess of
$80,000 (or such other amount as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
Treasury pursuant to section 401(a)(17)of the Code); and (B) if elected by the
Committee in such form and manner as the Secretary of the Treasury may
prescribe, in excess of the Total Compensation received for such preceding Plan
Year by at least 80% of the Employees and persons employed by Affiliated
Employers.
The
determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be made in accordance
with section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. In Plan Years
beginning before January 1, 1997 for purposes of applying any provisions of the
Plan applicable to Highly Compensated Employees, any person who is a Family
Member of a Five Percent Owner or one of the ten Highly Compensated Employees
with the highest Total Compensation for a Plan Year shall not be treated as a
separate person for such Plan Year, and any Total Compensation or Allocation
Compensation paid to such person for such Plan Year, as well as his share of
allocations of contributions or Shares under this Plan, shall be attributed to
the Five Percent Owner or Highly Compensated Employee and, in such case, the
provisions of the Plan shall apply to each person based on the ratio of his
Total Compensation or Allocation Compensation to the sum of the Total
Compensation or Allocation Compensation of all persons treated as one person
with him.
Section
1.34
Hour of
Service
means
each hour for which a person is paid, or entitled to payment, for the
performance of duties for the Employer or any Affiliated Employer. In all
respects, an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section
2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of
ERISA.
Section
1.35
Investment
Account
means
either a General Investment Account or a Share Investment Account.
Section
1.36
Investment
Fund
means
anyone of the three or more funds as may be established from time to time by the
Committee which, together with any and all Shares and other investments held
under the Plan, constitute the Trust Fund.
Section
1.37
Loan Repayment
Account
means
an account established and maintained in accordance with section
6.3.
Section
1.38
Loan Repayment
Contribution
means
amounts of money contributed to the Plan by the Employer in accordance with
section 5.2.
Section
1.39
Maternity or Paternity
Leave
means
a person’s absence from work for the Employer and all Affiliated Employers: (a)
by reason of the pregnancy of such person; (b) by reason of the birth of a child
of such person; (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the person in
connection with the adoption of such child by such person; or (d) for purposes
of caring for a child of such person immediately following the birth of the
child or the placement of the child with such person.
Section
1.40
Military
Service
means
service in the armed forces of the United States, including but not limited to
Qualified Military Service. It may also include, if and to the extent that the
Board so provides and if all Participants and Former Participants in like
circumstances are similarly treated, special service for the government of the
United States and other public service.
Section
1.41
Named
Fiduciary
means
any person, committee, corporation or organization as described in section
15.1.
Section
1.42
Officer
means
an employee who is an administrative executive in regular and continued service
with the Employer or any Affiliated Employer;
provided however,
that at no
time shall more than the lesser of (a) 50 employees or (b) the greater of (i) 3
employees or (ii) 10% of all employees be treated as Officers. The determination
of whether an employee is to be considered an Officer shall be made in
accordance with section 416(i) of the Code.
Section
1.43
Participant
means
any person who has satisfied the eligibility requirements set forth in section
2.1, who has become a Participant in accordance with section 2.2, and whose
participation has not terminated under section 2.3.
Section
1.44
Period of
Service
means
a period of consecutive days commencing on a person’s Employment Commencement
Date and ending on the date a Period of Severance begins, with any adjustments
required under section 2.4. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a Period
of Service “of year(s)” means the quotient of the Period of Service divided by
365, and any fractional part of a year shall for such purposes be
disregarded.
Section
1.45
Period of
Severance
means
a period of consecutive days commencing with the earlier of:
(a)
the
date on which a person terminates service with the Employer and all Affiliated
Employers by reason of resignation, retirement, discharge or death;
or
(b)
the
first anniversary of the date on which a person terminates service with the
Employer and all Affiliated Employers for any other reason, including layoff,
disability, leave of absence or any other cessation of service not otherwise
included as service under the Plan;
and
ending on the first date following such separation from service on which such
person performs an Hour of Service.
Section
1.46
Plan
means
the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Certain
Affiliates, as amended from time to time. The Plan may be referred to as the
“Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and Certain
Affiliates.”
Section
1.47
Plan
Administrator
means
any person, committee, corporation or organization designated in section 15.2,
or appointed pursuant to section 15.2, to perform the responsibilities of that
office.
Section
1.48
Plan
Year
means
(a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on June 30, 1996; (b)
each of the fiscal years beginning ending June 30 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000; (c)
the period beginning July 1, 2000 and ending December 31, 2000; and (d) each
calendar year thereafter.
Section
1.49
Qualified Domestic Relations
Order
means
a Domestic Relations Order that: (a) clearly specifies (i) the name and last
known mailing address of the Participant or Former Participant and of each
person given rights under such Domestic Relations Order, (ii) the amount or
percentages of the Participant’s or Former Participant’s benefits under this
Plan to be paid to each person covered by such Domestic Relations Order, (iii)
the number of payments or the period to which such Domestic Relations Order
applies, and (iv) the name of this Plan; and (b) does not require the payment of
a benefit in a form or amount that is (i) not otherwise provided for under the
Plan, or (ii) inconsistent with a previous Qualified Domestic Relations
Order.
Section
1.50
Qualified Military
Service
means
with respect to any person on any date, any service in the uniformed services of
the United States (as defined in chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States
Code) completed prior to such date, but only if, on such date, such person is
entitled to re-employment rights with respect to the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer on account of such service.
Section
1.51
Qualified
Participant
means
a Participant who has attained age 55 and who has been a Participant in the Plan
for at least 10 years.
Section
1.52
Retirement
means:
(a) any termination of participation in the Plan at or after attainment of age
65; and (b) any retirement under an applicable qualified defined benefit plan of
the Employer as in effect from time to time with entitlement to a normal or
early retirement allowance.
Section
1.53
Retroactive
Contribution
means
a contribution made on a retroactive basis in respect of a period of Qualified
Military Service in accordance with sections 5.3.
Section
1.54
Share
means
a share of any class of stock issued by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer;
provided that such share is a “qualifying employer security” within the meaning
of section 409(1) of the Code and section 407(d)(5) of ERISA.
Section
1.55
Share Acquisition
Loan
means
a loan obtained by the Trustee in accordance with Article VI.
Section
1.56
Share Investment
Account
means
an Investment Account established and maintained in accordance with Article
XI.
Section
1.57
Tender
Offer
means
a tender offer made to holders of any one or more classes of Shares generally,
or any other offer made to holders of any one or more classes of Shares
generally to purchase, exchange, redeem or otherwise transfer Shares, whether
for cash or other consideration.
Section
1.58
Total
Compensation
during
any period means the total compensation paid to such person during such period
by the Employer and all Affiliated Employers which is required to be reported to
such person on a written statement under section 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 of
the Code. In addition, for purposes of applying the provisions of section 8.2 to
Limitation Years beginning on or after December 31, 1997 and for purposes of
identifying those persons who are Highly Compensated Employees, each person’s
Total Compensation shall include any elective deferrals (within the meaning of
section 402(g) of the Code) under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement
described in section 401(k) of the Code and maintained by the Employer or any
Affiliated Employer, any tax-deferred annuity described in section 403(b) of the
Code and maintained by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, any salary
reduction simplified employee pension plan described in section 408(k) of the
Code and maintained by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, any salary
reduction contributions under any cafeteria plan described in section 125 of the
Code and maintained by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and any salary
reduction contributions under any qualified transportation filing benefits plan
described in section 132(f) of the Code and maintained by the Employer or any
Affiliated Employer. In no event shall a person’s Total Compensation for any
Plan Year include any compensation in excess of the amount permitted under
section 401(a)(17) of the Code. For purposes of applying the foregoing
limitation in any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1997 to any person who
is a Five Percent Owner or who is one of the 10 Highly Compensated Employees
with the highest Total Compensation (determined prior to the application of this
sentence), any Total Compensation paid to the spouse of such person or to any
lineal descendant of such person who has not attained age 19 on or before the
last day of such calendar year shall be deemed to have been paid to such
person.
Section
1.59
Trust
means
the legal relationship created by the Trust Agreement pursuant to which the
Trustee holds the Trust Fund in trust. The Trust may be referred to as the
“Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and
Certain Affiliates.”
Section
1.60
Trust
Agreement
means
the agreement between Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. and the Trustee therein
named or its successors pursuant to which the Trust Fund shall be held in
trust.
Section
1.61
Trust
Fund
means
the corpus (consisting of contributions paid over to the Trustee and investments
thereof), and all earnings, appreciation or additions thereof and thereto, held
by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement in accordance with the Plan, less any
depreciation thereof and any payments made therefrom pursuant to the
Plan.
Section
1.62
Trustee
means
the Trustee of the Trust Fund from time to time in office. The Trustee shall
serve as Trustee until it is removed or resigns from office and is replaced by a
successor Trustee appointed in accordance with the terms of the Trust
Agreement.
Section
1.63
Valuation
Date
means
the last business day of March, June, September and December.
ARTICLE
II
Participation
Section
2.1
Eligibility
for Participation
.
(a)
Only
Eligible Employees may be or become Participants in the Plan. An Employee shall
be an Eligible Employee if he is a salaried, common-law employee of an Employer
who has completed a Period of Service of at least one year and is not excluded
under section 2.1(b). For purposes of this section 2.1(a), beginning July 1,
1997, a Period of Service of one year shall mean a Period of Service of twelve
months, and any fractional part of a month consisting of at least fifteen days
shall be deemed a full month.
(b)
An
Employee is not an Eligible Employee if he:
(i)
is
an Employee who has waived any claim to participation in the Plan;
or
(ii)
is
an Employee or in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining
agreement with the Employer where retirement benefits were the subject of good
faith bargaining, unless such agreement expressly provides that Employees such
as he be covered under the Plan;
(iii)
is
a “leased employee” as defined in section 18.8(a);
(iv)
is
compensated on an hourly, daily, commission, fee or retainer basis;
or
(v)
is
classified as an “independent contractor” by the Employer, even if considered a
common-law employee under applicable law.
Section
2.2
Commencement
of Participation
.
Every
Employee who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date shall automatically
become a Participant on the Effective Date. An Employee who becomes an Eligible
Employee after the Effective Date shall automatically become a Participant on
the first day on which he becomes an Eligible Employee.
Section
2.3
Termination
of Participation
.
Participation
in the Plan shall cease, and a Participant shall become a Former Participant,
upon termination of employment with the Employer, death, Disability or
Retirement, failure to return to work upon the expiration of a leave of absence
granted by the Employer pursuant to section 3.3, becoming an Employee who is
excluded under section 2.1(b) or distribution of the entire vested interest in
his Account.
Section
2.4
Adjustments
to Period of Service
.
(a)
The
Period of Service of an Employee shall include any period during which the
Employee is separated from the service of the Employer and all Affiliated
Employers if such period is less than 365 consecutive days measured from the
date on which such Employee terminates service and ending with the first date
following such termination for which the Employer is credited with an Hour of
Service.
(b)
The
Period of Service of an Employee who returns to the service of the Employer and
all Affiliated Employers following a separation from service shall commence with
the first date following such separation from service for which the Employer is
credited with an Hour of Service, and he shall be given credit for any Period of
Service prior to such separation, except that if such separation includes a
Break in Service, such credit shall not be given until he completes a Period of
Service of one year following such Break in Service. If an Employee returns to
the service of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer following a separation
from service from the Employer and any Affiliated Employer of greater than five
consecutive years, then such Employee shall forfeit any Period of Service prior
to such separation.
(c)
The
Period of Service of an Employee who is absent on Maternity or Paternity Leave
shall exclude any period of such absence that occurs after the first anniversary
of the commencement of such absence.
(d)
An
Employee’s Period of Service shall also be adjusted to the extent required by
the Family and Medical Leave Act or any regulations promulgated
thereunder.
(e)
Solely
for purposes of vesting and eligibility to participate, in the case of an
individual who (i) was an employee of an Acquired Company immediately prior to
the effective date of the transaction pursuant to which such Company became an
Acquired Company and (ii) becomes an Employee as of such effective date, such
individual’s service with the Acquired Company shall be treated as service for
an Employer.
ARTICLE
III
Special
Provisions
Section
3.1
Military
Service
.
In the
case of a termination of employment of any Employee to enter directly into
Military Service, the entire period of his absence shall be treated, for
purposes of vesting and eligibility for participation (but not, except as
required by law, for purposes of eligibility to share in allocations of
contributions in accordance with Article VII), as if he had worked for the
Employer during the period of his absence. In the event of the re-employment of
such person by the Employer within a period of not more than six
months:
(a)
after
he becomes entitled to release or discharge, if he has entered into the
uniformed services of the United States;
(b)
release
from hospitalization continuing after discharge from the uniformed services of
the United States for a period of not more than two years; or
(c)
after
such service terminates, if he has entered into other service defined as
Military Service;
such
period, also, shall be deemed to be Military Service.
Section
3.2
Maternity
or Paternity Leave
.
(a)
Subject
to section 3.2(b), in the event of an Employee’s absence from work in the
service of the Employer and all Affiliated Employers for a period:
(i)
that
commences on or after October 1, 1985;
(ii)
for
which the person is not paid or entitled to payment by the Employer or any
Affiliated Employer;
(iii)
that
constitutes Maternity or Paternity Leave; and
(iv)
that
exceeds one year;
then
solely for purposes of determining when a Break in Service has occurred or when
a Period of Severance of five years has occurred for purposes of section 9.4,
the period of such an absence commencing on the first anniversary of such
absence and ending on the second anniversary of the commencement of such absence
(or, if earlier, on the last day of such absence) shall not be treated as a
Period of Severance.
(b)
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, this section 3.2 shall not apply unless
the person furnishes to the Plan Administrator such information as the Plan
Administrator may reasonably require in order to establish: (i) that the
person’s absence is one described in section 3.2(a); and (ii) the number of
working days during such absence.
Section
3.3
Leave
of Absence
.
In the
event of temporary absence from work in the service of the Employer and all
Affiliated Employers for any period of two years or less for which a Participant
shall have been granted a leave of absence by the Employer, the entire period of
his absence shall be treated for purposes of vesting and eligibility for
participation (but not for purposes of eligibility to share in the allocation of
contributions in accordance with Article VII), as if he had worked for the
Employer during the period of his absence. Absence from work for a period
greater than, or failure to return to work upon the expiration of, the period of
leave of absence granted by the Employer shall terminate participation in the
Plan as of the date on which such period ended. In granting leaves of absence
for purposes of the Plan, all Employees in like circumstances shall be similarly
treated.
Section
3.4
Family
and Medical Leave
.
Effective
January 1, 2005, in the event of absence for a period recognized as a family and
medical leave under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act of 1992, the period
of such absence shall be recognized for purposes of vesting and eligibility to
participate to the full extent required by law.
ARTICLE
IV
Contributions by
Participants Not Permitted
Section
4.1
Contributions
by Participants Not Permitted
.
Participants
shall not be required, nor shall they be permitted, to make contributions to the
Plan.
ARTICLE
V
Contributions by the
Employer
Section
5.1
In
General
.
Subject
to the limitations of Article VIII and the provisions of Article XIX, for each
Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan the amount, if any,
determined by the Board, but in no event less than the amount described in
section 5.2(a). The amount contributed for any Plan Year shall be treated as a
Loan Repayment Contribution, an ESOP Contribution, or a combination thereof, in
accordance with the provisions of this Article V.
Section
5.2
Loan
Repayment Contributions
.
Subject
to the provisions of Article XIX, for each Plan Year, a portion of the
Employer’s contributions, if any, to the Plan for such Plan Year equal to the
sum of:
(a)
the
minimum amount required to be added to the Loan Repayment Account in order to
provide adequate funds for the payment of the principal and interest then
required to be repaid under the terms of any outstanding Share Acquisition Loan
obtained by the Trustee; plus
(b)
the
additional amount, if any, designated by the Committee to be applied to the
prepayment of principal or interest under the terms of any outstanding Share
Acquisition Loan obtained by the Trustee;
shall be
treated as a Loan Repayment Contribution for such Plan Year. A Loan Repayment
Contribution for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Loan Repayment Account
and shall be applied by the Trustee, in the manner directed by the Committee, to
the payment of accrued interest and to the reduction of the principal balance of
any Share Acquisition Loan obtained by the Trustee that is outstanding on the
date on which the Loan Repayment Contribution is made. To the extent that a Loan
Repayment Contribution for a Plan Year results in a release of Financed Shares
in accordance with section 6.4, such Shares shall be allocated among the
Accounts of Eligible Participants for such Plan Year in accordance with section
7.2.
Section
5.3
ESOP
Contributions
.
Subject
to the provisions of Article XIX, in the event that the amount of the Employer’s
contributions to the Plan for a Plan Year exceeds the amount of the Loan
Repayment Contributions for such Plan Year, such excess shall be treated as an
ESOP Contribution and shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Eligible
Participants for such Plan Year in accordance with section 7.3.
Section
5.4
Retroactive
Contributions
.
The
Employer shall make a Retroactive Contribution in respect of any individual who
is re-employed by the Employer after December 12, 1994 following the completion
of a period of Qualified Military Service. Such Retroactive Contribution shall
be made in the following manner for each Plan Year that includes the period of
Qualified Military Service:
(a)
An
allocation percentage shall be computed by dividing (i) the sum of the Fair
Market Value of all Financed Shares allocated to Eligible Participants for such
Plan Year plus the dollar amount of all ESOP Contributions and 401(k) Safe
Harbor Contributions made in cash for such Plan Year plus the Fair Market Value
of all ESOP Contributions made in Shares for such Plan Year, divided by (ii) the
aggregate amount of Allocation Compensation used in the allocation for such Plan
Year. Fair Market Value for such purposes shall be determined as of the last day
of the Plan Year.
(b)
A
notional allocation shall be determined by multiplying (A) the percentage
determined under section 5.4(a) by (B) the Allocation Compensation which the
individual would have had for the calendar year ending during such Plan Year if
he had remained in the service of the Employer in the same capacity and earning
Allocation Compensation and Total Compensation at the annual rates in effect
immediately prior to the commencement of the Qualified Military Leave (or, if
such rates are not reasonably certain, at an annual rate equal to the actual
Allocation Compensation and Total Compensation, respectively, paid to him for
the 12-month period immediately preceding the Qualified Military
Service).
(c)
An
actual Retroactive Contribution for the Plan Year shall be determined by
computing the excess of (A) the notional allocation determined under section
5.4(b) over (B) the sum of the dollar amount of any ESOP Contribution and 401(k)
Safe Harbor Contributions made in cash, the Fair Market Value of any ESOP
Contribution in Shares and the Fair Market Value of any Financed Shares actually
allocated to such individual for such Plan Year.
If and to
the extent that the Allocation Compensation used in determining a Participant’s
share of contributions is not uniform for all types of contributions, separate
calculations shall be performed.
Section
5.5
Time
and Manner of Payment
.
(a)
Payment
of contributions made pursuant to this Article V shall be made:
(i)
in
cash, in the case of a Loan Repayment Contribution; and
(ii)
in
cash, in Shares or in a combination of cash and Shares, in the case of an ESOP
Contribution or a Retroactive Contribution;
provided however
, that any
Retroactive Contribution in respect of a 401 (k) Safe Harbor Contribution shall
be made only in cash.
(b)
Contributions
made pursuant to this Article V for a Plan Year shall be paid to the Trust Fund
on or before the due date (including any extensions thereof) of the Employer’s
federal income tax return for its taxable year during which such Plan Year ends.
All such contributions shall be allocated to the Accounts of the Eligible
Participants, in the case of an ESOP Contribution, to the Account of the
Participant for whom it is made in the case of a Retroactive Contribution, and
to the Loan Repayment Account, in the case of a Loan Repayment Contribution, as
soon as is practicable following the payment thereof to the Trust
Fund.
ARTICLE
VI
Share Acquisition
Loans
Section
6.1
In
General
.
The
Committee may, with the prior approval of the Board, direct the Trustee to
obtain a Share Acquisition Loan on behalf of the Plan, the proceeds of which
shall be applied on the earliest practicable date:
(a)
to
purchase Shares; or
(b)
to
make payments of principal or interest, or a combination of principal and
interest, with respect to such Share Acquisition Loan; or
(c)
to
make payments of principal and interest, or a combination of principal and
interest, with respect to a previously obtained Share Acquisition Loan that is
then outstanding.
Any such
Share Acquisition Loan shall be obtained on such terms and conditions as the
Committee may approve;
provided, however
, that such
terms and conditions shall provide for the payment of interest at no more than a
reasonable rate and shall permit such Share Acquisition Loan to satisfy the
requirements of section 4975(d)(3) of the Code and section 408(b)(3) of
ERISA.
Section
6.2
Collateral;
Liability for Repayment
.
(a)
The
Committee may direct the Trustee to pledge, at the time a Share Acquisition Loan
is obtained, the following assets of the Plan as collateral for such Share
Acquisition Loan:
(i)
any
Shares purchased with the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and any
earnings attributable thereto;
(ii)
any
Financed Shares then pledged as collateral for a prior Share Acquisition Loan
which is repaid with the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and any
earnings attributable thereto; and
(iii)
pending
the application thereof to purchase Shares or repay a prior Share Acquisition
Loan, the proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and any earnings attributable
thereto.
Except as
specifically provided in this section 6.2(a), no assets of the Plan shall be
pledged as collateral for the repayment of any Share Acquisition
Loan.
(b)
No
person entitled to payment under a Share Acquisition Loan shall have any right
to the assets of the Plan except for:
(i)
Financed
Shares that have been pledged as collateral for such Share Acquisition Loan
pursuant to section 6.2(a);
(ii)
Loan
Repayment Contributions made pursuant to section 5.2; and
(iii)
earnings
attributable to Financed Shares described in section 6.2(b)(i) and to Loan
Repayment Contributions described in section 6.2(b)(ii).
Except in
the event of a default or a refinancing pursuant to which an existing Share
Acquisition Loan is repaid or as provided in section 14.3, the aggregate amount
of all payments of principal and interest made by the Trustee with respect to
all Share Acquisition Loans obtained on behalf of the Plan shall at no time
exceed the aggregate amount of all Loan Repayment Contributions theretofore made
plus the aggregate amount of all earnings (other than dividends paid in the form
of Shares) attributable to Financed Shares and to such Loan Repayment
Contributions.
(c)
Any
Share Acquisition Loan shall be without recourse against the Plan and
Trust.
Section
6.3
Loan
Repayment Account
.
In the
event that one or more Share Acquisition Loans shall be obtained, a Loan
Repayment Account shall be established under the Plan. The Loan Repayment
Account shall be credited with all Shares acquired with the proceeds of a Share
Acquisition Loan, all Loan Repayment Contributions and all earnings (including
dividends paid in the form of Shares) or appreciation attributable to such
Shares and Loan Repayment Contributions. The Loan Repayment Account shall be
charged with all payments of principal and interest made by the Trustee with
respect to any Share Acquisition Loan, all Shares released in accordance with
section 6.4 and all losses, depreciation or expenses attributable to Shares or
to other property credited thereto. The Financed Shares, as well as any earnings
thereon, shall be allocated to such Loan Repayment Account and shall be
accounted for separately from all other amounts contributed under the
Plan.
Section
6.4
Release
of Financed Shares
.
As of the
last day of each Plan Year during which a Share Acquisition Loan is outstanding,
a portion of the Financed Shares purchased with the proceeds of such Share
Acquisition Loan and allocated to the Loan Repayment Account shall be released.
The number of Financed Shares released in any such Plan Year shall be equal to
the amount determined according to one of the following methods:
(a)
by
computing the product of: (i) the number of Financed Shares purchased with the
proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and allocated to the Loan Repayment
Account immediately before the release is effected; multiplied by (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the principal and
interest payments (other than payments made upon the refinancing of a Share
Acquisition Loan as contemplated by section 6.1(c)) made with respect to such
Share Acquisition Loan during such Plan Year, and the denominator of which is
the aggregate amount of all principal and interest remaining to be paid with
respect to such Share Acquisition Loan as of the first day of such Plan Year;
or
(b)
by
computing the product of: (i) the number of Financed Shares purchased with the
proceeds of such Share Acquisition Loan and allocated to the Loan Repayment
Account immediately before the release is effected; multiplied by (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the principal
payments (other than payments made upon the refinancing of a Share Acquisition
Loan as contemplated by section 6.1(c)) made with respect to such Share
Acquisition Loan during such Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the
aggregate amount of all of principal remaining to be paid with respect to such
Share Acquisition Loan as of the first day of such Plan Year;
provided, however,
that the
method described in this section 6.4(b) may be used only if the Share
Acquisition Loan does not extend for a period in excess of 10 years after the
date of origination and only to the extent that principal payments on such Share
Acquisition Loan are made at least as rapidly as under a loan of like principal
amount with a like interest rate and term requiring level amortization of
principal and interest.
The
method to be used shall be specified in the documents governing the Share
Acquisition Loan or, if not specified therein, prescribed by the Committee, in
its discretion. In the event that property other than, or in addition to,
Financed Shares shall be held in the Loan Repayment Account and pledged as
collateral for a Share Acquisition Loan, then the property to be released
pursuant to this section 6.4 shall be property having a Fair Market Value
determined by applying the method to be used to the Fair Market Value of all
property pledged as collateral for such Share Acquisition Loan; provided,
however, that no property other than Financed Shares shall be released pursuant
to this section 6.4 unless all Financed Shares have previously been
released.
Section
6.5
Restrictions
on Financed Shares
.
Except to
the extent required under any applicable law, rule or regulation, no Shares
purchased with the proceeds of a Share Acquisition Loan shall be subject to a
put, call or other option, or to any buy-sell or similar arrangement, while held
by the Trustee or when distributed from the Plan. The provisions of this section
6.5 shall continue to apply in the event that this Plan shall cease to be an
employee stock ownership plan, within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the
Code.
ARTICLE
VII
Allocation of
Contributions
Section
7.1
Allocation
Among Eligible Participants
.
Subject
to the limitations of Article VIII, ESOP Contributions for a Plan Year made in
accordance with section 5.3 and Financed Shares and other property that are
released from the Loan Repayment Account for a Plan Year in accordance with
section 6.4 shall be allocated among the Eligible Participants for such Plan
Year, in the manner provided in this Article VII.
Section
7.2
Allocation
of Released Shares or Other Property
.
Subject
to the limitations of Article VIII, in the event that Financed Shares or other
property are released from the Loan Repayment Account for a Plan Year in
accordance with section 6.4, such released Shares or other property shall be
allocated among the Accounts of the Eligible Participants for the Plan Year (a)
for Plan Years beginning before July 1, 1997, in the proportion that each such
Eligible Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the portion of the
immediately preceding calendar year during which he was a Participant bears to
the aggregate Allocation Compensation of all Eligible Participants for the
portion of the immediately preceding calendar year during which they were
Participants and (b) for Plan Years beginning after June 30, 1997, in the
proportion that each such Eligible Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the
immediately preceding calendar year bears to the aggregate Allocation
Compensation of all Eligible Participants for the immediately preceding calendar
year.
Section
7.3
Allocation
of ESOP Contributions
.
Subject
to the provisions of Article XIX and the limitations of Article VIII, in the
event that the Employer makes an ESOP Contribution for a Plan Year, such ESOP
Contribution shall be allocated among the Accounts of the Eligible Participants
for such Plan Year (a) for Plan Years beginning before July 1, 1997, in the
proportion that each such Eligible Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the
portion of the immediately preceding calendar year during which he was a
Participant bears to the aggregate Allocation Compensation of all Eligible
Participants for the portion of such Plan Year during which they were Eligible
Participants; (b) for Plan Years beginning after June 30, 1997, in the
proportion that each such Eligible Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the
immediately preceding calendar year bears to the aggregate Allocation
Compensation of all Eligible Participants for the immediately preceding calendar
year; and (c) for Plan Years beginning after June 30, 2000, in the proportion
that each such Eligible Participant’s Allocation Compensation for the portion of
the Plan Year during which he was a Participant bears to the aggregate
Allocation Compensation of all Eligible Participants for the portion of the Plan
Year during which they were Eligible Participants.
ARTICLE
VIII
Limitations on
Allocations
Section
8.1
Optional
Limitations on Allocations of ESOP Contributions
.
If, for
any Plan Year, the application of sections 7.2 and 7.3 would result in more than
one-third of the number of Shares or of the amount of money or property to be
allocated thereunder being allocated to the Accounts of Eligible Participants
for such Plan Year who are also Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year,
then the Committee may, but shall not be required to, direct that this section
8.1 shall apply in lieu of sections 7.2 and 7.3. If the Committee gives such a
direction, then the Committee shall impose a maximum dollar limitation on the
amount of Allocation Compensation that may be taken into account for each
Eligible Participant. The dollar limitation which shall be imposed shall be the
limitation which produces the result that the aggregate Allocation Compensation
taken into account for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees, constitutes exactly one-third of the aggregate Allocation
Compensation taken into account for all Eligible Participants. In determining
whether more than one-third of the number of Shares or of the amount of money or
property to be allocated under the Plan for a Plan Year beginning before January
1, 1997 would be allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees, any allocation
to be made to the Account of a Family Member of a Highly Compensated Employee
who is either a Five Percent Owner or one of the ten Highly Compensated
Employees with the highest Total Compensation, shall be treated as an allocation
to such Highly Compensated Employee.
Section
8.2
General
Limitations on Contributions
.
(a)
No
amount shall be allocated to a Participant’s Account under this Plan for any
Limitation Year to the extent that such an allocation would result in an Annual
Addition of an amount greater than the lesser of (i) for any Limitation Year
beginning before January 1, 2002, (A) $30,000 (or such other amount
as is permissible under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code), or (A) 25% of the
Participant’s Total Compensation for such Limitation Year; and (ii) for any
Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 2001, (A) $40,000 (or such other
amount a is permissible under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code) or (ii) 100% of
the Participant’s Total Compensation for such Limitation Year.
(b)
In
the case of a Participant who may be entitled to benefits under any qualified
defined benefit plan (whether or not terminated) now in effect or ever
maintained by the Employer, such Participant’s Annual Additions under this Plan
shall, in addition to the limitations provided under section 8.2(a), be further
limited so that the sum of the Participant’s Defined Contribution Plan Fraction
plus his Defined Benefit Plan Fraction does not exceed 1.0 for any Limitation
Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000;
provided, however,
that for
any Limitation Year ending prior to January 1, 1983, the sum of his Defined
Contribution Plan Fraction plus his Defined Benefit Plan Fraction shall not
exceed 1.4;
and provided
further,
that this limitation shall only apply if and to the extent that
the benefits under the Employer’s qualified defined benefit plan or any other
qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer are not limited so that such
sum is not exceeded.
(c)
For
purposes of this section 8.2, the following special definitions shall
apply:
(i)
Annual Addition
means
the sum of the following amounts allocated on behalf of a Participant for a
Limitation Year:
(A)
all
contributions by the Employer (including contributions made under a salary
reduction agreement pursuant to sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the Code
but not including catch-up election deferred described in section 414(v) of the
Code) under any qualified defined contribution plan (other than this Plan)
maintained by the Employer, as well as the Participant’s allocable share, if
any, of any forfeitures under such plans; plus
(B)
(I) for Limitation Years that began prior to January 1, 1987, the lesser of (1)
50% of the Participant’s voluntary nondeductible contributions to all qualified
defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer, or (2) the amount by
which the Participant’s nondeductible voluntary contributions to such plans
exceeds 6% of his Total Compensation; and (II) for Limitation Years that begin
after December 31, 1986, all of the Participant’s voluntary nondeductible
contributions to such plans; plus
(C)
all
ESOP Contributions and 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions under this Plan;
plus
(D)
except
as hereinafter provided in this section 8.2(c)(i), a portion of the Employer’s
Loan Repayment Contributions to the Plan for such Limitation Year which bears
the same proportion to the total amount of the Employer’s Loan Repayment
Contributions for the Limitation Year that the number of Shares (or the Fair
Market Value of property other than Shares) allocated to the Participant’s
Account pursuant to section 7.2 or 8.1, whichever is applicable, bears to the
aggregate number of Shares (or Fair Market Value of property other than Shares)
so allocated to all Participants for such Limitation Year.
(E)
amounts
allocated after March 31, 1984 to an individual medical account (within the
meaning of section 415(1) of the Code) which is part of a pension or annuity
plan maintained by the Employer and amounts derived from contributions paid or
accrued after, and in a taxable year ending after, December 31, 1985 which are
attributable to post-retirement medical benefits and allocated to a separate
account of a key employee (within the meaning of section 419A(d)(3) of the Code)
under a welfare benefit fund (within the meaning of section 419(e) of the
Code).
Notwithstanding
section 8.2(c)(i)(D), if, for any Limitation Year, the aggregate amount of ESOP
Contributions allocated to the Accounts of the individuals who are Highly
Compensated Employees for such Limitation Year, when added to such Highly
Compensated Employees’ allocable share of any Loan Repayment Contributions for
such Limitation Year, does not exceed one-third of the total of all ESOP
Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions for such Limitation Year, then
that portion, if any, of the Loan Repayment Contributions for such Limitation
Year that is applied to the payment of interest on a Share Acquisition Loan
shall not be included as an Annual Addition. In determining whether more than
one-third of the number of Shares or of the amount of money or property to be
allocated under the Plan for a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1997 would
be allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees, any allocation to be made to
the Account of a Family Member of a Highly Compensated Employee who is either a
Five Percent Owner or one of the ten Highly Compensated Employees with the
highest Total Compensation, shall be treated as an allocation to such Highly
Compensated Employee. In no event shall any Financed Shares, any dividends or
other earnings thereon, any proceeds of the sale thereof or any portion of the
value of the foregoing be included as an Annual Addition.
(ii)
Employer
means Dime
Community Bancshares, Inc., and all members of a controlled group of
corporations, as defined in section 414(b) of the Code, as modified by section
415(h) of the Code, all commonly controlled trades or businesses, as defined in
section 414(c) of the Code, as modified by section 415(h) of the Code, all
affiliated service groups, as defined in section 414(m) of the Code, of which
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. is a member, as well as any leasing
organization, as defined in section 18.8, that employs any person who is
considered an employee under section 18.8 and any other entity that is required
to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under section 414(o)
of the Code.
(iii)
Defined Benefit Plan
Fraction
means, for any Participant for any Limitation Year, a fraction,
the numerator of which is the Projected Annual Benefit (determined as of the end
of such Limitation Year) of the Participant under any qualified defined benefit
plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and
all prior Limitation Years, and the denominator of which is as follows: (A) for
Limitation Years ending prior to January 1, 1983, the lesser of (I) the dollar
limitation in effect under section 415(b)(1) (A) of the Code for such Limitation
Year, or (II) the amount which may be taken into account under section
415(b)(1)(B) of the Code with respect to such Participant for such Limitation
Year; and (B) in all other cases, the lesser of (I) (except as provided in
section 17.8(b) for a Top Heavy Plan Year) the product of 1.25 multiplied by the
dollar limitation in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such
Limitation Year, or (II) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the amount which may
be taken into account under section 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code with respect to
such Participant for such Limitation Year.
(iv)
Defined Contribution Plan
Fraction
means, for any Participant for any Limitation Year, a fraction
(A) the numerator of which is the sum of such Participant’s Annual Additions
(determined as of the end of such Limitation Year) under this Plan and any other
qualified defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by
the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years, and (B) the
denominator of which is as follows: (I) for Limitation Years ending prior to
January 1, 1983, the sum of the lesser of the following amounts for such
Limitation Year and for each prior Limitation Year during which such Participant
was employed by the Employer: (1) the Maximum Permissible Amount for such
Limitation Year (without regard to section 415(c)(6) of the Code), or (2) the
amount which may be taken into account under section 415(c)(1)(B) of the Code
with respect to such Participant for such Limitation Year; and (II) in all other
cases, the sum of the lesser of the following amounts for such Limitation Year
and for each prior Limitation during which such Participant was employed by the
Employer: (1) (except as provided in section 17.8(b) for a Top Heavy Plan Year)
the product of 1.25 multiplied by the Maximum Permissible Amount for such
Limitation Year (determined without regard to section 415(c)(6) of the Code), or
(2) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the amount which may be taken into account
under section 415(c)(1)(B) of the Code (or section 415(c)(7) of the Code, if
applicable) with respect to such Participant for such Limitation Year;
provided, however,
that the
Plan Administrator may, at his election, adopt the transition rule set forth in
section 415(e)(6) of the Code in making the computation set forth in this
section 8.2(c)(iv). If the sum of a Participant’s Defined Benefit Plan Fraction
and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction exceeded 1.0 as of September 30, 1983,
then such Participant’s Defined Contribution Plan Fraction shall be determined
under regulations to be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury so that the
sum of the fractions does not exceed 1.0.
(v)
Limitation Year
means
the calendar year.
(vi)
Maximum Permissible
Amount
means (A) $25,000 (or such higher amount as may be permitted under
section 415(d) of the Code because of cost of living increases) for Limitation
Years beginning prior to January 1, 1983, and (B) the greater of (I) $30,000, or
(II) 25% of the dollar limitation in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
Code for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 1983 and prior to
January 1, 1994, and (C) the lesser of (I) $30,000 (or such higher amount as may
be permitted under section 415(d) of the Code because of cost of living
increases) or (II) the percentage limitation in effect under section
415(c)(1)(B) of the Code for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1,
1995.
(vii)
Projected Annual
Benefit
means a Participant’s annual retirement benefit (adjusted to the
actuarial equivalent of a straight life annuity if expressed in a form other
than a straight life or qualified joint and survivor annuity) under any
qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, whether or not
terminated, assuming that the Participant will continue employment until the
later of such Participant’s current age or normal retirement age under such
plan, and that the Participant’s Total Compensation for the Limitation Year and
all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under such plan will
remain constant for all future Limitation Years.
(d)
When
a Participant’s Annual Addition to this Plan must be reduced to satisfy the
limitations of section 8.2(a) or (b), such reduction shall be applied to ESOP
Contributions and to Shares allocated as a result of a Loan Repayment
Contribution which are included as an Annual Addition in such order as shall
result in the smallest reduction in the number of Shares allocable to the
Participant’s Account. No reduction shall be applied to 401(k) Safe Harbor
Contributions unless and until all other amounts included in the Participant’s
Annual Addition have been reduced to zero. The amount by which any Participant’s
Annual Addition to this Plan is reduced shall be allocated in accordance with
Articles V and VII as a contribution by the Employer in the next succeeding
Limitation Year.
(e)
Prior
to determining a Participant’s actual Total Compensation for a Limitation Year,
the Employer may determine the limitations under this section 8.2 for a
Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s Total
Compensation for the Limitation Year that is uniformly determined for all
Participants who are similarly situated. As soon as it is administratively
feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the limitations of this section
8.2 shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Total
Compensation for the Limitation Year.
ARTICLE
IX
Vesting
Section
9.1
Vesting
.
Subject
to the provisions of sections 9.2, 9.3 and 14.1(a), the balance credited to each
Employee’s Account shall become vested in accordance with the following
schedule:
Period
of Service In Years
|
|
less
than 2 years
|
0%
|
2
years but less than 3 years
|
25%
|
3
years but less than 4 years
|
50%
|
4
years but less than 5 years
|
75%
|
5
or more years
|
100%
|
Section
9.2
Vesting
on Death, Disability Retirement or Change in Control
.
(a)
Any
previously unvested portion of the remainder of the balance credited to the
Account of a Participant or of a person who is a Former Participant solely
because he is excluded from participation under section 2.1(b) shall become
fully vested in him immediately upon attainment of age 65, or, if earlier, upon
the termination of his participation by reason of death, Disability, Retirement
or upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Employer.
(b)
Each
Participant who is employed at the Gates Avenue branch on November 5, 1999, and
each person who is a Former Participant solely because he is excluded from
participation under section 2.1 (b) and who is employed at the Gates Avenue
branch on November 5, 1999, shall be fully vested in his account on November 5,
1999 if his employment with any Affiliated Employer is terminated on November 5,
1999, as a result of the sale of the assets and liabilities of the November 5,
1999 effective on such date.
Section
9.3
Vesting
of 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution Account
.
Notwithstanding
anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the entire balance credited to a
Participant’s 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution Account shall be 100% vested
without regard to his Period of Service.
Section
9.4
Forfeitures
on Termination of Employment
.
Upon the
termination of employment of a Participant or Former Participant for any reason
other than death, Disability, Retirement, that portion of the balance credited
to his Account which is not vested at the date of such termination shall be
forfeited as of the last Valuation Date for the Plan Year in which such
termination of employment occurs. The proceeds of such forfeitures, less
amounts, if any, required to be credited because of re-employment pursuant to
section 9.5, shall be treated as Forfeitures and shall be disposed of as
provided in section 9.6.
Section
9.5
Amounts
Credited Upon Re-Employment
.
If an
Employee forfeited any amount of the balance credited to his Account upon his
termination of employment with the Employer, and is re-employed prior to the
occurrence of a Period of Severance of five years, then:
(i)
an
amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares forfeited, determined as of
the date of forfeiture; and
(ii)
the
amount credited to his General Investment Account that was forfeited, determined
as of the date of forfeiture;
shall be
credited back to his Account from the proceeds of forfeitures which are redeemed
pursuant to section 9.3 during the Plan Year in which he is re-employed, unless
such proceeds are insufficient, in which case, the Employer shall make an
additional contribution in the amount of such deficiency.
Section
9.6
Allocation
of Forfeitures
.
Any
Forfeitures that occur during a Plan Year shall be used to reduce the
contributions required of the Employer under the Plan and shall be treated as
Loan Repayment Contributions and ESOP Contributions in the proportions
designated by the Committee in accordance with Article V.
ARTICLE
X
The Trust
Fund
Section
10.1
The
Trust Fund
.
The Trust
Fund shall be held and invested under the Trust Agreement with the Trustee. The
provisions of the Trust Agreement shall vest such powers in the Trustee as to
investment, control and disbursement of the Trust Fund, and such other
provisions not inconsistent with the Plan, including provision for the
appointment of one or more “investment managers” within the meaning of section
3(38) of ERISA to manage and control (including acquiring and disposing of) all
or any of the assets of the Trust Fund, as the Board may from time to time
authorize. Except as required by ERISA, no bond or other security shall be
required of any Trustee at any time in office.
Section
10.2
Investments
.
Except to
the extent provided to the contrary in section 10.3, the Trust Fund shall be
invested in:
(i)
Shares;
(ii)
such
Investment Funds as may be established from time to time by the Committee;
and
(iii)
such
other investments as may be permitted under the Trust Agreement;
in such
proportions as shall be determined by the Committee or, if so provided under the
Trust Agreement, as directed by one or more investment managers or by the
Trustee, in its discretion;
provided, however
, that the
investments of the Trust Fund shall consist primarily of Shares. Notwithstanding
the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee may temporarily invest the Trust
Fund in short-term obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States
Government or an agency thereof, or may retain uninvested, or sell investments
to provide, amounts of cash required for purposes of the Plan.
Section
10.3
Distributions
for Diversification of Investments
.
(a)
Notwithstanding
section 10.2, each Qualified Participant may:
(i)
during
the first 90 days of each of the first five Plan Years to begin after the Plan
Year in which he first becomes a Qualified Participant, elect that such
percentage of the balance credited to his Account as he may specify, but in no
event more than 25% of the balance credited to his Account, be either
distributed to him pursuant to this section 10.3(a)(i) or transferred to The
Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust
to the extent permitted by such plan, no later than 90 days after the last day
that such election may be made; and
(ii)
during
the first 90 days of the sixth Plan Year to begin after the Plan Year in which
he first becomes a Qualified Participant or of any Plan Year thereafter, elect
that such percentage of the balance credited to his Account as he may specify,
but in no event more than 50% of the balance credited to his Account, be either
distributed to him pursuant to this section 10.3(a)(ii) or transferred to The
Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust
to the extent permitted by such plan, no later than 90 days after the last day
that such election may be made.
For
purposes of an election under this section 10.3, the balance credited to a
Participant’s Account shall be the balance credited to his Account determined as
of the last Valuation Date to occur in the Plan Year immediately preceding the
Plan Year in which such election is made and the 25% and 50% limitations shall
apply to such balance after adjustment for all amounts previously distributed or
transferred to The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI
Retirement Trust under this Section 10.3.
(b)
An
election made under section 10.3(a) shall be made in writing, in the form and
manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, and shall be filed with the Plan
Administrator during the election period specified in section 10.3(a). As soon
as is practicable, and in no case later than 90 days following the end of the
election period during which such election is made, the Plan Administrator shall
take such actions as are necessary to cause the specified percentage of the
balance credited to the Account of the Qualified Participant making the election
to be distributed to such Qualified Participant.
(c)
An
election made under section 10.3(a) may be changed or revoked at any time during
the election period described in section 10.3(a) during which it is initially
made. In no event, however, shall any election under this section 10.3 result in
more than 25% of the balance credited to the Participant’s Account being
distributed to the Participant or transferred to The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust, if such election is
made during a Plan Year to which section 10.3(a)(i) applies, or result in more
than 50% of the balance distributed to the Participant or transferred to The
Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust,
if such election is made during the Plan Year to which section 10.3(a)(ii)
applies or thereafter.
Section
10.4
Use
of Commingled Trust Funds
.
Subject
to the provisions of the Trust Agreement, amounts held in the Trust Fund may be
invested in:
(a)
any
commingled or group trust fund described in section 401(a) of the Code and
exempt under section 501(a) of the Code; or
(b)
any
common trust fund exempt under section 584 of the Code maintained exclusively
for the collective investment of the assets of trusts that are exempt under
section 501(a) of the Code;
provided
that the trustee of such commingled, group or common trust fund is a bank or
trust company.
Section
10.5
Management
and Control of Assets
.
All
assets of the Plan shall be held by the Trustee in trust for the exclusive
benefit of Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries. No part of
the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be used for, or diverted to,
purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants, Former
Participants and their Beneficiaries, and for defraying reasonable
administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust Fund. No person shall have any
interest in or right to any part of the earnings of the Trust Fund, or any
rights in, to or under the Trust Fund or any part of its assets, except to the
extent expressly provided in the Plan.
ARTICLE
XI
Valuation of Interests in
the Trust Fund
Section
11.1
Establishment
of Investment Accounts
.
The Plan
Administrator shall establish, or cause to be established, for each person for
whom an Account is maintained a Share Investment Account and a General
Investment Account. Such Share Investment Accounts and General Investment
Accounts shall be maintained in accordance with this Article XI.
Section
11.2
Share
Investment Accounts
.
The Share
Investment Account established for a person in accordance with section 11.l
shall be credited with: (a) all Shares allocated to such person’s Account; (b)
all Shares purchased with amounts of money or property allocated to such
person’s Account; (c) all dividends paid in the form of Shares with respect to
Shares credited to his Account; and (d) all Shares purchased with amounts
credited to such person’s General Investment Account. Such Share Investment
Account shall be charged with all Shares that are sold or exchanged to acquire
other investments or to provide cash and with all Shares that are distributed in
kind.
Section
11.3
General
Investment Accounts
.
The
General Investment Account that is established for a person in accordance with
section 11.1 shall be credited with: (a) all amounts, other than Shares,
allocated to such person’s Account; (b) all dividends paid in a form other than
Shares with respect to Shares credited to such person’s Share Investment
Account; (c) the proceeds of any sale of Shares credited to such person’s Share
Investment Account; and (d) any earnings attributable to amounts credited to
such person’s General Investment Account. Such General Investment Account shall
be charged with all amounts credited thereto that are applied to the purchase of
Shares, any losses or depreciation attributable to amounts credited thereto, any
expenses allocable thereto and any distributions of amounts credited
thereto.
Section
11.4
Valuation
of Investment Accounts
.
(a)
The
Plan Administrator shall determine, or cause to be determined, the aggregate
value of each person’s Share Investment Account as of each Valuation Date by
multiplying the number of Shares credited to such Share Investment Account on
such Valuation Date by the Fair Market Value of a Share on such Valuation
Date.
(b)
As
of each Valuation Date, the Accounts of each Participant shall be separately
adjusted to reflect their proportionate share of any appreciation or
depreciation in the fair market value of the Investment Funds, any income earned
by the Investment Funds and any expenses incurred by the Investment Funds, as
well as any contributions, withdrawals or distributions and investment transfers
not posted as of the last Valuation Date.
Section
11.5
Annual
Statements
.
There
shall be furnished, by mail or otherwise, at least once in each Plan Year to
each person who would then be entitled to receive all or part of the balance
credited to any Account if the Plan were then terminated, a statement of his
interest in the Plan as of such date as shall be selected by the Plan
Administrator, which statement shall be deemed to have been accepted as correct
and be binding on such person unless the Plan Administrator receives written
notice to the contrary within 30 days after the statement is mailed or furnished
to such person.
ARTICLE
XII
Shares
Section
12.1
Specific
Allocation of Shares
.
All
Shares purchased under the Plan shall be specifically allocated to the Share
Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries
in accordance with section 11.2, with the exception of Financed Shares, which
shall be allocated to the Loan Repayment Account.
Section
12.2
Dividends
.
(a)
Subject
to Article XIX, dividends paid with respect to Shares held under the Plan shall
be credited to the Loan Repayment Account, if paid with respect to Financed
Shares. Such dividends shall be: (i) applied to the payment of principal and
accrued interest with respect to any Share Acquisition Loan, if paid in cash; or
(ii) held in the Loan Repayment Account as Financed Shares for release in
accordance with section 6.4, if paid in the form of Shares.
(b)
Dividends
paid with respect to Shares allocated to a person’s Share Investment Account
shall be credited to such person’s Share Investment Account. Cash dividends
credited to a person’s General Investment Account shall be, at the direction of
the Board, either: (i) held in such General Investment Account and invested in
accordance with sections 10.2 and 11.3; (ii) distributed immediately to such
person; (iii) distributed to such person within 90 days of the close of the Plan
Year in which such dividends were paid; (iv) in the case of dividends paid after
December 31, 2002, if such person is 100% vested and at the election of such
person, either distributed to him as provided in section 12.2(b)(iii) or
retained in his Account and reinvested in Shares; or (v) used to make payments
of principal or interest on a Share Acquisition Loan;
provided, however
, that the
Fair Market Value of Financed Shares released from the Loan Repayment Account
equals or exceeds the amount of the dividend.
Section
12.3
Voting
Rights
.
(a)
Each
person shall direct the manner in which all voting rights appurtenant to Shares
allocated to his Share Investment Account will be exercised, provided that such
Shares were allocated to his Share Investment Account as of the applicable
record date. Such a direction shall be given by completing and filing with the
inspector of elections, the Trustee or such other person who shall be
independent of the Employer as the Committee shall designate, at least 10 days
prior to the date of the meeting of holders of Shares at which such voting
rights will be exercised, a written direction in the form and manner prescribed
by the Committee. The inspector of elections, the Trustee or such other person
designated by the Committee shall tabulate the directions given on a strictly
confidential basis, and shall provide the Committee with only the final results
of the tabulation. The final results of the tabulation shall be followed by the
Committee in directing the Trustee as to the manner in which such voting rights
shall be exercised. The Plan Administrator shall make a reasonable effort to
furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each person for whom a Share Investment
Account is maintained all annual reports, proxy materials and other information
known by the Plan Administrator to have been furnished by the issuer of the
Shares, or by any solicitor of proxies, to the holders of Shares.
(b)
To
the extent that any person shall fail to give instructions with respect to the
exercise of voting rights appurtenant to Shares allocated to his Share
Investment Account:
(i)
the
Trustee shall, with respect to each matter to be voted upon: (A) cast a number
of affirmative votes equal to the product of (I) the number of allocated Shares
for which no written instructions have been given, multiplied by (II) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of allocated Shares for which
affirmative votes will be cast in accordance with written instructions given as
provided in section 12.3(a) and the denominator of which is the aggregate number
of affirmative and negative votes which will be cast in accordance with written
instructions given as aforesaid, and (B) cast a number of negative votes equal
to the excess (if any) of (I) the number of allocated Shares for which no
written instructions have been given over (II) the number of affirmative votes
being cast with respect to such allocated Shares pursuant to section
12.3(b)(i)(A); or
(ii)
if
the Trustee shall determine that it may not, consistent with its fiduciary
duties, vote the allocated Shares for which no written instructions have been
given in the manner described in section 12.3(b)(i), it shall vote such Shares
in such manner as it, in its discretion, may determine to be in the best
interests of the persons to whose Share Investment Accounts such Shares have
been allocated.
(c)
i) The
voting rights appurtenant to Financed Shares shall be exercised as follows with
respect to each matter as to which holders of Shares may vote:
(A)
a
number of votes equal to the product of (I) the total number of votes
appurtenant to Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the
applicable record date; multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is
the total number of affirmative votes cast by Participants, Former Participants
and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants with respect to such
matter pursuant to section 12.3(a) and the denominator of which is the total
number of affirmative and negative votes cast by Participants, Former
Participants and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants, shall be
cast in the affirmative; and
(B)
a
number of votes equal to the excess of (I) the total number of votes appurtenant
to Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the applicable
record date, over (II) the number of affirmative votes cast pursuant to section
12.3(c)(i)(A) shall be cast in the negative.
To the
extent that the Financed Shares consist of more than one class of Shares, this
section 12.3(c)(i) shall be applied separately with respect to each class of
Shares.
(ii)
If
voting rights are to be exercised with respect to Financed Shares as provided in
section 12.3(c)(i)(A) and (B) at a time when there are no Shares allocated to
the Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and the
Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants, then the voting rights
appurtenant to Financed Shares shall be exercised as follows with respect to
each matter as to which holders of Shares may vote:
(A)
Each
person who is a Participant on the applicable record date and who was a
Participant on the last day of the Plan Year ending on or immediately prior to
such record date will be granted a number of votes equal to the quotient,
rounded to the nearest integral number, of (I) such Participant’s Allocation
Compensation for the Plan Year ending on or immediately prior to such record
date (or for the portion of such Plan Year during which he was a Participant);
divided by (II) $1,000.00; and
(B)
a
number of votes equal to the product of (I) the total number of Financed Shares
allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the applicable record date;
multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of
votes that are cast in the affirmative with respect to such matter pursuant to
section 12.3(c)(ii)(A) and the denominator of which is the total number of votes
that are cast either in the affirmative or in the negative with respect to such
matter pursuant to section 12.3(c)(ii)(A), shall be cast in the affirmative;
and
(C)
a
number of votes equal to the excess of (I) the total number of Financed Shares
allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the applicable record date, over (II)
the number of affirmative votes cast with respect to such matter pursuant to
section 12.3(c)(ii)(B), shall be cast in the negative.
To the
extent that the Financed Shares consist of more than one class of Shares, this
section 12.3(c)(ii) shall be applied separately with respect to each class of
Shares.
(d)
Each
such person shall, for purposes of this section 12.3, be deemed a “named
fiduciary” within the meaning of section 402(a)(2) of ERISA.
Section
12.4
Tender
Offers
.
(a)
Each
person shall direct whether Shares allocated to his Share Investment Account
will be delivered in response to any Tender Offer. Such a direction shall be
given by completing and filing with the Trustee or such other person who shall
be independent of the Employer as the Committee shall designate, at least 10
days prior to the latest date for exercising a right to deliver Shares pursuant
to such Tender Offer, a written direction in the form and manner prescribed by
the Committee. The Trustee or other person designated by the Committee shall
tabulate the directions given on a strictly confidential basis, and shall
provide the Committee with only the final results of the tabulation. The final
results of the tabulation shall be followed by the Committee in directing the
number of Shares to be delivered. The Plan Administrator shall make a reasonable
effort to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each person for whom a Share
Investment Account is maintained, all information known by the Plan
Administrator to have been furnished by the issuer or by or on behalf of any
person making such Tender Offer, to the holders of Shares in connection with
such Tender Offer.
(b)
To
the extent that any person shall fail to give instructions with respect to
Shares allocated to his Share Investment Account:
(i)
the
Trustee shall (A) tender or otherwise offer for purchase, exchange or redemption
a number of such Shares equal to the product of (I) the number of allocated
Shares for which no written instructions have been given, multiplied by (II) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of allocated Shares tendered or
otherwise offered for purchase, exchange or redemption in accordance with
written instructions given as provided in section 12.4(a) and the denominator of
which is the aggregate number of allocated Shares for which written instructions
have been given as aforesaid, and (B) withhold a number of Shares equal to the
excess (if any) of (I) the number of allocated Shares for which no written
instructions have been given over (II) the number of Shares being tendered or
otherwise offered pursuant to section 12.4(b)(i)(A); or
(ii)
if
the Trustee shall determine that it may not, consistent with its fiduciary
duties, exercise the tender or other rights appurtenant to allocated Shares for
which no written instructions have been given in the manner described in section
12.4(b)(i), it shall tender, or otherwise offer, or withhold such Shares in such
manner as it, in its discretion, may determine to be in the best interests of
the persons to whose Share Investment Accounts such Shares have been
allocated.
(c)
In
the case of any Tender Offer, any Financed Shares held in the Loan Repayment
Account shall be dealt with as follows:
(i)
If
such Tender Offer occurs at a time when there are no Shares allocated to the
Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and the
Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants, then the disposition of the
Financed Shares shall be determined as follows:
(A)
each
person who is a Participant on the applicable record date and who was a
Participant on the last day of the Plan Year ending on or immediately prior to
such record date will be granted a number of tender rights equal to the
quotient, rounded to the nearest integral number, of (I) such Participant’s
Allocation Compensation for the Plan Year ending on or immediately prior to such
record date (or for the portion of such Plan Year during which he was a
Participant), divided by (II) $1,000.00; and
(B)
on
the last day for delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer,
a number of Shares equal to the product of (I) the total number of Financed
Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day of the effective
period of such Tender Offer; multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the total number of tender rights exercised in favor of the delivery of
Shares in response to the Tender Offer pursuant to section 12.4(c)(i)(A) and the
denominator of which is the total number of tender rights that are exercisable
in response to the Tender Offer pursuant to section 12.4(c)(i)(A), shall be
delivered in response to the Tender Offer; and
(C)
a
number of Shares equal to the excess of (I) the total number of Financed Shares
allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day of the effective period
of such Tender Offer; over (II) the number of Shares to be delivered in response
to the Tender Offer pursuant to section 12.4(c)(i)(B), shall be withheld from
delivery.
(ii)
If
such Tender Offer occurs at a time when the voting rights appurtenant to such
Financed Shares are to be exercised in accordance with section 12.3(c)(i),
then:
(A)
on
the last day for delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer,
a number of Financed Shares equal to the product of (I) the total number of
Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day of the
effective period of such Tender Offer; multiplied by (II) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the total number of Shares delivered from the Share
Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants and the Beneficiaries
of deceased Former Participants in response to such Tender Offer pursuant to
section 12.4(a), and the denominator of which is the total number of Shares
allocated to the Share Investment Accounts of Participants, Former Participants
and Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants immediately prior to the last
day for delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer, shall be
delivered; and
(B)
a
number of Financed Shares equal to the excess of (I) the total number of
Financed Shares allocated to the Loan Repayment Account on the last day for
delivering Shares or otherwise responding to such Tender Offer; over (II) the
number of Financed Shares to be delivered pursuant to section 12.4(c)(ii)(A),
shall be withheld from delivery.
To the
extent that the Financed Shares consist of more than one class of Shares, this
section 12.4(c) shall be applied separately with respect to each class of
Shares.
(d)
Each
such person shall, for purposes of this section 12.4, be deemed a “named
fiduciary” within the meaning of section 402(a)(2) of ERISA.
ARTICLE
XIII
Payment of
Benefits
Section
13.1
In
General
.
The
balance credited to a Participant’s or Former Participant’s Account under the
Plan shall be paid only at the times, to the extent, in the manner and to the
persons provided in this Article XIII.
Section
13.2
Designation
of Beneficiaries
.
(a)
Subject
to section 13.2(b), any person entitled to a benefit under the Plan may
designate a Beneficiary to receive any amount to which he is entitled that
remains undistributed on the date of his death. Such person shall designate his
Beneficiary (and may change or revoke any such designation) in writing in the
form and manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Such designation, and any
change or revocation thereof, shall be effective only if received by the Plan
Administrator prior to such person’s death and shall become irrevocable upon
such person’s death.
(b)
A
Participant or Former Participant who is married shall automatically be deemed
to have designated his spouse as his Beneficiary, unless, prior to the time such
designation would, under section 13.2(a), become irrevocable:
(i)
the
Participant or Former Participant designates an additional or a different
Beneficiary in accordance with this section 13.2; and
(ii)
(1) the spouse of such Participant or Former Participant consents to such
designation in a writing that acknowledges the effect of such consent and is
witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public; or (B) the spouse of such
Participant or Former Participant has previously consented to such designation
by signing a written waiver of any right to consent to any designation made by
the Participant or Former Participant, and such waiver acknowledged the effect
of the waiver and was witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public; or
(C) it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that the
consent required under section 13.2(b)(ii)(A) may not be obtained because such
spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances permitted under
regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(c)
In
the event that a Beneficiary entitled to payments hereunder shall die after the
death of the person who designated him but prior to receiving payment of his
entire interest in the Account of the person who designated him, then such
Beneficiary’s interest in the Account of such person, or any unpaid balance
thereof, shall be paid as provided in section 13.3 to the Beneficiary who has
been designated by the deceased Beneficiary, or if there is none, to the
executor or administrator of the estate of such deceased Beneficiary, or if no
such executor or administrator is appointed within such time as the Plan
Administrator, in his sole discretion, shall deem reasonable, to such one or
more of the spouse and descendants and blood relatives of such deceased
Beneficiary as the Plan Administrator may select. If a person entitled to a bene
fit under the Plan and any of the Beneficiaries designated by him shall die in
such circumstances that there shall be substantial doubt as to which of them
shall have been the first to die, for all purposes of the Plan, the person who
made the Beneficiary designation shall be deemed to have survived such
Beneficiary.
(d)
If
no Beneficiary survives the person entitled to the benefit under the Plan or if
no Beneficiary has been designated by such person, such benefit shall be paid to
the executor or administrator of the estate of such person, or if no such
executor or administrator is appointed within such time as the Plan
Administrator, in his sole discretion, shall deem reasonable, to such one or
more of the spouse and descendants and blood relatives of such deceased person
as the Plan Administrator may select.
Section
13.3
Distributions
to Participants and Former Participants
.
(a)
(i) The
vested portion of the balance credited to a Participant’s or a Former
Participant’s Account shall be distributed to him commencing as of the last
Valuation Date to occur in the Plan Year in which the Participant or Former
Participant terminates employment with the Employer or attains age 65, whichever
is later, unless the Participant or Former Participant elects otherwise pursuant
to section 13.3(a)(ii), and the payment, or first in a series of payments, is
actually made within sixty (60) days following such Valuation Date;
provided, however,
that
required minimum distributions shall be made earlier in accordance with section
13.5; and
provided, further,
that if termination of employment occurs prior to January 1, 1999 and the
total vested balance credited to his Account at termination of employment is
$3,500 or less, or if termination of employment occurs after December 31, 1998
and the total vested balance credited to his Account at termination of
employment is $5,000 (or such higher amount as may be prescribed by law) or
less, or if termination of employment occurs on or after March 28, 2005 and the
total vested balance credited to his Account at termination of employment is
$1,000 or less, his entire vested interest in his Account shall be paid to him
in a single lump sum as soon as practicable after termination of
employment.
(ii)
A
Participant or Former Participant may, upon request on a form provided by the
Plan Administrator and filed with the Plan Administrator not later than 15 days
prior to the date on which his employment with the Employer terminates, elect
that his vested interest in his Account be paid commencing as of any earlier or
later Valuation Date after his termination of employment, but in no event later
than the last Valuation Date to occur in the calendar year in which the
Participant or Former Participant attains age 70½, in which case the payment, or
first in a series of payments, shall be made within three months following such
Valuation Date.
(b)
(i) Subject
to section 13.3(b)(ii), the vested portion of the balance credited to the
Account of a Participant or Former Participant will be paid to him, commencing
as of the Valuation Date determined under section 13.3(a), in substantially
equal annual installments over a fixed period equal to the greater
of:
(A)
five
years; or
(B)
if
the vested portion of the balance credited to the Account of the Participant or
Former Participant, determined as of the Valuation Date determined under section
13.3(a), is greater than $500,000 (or such larger amount as may be prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to section 409(o) of the Code), the sum
of five years plus the lesser of (I) five additional years; or (II) one
additional year for each $100,000 (or fraction thereof) by which the vested
portion of the balance credited to the Participant’s or Former Participant’s
Account exceeds $500,000 (or such larger amount as may be prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 409(o) of the Code).
(ii)
A
Participant or Former Participant may, upon request on a form provided by the
Plan Administrator and filed with the Plan Administrator not later than 15 days
prior to the date on which his employment terminates, elect that the vested
portion of the balance credited to his Account be paid, commencing as of the
Valuation Date determined under section 13.3(a):
(A)
in
substantially equal annual installments over a fixed period not to exceed the
lesser of (I) 10 years, or (II) the life expectancy of the Participant or Former
Participant, or, if his Beneficiary is a Designated Beneficiary, the joint life
and last survivor expectancy of the Participant or Former Participant and his
Designated Beneficiary (determined before January 1, 2002 under Tables V and VI
of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations, using their respective attained
ages as of their birthdays in the calendar year that includes the Valuation Date
as of which the first payment is made, and after December 31, 2001 under the
Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury
regulations using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in such
calendar year or, if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary is a
surviving spouse who is more than 10 years younger than the Participant, the
under the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of
the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as
of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in such calendar year);
Or
(B)
subject
to section 13.4, in a lump sum payment.
(c)
If
any person entitled to a benefit under the Plan dies before his entire benefit
has been distributed to him, then the remainder of such benefit shall be paid to
the Beneficiary designated by him under section 13.2 either:
(i)
in
a lump sum distribution as of the Valuation Date next following the date of his
death, and the amount thereof shall be based upon the vested portion of the
balance credited to his Account as of such Valuation Date; or
(ii)
if,
prior to the death of the Participant or Former Participant whose vested Account
is being distributed, an election pursuant to section 13.3(b)(ii)(B) is in
effect for him, in a lump sum distribution as of the Valuation Date specified in
such election, or, if earlier, as of the latest Valuation Date that would permit
payment to be made within five years after the Participant’s or Former
Participant’s death, and the amount thereof shall be based upon the vested
portion of the balance credited to his Account as of such Valuation Date;
or
(iii)
if,
prior to the death of the Participant or Former Participant whose vested Account
is being distributed, an election pursuant to section 13.3(b)(ii)(A) is in
effect for him:
(A)
over
the period and at the times set forth in such election, if distribution has
begun prior to the Participant’s or Former Participant’s death; or
(B)
commencing
at the time set forth in such election and over the period set forth in such
election (or, if less, over a period equal to the life expectancy of the
Beneficiary of the deceased Participant or Former Participant), if the deceased
Participant’s or Former Participant’s spouse is his Beneficiary and distribution
has not begun prior to the deceased Participant’s or Former Participant’s death;
or
(C)
commencing
on the date specified in such election (or, if earlier, the last Valuation Date
that will permit payment to begin within one year after the deceased
Participant’s or Former Participant’s death) and over the period set forth in
such election (or, if less, over a period equal to the life expectancy of the
Beneficiary of the deceased Participant or Former Participant), if the deceased
Participant’s or Former Participant’s Beneficiary is a natural person other than
his spouse and distribution has not begun prior to the deceased Participant’s or
Former Participant’s death;
and the
amount thereof shall be based upon the vested portion of the balance credited to
his Account as of the Valuation Dates as of which payments are determined;
or
(iv)
upon
written application of the Beneficiary made in such form and manner as the Plan
Administrator may prescribe, at another time or in another manner permitted
under section 13.3(a) or (b), subject to the following limitations:
(A)
(I)
If such Beneficiary is a Designated Beneficiary other than the spouse of the
deceased Participant or Former Participant whose vested Account is being
distributed, a distribution that commences within one year after such deceased
Participant’s or Former Participant’s death shall be made over a fixed period
that does not exceed the life expectancy of such Beneficiary when distribution
commences.
(II) If
such Designated Beneficiary is the spouse of the deceased Participant or Former
Participant whose vested Account is being distributed, a distribution that
commences no later than the later of: (1) the date on which the
deceased Participant or Former Participant would have attained age 70½ had he
lived; or (2) the first anniversary of the death of such deceased Participant or
Former Participant; shall be made over a fixed period that does not exceed the
life expectancy of such Designated Beneficiary when distribution
commences.
(III) In
all other cases where the spouse of the deceased Participant or Former
Participant whose vested Account is being distributed is not the Beneficiary,
payment must be completed within five years after the death of such deceased
Participant or Former Participant.
(B)
In
cases where distribution has commenced prior to the death of the deceased
Participant or Former Participant whose vested Account is being distributed,
distribution must be completed as least as rapidly as under the method in effect
prior to such deceased Participant’s or Former Participant’s death.
The
determination whether a Beneficiary is a Designated Beneficiary and whether a
Designated Beneficiary is a surviving spouse shall be made not later than
September 30
th
of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee dies. For
purposes of computing payments in years prior to 2002, life expectancy shall be
determined using Table V of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations based
on the Beneficiary’s attained age in the year of the first payment. For purposes
of computing payments in years after 2002, payments for calendar years that
begin during the lifetime of a surviving spouse who is a Designated Beneficiary
shall be determined using the Single Life Table set forth in section
1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Income Tax Regulations based on the spouse’s attain age in
such year and payments for subsequent calendar years shall be determined using
the Single Life Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Income Tax
Regulations based on the spouse’s attain age in the year of
death. For purposes of computing payments in years after 2001,
payments to a Designated Beneficiary other than surviving spouse shall be
determined using the Single Life Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
Income Tax Regulations based on the Designated Beneficiary’s attain age in the
year of the Employee’s death.
Section
13.4
Manner
of Payment
.
(a)
Subject
to section 13.4(b), payments of distributions made pursuant to section 13.3 or
section 13.5 shall be paid, in accordance with the written direction of the
person requesting the payment, in whole Shares, in cash, or in a combination of
cash and whole Shares. Such written direction shall be given in such form and
manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. If no such direction is given,
then payment shall be made in the maximum number of whole Shares that may be
acquired with the amount of the payment, plus, if necessary, an amount of money
equal to any remaining amount of the payment that is less than the Fair Market
Value of a whole Share.
(b)
No
distribution of a lump sum payment shall be made in cash to the extent that the
making of such distribution, when combined with all other distributions to be
made in cash as of the same Valuation Date, would require the sale of Shares
constituting 1% or more of all outstanding Shares;
provided, however,
that this
section 13.4(b) shall not apply to or in respect of a Participant or Former
Participant:
(i)
following
such Participant’s or Former Participant’s termination of employment with the
Employer on account of his Retirement or Disability; or
(ii)
following
such Participant’s or Former Participant’s 65th birthday; or
(iii)
following
the death of such Participant or Former Participant.
Section
13.5
Minimum
Required Distributions
.
(a)
Required
minimum distributions of a Participant’s or Former Participant’s Account shall
commence no later than:
(i)
if
the Participant or Former Participant attained age 70½ prior to January 1, 1988
and was not a Five Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending in the
calendar year in which he attained age 70½, during any of the four preceding
Plan Years or during any subsequent years, the later of (A) the calendar year in
which he attains or attained age 70½ or (B) the calendar year in which he
terminates employment with the Employer; or
(ii)
if
the Participant or Former Participant attained age 70½ prior to January 1, 1988
and is or was a Five Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending in
the calendar year in which he attained age 70½, or during any of the four
preceding Plan Years or during any subsequent years, the later of (A) the
calendar year in which he attains age 70½ or (B) the calendar year in which he
first becomes a Five Percent Owner; or
(iii)
if
the Participant or Former Participant attains age 70½ after December 31, 1987
and before January 1, 1997, in all other cases, the calendar year in which the
Participant or Former Participant attains age 70½; or
(iv)
if
the Participant or Former Participant attains age 70½ after December 31, 1998
and was not a Five Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending in the
calendar year in which he attained age 70½, during any of the four preceding
Plan Years or during any subsequent years, the later of (A) the calendar year in
which he attains or attained age 70½ or (B) the calendar year in which he
terminates employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Employers;
or
(v)
if
the Participant or Former Participant attains age 70½ after December 31, 1998
and is or was a Five Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending in
the calendar year in which he attained age 70½, during any of the four preceding
Plan Years or during any subsequent years, the later of (A) the calendar year in
which he attains age 70½ or (B) the calendar year in which he first becomes a
Five Percent Owner;
provided, however
, that any
Participant who is employed by an Employer after December 31, 1996 may elect not
to receive, or to discontinue receiving, such required minimum distributions
until April 1 of the year following the year in which such Participant
terminates employment or is or becomes a Five Percent Owner, whichever is
earlier.
(b)
The
required minimum distributions contemplated by section 13.5(a) shall be made as
follows:
(i)
The
minimum required distribution to be made for the calendar year for which the
first minimum distribution is required shall be no later than April 1st of the
immediately following calendar year and shall be equal to the quotient obtained
by dividing (A) the vested balance credited to the Participant’s or Former
Participant’s Account as of the last Valuation Date to occur in the calendar
year immediately preceding the calendar year in which the first minimum
distribution is required (adjusted to account for any additions thereto or
subtractions therefrom after such Valuation Date but on or before December 31st
of such calendar year); by (B) the Participant’s or Former Participant’s life
expectancy (or, if his Beneficiary is a natural person, the joint life and last
survivor expectancy of him and his Beneficiary); and
(ii)
the
minimum required distribution to be made for each calendar year following the
calendar year for which the first minimum distribution is required shall be made
no later than December 31st of the calendar year for which the distribution is
required and shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the vested
balance credited to the Participant’s or Former Participant’s Account as of the
last Valuation Date to occur in the calendar year prior to the calendar year for
which the distribution is required (adjusted to account for any additions
thereto or subtractions therefrom after such Valuation Date but on or before
December 31st of such calendar year and, in the case of the distribution for the
calendar year immediately following the calendar year for which the first
minimum distribution is required, reduced by any distribution for the prior
calendar year that is made in the current calendar year); by (B) the
Participant’s or Former Participant’s life expectancy (or, if his Beneficiary is
a Designated Beneficiary, the joint life and last survivor expectancy of him and
his Beneficiary).
For
purposes of this section 13.5, the life expectancy of a Participant or Former
Participant (or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of a Participant or
Former Participant and his Designated Beneficiary) for the calendar year in
which the Participant or Former Participant attains age 70½ shall be determined
on the basis of Tables V and VI, as applicable, of section 1.72-9 of the Income
Tax Regulations as of the Participant’s or Former Participant’s and
Beneficiary’s birthday in such year. Such life expectancy or joint life and last
survivor expectancy for any subsequent year shall be equal to the excess of (1)
the life expectancy or joint life and last survivor expectancy for the year in
which the Participant or Former Participant attains age 70½, over (2) the number
of whole years that have elapsed since the Participant or Former Participant
attained age 70½.
(c)
For
purposes of this section 13.5:
(A)
for
taxable years beginning before January 1, 2003, the life expectancy of a
Participant or Former Participant (or the joint life and last survivor
expectancy of a Participant or Former Participant and his Designated
Beneficiary) for the calendar year in which the Participant or Former
Participant attains age 70½ shall be determined on the basis of Tables V and VI,
as applicable, of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations as of the
Participant’s or Former Participant’s birthday in such year. Such
life expectancy or joint life and last survivor expectancy for any subsequent
year shall be equal to the excess of (1) the life expectancy or joint life and
last survivor expectancy for the year which the Participant or Former
Participant attains age 70½, over (2) the number of whole years that have
elapsed since the Participant or Former Participant attained age 70½;
and
(B)
for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002, during the Participant’s or
Former Participant’s lifetime, life expectancy shall be equal to:
(1) the
distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section
1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the
Participant’s birthday in such calendar year; or
(2) if
the Participant’s spouse is the sole designated Beneficiary and the spouse is
more than ten years younger than the Participant, the number in the Joint and
Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury
Regulations, using the Participation’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the
Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in such calendar year.
(d)
Payment
of the distributions required to be made to a Participant or Former Participant
under this section 13.5 shall be made in accordance with section
13.4.
Section
13.6
Direct
Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions
.
(a)
A
Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan
Administer, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct
Rollover.
(b)
The
following rules shall apply with respect to Direct Rollovers made pursuant to
this section 13.6:
(i)
A
Participant may only elect to make a Direct Rollover of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution if such Eligible Rollover Distribution (when combined with other
Eligible Rollover Distributions made or to be made in the same calendar year) is
reasonably expected to be at least $200;
(ii)
If
a Participant elects a Direct Rollover of a portion of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution, that portion must be equal to at least $500; and
(iii)
A
Participant may not divide his or her Eligible Rollover Distribution into
separate distributions to be transferred to two or more Eligible Retirement
Plans.
(c)
For
purposes of this section 13.6 and any other applicable section of the Plan, the
following definitions shall have the following meanings:
(i)
“Direct Rollover” means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Distributee.
(ii)
“Distributee” means an Employee or former Employee or, for distributions after
June 30, 2008, a designated Beneficiary of a deceased Participant who is not the
surviving spouse of such Participant. In addition, the Employee’s or former
Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is
the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order are considered
Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
spouse.
(iii)
“Eligible
Retirement Plan” means an individual retirement account described in section
408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b)
or the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, a
qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, and (for distributions
after December 31, 2001 only) an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of
the Code or an eligible deferred compensation plan under section 457(b) of the
Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or an
agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision thereof, and (for
distributions after December 31, 2007 only) a Roth IRA described in section
408A(b) and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such
plan from this Plan, that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover
Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution made
before January 1, 2002 to a current or former spouse who is the alternate payee
under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order or to a surviving spouse, an Eligible
Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement
annuity. In the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution made after June 30,
2008, on behalf of a designated Beneficiary of a deceased Participant who is not
a surviving spouse of such Participant, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall mean
an individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code or an
individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code,
established for the purpose of receiving the distribution only in a direct
trustee-to-trustee transfer, provided that such account or annuity accepts the
Beneficiary’s trustee-to-trustee Eligible Rollover Distribution.
(iv)
“Eligible Rollover Distribution” means any distribution of all or any portion of
the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover
Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made
for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the Distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a
specified period of ten (10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; any distribution
made after December 31, 1999 on account of Hardship; and in the case of a
distribution made before January 1, 2002, in gross income (determined without
regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
securities).
Section
13.7
Valuation
of Shares Upon Distribution to a Participant
.
Notwithstanding
any contrary provision in this Article XIII, in the event that all or a portion
of a payment of a distribution to a Participant is to be made in cash, such
Participant shall only be entitled to receive the proceeds of the Shares
allocated to his Account that are sold in connection with such distribution and
which are valued as of the date of such sale.
Section
13.8
Put
Options
.
(a)
Subject
to section 13.8(c) and except as provided otherwise in section 13.8(b), each
Participant or Former Participant to whom Shares are distributed under the Plan,
each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or Former Participant, including the
estate of a deceased Participant or Former Participant, to whom Shares are
distributed under the Plan, and each person to whom such a Participant, Former
Participant or Beneficiary gives Shares that have been distributed under the
Plan shall have the right to require the Employer to purchase from him all or
any portion of such Shares. A person shall exercise such right by delivering to
the Employer a written notice, in such form and manner as the Employer may by
written notice to such person prescribe, setting forth the number of Shares to
be purchased by the Employer, the number of the stock certificate evidencing
such person’s ownership of such Shares, and the effective date of the purchase.
Such notice shall be given at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of
purchase, and the effective date of purchase specified therein shall be, either
within the 60 day period that begins on the date on which the Shares to be
purchased by the Employer were distributed from the Plan or within the 60 day
period that begins on the first day of the Plan Year immediately following the
Plan Year in which the Shares to be purchased by the Employer are distributed
from the Plan. As soon as practicable following its receipt of such a notice,
the Employer shall take such actions as are necessary to purchase the Shares
specified in such notice at a price per Share equal to the Fair Market Value of
a Share determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately
preceding the effective date of the purchase.
(b)
The
Employer shall have no obligation to purchase any Share (i) pursuant to a notice
that is not timely given, or on an effective date of purchase that is not within
the periods prescribed in section 13.8(a) or (ii) following the earliest date on
which Shares are publicly traded on an established market.
(c)
This
section 13.8 shall not apply so long as the Employer is prohibited by law from
redeeming or purchasing its own securities.
Section
13.9
Right
of First Refusal
.
(a)
Subject
to section 13.9(d), for any period during which Shares are not publicly traded
in any established market, no person who owns Shares that were distributed from
the Plan, other than a person to whom such Shares were sold in compliance with
this section 13.9, shall sell such Shares to any person other than the Employer
without first offering to sell such Shares to the Employer in accordance with
this section 13.9.
(b)
In
the event that a person to whom this section 13.9 applies shall receive and
desire to accept from a person other than the Employer an offer to purchase
Shares to which this section 13.9 applies, he shall furnish to the Employer a
written notice which shall:
(i)
include
a copy of such offer to purchase;
(ii)
offer
to sell to the Employer the Shares subject to such offer to purchase at a price
per Share that is equal to the greater of:
(A)
the
price per Share specified in such offer to purchase; or
(B)
the
Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Valuation Date coincident with or
immediately preceding the date of such notice;
and
otherwise upon the same terms and conditions as those specified in such offer to
purchase; and
(iii)
include
an indication of his intention to accept such offer to purchase if the Employer
does not accept his offer to sell.
Such
person shall refrain from accepting such offer to purchase for a period of
fourteen days following the date on which such notice is given.
(c)
Subject
to section 13.9(d), the Employer shall have the right to purchase the Shares
covered by the offer to sell contained in a notice given pursuant to section
13.9(b), on the terms and conditions specified in such notice, by written notice
given to the party making the offer to sell not later than the fourteenth day
after the notice described in section 13.9(b) is given. If the Employer does not
give such a notice during the prescribed fourteen day period, then the person
owning such Shares may accept the offer to purchase described in the
notice.
(d)
This
section 13.9 shall not apply so long as the Employer is prohibited by law from
redeeming or purchasing its own securities.
ARTICLE
XIV
Change in
Control
Section
14.1
Definition
of Change in Control
.
A Change
in Control of the Employer shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening
of any of the following events:
(a)
the
occurrence of any event upon which any “person” (as such term is used in
sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(“Exchange Act”)), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan maintained for the benefit of
employees of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.; (B) a corporation owned, directly
or indirectly, by the stockholders of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc.; or (C) any group constituting a person in which employees of
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. are substantial members, becomes the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of securities issued by Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of all of Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc.’s then outstanding securities; or
(b)
the
occurrence of any event upon which the individuals who on the date the Plan is
adopted are members of the Board, together with individuals whose election by
the Board or nomination for election by Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.’s
stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
members of the Board then in office who were either members of the Board on the
date this Plan is adopted or whose nomination or election was previously so
approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the
Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election
contest relating to the election of directors of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
(as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
Exchange Act); or
(c)
the
shareholders of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. approve either:
(i)
a
merger or consolidation of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation following which both of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(A)
either
(1) the members of the Board of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. immediately
prior to such merger or consolidation constitute at least a majority of the
members of the governing body of the institution resulting from such merger or
consolidation; or (2) the shareholders of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. own
securities of the institution resulting from such merger or consolidation
representing 80% or more of the combined voting power of all such securities
then outstanding in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of
voting securities of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. before such merger or
consolidation; and
(B)
the
entity which results from such merger or consolidation expressly agrees in
writing to assume and perform Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.’s obligations
under the Plan; or
(ii)
a
plan of complete liquidation of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. or an agreement
for the sale or disposition by Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. of all or
substantially all of its assets; and
(d)
any
event that would be described in section 14.1(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) if “Bank”
were substituted for “Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.” therein; and
In no
event, however, shall the transaction by which the Bank converts from a mutual
savings bank to a stock savings bank, or any transaction by which a company
wholly owned by the Bank becomes the parent company of the Bank be deemed a
Change in Control.
Section
14.2
Vesting
on Change of Control
.
Upon the
effective date of a Change in Control, the Account of each person who would
then, upon termination of the Plan, be entitled to a benefit, shall be fully
vested and nonforfeitable.
Section
14.3
Repayment
of Loan
.
(a)
Upon
a Change in Control described in section 14.1(c) (or which would be described in
section 14.1(c) if “Bank” were substituted for “Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.”
thereunder), the Committee shall direct the Trustee to sell a sufficient number
of Shares to repay any outstanding Share Acquisition Loan in full. The proceeds
of such sale shall be used to repay such Share Acquisition Loan immediately
prior to the closing of the transaction. After repayment of the Share
Acquisition Loan, all remaining Shares which had been unallocated (or the
proceeds thereof, if applicable) shall be allocated among the accounts of all
Participants who were employed by an Employer on the effective date of such
Change in Control. Such allocation of Shares or proceeds shall be credited as of
the date on which the Change in Control occurs to the Accounts of each person
with an undistributed, vested Account balance, in proportion to the balances
credited to such Accounts immediately prior to such allocation. If any amount
cannot be allocated to an affected Participant in the year of such Change in
Control as a result of the limitations of section 415 of the Code, the amounts
will be allocated in subsequent years to those persons who were affected
Participants and who continue to be Participants in the Plan until finally
distributed to affected Participants.
(b)
In
the event that the application of section 415 of the Code prevents the
allocation of all of the Shares or other assets released from the Loan Repayment
Account as provided in section 14.3(a) as of the effective date of the Change in
Control, each affected Participant shall be entitled to receive a supplemental
benefit payment directly from the Employer. The supplemental benefit payment to
each affected Participant shall be an amount equal to the excess
of:
(i)
the
total amount of Shares or other property that would be allocated to such
affected Participant’s Account under section 14.3(a) if section 415 of the Code
did not apply; over
(ii)
the
total of Shares or other property actually allocated to such affected
Participant’s Account under section 14.3(a).
Such
payment (without offset for any allocations which may occur under this Plan
subsequent to the Change in Control) shall be made as soon as practicable, but
in any event within ten (10) business days, after the effective date of the
Change in Control. This section 14.3(b) shall be treated as a separate,
non-qualified “excess benefit plan” within the meaning of section 3(34) of ERISA
and shall be interpreted, administered and enforced in a manner consistent with
this intention. To the extent that any affected Participant is entitled to the
same or a similar payment under any other nonqualified plan, program or
arrangement of the Employer, any payment under this section 14.3(b) shall be
coordinated with the payments under such other non-qualified programs, plan or
arrangements in such manner as shall be determined by the Committee to be
necessary to prevent the duplication of benefits.
Section
14.4
Plan
Termination After Change in Control
.
After
repayment of the loan and allocation of shares or proceeds as provided in
section 14.2, the Plan shall be terminated and all amounts shall be distributed
as soon as practicable.
Section
14.5
Amendment
of Article XIV
.
Article
XIV of the Plan may not be amended after a Change in Control of the Employer
unless required by the Internal Revenue Service as a condition to the continued
treatment of the Plan as a tax-qualified plan under section 401 (a) of the
Code.
ARTICLE
XV
Administration
Section
15.1
Named
Fiduciaries
.
The term
“Named Fiduciary” shall mean (but only to the extent of the responsibilities of
each of them) the Plan Administrator, the Committee, the Board and the Trustee.
This Article XV is intended to allocate to each Named Fiduciary the
responsibility for the prudent execution of the functions assigned to him or it,
and none of such responsibilities or any other responsibility shall be shared by
two or more of such Named Fiduciaries. Whenever one Named Fiduciary is required
by the Plan or Trust Agreement to follow the directions of another Named
Fiduciary, the two Named Fiduciaries shall not be deemed to have been assigned a
shared responsibility, but the responsibility of the Named Fiduciary giving the
directions shall be deemed his sole responsibility, and the responsibility of
the Named Fiduciary receiving those directions shall be to follow them insofar
as such instructions are on their face proper under applicable law.
Section
15.2
Plan
Administrator
.
There
shall be a Plan Administrator, who shall be the Senior Human Resources Officer
of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc., or such Employee or officer as may be
designated by the Committee, as hereinafter provided, and who shall, subject to
the responsibilities of the Committee and the Board, have the responsibility for
the day-to-day control, management, operation and administration of the Plan
(except trust duties). The Plan Administrator shall have the following
responsibilities:
(a)
To
maintain records necessary or appropriate for the administration of the
Plan;
(b)
To
give and receive such instructions, notices, information, materials, reports and
certifications to the Trustee as may be necessary or appropriate in the
administration of the Plan;
(c)
To
prescribe forms and make rules and regulations consistent with the terms of the
Plan and with the interpretations and other actions of the
Committee;
(d)
To
require such proof of age or evidence of good health of an Employee, Participant
or Former Participant or the spouse of either, or of a Beneficiary as may be
necessary or appropriate in the administration of the Plan;
(e)
To
prepare and file, distribute or furnish all reports, plan descriptions, and
other information concerning the Plan, including, without limitation, filings
with the Secretary of Labor and communications with Participants, Former
Participants and other persons, as shall be required of the Plan Administrator
under ERISA;
(f)
To
determine any question arising in connection with the Plan, and the Plan
Administrator’s decision or action in respect thereof shall be final and
conclusive and binding upon the Employer, the Trustee, Participants, Former
Participants, Beneficiaries and any other person having an interest under the
Plan;
provided, however,
that any question relating to inconsistency or omission in the Plan, or
interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, shall be referred to the Committee
by the Plan Administrator and the decision of the Committee in respect thereof
shall be final;
(g)
Subject
to the provisions of section 15.5, to review and dispose of claims under the
Plan filed pursuant to section 15.4;
(h)
If
the Plan Administrator shall determine that by reason of illness, senility,
insanity, or for any other reason, it is undesirable to make any payment to a
Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary or any other person entitled
thereto, to direct the application of any amount so payable to the use or
benefit of such person in any manner that he may deem advisable or to direct in
his discretion the withholding of any payment under the Plan due to any person
under legal disability until a representative competent to receive such payment
in his behalf shall be appointed pursuant to law;
(i)
To
discharge such other responsibilities or follow such directions as may be
assigned or given by the Committee or the Board; and
(j)
To
perform any duty or take any action which is allocated to the Plan Administrator
under the Plan.
The Plan
Administrator shall have the power and authority necessary or appropriate to
carry out his responsibilities. The Plan Administrator may resign only by giving
at least 30 days’ prior written notice of resignation to the Committee, and such
resignation shall be effective on the date specified in such
notice.
Section
15.3
Committee
Responsibilities
.
The
Committee shall, subject to the responsibilities of the Board, have the
following responsibilities:
(a)
To
review the performance of the Plan Administrator;
(b)
To
hear and decide appeals, pursuant to the claims procedure contained in section
15.5 of the Plan, taken from the decisions of the Plan
Administrator;
(c)
To
hear and decide questions, including interpretation of the Plan, as may be
referred to the Committee by the Plan Administrator;
(d)
To
review the performance of the Trustee and such investment managers as may be
appointed in or pursuant to the Trust Agreement in investing, managing and
controlling the assets of the Plan;
(e)
To
the extent required by ERISA, to establish a funding policy and method
consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA, and to
review such policy and method at least annually;
(f)
To
report and make recommendations to the Board regarding changes in the Plan,
including changes in the operation and management of the Plan and removal and
replacement of the Trustee and such investment managers as may be appointed in
or pursuant to the Trust Agreement;
(g)
To
designate an Alternate Plan Administrator to serve in the event that the Plan
Administrator is absent or otherwise unable to discharge his
responsibilities;
(h)
To
remove and replace the Plan Administrator or Alternate, or both of them, and to
fill a vacancy in either office;
(i)
To
the extent provided under and subject to the provisions of the Trust Agreement,
to appoint “investment managers” as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA to manage
and control (including acquiring and disposing of) all or any of the assets of
the Plan;
(j)
With
the prior approval of the Board, to direct the Trustee to obtain one or more
Share Acquisition Loans;
(k)
To
develop and provide procedures and forms necessary to enable Participants to
give voting and tendering directions on a confidential basis;
(l)
To
discharge such other responsibilities or follow such directions as may be
assigned or given by the Board; and
(m)
To
perform any duty or take any action which is allocated to the Committee under
the Plan.
The
Committee shall have the power and authority necessary or appropriate to carry
out its responsibilities.
Section
15.4
Claims
Procedure
.
Any claim
relating to benefits under the Plan shall be filed with the Plan Administrator
on a form prescribed by him. If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the Plan
Administrator shall give the claimant written notice of such denial, which
notice shall specifically set forth:
(a)
The
reasons for the denial;
(b)
The
pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial was based;
(c)
Any
additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his
claim and an explanation of why such material or information is needed;
and
(d)
An
explanation of the Plan’s procedure for review of the denial of the
claim.
In the
event that the claim is not granted and notice of denial of a claim is not
furnished by the 30th day after such claim was filed, the claim shall be deemed
to have been denied on that day for the purpose of permitting the claimant to
request review of the claim.
Section
15.5
Claims
Review Procedure
.
Any
person whose claim filed pursuant to section 15.4 has been denied in whole or in
part by the Plan Administrator may request review of the claim by the Committee,
upon a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. The claimant shall file such
form (including a statement of his position) with the Committee no later than 60
days after the mailing or delivery of the written notice of denial provided for
in section 15.4, or, if such notice is not provided, within 60 days after such
claim is deemed denied pursuant to section 15.4. The claimant shall be permitted
to review pertinent documents. A decision shall be rendered by the Committee and
communicated to the claimant not later than 30 days after receipt of the
claimant’s written request for review. However, if the Committee finds it
necessary, due to special circumstances (for example, the need to hold a
hearing), to extend this period and so notifies the claimant in writing, the
decision shall be rendered as soon as practicable, but in no event later than
120 days after the claimant’s request for review. The Committee’s decision shall
be in writing and shall specifically set forth:
(a)
The
reasons for the decision; and
(b)
The
pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
Any such
decision of the Committee shall be binding upon the claimant and the Employer,
and the Plan Administrator shall take appropriate action to carry out such
decision.
Section
15.6
Allocation
of Fiduciary Responsibilities and Employment of Advisors
.
Any Named
Fiduciary may:
(a)
Allocate
any of his or its responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities) under
the Plan to such other person or persons as he or it may designate, provided
that such allocation and designation shall be in writing and filed with the Plan
Administrator;
(b)
Employ
one or more persons to render advice to him or it with regard to any of his or
its responsibilities under the Plan; and
(c)
Consult
with counsel, who may be counsel to the Employer.
Section
15.7
Other
Administrative Provisions
.
(a)
Any
person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the
administrative review procedures provided in section 15.5 prior to initiating
any claim for judicial review.
(b)
No
bond or other security shall be required of a member of the Committee, the Plan
Administrator, or any officer or Employee of the Employer to whom fiduciary
responsibilities are allocated by a Named Fiduciary, except as may be required
by ERISA.
(c)
Subject
to any limitation on the application of this section 15.7(c) pursuant to ERISA,
neither the Plan Administrator, nor a member of the Committee, nor any officer
or Employee of the Employer to whom fiduciary responsibilities are allocated by
a Named Fiduciary, shall be liable for any act of omission or commission by
himself or by another person, except for his own individual willful and
intentional malfeasance.
(d)
The
Plan Administrator or the Committee may, except with respect to actions under
section 15.5, shorten, extend or waive the time (but not beyond 60 days)
required by the Plan for filing any notice or other form with the Plan
Administrator or the Committee, or taking any other action under the
Plan.
(e)
The
Plan Administrator or the Committee may direct that the costs of services
provided pursuant to section 15.6, and such other reasonable expenses as may be
incurred in the administration of the Plan, shall be paid out of the funds of
the Plan unless the Employer shall pay them.
(f)
Any
person, group of persons, committee, corporation or organization may serve in
more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.
(g)
Any
action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any
decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive
and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial
modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious
and contrary to the terms of the Plan.
ARTICLE
XVI
Amendment, Termination and
Tax Qualification
Section
16.1
Amendment and Termination by
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc
.
The
Employer expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, but specifically reserves
the right, in its sole discretion except as provided otherwise in sections 14.5
and 19.5, at any time, by appropriate action of the Board, to amend, in whole or
in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan and to terminate the Plan at
any time. Subject to the provisions of section 16.2, no such amendment or
termination shall permit any part of the Trust Fund to be used for or diverted
to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants, Former
Participants, Beneficiaries or other persons entitled to benefits, and no such
amendment or termination shall reduce the accrued benefit of any Participant,
Former Participant, Beneficiary or other person who may be entitled to benefits,
without his consent. In the event of a termination or partial termination of the
Plan, or in the event of a complete discontinuance of the Employer’s
contributions to the Plan, the Accounts of each affected person shall forthwith
become nonforfeitable and shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of
Article XIII.
Section
16.2
Amendment or Termination
Other Than by Dime Community Bancshares, Inc
.
In the
event that a corporation or trade or business other than Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. shall adopt this Plan, such corporation or trade or business
shall, by adopting the Plan, empower Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. to amend or
terminate the Plan, insofar as it shall cover employees of such corporation or
trade or business, upon the terms and conditions set forth in section 16.1;
provided however
, that
any such corporation or trade or business may, by action of its board of
directors or other governing body, amend or terminate the Plan, insofar as it
shall cover employees of such corporation or trade or business, at different
times and in a different manner. In the event of any such amendment or
termination by action of the board of directors or other governing body of such
a corporation or trade or business, a separate plan shall be deemed to have been
established for the employees of such corporation or trade or business, and the
assets of such plan shall be segregated from the assets of this Plan at the
earliest practicable date and shall be dealt with in accordance with the
documents governing such separate plan.
Section
16.3
Conformity
to Internal Revenue Code
.
The
Employer has established the Plan with the intent that the Plan and Trust will
at all times be qualified under section 401(a) and exempt under section 501(a)
of the Code and with the intent that contributions under the Plan will be
allowed as deductions in computing the net income of the Employer for federal
income tax purposes, and the provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be
construed to effectuate such intentions. Accordingly, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary hereinbefore provided, the Plan and the Trust Agreement may be
amended at any time without prior notice to Participants, Former Participants,
Beneficiaries or any other persons entitled to benefits, if such amendment is
deemed by the Board to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate such
intent.
Section
16.4
Contingent
Nature of Contributions
.
(a)
All
ESOP Contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon the issuance by the Internal
Revenue Service of a determination that the Plan and Trust are qualified under
section 401(a) of the Code and exempt under section 501(a) of the Code. If the
Employer applies to the Internal Revenue Service for such a determination within
90 days after the date on which it files its federal income tax return for its
taxable year that includes the last day of the Plan Year in which the Plan is
adopted, and if the Internal Revenue Service issues a determination that the
Plan and Trust are not so qualified or exempt, all ESOP Contributions made by
the Employer prior to the date of receipt of such a determination may, at the
election of the Employer, be returned to the Employer within one year after the
date of such determination.
(b)
All
ESOP Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions to the Plan are made upon
the condition that such ESOP Contributions and Loan Repayment Contributions will
be allowed as a deduction in computing the net income of the Employer for
federal income tax purposes. To the extent that any such deduction is
disallowed, the amount disallowed may, at the election of the Employer, be
returned to the Employer within one year after the deduction is
disallowed.
(c)
Any
contribution to the Plan made by the Employer as a result of a mistake of fact
may, at the election of the Employer, be returned to the Employer within one
year after such contribution is made.
ARTICLE
XVII
Special Rules for Top Heavy
Plan Years
Section
17.1
In
General
.
As of the
Determination Date for each Plan Year, the Plan Administrator shall determine
whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan in accordance with the provisions of this
Article XVII. If, as of such Determination Date, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan,
then the Plan Year immediately following such Determination Date shall be a Top
Heavy Plan Year and the special provisions of this Article XVII shall be in
effect;
provided,
however
, that if, as of the Determination Date for the Plan Year in which
the Effective Date occurs, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, such Plan Year shall be
a Top Heavy Plan Year, and the provisions of this Article XVII shall be given
retroactive effect for such Plan Year.
Section
17.2
Definition
of Top Heavy Plan
.
(a)
Subject
to section 17.2(c), the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan if, as of a Determination Date:
(i) it is not a member of a Required Aggregation Group, and (ii)(A) the sum of
the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees exceeds 60% of (B) the sum
of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Employees (excluding former Key
Employees), former Employees (excluding former Key Employees and other former
Employees who have not performed any services for the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer during the immediately preceding five Plan Years), and their
Beneficiaries.
(b)
Subject
to section 17.2(c), the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan if, as of a Determination Date:
(i) the Plan is a member of a Required Aggregation Group, and (ii)(A) the sum of
the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees under all plans that are
members of the Required Aggregation Group exceeds 60% of (B) the sum of the
Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Employees (excluding former Key Employees),
former Employees (excluding former Key Employees and other former Employees who
have not performed any services for the Employer or any Affiliated Employer
during the immediately preceding five Plan Years), and their Beneficiaries under
all plans that are members of the Required Aggregation Group.
(c)
Notwithstanding
sections 17.2(a) and 17.2(b), the Plan is not a Top Heavy Plan if, as of a
Determination Date: (i) the Plan is a member of a Permissible Aggregation Group,
and (ii)(A) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees
under all plans that are members of the Permissible Aggregation Group does not
exceed 60% of (B) the sum of the Cumulative Accrued Benefits of all Employees
(excluding former Key Employees), former Employees (excluding former Key
Employees and other former Employees who have not performed any services for the
Employer or any Affiliated Employer during the immediately preceding five Plan
Years), and their Beneficiaries under all plans that are members of the
Permissible Aggregation Group.
Section
17.3
Determination
Date
.
The
Determination Date for the Plan Year in which the Effective Date occurs shall be
the last day of such Plan Year, and the Determination Date for each Plan Year
beginning after the Plan Year in which the Effective Date occurs shall be the
last day of the preceding Plan Year. The Determination Date for any other
qualified plan maintained by the Employer for a plan year shall be the last day
of the preceding plan year of each such plan, except that in the case of the
first plan year of such plan, it shall be the last day of such first plan
year.
Section
17.4
Cumulative
Accrued Benefits
.
(a)
An
individual’s Cumulative Accrued Benefits under this Plan as of a Determination
Date are equal to the sum of:
(i)
the
balance credited to such individual’s Account under this Plan as of the most
recent Valuation Date preceding the Determination Date;
(ii)
the
amount of any ESOP Contributions or Loan Repayment Contributions made after such
Valuation Date but on or before the Determination Date; and
(iii)
the
amount of any distributions of such individual’s Cumulative Accrued Benefits
under the Plan during the five year period (for all distributions for Plan Years
beginning before January 1, 2002) or one year period (for all distributions for
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001) ending on the Determination
Date.
For
purposes of this section 17.4(a), the computation of an individual’s Cumulative
Accrued Benefits, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers
are taken into account, will be made in accordance with section 416 of the Code
and the regulations thereunder.
(b)
For
purposes of this Plan, the term “Cumulative Accrued Benefits” with respect to
any other qualified plan, shall mean the cumulative accrued benefits determined
for purposes of section 416 of the Code under the provisions of such
plans.
(c)
For
purposes of determining the top heavy status of a Required Aggregation Group or
a Permissible Aggregation Group, the Cumulative Accrued Benefits under this Plan
and the Cumulative Accrued Benefits under any other plan shall be determined as
of the Determination Date that fails within the same calendar year as the
Determination Dates for all other members of such Required Aggregation Group or
Permissible Aggregation Group.
Section
17.5
Key
Employees
.
(a)
For
purposes of the Plan, the term Key Employee means any employee or former
employee of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer who is at any time during
the current Plan Year or (for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) was
at any time during the immediately preceding four Plan Years:
(i)
a
Five Percent Owner;
(ii)
a
person who would be described in section 1.27 if the number “1%” were
substituted for the number “5%” in section 1.27 and who has an annual Total
Compensation from the Employer and any Affiliated Employer of more than
$150,000;
(iii)
an
Officer of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer who has an annual Total
Compensation greater than 50% of the amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A)
of the Code for any such Plan Year (for Plan Years beginning before January 1,
2002) and ((B) the greater of $130,000 or such higher amount as may be
prescribed under section 416(i) of the Code (for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001); or
(iv)
for
Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, one of the ten persons owning the
largest interests in the Employer and having an annual Total Compensation from
the Employer or any Affiliated Employer in excess of the dollar limitation in
effect under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for such Plan Year.
(b)
For
purposes of section 17.5(a):
(i)
for
purposes of section 17.5(a)(iii), in the event the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer has more officers than are considered Officers, the term Key Employee
shall mean those officers, up to the maximum number, with the highest annual
compensation in any one of the five consecutive Plan Years ending on the
Determination Date; and
(ii)
for
purposes of section 17.5(a)(iv), if two or more persons have equal ownership
interests in the Employer, each such person shall be considered as having a
larger ownership interest than any such person with a lower annual compensation
from the Employer or any Affiliated Employer.
(c)
For
purposes of section 17.5(a): (i) a person’s compensation from Affiliated
Employers shall be aggregated, but his ownership interests in Affiliated
Employers shall not be aggregated; (ii) an employee shall only be deemed to be
an officer if he has the power and responsibility of a person who is an officer
within the meaning of section 416 of the Code; and (iii) the term Key Employee
shall also include the Beneficiary of a deceased Key Employee.
Section
17.6
Required
Aggregation Group
.
For
purposes of this Article XVII, a Required Aggregation Group shall consist of (a)
this Plan; (b) any other qualified plans currently maintained (or previously
maintained and terminated within the five year period ending on the
Determination Date) by the Employer and any Affiliated Employers that cover Key
Employees; and (c) any other qualified plans currently maintained (or previously
maintained and terminated within the five year period ending on the
Determination Date) by the Employer and any Affiliated Employers that cover Key
Employees that are required to be aggregated for purposes of satisfying the
requirements of sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code.
Section
17.7
Permissible
Aggregation Group
.
For
purposes of this Article XVII, a Permissible Aggregation Group shall consist of
(a) the Required Aggregation Group and (b) any other qualified plans maintained
by the Employer and any Affiliated Employers;
provided, however,
that the
Permissible Aggregation Group must satisfy the requirements of sections
401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the Code.
Section
17.8
Special
Requirements During Top Heavy Plan Years
.
(a)
Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, for each Top Heavy Plan Year,
in the case of a Participant (other than a Key Employee) on the last day of such
Top Heavy Plan Year who is not also a participant in another qualified plan
which satisfies the minimum contribution and benefit requirements of section 416
of the Code with respect to such Participant, the sum of the ESOP Contributions
and Loan Repayment Contributions made with respect to such Participant, when
expressed as a percentage of his Total Compensation for such Top Heavy Plan
Year, shall not be less than 3% of such Participant’s Total Compensation for
such Top Heavy Plan Year or, if less, the highest combined rate, expressed as a
percentage of Total Compensation at which ESOP Contributions and Loan Repayment
Contributions were made on behalf of a Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan
Year. The Employer shall make an additional contribution to the Account of each
Participant to the extent necessary to satisfy the foregoing
requirement.
(b)
For
any Top Heavy Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2000, the number “1.0” shall
be substituted for the number “1.25” in sections 8.2(c)(iii) and 8.2(c)(iv),
except that:
(i)
this
section 17.8(b) shall not apply to any individual for a Top Heavy Plan Year that
is not a Super Top Heavy Plan Year if the requirements of section 17.8(a) would
be satisfied for such Super Top Heavy Plan Year if the number “4%” were
substituted for the number 3% in section 17.8(a); and
(ii)
this
section 17.8(b) shall not apply to an individual for a Top Heavy Plan Year if,
during such Top Heavy Plan Year, there are no ESOP Contributions or Loan
Repayment Contributions allocated to such individual under this Plan, there are
no contributions under any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained
by the Employer, and there are no accruals for such individual under any
qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer.
For
purposes of this section 17.8(b), the term Super Top Heavy Plan Year means a Top
Heavy Plan Year in which the Plan would meet the definitional requirements of
sections 17.2(a) or 17.2(b) if the term “90%” were substituted for the term
“60%” in sections 17.2(a), 17.2(b) and 17.2(c).
ARTICLE
XVIII
Miscellaneous
Provisions
Section
18.1
Governing
Law
.
The Plan
shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State
of New York without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof,
except to the extent that such laws are preempted by federal law.
Section
18.2
No
Right to Continued Employment
.
Neither
the establishment of the Plan, nor any provisions of the Plan or of the Trust
Agreement establishing the Trust Fund nor any action of the Plan Administrator,
the Committee or the Trustee, shall be held or construed to confer upon any
Employee any right to a continuation of employment by the Employer. The Employer
reserves the right to dismiss any Employee or otherwise deal with any Employee
to the same extent as though the Plan had not been adopted.
Section
18.3
Construction
of Language
.
Wherever
appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural,
words used in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the
masculine gender may be read as referring equally to the feminine and the
neuter. Any reference to an Article or section number shall refer to an Article
or section of the Plan, unless otherwise indicated.
Section
18.4
Headings
.
The
headings of Articles and sections are included solely for convenience of
reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the
Plan, the text shall control.
Section
18.5
Merger
with Other Plans
.
The Plan
shall not be merged or consolidated with, nor transfer its assets or liabilities
to, any other plan unless each Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary and
other person entitled to benefits, would (if that plan then terminated) receive
a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal
to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive if the
Plan had terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or
transfer.
Section
18.6
Non-alienation
of Benefits
.
(a)
Except
as provided in section 18.6(b) and (c), the right to receive a benefit under the
Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation or
assignment, nor shall such right be liable for or subject to debts, contracts,
liabilities or torts. Should any Participant, Former Participant or other person
attempt to anticipate, alienate or assign his interest in or right to a benefit,
or should any person claiming against him seek to subject such interest or right
to legal or equitable process, all the interest or right of such Participant or
Former Participant or other person entitled to benefits in the Plan shall cease,
and in that event such interest or right shall be held or applied, at the
direction of the Plan Administrator, for or to the benefit of such Participant
or Former Participant, or other person or his spouse, children or other
dependents in such manner and in such proportions as the Plan Administrator may
deem proper.
(b)
This
section 18.6 shall not prohibit the Plan Administrator from recognizing a
Domestic Relations Order that is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order in accordance with section 18.7.
(c)
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s, Former Participant’s or
Beneficiary’s Accounts under the Plan may be offset by any amount such
Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary is required or ordered to pay to
the Plan if:
(i)
the
order or requirement to pay arises: (A) under a judgment issued on or after
August 5, 1997 of conviction for a crime involving the Plan; (B) under a civil
judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court on or after
August 5, 1997 in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged
violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA; or (C) pursuant to a
settlement agreement entered into on or after August 5, 1997 between the
Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary and one or both of the United
States Department of Labor and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in
connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of
title I of ERISA by a fiduciary or any other person; and
(ii)
the
judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement expressly provides for the
offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan
against the Participant’s, For Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefits under the
Plan.
Section
18.7
Procedures
Involving Domestic Relations Orders
.
Upon
receiving a Domestic Relations Order, the Plan Administrator shall segregate in
a separate account or in an escrow account or separately account for the amounts
payable to any person pursuant to such Domestic Relations Order, pending a
determination whether such Domestic Relations Order constitutes a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order, and shall give notice of the receipt of the Domestic
Relations Order to the Participant or Former Participant and each other person
affected thereby. If, within 18 months after receipt of such Domestic Relations
Order, the Plan Administrator, a court of competent jurisdiction or another
appropriate authority determines that such Domestic Relations Order constitutes
a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Plan Administrator shall direct the
Trustee to pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person
or persons entitled thereto under the Qualified Domestic Relations Order. If it
is determined that the Domestic Relations Order is not a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order or if no determination is made within the prescribed 18-month
period, the segregated amounts shall be distributed as though the Domestic
Relations Order had not been received, and any later determination that such
Domestic Relations Order constitutes a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall
be applied only with respect to benefits that remain undistributed on the date
of such determination. The Plan Administrator shall be authorized to establish
such reasonable administrative procedures as he deems necessary or appropriate
to administer this section 18.7. This section 18.7 shall be construed and
administered so as to comply with the requirements of section 401(a)(13) of the
Code.
Section
18.8
Leased
Employees
.
(a)
Subject
to section 18.8(b), a leased employee shall be treated as an Employee for
purposes of the Plan. For purposes of this section 18.8, the term “leased
employee” means any person (i) who would not, but for the application of this
section 18.8, be an Employee and (ii) who pursuant to an agreement between the
Employer and any other person (“leasing organization”) has performed for the
Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with
section 414(n)(6) of the Code), on a substantially full-time basis for a period
of at least one year, services of a type historically performed by employees in
the business field of the Employer: (i) prior to January 1, 1997, services of a
type historically performed by employees in the business field of the Bank; and
(ii) after December 31, 1996, services under the primary direction or control of
the Bank.
(b)
For
purposes of the Plan:
(i)
contributions
or benefits provided to the leased employee by the leasing organization which
are attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as
provided by the Employer; and
(ii)
section
18.8(a) shall not apply to a leased employee if:
(A)
the
number of leased employees performing services for the Employer does not exceed
20% of the number of the Employer’s Employees who are not Highly Compensated
Employees; and
(B)
such
leased employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (I) a
nonintegrated contribution rate of at least 10% of the leased employee’s
compensation; (II) immediate participation; (III) full and immediate vesting;
and (IV) coverage for all of the employees of the leasing organization (ether
than employees who perform substantially all of their services for the leasing
organization).
Section
18.9
Status
as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan
.
It is
intended that the Plan constitute an “employee stock ownership plan,” as defined
in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and section 407(d)(6) of ERISA. The Plan shall
be construed and administered to give effect to such intent.
ARTICLE
XIX
Additional
Provisions
Section
19.1
401(k)
Safe Harbor Contribution
.
(a)
For
the calendar years ending December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and
2006, the Employer shall make a 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution to the Plan to
each person who is an Eligible Employee at any time during such calendar year,
excluding only those person who first become Eligible Employees during such
calendar year and subsequently cease to be Eligible Employees prior to the
earliest date on which they could have enrolled in The Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust. Solely for purposes
of this section 19.1, all persons who are eligible to participate in The Dime
Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust, shall
be deemed to be Participants for the period that coincides to the period during
which they could have been enrolled in The Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh
401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust. Subject to the
limitations of Article VIII, the amount of the 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution
for each such calendar year for each person eligible therefor shall be shall be
equal to 3% of the Allocation Compensation actually paid to such person during
the portion of such calendar year for which he is a Participant. In the event
the Plan is terminated prior to December 1
st
of any
such calendar year pursuant to Article XVI, no 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution
shall be required for such calendar year or any subsequent calendar
year.
(b)
The
401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions for any calendar year shall be made not later
than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year for which
they are made and shall be allocated to the 401(k) Safe Harbor Accounts of the
persons for whom they are made.
(c)
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the balance credited to the
401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution Account of any person shall not be eligible for
distribution prior to such person’s termination of service except in a required
minimum distribution pursuant to section 13.5;
provided, however,
that
notwithstanding the foregoing, after such 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions have
been allocated, the Plan Administrator may direct that they be transferred to
accounts established for such persons under the Dime Savings Bank of
Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust or another
tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, which
accounts shall be available for withdrawal or distribution in accordance with
the terms of the transferee plan and subject to any additional terms, conditions
and limitations imposed under section 401(k)(2)(B) and (C) of the
Code.
(d)
The
401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions made pursuant to this section 19.1 are intended
to enable the Dime Savings Bank of Williamsburgh 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI
Retirement Trust qualify for the alternative method of satisfying the
nondiscrimination requirements imposed under section 401(k)(3)(a)(ii) of the
Code and shall be interpreted and administered to carry out such
intent.
(e)
For
each year for which 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions are made, the Plan
Administrator shall give, or cause to be given, to each Employee who is or may
be eligible to receive a 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution for such year, a
detailed notice setting forth such Employee’s rights and obligations with
respect to the 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions, which notice shall be given at
the time, be in such form, and contain such information as shall be required by
applicable law, including Notice 2000-3 or the corresponding provisions of any
successor authority.
Section
19.2
Dividend
Maintenance Contributions
.
(a)
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary other than the limitations in Article VIII,
if, for any calendar quarter during the period beginning July 1, 2000 and ending
June 30, 2006, Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. declares a dividend on its common
stock, par value $.01 per share, of less than $.17 per share, the Employer shall
make a Dividend Maintenance Contribution for such quarter. Subject to the
limitations of Article VIII the amount of any such Dividend Maintenance
Contribution shall be determined under the following formula:
DMC=($.17
- DR)
x
X
where:
|
DMC
|
=
|
the
amount of the Dividend Maintenance
Contribution;
|
|
DR
|
=
|
the
actual dividend rate per share on common stock, par value $.01 per share,
of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. for the period in question;
and
|
|
X
|
=
|
the
applicable multiplier for the quarter in question, determined as
follows:
|
Quarters
Ending
|
Applicable
Multipler
|
September,
December 2000
March,
June 2001
|
688,582
|
September,
December 2001
March,
June 2002
|
572,202
|
September,
December 2002
March,
June 2003
|
455,822
|
September,
December 2003
March,
June 2004
|
339,442
|
September,
December 2004
March,
June 2005
|
223,062
|
September,
December 2005
March,
June 2006
|
106,682
|
;
provided, however
, that such
amount shall be reduced to zero for any calendar quarter that ends after the
effective date of the Plan’s termination pursuant to section 16.2.
(b)
The
Dividend Maintenance Contributions (if any) for any quarter shall be made no
later than January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year that
includes the quarter for which the contribution is made and shall be allocated
among the same persons who are eligible to receive 401(k) Safe Harbor
Contributions for the calendar year that includes such quarter. The amount
allocated to each such person shall be determined by multiplying the total
Dividend Maintenance Contributions being allocated by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the 401(k) Safe Harbor Contribution made for such person for such
calendar year and the denominator of which is the aggregate 401(k) Safe Harbor
Contributions made for the calendar year (or, if no 401(k) Safe Harbor
Contributions are made for such year, in portion to Allocation Compensation
actually paid while a Participant during the Plan Year). Dividend Maintenance
Contributions shall be treated as ESOP Contributions for all purposes of the
Plan.
(c)
In
the event of any merger, consolidation, or other business reorganization in
which shares of common stock, par value $.0l per share, of Dime Community
Bancshares, Inc. are converted into or exchanged for any other security or
property, and in the event of any stock split, stock dividend or other event
generally affecting the number of shares of such common stock held by each
person who is then a holder of record of such shares, the formula for the
calculation of any Dividend Maintenance Contribution shall be adjusted, in such
manner as the Committee may determine to be necessary or appropriate, to prevent
the enlargement or dilution of the Dividend Maintenance Contribution that may be
or become due.
Section
19.3
Application
of Dividends on Certain Financed Shares
.
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, dividends payable with respect to Shares
that are, as of July 1, 1999, pledged as collateral for a Share Acquisition Loan
that is outstanding as of July 1, 1990 (or dividends payable with respect to
securities received as the proceeds of sale or conversion of such Shares) shall
not be pledged as collateral for or used for the purpose of the repayment of
such Share Acquisition Loan. Any such dividends with a record date that is after
June 30, 2000 and prior to the date as of which such Shares are allocated to the
Accounts of Participants shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants,
Former Participants and the Beneficiaries of deceased Former Participants as
investment earnings for the quarter in which the dividend is actually received
by the Trustee. The allocation to each such Account shall be calculated by
multiplying the aggregate amount of such dividends by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the balance credited to the Account as of the last day of quarter
immediately preceding the quarter in which the dividends are received and the
denominator of which is the aggregate balances credited to all Accounts as of
the last day of such immediately preceding quarter. Once allocated, such
dividends may, at the direction of the Committee, be paid out to the Account
holder within ninety (90) days after the end of the Plan Year in which they are
received by the Trustee.
Section
19.4
Additional
Loan Repayment Contributions
.
For each
Plan Year beginning after June 30, 2000 (or portion thereof) that occurs after
the occurrence of a Change in Control described in section 14.1(c) and before
the closing of the transaction whose approval has resulted in such Change in
Control, the Company shall make Loan Repayment Contributions in an amount equal
to the lesser of (a) the amount required to repay in full any outstanding Share
Acquisition Loan or (b) the maximum amount which may be contributed without
exceeding the limitations of Article VIII. Such contribution shall be made as of
the last day of the applicable Plan Year and the Shares and other property
released for allocation as a consequence thereof shall be allocated in the
manner provided in Article VII. In no event, however, shall any Loan Repayment
Contribution be required for any Plan Year that ends after the abandonment
(whether by unilateral repudiation, contractual termination or otherwise) prior
to closing of the transaction whose approval by stockholders triggered the
activation of this section 19.4.
Section
19.5
Amendment
of Article XIX
.
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Article XIX may not
be amended without the written consent of the Trustee unless, in the opinion of
legal counsel for the Employer, such amendment is necessary to maintain the
tax-qualified status of the Plan under the Code or otherwise to comply with the
requirements of applicable law, rule or regulation.
EXHIBIT 31(i).1
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a)
I,
Vincent F. Palagiano, certify that:
1.
I have
reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.;
2.
Based on
my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect
to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on
my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4.
The
registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
a)
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
|
b)
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
c)
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
d)
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter In the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
5.
The
registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant's board of directors:
a)
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonable likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
|
b)
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date: March 16,
2009
/s/ VINCENT F.
PALAGIANO
Vincent
F. Palagiano
Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
EXHIBIT 31(i).2
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a)
I,
Kenneth J. Mahon, certify that:
1.
I have
reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dime Community Bancshares,
Inc.;
2.
Based on
my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect
to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on
my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4.
The
registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
a)
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
|
b)
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
c)
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
d)
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter In the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
5.
The
registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant's board of directors:
a)
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonable likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
|
b)
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
March 16,
2009
/s/ KENNETH J.
MAHON
Kenneth
J. Mahon
First
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C.
1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
OF 2002
In
connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the "Report") for
the period ended December 31, 2008 of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.,
(the "Company") as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof, I, Vincent F. Palagiano, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
|
The
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
and
|
(2)
|
The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
|
March 16,
2009
Date
By:
/s/ VINCENT F.
PALAGIANO
Vincent
F. Palagiano
Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C.
1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
OF 2002
In
connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the "Report") for
the period ended December 31, 2008 of Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.,
(the "Company") as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof, I, Kenneth J. Mahon, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
|
The
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
and
|
(2)
|
The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
|
March 16,
2009
Date
By:
/s/ KENNETH J.
MAHON
Kenneth J. Mahon
First
Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer